Crossover SHINOBI: THE RPG - Act 1 (Naruto SI)

Game Start: Character Creation 1
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.
---

Whelp, dying sucked.

There I was, driving down the freeway on my way to work when an idiot in a pickup decided to turn in front of me. So I plowed into the truck and I didn’t even take the other guy with me because I ran into the passenger side.

I think it’s because my cars the same color as the road. Made it difficult to see me.

After that, it’s a little fuzzy. I mean, as a fairly religious guy, I’m pretty sure I went to an afterlife. I’m also pretty sure there was some kind of argument. Or maybe I’m giving myself too much credit. Whatever. Doesn’t matter.

What does matter is that I’m currently floating in a liquid-y, dark place. Not breathing and I don’t need too for some reason. Occasionally, I heard the echoing of voices way in the distance. I’m not sure where it’s coming from. I think it belongs to the cord that’s attached my stomach. If I wasn’t currently in a state of maddened bliss, I might have figured out what it was.

I think it’s symbolic.

As I was pondering my bizarre circumstances, a green window with text seemed to appear in my mind. Which is a good thing because I’m not sure my eyes could comprehend actually seeing something yet.

Hello, and welcome, Green-box read. To Shinobi: A Naruto RPG.

Oh, cool. I get to play video games for my afterlife! I consider this a blessing. Because I love RPG’s and I’m sure I would’ve gotten bored eventually of this pleasantly warm-liquid- abyss thing. Eventually. It was really comfortable though.

The window changed.

Select Gender: Male/Female.

Hmm…not even bothering with a tutorial, eh? Well, I am really good at RPG’s and stuff. I imagined myself selecting male since my limbs were currently non-functioning.

Are you sure? It asked.

Yes. I am absolutely sure.

Keep old appearance?

Don’t see why not!

With my choice made, the window disappeared.

Huh.

Well, that’s dissapointi-THE LIGHT! IT BURNS!

AND IT’S COLD.

I’m being held by these warm things!

What’s happening? I…oh.

I was just born. Huh.

Well, in that case, my screaming was perfectly justified! In fact, I made a note to do as much as humanly possible because this is ABSOLUTELY BAT$#@$!!$ INSANE!

THE ACTUAL-


Oh, my mental cursing raged on and on, as I was wiped down with a warm rag and then subsequently handed to a bed-ridden person who was presumably my new mother.

Since I was very attached to my old mother, this thought was distressing and made me scream even more. To the point that my lungs were burning. Hey, gotta build those lungs nice and strong, right?
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As I my senses started to develop, I became aware of an increasing oddity within me. It was like an electrical current, a thrum of power that hovered just beneath my skin. I wasn’t really sure what was freakier, that this frankly awesome feeling existed within my body or that it seemed to be everywhere else in the world as well.

Oh, wait.

The Naruto RPG.

What I’m feeling is chakra.

I’m an idiot.

Well, that’s one less mystery out of the way.

Anyway. Most of my days, when I wasn’t hungry (and I was always hungry), were spent in meditation. Clearing my head, breathing and attempting to look asleep so I wasn’t unnecessarily bothered were quite relaxing and pretty much the only thing I could do to adequately satisfy my adult mind. One happy side-effect of meditation was that it gave me a very keen sense of the chakra in me. And around me.

In most fiction, when characters meditate, they ‘unlock their potential’. They bring to bear some hidden superpower they always had but had locked away for some reason or another. While that was extremely attractive to me, as a guy who is more or less in an extremely dangerous world and is completely dependent on other people for his safety, I know that’s not how it actually works. That’s not how it worked in my old world, it’s not how it works here unless you’re already extremely powerful.

But the main reason I did it was that, when meditating, you force your brain into a dream-like state, allowing it to process information, store it and handle it. Which was invaluable for a lot of things; like overcoming emotional trauma.

Which is something I’ve just been served a major helping of.

I am meditating.

I am one with the universe.

All things happen for a reason.

I am the master of my being.

My choices are my own.

I am extremely hungry.

MOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The months went on. I ended up not needing to meditate as much as I used too and my senses were developing. For some freaking reason, the people around me were speaking English, which fits game-logic but doesn’t make any actual sense.

Luckily, my tongue and mouth coordination, plus the actual lack of teeth, made it very difficult to actually communicate with them. Because getting snapped up by ROOT? At this age? Would be very bad. I mean, it might be amazing for EXP if this freaking game has any but I’d like to have some fun playing this game.

If that can even exist at this point.

So, my time was spent flailing around, trying to build muscle faster than normal babies did without also causing irreparable damage and stunting my growth. And meditating because it was easier to not rage about how bored I was when I wasn’t thinking about anything other than breathing.

I was a very chill child.

Something I ended up figuring out as I grew older was that I wasn’t in a home with loving parents. I was actually in an orphanage, with a lot of other kids. The person that was responsible for feeding me was actually a wet nurse, rather than my biological mother.

In a way, that made me feel better but it also made me feel awkward in lots of different ways. In fact…I don’t like thinking about it. I was fed and that was that. Nope. Nothing other than that to say.

Eventually, I was able to sit up on my own. Even more impressively, I was able to start crawling! Yay! Look at me, getting all mobile and stuff! I’m just the most adorable little thing. Life in the orphanage wasn’t really that bad, either. Granted, I didn’t really socialize much but there wasn’t much I could do about the mental gap. They were adorable, though.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The matron of the orphanage was an old woman, but other than her skin, she showed no signs of her age. She carried herself like someone who was still very much in the prime of her life, which meant she was a ninja.

Which meant that attempting to escape her when she came to collect you for whatever reason was hopeless. Don’t get me wrong, she was nice enough, but I had a thing about being carried. I could carry others just fine (no I can’t) but I don’t like being carried.

So, she picked me up from my crib, token efforts to wiggle out ceased upon exiting the crib. Even I know accidents happen. She carries me, making fond, affectionate noises at me. Ugh, she’s going to make me sick one of these days. Well, I got sick a lot, since I have trouble burping for whatever FREAKING REAS-ahem.

She deposits me in the play area, and the various toddlers with me are all playing with various toys. Fake, baby proofed Kunai, I think were my favorite. Made me laugh whenever I saw it. I examined the area and off by itself, I saw a thick, baby book.

…no way.

I hastened over there and found that, indeed, it was the S.P.E.C.I.A.L book, ripped right from Fallout 3. The only difference was that the illustrations had a Shinobi headband. With the Vault-tech symbol on it.

Well, that confirms that I wasn’t going crazy and this is, in fact, a game. I think. First thing I did was open the book. Strength, Perception, Endurance, the dump stat, Intelligence, Agility, Luck, it was all here! Okay, Charisma might be good if it provides bonuses to my teammates if it’s anything like New Vegas but screw my teammates!

I’m sure somewhere, the Hokage, wherever he is, just got the urge to spank a kid and that kid was me. Oh well. Screw him too.

Anyway. The book was formatted like a children’s book. On the left page was a description of the attribute, with a number 5, bordered by arrows with the + and – symbols within. On the right, was a picture of the attribute in question. A vault-boy lifting a massive weight like a circus strongman for strength, or a vault-boy being awesome by studying in the library for intelligence, or my personal favorite: A vault-boys path being crossed by a black cat and about to get beaned by an anvil. Irony was much beloved in Fallout. At the end, there was a summary, with arrows going up and down each number.

Just like that, I was torn between the two paths to godhood. It was between putting my five remaining points into Intelligence and learn new skills like they were going out of style or putting my points into Luck and let the universe itself shower me with gifts and love as it murders my enemies in comedic fashion.

Eh, I always went high INT because I hate being dumb, so all my points went there. Now, I just have to decide what to do about my dump stat. Charisma. On one hand, in my games I took all the points away and distributed them evenly. I’ve never simply put them right into Luck, but I was now seriously considering just that.

See, on one hand, it will almost assuredly guarantee me perfect wins on everything. Gambling will become an absolute joke. So. Much. Money. To be made. On the other hand… Charisma makes it so people like me. I want to be liked. A lot. There were some really cool people that I wanted to befriend. Maybe turn Sasuke from his destructive path and get him some freaking therapy. Give Naruto a friend…maybe lots of friends. A high charisma character with 100 speech skill could end the stigma against him. Quickly. I don’t know how much the special stats affect general gameplay. Maybe they just affected skills like in Fallout 3. Maybe they affected everything.

But if that’s the case, and Luck is anything like in New Vegas? That becomes the most important stat in the game. Bar none. Intelligence is for personal preference, if I’m honest.

Dang, I wish I knew these things.

So, hesitantly, I subtracted all the points from Charisma, bringing it down to a measly 1 and raising my Luck to 9. I briefly consider taking a point from intelligence and putting it into luck, but I leave it. Again, personal preference. I pressed my little finger on the black button labeled ‘done’ and suddenly WOAH NELLY I FELT WEIRD as a warm, hot feeling washed itself all over me and in my brain and I could feel myself getting…smarter.

Woah.

Okay. Well, I hope I can handle my newfound social awkwardness.

…plans to raise my charisma later if I cannot are on the table.

For the first time in I don’t know how long, I heard the sharp sound of a cash register ring in my ears. Green numbers appeared in my eyes, +100, with a small meter beneath it, demonstrating progress from level 1 to level 2. The other kids laughed because my startled reaction was apparently funny. A second later, the adults joined in.

Oh boy.

…I wonder how long I’ll have to wait until I can actually tag my skills?
---
Author's Notes: Cross-posted from Spacebattles. I've got over 50 chapters that I'll be porting over to this thread, I thank you for your patience. Please enjoy the story if you haven't already and I look forward to reading the discussion as soon as I'm done porting everything over.
 
Game Start: Character Creation 2
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

------------

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOTTTTTTTTTTTTLLLLLLLLLLLLLLEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!

YES!

The Matron, in her infinite wisdom, in lieu of summoning the one person I will forever feel awkward around for the rest of my life, simply presented me with a bottle. I snatched that thing out of her hands in a way that I think surprised her and drank the sweet, warm, white liquid of life!

But in all seriousness, I liked eating this way. Forcing myself to not think while I ate and…yeah. Felt awful. I’m traumatized for life.

Anyway! The dark times are over now. I can eat without guilt. Which is awesome.

I’m not sure, but I think I’ve been here for over a year. Calendar flips that I’ve been keeping track of from my crib. Twelve makes a year. Unless I’ve been drastically mistaken and the place I’m living in has shorter or longer months than the old world.

Speaking of the place I live in, that would be Konoha, unless the walls are decorated with Konoha symbols in a nursery in Kiri for some freaking reason.

Bottle was empty.

I want another one!

The matron chuckled, a little impressed or disbelieving as she handed me another vessel of beautiful formula! Yes! Oh I hope this is a permanent thing because I am eating guilt free! It’s like being on a diet but being able to eat all of the ice cream in the world without gaining a pound.

------------

Later that night, I woke up. Which is weird because I usually slept like a rock since I got here. Which is weird because it’s actually a return to form in that I was kind of an insomniac before I ran that truck over with my car and missed the driver.

Grumbling aside, I stood up and gripped the bars of my crib. Underneath the door the light was on. People were talking and not being very quiet about it until being shushed by the familiar voice of the matron. I could still hear the whispers, though not as loud.

Whatever. Imma go back to bed.

I love game mechanics making it so I can go to sleep on command.

But I couldn’t.

I got a small, green window that appeared before my eyes. You cannot sleep while enemies are nearby.

Oh.

Oh no.

I can’t deal with enemies! I’m still a baby for petessake!

This! This isn’t good! This is bad! I gotta hide! Oh why didn’t I put more points into Agility?

There’s people out there that want to kill me! Maybe they’re in the orphanage and about to kill the Matron! Not the Matron! She gave me bottles!

But then, I got hit with a wave of clarity. Boy do I wish I hadn’t. A crimson wave of light surged through the windows and the room was suddenly filled with crying children. An oppressive weight, sickening in its cruelty seemed to press down on my soul and paralyze my body. A chill went through my veins and my hair stood up on end.

The Kyuubi was attacking Konoha.

And that is a prime example of why the Naruto universe is a crappy one to live in. I mean it’s just terrible. It’s also on its way to a golden age. Or it was. The butterfly effect is a %$#[email protected] to everyone, especially me right now.

Because I don’t really belong here.

I collapsed to my knees. Unable to breathe as tears started to fall from my eyes, I fell onto my back.

There’s no actual way I could survive here. I couldn’t even get the Water Chip back to my Vault in Fallout 1. This? This is roleplaying and reality ensues on a whole ‘nother level. I’m going to die because I don’t know what routes to take because they’re all gone. Because I’m here.

It was on the road to world peace, arguably better than our situation back home. But then I arrived. But maybe it’s not too late!

I grabbed my blanket, sobbing uncontrollably as the ground beneath me shook and the roar of a horrific beast sounded in the distance, but way too loud in my ears anyway.

Maybe I can get out of here before I do any more damage! You know, just by existing!

Maybe it would be better if I just crawled into a hole and died.

I could barely move at this point, I only saw red. Under the light of the door, I thought I saw shadows of beasts play out underneath it. I crawled under my blanket and held the fabric close to my nose.

It wasn’t enough simply because air was passing through the blanky just fine, but points for trying! Right? No. It’s not good enough. I gotta-

But then, the red light was gone and with it went the oppressive feeling that was cloying at every part of my mind. I shoved the blanket away and gasped for air. I moved away from it as far as I could.

…that was horrible.

I don’t like it.

The Matron, elderly lady that she was, burst in the room with the ferocity of the Kool-aide man, taking the door off its hinges and leaving an imprint in the wall as a soothing aura took place and made her seem like a freaking angel from God.

…I just want to go to bed.

Like that, I was out like a light.

------------

A few years have passed since the New Halloween and I was able to come to grips with what happened. That the Kyuubi attacked and I was faced with the overwhelming feeling that I had to commit suicide. For reasons that made sense at the time.

Screw the butterfly effect. We’ll see world peace happen butterfly effect or no.

Anyway, I’m adjusted, but the other kids still have nightmares. They’ve been waking up more often with the ‘help I just had something try to kill me help me’ scream rather than the ‘I want something to eat’ scream. Especially prevalent since they’ve started to adopt a normal sleep schedule.

…now that I think about it, not having their sleep schedule was a thing of game mechanics and made me stand out like a thumb. That…might come to bite me in the rear later. Or not, since I have high luck. Because luck is awesome. Still, something to keep in mind, though.

I was sitting in the corner of the play room, playing with blocks and trying to stack them at impossible angles out of boredom. The other kids were of doing their own thing. Socializing with them has been difficult. They…don’t really like to spend time with me for some reason. I think it’s because, as we’ve all learned how to talk, things have a tendency to sound a little harsh or robotic or something. No innate social skills.

Low Charisma is already starting to bite me in the rear. However, I hope I’ll be able to simply put points in speech to bypass that little flaw. Hopefully. I mean, it’s not that bad right now anyway

The door to the play room and…holy cow. This is the first time I’ve ever seen him.

Sarutobi Hiruzen. The Hokage. The man we’ve been learning about since we could learn how to read. Dressed in white robes with a triangle hat. I had theorized that in real life, those robes would look ridiculous. I was completely wrong. They look awesome.

I see why Naruto wants the hat.

Speaking of our number one most unpredictable Ninja, there he was, in front of the Hokage with an enthusiastic smile on his face. Wow. This…huh.

This is an odd feeling. Seeing a character, I always knew to be fictional in the flesh. Not even as a cosplayer, but the real, true blue Uzumaki Naruto. He certainly looked good.

“Here’s the Nursery,” The Matron put on a smile as she showed in the new kid.

“Thank you Kumiko,” The Hokage said to the Matron.

Huh. She does have a name.

“Now Naruto,” The Hokage turned. “I’ll be back in a few hours. I have some important work to do, so why don’t you go socialize and try to make some friends?”

“Okay, Ojisan!” Naruto returned with a happy smile.

With a farewell, The Hokage left without much fanfare.

Whelp, he must’ve been busy because I think several kids would’ve given their eyeballs for a chance to meet the Hokage.

Not me since I know I’ll meet him a lot when I become a Ninja. Which of course I want to be a Shinobi. That’s the point of the game! It’s the name of the game for crying out loud! It’s the whole point I’m here.

Strange there wasn’t much reaction from the other kids. They must not have recognized him.

“Children!” Kumiko called out. “This is Uzumaki Naruto. He’s going to be staying with us for a while. Try to make him feel welcome, okay!”

The standard round of ‘Hai, Onichaan’ since she was basically our Grandmother at this point. Best woman ever. 10/10. With a smile she turned to leave…and I totally caught that smile fading into a frown.

…oh no.

That…oh, that sucks.

Kumiko’s going to be prejudiced.

Naruto’s gonna need a friend indeed!

I mean…I get it.

The Kyuubi was frankly the worst thing ever to happen to the village. To me. Even worse than dying. That’s saying a lot. But, this kid? Blonde, enthusiastic and happy-go-lucky? He’s a hero. Why? Because he’s keeping it contained so it doesn’t murder everything.

I mean I wish the Fourth could’ve murdered the Fox entirely – well, maybe not since he was apparently mind controlled into his attack. I never read Shippuden, but I did spoil myself until it got too stupid to even do that.

…I’m going to regret not spoiling myself that far.

Anyway, going back to Naruto who is currently bragging that he’s friends with the Hokage and the other kids not believing him. He seems to be doing alright. The other kids are hanging onto every word because he’s been with the Hokage for so long.

I hang out on the outskirts of the group while he talked all about his Ojisan, who was basically the most powerful Shinobi ever as far as Naruto was concerned. Shame I can’t tell him about his Dad yet. I don’t want to die again.

Eventually, as kids do, they got bored of hanging onto Naruto’s every word. They went off to do other things, play Ninja, go-fish and other things. I stood up to go back to my blocks which had honestly turned into a meditation exercise when I got stopped.

“Hey you,” I turned, and there was Naruto looking at me with a smile. “What’s your name?

I stopped. So did the world, which grayed out and time had stopped, indicating that the game had paused. A green dialogue box popped open with a statement.

Enter your name.

Family Name:

Given Name:




I stared at the screen, blinking. Are you…are you serious?

HOW DID I NOT NOTICE THIS BEFORE?
If I could move in the pause, I would have fallen to the floor, laughing my rear end off while also being more than a little creeped out. Seriously, how? How do I not notice I don’t even have a name?

Eventually, I got myself together, still giggling, and started to decide on a name. I’ve always been fond of the name Daisuke, so I entered that in the given name section. I used to be big into Digimon when I was growing up and Davis, which is what his name was for the English dub, was my favorite character. So, it stuck.

I had no idea what I was going to do for the family name though.

Luckily, there was a question mark next to the Family Name: space, so I pressed that. Yamada…Nakamura…no…Shimoda? Shimoda. Shimoda Daisuke. Daisuke Shimoda. I continued sounding it out in my head, testing it on the proverbial lips.

I like that one. Shimoda Daisuke, I put in and pressed the done button.

“Shimoda Daisuke,” I blurted out unexpectedly. I accompanied it with a short bow. “Nice to meet you.”

“You too!” He mimicked the bow.

“Ummm…” Okay, what to do? First meeting with the main character. Nervous. Very nervous. “I was going to go play with those blocks over there.”

“Okay!” Naruto said. “Can I join you?”

“Sure.”

------------

A couple of other kids actually tried to come over to convince Naruto to come play with them instead. He turned them down, continually chatting my ear off about what it was like to be friends with the Hokage.

What sort of bizarre world have I stepped into?

Actually, these kids would all be orphans and wouldn’t be conditioned to dislike Naruto because the other kids had parents who knew who Naruto was and disliked them, leading to the kids disliking Naruto for literally no reason.

Not me, though. ‘Kids adorable.

“So, how old are you?”

“I’m three!” He said, holding up three fingers. “How about you?”

“Four,” I replied, holding up nine fingers.

He laughed. “What? That’s not four!”

“Well yeah, but I couldn’t leave this hand out of it!” I had a doctorate in Insane Troll Logic. At this point, I think it’s as real as everything else I’m going through. “See, if I raised this hand, then the other hand would get mad, so while the hand with four fingers gets to be right, the other hand gets to feel better by getting more fingers!”

Naruto guffawed.

I think it’s luck that he thinks that’s actually funny.

It occurs to me that if I’m a year older than him, then he and I won’t be in the same class. I’ll be in Neji, Lee and Tenten’s group. Interesting.

That actually makes me feel good, because that gives me more time to level up and grind before I face the nightmare that is the Chunin exam.

Eventually, the Hokage did as promised and returned to check up on Naruto. This time, since everyone actually knew who he was, he got swarmed it was hilarious. Naruto stood up and got all huffy. “Hey, get out of the way! He’s my Ojisan! Mooove!”

I actually chuckled at this as Kumiko used…I don’t think it was killing intent, so much as it was ‘Spanking Intent’, but it got all the kids to gangway for Naruto. The Hokage patted Naruto on the head. “How was your day?”

“Great!” Naruto reported. “I made a friend!”

“Did you now?” The Hokage smiled. “Who is it?”

Naruto turned to me and eagerly beckoned me forward. As I came forward, I could actually feel killing intent coming from the other kid’s eyes boring in on me. I bowed deep. “Hi, uh. Hokage-dono.”

“This is Daisuke!” He smiled. “Hey stand up straight, you don’t need to bow so low!”

“It’s alright, Naruto,” The Hokage replied. “But you can stand up straight.”

“Right, uh…” I stood up straight. “It’s nice to meet you.”

“And you as well, young one,” The Hokage smiled.

Wow. Uh…heh. You know, morality debates from my old world aside, standing in the guy’s presence? He’s the coolest guy in the world. Clearly cares about his village and people in it. Including me.

“So, children!” The Hokage called to everyone. “Gather around, I have a question for everyone!”

The kids did so and Naruto and I sat down.

“So, has anyone here thought about what they want to be when they grow up?” The Hokage asked.

All the hands went up, mine included if to ensure I wasn’t the odd man out, with choruses of mememememe! Ringing out. The Hokage pointed at a kid at random. Named Miyamoto, I think it was. He had black hair in a bowl cut, but without the eyebrows, any unintended resemblance was minimal.

“I want to be a Ninja!”

“Hmmmm…” The Hokage said, nodding as if that was a very thoughtful response. It was naturally the one he was looking for. “You want to be a ninja. Who else wants to be a Ninja when they grow up?”

Again, memememememe all around!

“That’s good!” The Hokage turned a little serious. “Being a Shinobi is very important. It’s Shinobi that defend the village. It’s Shinobi that ensures everyone gets to live a safe and happy life. By wanting to be a Ninja, you help everyone you meet here in the village!”

Everyone was hanging on what he said with baited breath.

“So it makes me so proud,” He continued. “To see that all of you want to help keep the village safe and I know that each of you will continue to make me proud.”

“Now, does anyone know what the will of fire is?”

The will of fire is a philosophy upon which the village was founded upon. It emphas-

“I know, I know!” Naruto had his hand up, bouncing up and down in his seat as he proclaimed his knowledge loudly in my left ear.

“Okay, go ahead Naruto,” The Hokage said with a smile.

“The Will of Fire means that everyone in the Village is family,” Naruto said. “And everyone with the Will of Fire will love and cherish the village forever!”

…hey, what can you expect from a three-year-old? I’m actually impressed.

“Very good, Naruto!” The Hokage beamed and Naruto plastered a really happy grin on his face. “Yes. The will of fire is the heart of our village. All within it, with the will of fire can stand against any problem, no matter what it is, simply because we are united in love for our village.”

And the sermon is being dumbed down for toddlers. Of course. It has to be done.

So while he talked and was very inspirational, I ended up missing most of the actual words he was saying. Helped deal with the nagging feeling that he was setting the kids up around me to become soldiers. Eeeeek.

------------

Naturally, more time passed. Years, actually. Surprisingly, Kumiko was putting in an effort to not be horrible to Naruto, even while the rest of the care takers would rather he didn’t exist.

This had the sad effect of pushing the other kids away from him while before they wanted to be his friend thanks to him being close to the Hokage. This makes me sad.

Well, I’M not going to let that stop me! I’ll be Naruto’s best friend until he ends up on Team 7 and even beyond because…well, he needs better friends than Sasuke turns out to be.

Wait, can I do anything about that?



…nope!

Great, now I’m depressed.

“HAPPY BIRTHDAY!” Naruto appeared right in my face and shouted, causing me to screamlikealittlegirl drop to the ground in astonishment.

“Geeze, Naruto!” I said, picking myself up. “You scared me!”

“I got you good, didn’t I?” He grinned happily.

“Yes, you sure did,” I said wryly. “It’s my birthday already?”

“Yup!” Naruto said. “Come on, I got a present for you!”

He took me by the hand and I could do all of nothing against his Jinchūriki strength, he dragged me all the way to the play room where a small table was set up and the freaking Hokage was sitting in one of the chairs.

What.

“Ah,” He said, taking his pipe out of his mouth. “Happy birthday, Daisuke.”

“But-but-but,” I stuttered out.

“Calm down,” The Hokage said, causing me to calm down immediately because he’s got a jutsu for that. “I had some time and Naruto said he wanted to do something for your birthday. So here I am.”

“I-thank you! Thank you, Hokage-dono,” I said, bowing and righting myself.

How the heck did I get so lucky to befriend Naruto enough to get Sarutobi to tolerate my presence with one charisma…oh. Right.

9 Luck.

Derp.

“Here’s my present for you!” Naruto said, thrusting a piece of paper.

It was a drawing. Crudely drawn, with two characters, one with brown hair and one with blond, labeled Daisuke and Naruto respectively.

You know, I was kind of figuring that I wasn’t going to have a lot of friends growing up because of my choice in dump stat. But if I can only have one or two friends in my entire time here?

I lucked out.

“I love it!” I said, giving Naruto a giant bear hug. “Thankyouthankyouthankyou!”

“Gaah! Daisuke! Can’t breathe!” Naruto said, kicking and flailing in my grasp.

“Oh, whoops!” I said, releasing him. “Sorry. I guess I don’t know my own strength.”

Wait. Have the benefits of having 5 Strength already kicked in? At my young age? Questions for later.

“I’ll admit I’m also here for another reason,” The Hokage said, standing up with his hands behind his back. “You turned eight today, right?”

I nodded rapidly.

“Then you’ll be ready to enter the Ninja academy when the next semester starts,” The Hokage said with a smile. “You are still planning on attending, aren’t you?”

Attending the academy is the whole point of the game. That’s where all the stuff to do is. It’s also a terrifying prospect because while I haven’t seen all of Shippuden, I have seen Madara fight. That, right there, is a very nice tall glass of nope.

But if I play my cards right, I’ll be pretty terrifying myself.

Though I haven’t seen a single time where my game saved, which is worrisome. If I screw up, I’m not sure I get another do-over.

But I can’t not try. I’d never forgive myself.

So I looked up at him, his face seemed…impassive. I gave him a vigorous nod. “Yup! I wanna be the best Ninja ever!”

“Very good,” The Hokage said with a happy smile.

“That’s too bad because I’m going to be the best Ninja ever!” Naruto said.

A flash of annoyance, then I mentally sighed and let it go. “Well yeah, you’re going to be Hokage. But you still need awesome ninja to order around, don’t you?”

“Yeah! Let’s play Hokage!” Naruto said with a smile.

“Wait a minute Naruto,” The Hokage said. “I need to give Daisuke my present.”

“Oh yeah!” Naruto said, sitting down on the chair.

The Hokage took out, from the back of his robes, a book. It was small and had a black cover. Taking it in my hand revealed it was leather. I opened it up and…it showed my stat screen. A vault boy with a vault-tech headband walking along in an animated ink drawing. I flipped the page. It was my inventory, then my quest data and map. It was a Pipboy. In book form.

“Naruto told me how much you like to read and write,” The Hokage said as I was perusing the book. “So I got you a journal to write down how your days went. If you treat it well, it’ll last you for your whole life.

Okay, game did not pause when I opened my Pipboy. Good to know. With the biggest, most genuine smile I could manage, I bowed low. “Thank you so much Hokage-dono.”

“You’re very welcome Daisuke,” The Hokage said. “Now did either of you want cake?”

Heck. Yes.

------------

Okay, so later, after we had cake, the Hokage left and Naruto and I played a loooooong game of Hokage, I was able to look at my book in peace.

Luckily, darkness did nothing about my ability to see the books contents, so I was able to look at my character sheet.

Daisuke Shimoda

HP: 200

Chakra: 75

SPECIAL

Strength: 5

Perception: 5

Endurance: 5

Charisma: 1

Intelligence: 10

Agility: 5

Luck: 9

Skills:

Barter (CHA): 9

Chakra Control(INT): 27

Fuinjustu(INT): 27

Genjutsu(PER): 17

Medicine(INT): 27

Melee Weapons(STR): 17

Ninjutsu(END): 17

Pick Lock(PER): 17

Ranged Weapons(AGI): 17

Sneak(AGI): 17

Speech(CHA): 9

Survival(PER): 17

Taijutsu(END): 17

Perks:

None.

EXP: 100/1000


And that was all there was on my character sheet. Sort of empty, but I was level one. In the longest tutorial in gaming history. At this point, it’s a miracle that I’m not crazy. Or maybe I am. Still…I’m concerned about how low my Speech is. That’s…I mean, in the games, speech was only used when you were trying to convince people of something or to get them to do something. I think that’s why I’ve been getting so much leeway in combination with my luck stat but…that is really low. I’ll have to put points into it at some point.

Not next level up, but soon. Before I hit level 5, definitely.

I flipped the page and that’s when the book got started with the manual proper, which gave me a sense of relief.

Hello and welcome! It read. Thank you for choosing to play Shinobi: A Naruto RPG. We’re very proud of the work we’ve put into making the game system part of the world and allowing you to experience life as a Shinobi of Konoha, either good or evil. There are no limits to the choices you will need to make to survive this harsh and unforgiving world of flashy jutsu and shadowy betrayal.

Well, that’s not ominous at all.

The book basically went on to talk about things I already knew, telling me that it was an RPG. However, this little note about the game was very interesting. However, due to the circumstances of the game world and how it interacts, some features have not been implemented. Such as a save and load feature. While we fully intend to input these features at a later date, we will likely hold off on such an update until all current play times are finished to avoid crashing the game and taking all of reality with it.

It was also quite terrifying. This game literally has no replay-ability at all. I mean the length of the tutorial kind of clued me into that already but come on! I can’t make different choices or anything? Well, on the bright side, it’ll be much harder to become a sociopath ala Sakura syndrome.

…wait. I’m in the same universe as her. Huh.

A couple more paragraphs, including one interesting one about the S.P.E.C.I.A.L stats. Each stat gives a flat bonus to skills and physical or mental attributes. However, due to the superhuman world that SHINOBI takes place in, each of these stats also increases in strength the higher level you are. A shinobi with 100 Taijutsu and 5 strength won’t be doing as much damage as a Shinobi with 50 Taijutsu and 10 strength. Though the difference in skill will still be obvious. Each stat does give better bonuses as the player levels, except for Luck, which is already overpowered enough.

I can’t really argue with that.

As a result, if you picked a dump stat, it will eventually become serviceable through this process, though not until the later levels.

Oh, okay. Whew. That means I won’t be almost friendless forever.

Just most of the time. Dang it.

I leafed through the manual some more. Then it started talking about skills. Each skill represents a player’s skill and maximum potential in an area. For example, a Shinobi with 50 Ninjutsu can learn a Ninjutsu that requires 75 in Ninjutsu, but will be severely handicapped when attempting to perform that jutsu. A high Chakra Control skill can minimize this, but it won’t entirely remove the enhanced chakra cost and won’t bring nearly the same results.

Good to know. To be perfectly honest, I think Taijutsu is a good first skill to max out, simply because I’ll be using it start to finish. People with weapons have this annoying tendency to be disarmed and I don’t want that to happen to me.

Especially not in the literal sense.

Turning some more pages, I came to Perks.

Perks are the secret weapon in every player’s arsenal. They allow the player to bend and at higher levels outright break the rules of the game and the setting. Sick of getting knocked back and on your rear by an overzealous Ninjutsu or Taijutsu user? Get the Stone Wall perk and become completely immune to getting knocked back and even gain resistance to melee and Taijutsu damage!

Okay that’s awesome. I mean, holy cow! Just sit there and be completely unaffected especially Wind Jutsu’s, I imagine. but I’ll also have to be careful. I don’t want to paint a target on my back until Higher levels, so I can laugh at the opposition as they try to stop me.

…I like this.

After that, there was a giant list of every perk in the game. Things that reduced the chakra cost of Ninjutsu, stone wall…I’m actually getting excited looking at all of this. But I should probably save this for later. Not tired, but I could see a caretaker come in to make sure I’m asleep.

So, bed time!
 
Game Start: Character Creation 3 - Tutorial End
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

-----


Eventually, as all things must, summer came to an end and I shed tears of joy as the single most boring period of my life came to a close. I was so happy, my backpack was full of lunch and I was heading to the academy for throwing fireballs and being awesome.

Basically being a Shinobi.

I am ready. I AM SO FREAKING READY I CAN’T STAND IT.

I MEAN REALLY.

“Bye Naruto,” I said, waving at him over my shoulder as I left.

“Bye Daisuke!” Naruto called out from behind me.

What a great kid. He’ll definitely grow up to be the hero the story needs. And me? Well, I’m going to learn how to…well, first I’m going to learn the Academy three, level up a bunch of times and hopefully be able to learn cool stuff from whoever my Jounin Sensei is. Then I’m going to roflstomp pretty much everything that stands in my way and…I actually don’t know. Maybe I’ll travel?

Barring any railroading, this is going to be great.

Quest Update: The First Step

Attend your first day of school
.

FINALLY! YES! THE FIRST QUEST OF THE GAME! WITH BIG REWARDS AND BIGGER PAYOFFS! HALLELEUJA!

I approached the front gate of the academy. Parents, teachers and new students were gathered together, standing before the podium to watch the Hokage give his speech to further indoctrinate the impressionable young youths before him to help bolster Konoha’s mercenary force.

Don’t get me wrong, I like Konoha. Their policies make my old world morals cringe and scream in agony and outrage. But they don’t apply right now. Not in the slightest. Not until I can back them up with a giant fireball. Or a million.

…by hook or by crook, I am stealing a fire jutsu from the Uchiha. Those are awesome. Also, irony points. Those are always good.

Is the speech still going on?

“…you will learn what the Will of Fire…”

It’s still going on. Anyway, I’m trying to decide whether it’s worth it, in this world, to do what I’ve always done and put all my points into one skill every level until it’s maxed or to split them evenly. On one hand, it guarantees that I WILL be able to handle anything involving that skill. If it involves, say stealth or Taijutsu, where an error could mean death, I won’t fail barring obscene penalties. With the right perks, even those won’t be so bad I can’t maneuver around.

But if I need a certain skill at a certain time and I haven’t trained it, which has happened in my games, it could go badly. Very badly. We could end up in an avoidable fight, like in the cases of Stealth when I decided to max out Guns first.

Though maxing out Guns first was worth it to delete the first Legion Patrol I saw.

Hmmmm…let’s think about this and decide when I level up.

How’s the speech coming?

“…thank you.”

Perfect timing.

With that, we were lead into the academy to begin orientation. Didn’t see Iruka, which makes sense, there’s more teachers than just him. My sensei was an older guy. Grey hair. Had an eyepatch, which looked intimidating.

“Good morning students,” He said, writing Kanji on the board. “My name is Okawa Yuko. I’ll be your Sensei for the duration of your time here.”

I look around the class and see literally no one I should be able to recognize. Nope. No Konoha 11 for me. I am on my own. Which could be a good thing. I don’t want to get mad at Neji this early. Because I would get mad.

“Now, before we begin with the rest of orientation, I’m going to pass out a quiz.”

Groans passed through the class, only for the whole class, including me, to get sent straight to seated-attention when the room shook and lightning strikes a little birdy outside on a clear day. At least I think it struck a little birdy.

“It’s just a survey to see what your preferences for specialization are,” Sensei Okawa snapped, handing a pile to a kid on the end of each row.

Eventually I got mine. I looked at it and mentally sighed. It was the G.O.A.T from Fallout 3, only modified to fit the Naruto universe. It was stupid. Really stupid. It was the one thing I remember disliking from Fallout 3. I did not spend fifty bucks to sit in a classroom to take a written exam.

So, I looked at all the questions and filled out the bubbles at random. I don’t really care what it said, but If they’re going to subject me to a meaningless test, especially when I get to just pick the results of the test later, I’mma doodle a smiley face with little dots.

Sure enough, the moment I finished the test, a screen with all the skills showed up with. With three tagged skills. In the Fallout games, when you tag a skill, you picked what you were supposed to be good at. In Fallout 3, it added 15 skill points to the skills themselves, to give you a boost. The three skills currently tagged were Melee Weapons, Ranged Weapons and Barter.

The only one I thought was good was Barter, since that made supplies cheaper. However, the other two were Melee Weapons, which I already decided I don’t want and ranged weapons, where the whole point was to toss them at the enemy and end up restocking at the end of a successful mission. Since we have jutsu, which is like ranged weaponry but with infinite ammo, that just makes it an impractical money sink. So, I untagged all three and put them where I thought they should go.

That would be Taijutsu, Chakra Control and Speech. Taijutsu because that’s going to get me a lot of experience in the short run, Chakra Control because it’s just that valuable in learning jutsu (which I suppose will be around levels 20 to 40 before seals take over) and Speech to compensate for my crappy charisma. Hopefully, that’ll make for an…at least bearable time at school. This brought Taijutsu to 32, Chakra Control to 42 and Speech to 24.

Pressing ‘done’, I watched as the dots on my test skipped and rearranged themselves on the test by magic. I snorted.

“Shimoda,” Sensei called to me. “Is there something funny?”

“Uh…sorry, Sensei,” I said, sheepishly. “I just got a joke that got told to me this morning.”

He groaned in annoyance. “Very well.”

There is no way he bought that.

*cha-ching!*

I saw the EXP bar go from 100 to 200, and then another message popped up. Charisma Check Failed: 1/6.

Nope. Did not buy that at all. Then where did all the EXP come fr-oh, right. The G.O.A.T.

After the test was passed, we were told to report to the training fields outside the academy. On my way out, I could feel Sensei Okawa’s eyes on me. Eugh that’s creepy. Like the feeling of my nonexistent sins crawling on my back.

So, we were escorted by another Chunin whose name I don’t know yet. We were in lines the whole time, boys on one side, girls on the other. I briefly considered goose stepping out of audacity but decided against it when I realized I would accidentally kick the person in front of me. And the fact that no one around me would get the joke.

In the training room, we were greeted by a silver haired Chunin, complete with official flak jacket. I always thought those were really cool. I want one.

“Hello everyone,” He waved at us. “I’m Mizuki and I’ll be your Taijutsu instructor.”

Hey, someone else I recognized! Cool! I wonder if he’s a complete jerk right now or if that comes later. I hope it’s later. I haven’t actually seen too much about Mizuki aside from him getting mauled by a mountain of clones. Which, admittedly was pretty funny when he tried to kill Naruto just before.

Anyway, that was before, this is now.

“So, who here has some Taijutsu training?” Mizuki asked.

Hands went up, but mine wasn’t one of them. I guess I did technically have training now, with the skill tags, I don’t think it’s worth to tip my hand just yet. There was a potential traitor in the midst, after all.

“So about half of you?” Mizuki said with a sniff. “Alright, we can work with that. Everyone that raised their hand step over here. Everyone that did not, over here.”

I moved over with the group who did not raise their hands. When we were in place, Mizuki started matching us up in pairs. My sparring partner was a prospective Kunoichi, with long black hair with locks going down her shoulders. She wore a green shirt with a white stripe going down the center, with black pants and ninja-sandal’s.

“Hi, I’m Daisuke,” I said with a smile. “What’s your name?”

She let out an exasperated sigh. “Hisako.”

“Bow to your partners!” Mizuki ordered and I followed. Upon coming back up, I saw that she had returned it.

“Now, you each will spar with each other until the bell rings. Then you will take a quick water break and we will head over to the target range,” Mizuki said. “No permanent injury. No broken bones. This is just to see where everyone stands. We’ll be watching. Ready? Set!”

The bell rung.

Hisako wasted no time in rushing me with a fist directed at my face. I slapped it out of the way with a hand to her forearm, before retaliating with a kick to the stomach, which sent her back a couple feet. She blinked, holding her stomach, looking at me with a risen eyebrow.

I offered a small smile.

She assumed an actual stance and started to circle.

This time, I went in for the attack, going for a fist to the face which disguised another punch to the stomach. She crossed her wrists and caught the punch, sending it upward over her head, then she counter attacked by bringing her elbow down on my shoulder-OW THE PAIN!

I went down with a yelp and saw my health bar for the first time, and it was going down by forty-five points, yowza. That spelled the end of my feint and I got up and quickly moved back before she could hit my face for real.

I brought up my fists in a pseudo boxing stance. Okay, clearly this girl knew what she was doing. And this is literally the first fist fight I’ve ever been in either my lives. She moved forward in a zigzag, before she went in for a circle kick to knock my feet out from under me. I simply jumped over it and brought my fist down on her face on the way down.

She was knocked to the floor only to jump back up and away from me.

You know, if I could go for a permanent injury, this fight would’ve been over much more quickly. This is getting a little bor-ohcrapdodge!

She came back in with a fist to the face, which I dodged. I tried my own punch to the chest, but she dodged to the side and kicked at my stomach, which I dropped to the floor to dodge, hopping right back up to kick her in the stomach again.

The kick landed and she was knocked back onto her rear.

“Why do you keep-“ She breathed heavily. “Kicking me in the stomach?”

“I dunno, obvious target,” I said, shrugging.

She looked up and glared, rising sharply to her feet, about to say something.

The bell dinged. She glared at me and simply walked off with a huff.

Cha-ching!

I will never get used to that. Another 100 EXP and suddenly, I’m now 30% of the way to level 2. Whoo! I’m on the highway to l33tness now!

Okay, not really. But still. I’m guessing radiant quests will be a thing aren’t there.

Another settlement needs your-

PRESTON I SWEAR TO-oh, the class is leaving. Whoops.

I hurried over to the group and kept pace with the back. I didn’t see Hisako again which I will count as a blessing because I do not want to get jumped by a bunch of students who may, in fact, be as good or better as I am. At least not until I can be sure that non-lethal K. O.’s actually get me experience. I hope they do. Or this is going to be a long school year.

Long four years, actually.

So, there were five targets.

“Okay!” Mizuki called out. “So, you have five kunai in the little bucket to your right. You must throw them all and try to hit the center of the target as close and or as often as you can! When everyone is finished and we give the all clear, you will go and collect your kunai and deposit them in the bucket for the next student. Is that clear?”

There were scattered ‘Hai, Sensei’s’ scattered throughout the group.

“I said,” Mizuki cleared his throat. “IS THAT CLEAR!”

“HAI, SENSEI!” I certainly shouted at the top of my lungs.

“Much better!” Mizuki nodded with approval. “But seriously, wait until we give the all clear. People with bad aim become really good at hitting people when they don’t want to be.”

Ooh. That can’t happen to me, right? A critical miss? My high luck makes me less likely to critically miss. Actually if I remember correctly, it makes enemies less likely to critically hit but more likely to critically miss. Hmmm. The rule is important and must be followed.

So, I wait patiently for my turn, watching some amazing shots, some terrible shots, one that hit a bird nesting ten feet above the target. I guess it was whistling a little loud.

…if I did that, would it give me EXP?

Eventually, it came around to my turn. I took hold of the Kunai. My ranged weapons was only 17. Only one thing for it.

LEROOOOOOOOOOOY JENKINS!

I missed 1, 2, hit the target with the third, missed again with the forth and with the fifth…the fifth buried itself in the bullseye, becoming completely invisible.

The all clear was given and I went to retrieve my Kunai. Well, numbers one through four were easy enough, but as I dug into the straw of the target, I took hold of the handle and pulled. It wouldn’t budge.

Strength Check Failed: 5/7.

Oh boy. “Uhhh…can I get some help?”

Mizuki was by my side in an instant. Kind of creepy, actually. “What’d you do?”

“Somehow my Kunai got stuck Mizuki-sensei,” I explained, still pulling futilely.

He scoffed. “Seriously? Here, watch me.”

He took hold of the handle. “You just have to put your back into it-hng!”

He pulled with everything he had, but the kunai refused to budge. Mizuki looked at it with frustrated confusion. “Kid, how hard did you throw this thing?”

“About as hard as the others,” I said, rubbing the back of my head.

Mizuki’s string of cusswords under his breath as he tried to dislodge the kunai became increasingly comical as he strained. Eventually, he did get it out, and pulled a large chunk of wood which was stuck on the bent end of the Kunai.

“Whatever, we have spares,” He said, pocketing the kunai. “Try not to do that again.”

“I’ll do my best, Sensei,” I said, rubbing the back of my head again with an uneasy chuckle.

With that, I stuck to the back of the group of students as it was now time to head to another class.

Cha-ching!

Only 60 EXP? Not even a bonus from my high INT? Oh whatever. Now I just need 640 To level. Whatever. The lines were back up, with Mizuki facing us. “Now that we’ve had a chance to see how each of you handle Taijutsu and Bukijutsu-“

Wait, what? Oh, right. Weapons.

“We’ll take a break for lunch. The little park outside is open, feel free to sit under the shade, play on the swings, whatever,” Mizuki gestured. “We’ll be back to class in an hour so make sure you eat fast and get your energy out. More than you already have, that is.”

Welp, I had my backpack, so off I went!

I separated from the main group, walking around the wall and out of sight from the main compound. I…had a fabulous idea.

I dug out my black book. The thing never seemed to leave my possession for long. I flipped over the inventory screen and…yup! There it was. In my inventory, was my lunch of rice balls, sauce and delicious sushi. I always loved sushi.

So in Fallout 3, you ate food and stuff through the inventory screen. I wonder if I can do the same thing here with the book. So…I tapped the food item to select it…then I tapped it again and it disappeared from my inventory and I was graced with rice-ball taste on my tongue.

Wow. Huh. Well, let’s go for the packets of soy sauce…huh. Okay, that was way too strong. Didn’t mix well at all way. Okay, I tap a sushi roll and it’s delicious. I almost tap a wasabi packet, but decide I’m not crazy. So, I simply dig out the remaining sushi roll and enjoy it like a normal person.

Due to eating literally half of my lunch via assimilation, I was done fairly early.

With that, I stood up and looked at the concrete wall.

There was another experiment I wanted to try. So, tree-walking. Apparently, you needed to utilize your chakra to stick to the surface of a wall. Too little, you fall off. Too much, and you break the tree. Though in the case of concrete walls, I might just go flying off. Although…breaking stuff like that might have been the basis for Tsunade’s megaton punch jutsu.

I know that’s not what it’s called but for the life of me, I can’t remember what it was. Anyway, back to tree-walking.

I want to try it. So, I lift up my foot, channel chakra to my foot and try to stick. Anchor.

Cha-ching!

Chakra Control Check Passed: 42/25.


10 EXP? Seriously?

Alright, whatever. My foot is stuck to the wall in glorious fashion! Excellent! Now for the other foot.

With more than a little bit of trepidation, I pull my other foot off the ground, keeping the other foot stuck to the wall. With some focus, I channel some chakra to the other foot as well and…

Cha-ching!

Chakra Control Check Passed: 42/40.


25 EXP. Okay. 605 to go.

Cha-ching!

What’d I do that time?

Perk Unlocked: Tree Walker

Using your chakra, you can walk up and down walls with ease!


150 EXP! NOW WE’RE TALKING!

Wait, how’s my Chakra?

The little bar underneath my magically refilled health bar, wasn’t budging. Huh. I guess it’s because I’m not using it up or getting rid of it? I guess? Whatever, it’s awesome. I get to act like Spider-Man and I got the biggest EXP boost I’ve seen in ever! See, this is cool.

How much do I need to level again? 455. Okay.

Maybe I should try walking on water next? Eh, there’s nothing nearby. Darn. Oh well, this is great. Rasengan? Nah. I can see that having an arbitrarily high skill check simply because of what it is.

I dropped to the floor and sat on the ground.

Think I should try using the ‘wait’ command?

Nah. I don’t want to miss the bell by accident. Okay. Ummmmmm…darn.

So, skill points? Dump them in one spot or shift them around? Speech needs help. But maxing Taijutsu as fast as I can…agh. It’s the same arguments I keep sifting in my head. Not going to get anything done.

You know what, whatever. Let’s try the Rasengan. How’d it go again?

So, I held out my hand, started to pool chakra, to spin the air into a ball, then another ball going the other way then I felt a sting as the chakra in my hand disappeared. Waving away the pain in my hand, I read the inevitable message that I knew was coming.

Chakra Control Check Failed: 42/80.

80?!? Then how did Naruto…? He used a shadow clone to give himself a boost. Derp.

Then the bell rang. My chakra was slowly replenishing at any rate, so I wasn’t worried as I shouldered my bag again and ran to step in line.

We were lead back into the classroom we first started in, with Okawa-sensei standing at the blackboard. “Welcome back, class. So, now, we’re going to talk about Chakra. Can I have a volunteer to describe what chakra is.”

My hand shot straight up because I have 10 INT. This will be a breeze.

“Yes, Shimoda?”

Nice.

“Chakra is a mix of physical and spiritual energies, generated by Chakra Coils,” I rattled off. “It is what fuels all Jutsu and is the foundation of everything Shinobi do.”

“Very good,” Okawa nodded.

Cha-ching! 100 EXP. That leaves me with 355 more until I, finally, hit level 2.

Luckily I was able to keep my victory dance in my head and Okawa continued to go on with a lecture about all of the ways chakra could be used and how seals were the basis of shaping and molding chakra, and how we use those in conjunction with moving the chakra to where it needed to go.

Fascinating stuff. I know that in my old world there were lots of people who believed in similar practices, though the effect was nowhere near as pronounced as it is here; it was more thought of as a spiritual pursuit anyway.

But this also brought to mind something I’ve usually considered. When I was growing up, I used to play Neverwinter Nights and Dungeons and Dragons. I always, always rolled a sorcerer and built him around one, simple, thing: Metamagic.

I hate casting animations.

They take too long, announce your presence to the enemy and if you’re paralyzed you can’t do anything. Specializing in Taijutsu can go a long way in helping me avoid little things like interruptions, especially if I obtain some sort of ‘evasive’ style but I’m not sure such a style exists in the game world and it doesn’t actually solve the problem that’s really starting to irk me: I will end up with casting animations. Or, hand seals. I might also have to at least say the name of my jutsu if the world is as similar to the one from the Anime.

…wow, that line of thinking is bizarre. I’m in a cartoon. A violent bloody cartoon about a crapsack world. But still a cartoon.

Anyway. I do have a list of perks in my book, so I should really take a look at what I have available to me. Shame I don’t have a walkthrough to get the best perks, but no use crying over what-ifs. Though, the question of what if springs another thought. Are there any jutsu that didn’t require hand seals?

Besides the Rasengan…which is far and away one of the best jutsu in the world, which I take as a sign that I’m on the right track…there was Tsunade’s megaton-punch thing. Which was gathering your chakra up and releasing it at the time of impact. Didn’t seem to be any hand seals involved.

Huh. Well, that jutsu fits into two of my tagged skills; Taijutsu and Chakra control. Probably be a reasonably high requirement for both, but it’s something to shoot for. I wonder if I can just figure it out like I did tree-walking and presumably, the Rasengan if that failed Chakra Control check is anything to go on, or if I need to be taught by Tsunade herself. Hmmm…

By the way, speaking of tree walking, what would have happened if I failed that check? Put too little in it, I just fall off. Put too much, the tree explodes…wait. I just thought about this! And it’s the perfect cover story! I learn Tsunade’s megaton punch and if someone asks me about it, I could just say I thought about weaponizing the side effects of putting too much chakra in a tree-walking jutsu! Perfect!

“Shimoda!”

“Huh?” I sprang to attention as the room shook and lightning struck outside the windows.

“Care to answer the question?”

“…I’m terribly sorry, Sensei, I dosed off,” He looked mad. “Please repeat the question?”

Cha-ching!

Speech Check Success: 24/20
.

Whew! Enhanced speech is already saving my butt! With 10 EXP to boot.

“Do you know what seals we use in our jutsu,” He asked levelly.

Cha-ching!

Intelligence Check Success: 10/9.


50 EXP. Awesome.

“There’s Ram, Boar, Tiger, Bird, Rat, Monkey, Dragon, Ox, Snake, Hare, Horse, and Ox,” I recited from memory.

“…that’s very good, Shimoda,” Okawa said, somewhat surprised. The class, dull though it is, becomes somewhat interesting when Okawa demonstrates a chakra-control exercise to stick a leaf to his finger and make it dance across his hand.

I wonder if he can make it do that can-can. I probably could.

“Students!” Sensei Okawa called over the sound of the bell. “Your homework is to practice the leaf exercise and you will be required to demonstrate it when you come in tomorrow.”

So I’m required to make a leaf do the can-can? Awesome! I will train my leaf to be the best can-can dancing leaf in the entire elemental countries! The fact that it will be the only can-can dancing leaf in the entire elemental countries is superfluous and unimportant!

Also, 295 EXP until level-up. Sweet.

I stood up and left the building, feeling Okawa’s eye still looking at me. Part of me would appreciate it if he had a preference for dishonesty, but that would be bad for everyone else in the long run. He already seemed to be willing to let me off easily, especially since he caught me lying.

…that is bad. Lying is bad and I should feel bad and…no, lying’s a fact of life of the Elemental Countries. I need to accept it and make the best of-oh who am I kidding. This place is king crapsack world on crapsack mountain.

I’m just glad I didn’t land in 40K. This place has NOTHING on that nutty universe.

Quest Updated: The First Step.

Completed: Attend your first day of school.

Return to the orphanage.


On my way, mystical dialogue boxes!

Wait…I’m not Deadpool. I need my own gimmick.

So I quickly made my way back to the Orphanage and opened the door. I had expected Naruto would be waiting for me with baited breath. What I got was a look at nothing.

“Ummm...Naruto?” I called after.

“He stepped out,” The Matron replied, stepping around a corner. “How was your first day at the academy?”

“Awesome!” I said, gushing like the eight-year-old I supposedly was. “We got to fight each other and throw kunai and I got every question right and-“

“Okay, okay,” The Matron smiled, patting me on the head. “I’m glad you had a good day. Go ahead and wash up for dinner.”

…stupid level 1 charisma. I really need to fix that one of these days. Whatever. Wonder where Naruto went off to. Hope he’s okay.

I heard a door slam to the right.

“What was that?” I asked the Matron, who had turned around to head to the kitchen.

“I don’t know,” She said over her shoulder at me.

Quest Update: The First Step

Completed: Return to the orphanage.

Investigate the noise.


“I’ll be right there,” I said, turning to go check it out.

I turned a corner and there, at the door to the orphanages cellar, were two of my fellow orphans; Santo Naora and Ashida Rikyu. They were students too, apparently. They had slammed it shut and were holding the door shut with their backs as they braced themselves with their legs against the opposite wall.

“So, what’s up?” I asked.

They looked at me, looking rather panicked.

“Nothing!” Naora said.

“Yeah, go mind your own business!” Rikyu added.

Okay, I may have 1 charisma but there’s more than one way to skin a cat.

“Okay, Obasaan just asked me to wash up,” I replied. “Sorry to bother you.”

I walked past them, clearly going to the washroom. I shut the door and turned on the sink. Then I opened the door as quietly as I could.

Sneak Check Success: 17/15
.

10 EXP.

Perception Check Success: 5/5.

+20 EXP.


Ooh, another one I might need to upgrade at some point in the future. That was close.

“How long until you think they’ll go away?” Naora asked Rikyu.

“I don’t know,” he replied in a whisper. “I’ve didn’t think rats could get that big.”

“Why did you even feed them soldier pills?” Naora asked. She sounded like she was close to crying.

Oh crap.

See, I’m scared of rats. Not in the ‘I was traumatized when a rat yelled at me then ran away when I was a kid’ sort of scared, but in the ‘I know those things have iron in their teeth, will eat through anything, are incredibly smart and can develop an insatiable taste for human blood upon getting a taste’. If they’ve mutated to be even more dangerous, and if that mutation was any sort of permanent, then kids were going to die unless something is done about them now. Especially the babies in the nursery, who were very vulnerable and that could start a horrible chain reaction.

“It was your idea!” Rikyu returned hotly. “So you get to tell Obaasan!”

“You’re the one who said it was a good idea,” Naora snapped back. “…we should get out of here. Daisuke’s already been by here and if we’re still here, we’ll look suspicious.”

“So then what do we do?” Rikyu asked, sounding pretty scared.

“Hope the soldier pills wear off?” Naora offered weakly.

Ooh, good point. The rats are still a problem, though.

“We’ll tell Obaasan about the rats after dinner,” Naora nodded, some semblance of calm restored. “We can be sure the pills will have worn off about then. Then she can clean them up and no-one will be the wiser!”

Hmmm…if they fed them whole soldier pills, to a body of their size and density, I don’t think they’ll wear off for a while. Possibly not for another few hours if not clear until tomorrow.

They stood up and ran off toward the kitchen and I shut off the water.

Quest Updated: The First Step

Completed: Investigate the Noise

Clear the cellar of soldier-rats
.

‘Soldier-rats’? I guess it’s more creative than simply ‘giant rats’.

I opened the door to the basement, the darkness not being inviting at all. Then at the bottom of the steps, I saw a pair of glistening eyes.

Oh no. You are not getting upstairs. I swiftly closed the door behind me and leapt down the stairs. It squealed at me, revealing those darkened teeth that frankly freaked me out, but it wasn’t fast enough to dodge the two feet which stomped down on its head, breaking its neck instantly.

+5 EXP.

I heard squeals and I turned around, seeing rats feasting on the various stores of food down here. Yeah, none of that’s edible anymore. It wasn’t that dark in here, though that’s because of the torches lit and mounted on the walls.

The rats rushed forward. Two of them went for my legs but I jumped and tried to stomp on one again, though the rat simply dodged and bit me in the calf why?!?

-15 HP
.

I slammed a one-handed haymaker down on its head and it still wasn’t dead.

One jumped and clawed at my arm, pain shooting out from the scratches in my skin and blood started to trickle, I punched that one back down to the ground and kicked it in the face.

-10 HP.

+5 EXP.


Nice. But how many are left-AHHOW!

The back of my knee got slashed open, putting me on my knee in shock, and the rat then tackled me in the back, sending me back to the ground. Suddenly, I was getting double teamed and sliced up.

-10 HP.

-15 HP.

-10 HP.


Yeah. I’m in deep $#[email protected] here.

I spun on my back, putting an elbow to a rat's face and bashing it away from me with the entirety of my forearm. I leapt back up, but the rat that was slicing up my back was now clinging to my back with razor claws and a chunk of my shoulder in its mouth for good measure.

-1HP.

-1HP.

-1HP…


My health was depleting continuously because the rat on my back was applying a damage over time with his bite and it was super painful! GEEZE!

I jumped up and fell on my back, once, twice until the DOT stopped and the rat dropped limply from my back.

+5 EXP

It was worth more than that you piece of crap game system.

This was bad. I was down to 129 HP from the DOT plus all the other attacks. I’m fairly sure my arm was close to being crippled, which was really bad in of itself. Not only that, but my quest journal hadn’t updated yet, meaning there’s another rat around here somewhere.

I was breathing haggardly and blood seeped from the wounds I had acquired. Where’s the rat? Where’s the rat?

Seriously, where?

Enemies don’t usually use stealth like this.

Not in any of the RPG’s I used to play.

A squeal had me looking up to see themissingratdivingformyfaceohCRAP!

It started to slice and claw at my face and I was beating it with my fists to get it off.

-20HP.

-25HP.

-25HP.

FREAKING EXTRA HEADSHOT DAMAGE!


Then I forced it off through excessive use of force. It tried to bite me on the nose but he was flung off with as much gusto as I could muster. Blood leaked in my eyes making me strain to keep them open through the sting.

Then the game graced me with another message.

Your head has been crippled! Use a medical jutsu or sleep in a bed to heal the damage!

Well, good to know using a bed still heals me.

In my swimming vision, I was having a bad time trying to pick out the rat from the shadows, which seemed to be blurring into one another, with the torchlight.

Oh crap.

Oh crap oh crap oh crap.

This is very bad.

Then, I saw it.

Rushing toward me, I saw the distinct blur of the rat rushing for my legs.

Luck, don’t fail me now!

The kick to its head connected, sending it sprawling.

+5EXP.

Quest Updated: The First Step

Completed: Clear the cellar of soldier-rats

Talk to Matron Kumiko.


Whoopee.

Well, I guess…ooh, this vision thing is annoying. Okay, well, the Matron, Obasaan or Kumiko or whatever I’m supposed to call her is going to want proof so…where are those corpses?

With more than a little disgust, I grabbed each rat corpse by the tail and held them in my fist like a perverse bushel. I slowly ascended the steps because I didn’t want to fall and endanger the 59 hit points I had left.

I got to the top and opened the door.

“Daisuke, what happened?!?”

I wiped my eyes with my forearm and saw the Matron looking down at me in shock and worry. Behind her were Naora and Rikyu who were white as sheets and staring at me. Or the bushel of enlarged rodents. Maybe a little of both.

“Oh, I found out that someone fed the rats in the cellar some Soldier Pills,” I explained, hoisting the bushel for them to see. “I went in and wiped ‘em out for you.”

“I…yes, I can see that!” the Matron was, naturally, very worried for my health. Awww. She does care! “We need to get you to the hospital immediately.”

I’m not even going to argue. Trying to convince her of the truthfulness of being okay with just a nights-sleep is a completely futile exercise with my stats. “Good idea, Obaachan.”

Quest Update: The First Step

Completed: Talk to Matron Kumiko

Sleep at the hospital.


Well, that was straight forward.

Well, Kumiko simply scooped me up in her arms and rushed me with NINJA SPEED to Konoha General. One look at my wounds, and I was admitted straight to the ER where they doped me up on pain killers, which I appreciated.

I didn’t say a word. Didn’t really have to with my legal guardian taking care of all my stuff. I got my wounds cleaned up pretty quickly and put into a room. When I was put into a bed, I decided that it was time to go to sleep. For about about…five hours.

When I woke up, it was 10:29, so the old sleep function from Fallout still worked.

Quest Completed: The First Step

+300 EXP.

NICE.

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!

You leveled up!


Level Achieved: 2

Down below that was a list of my skills.

For Tsunade’s Megaton Punch, I dumped all twenty skill points into Chakra Control. That jutsu was going to be so incredibly useful, plus the idea of getting Rasengan which was good enough to become Naruto’s Signature Technique except for the clones. That brought Chakra Control up to 62. Nice.

Next was Perks.

On that list were the perks Intensive Training, Taijutsu Enthusiast, Swift Learner and Wall Crawler.

Intensive training let me raise any one of my S.P.E.C.I.A.L points by one. This could easily fix my charisma problem, which has been…really bad, but at the same time, I’ve gotten used to not getting much social attention. It’s not like I’m dying for social contact and there are other things that are more pertinent to my early game survival. So, increasing my charisma is on my to-do list, but it falls behind increasing luck.

Taijutsu Enthusiast was an interesting one. It increased my damage and magnitude of special moves by 10%. So my strikes would do more damage and my grapples and suplexs would be more effective at throwing people. Excellent perk.

Swift Learner made it so that I gained 10% more EXP whenever I gained EXP. I always passed by it on the rationalization that there was enough EXP to get to max level even if you penalized me %10 EXP per EXP gain. Now, I might get it to make things faster. Then again, I’m also a year away from the plot, when all the major crap happens so I think I can hold off. For now.

Wall Crawler makes my Tree-walking Jutsu 15% more powerful, which would be exactly what it says on the tin: I am now 15% harder to dislodge from vertical and upside-down surfaces.

Hmmm…I’m torn. I really want to bring Luck to 10 to give me that sweet 10% critical hit chance. That’s actually what happened earlier with the target practice, now that I think about it. I hit a critical on the target, causing the kunai to get stuck. A guaranteed attack with extra damage is nothing to sneeze at. Then there’s Taijutsu Enthusiast which is amazing for combat. Swift Learner is on probation for now and I don’t feel the need to get Wall Crawler at this moment.

Ummmm…well, Luck made me friends with Naruto, as cliché as that is. That’s amazing. So I know it works wonders when it wants too. But Taijutsu Enthusiast was an amazing perk, more consistently reliable, too. Hmmm…

Honestly, Luck seems to be pulling double duty in providing amazing benefits and compensating for my biggest weakness. So, yeah. I picked intensive training, then increased my Luck to 10.

The game was paused during level-up, which is darn nice for convenience. As the world faded back into color, I noted that it was, indeed, nighttime. I wasn’t hurting anymore and my hit points were at full. My vision wasn’t swimming so my head was obviously fixed up. Pretty sure it’s because I decided to take a nap, though Ninja doctors are nothing to sneeze at. Maybe it’s a mix of both.

Well, questions for later. Right now, I’m going to feel amazing with the knowledge that I just completed my first quest. As well as understand that any attempt to leave early will result in being detained by irate nursing staff. So, back to sleep for me. This time, I’m sleeping until morning.

---
 
Four Long Years
Location
USA
The following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

----


And I’m awake!

The suns pouring through the blinds, which were drawn for some reason. I quickly stepped out of bed, feeling amazing. The bandages were getting itchy, so I quickly undid them, beholding with fascination that they were still stained with blood, there were no wounds beneath them.

Awesome. The IV in my arm was removed because it was unnecessary and I hate IV’s. Had enough of them during chemo in my first life. Heh, that was around this age, too. Ah, memories.

I shook my head and climbed out of bed.

Focus.

So, I did some stretches, relaxed my muscles. Oh, wow. I leveled up for the first time yesterday. Last night. Whatever. It felt good. I’m done with the longest tutorial in gaming history. That made me happy. I wonder if I’ll encounter a lot more quests while I’m in the academy or if I’ll just get EXP by being a good student or something. Most likely a mix of both, so it’s not like an academy student is spending all his time killing rats or whatever.

With a final stretch, I sat on the bed, going over what happened in the fight. While I did get the drop on that first rat, the others swiftly taught me that I was a complete noob. First real fight in the world and I almost died.

I’m fine now, obviously, but that’s freaky. I don’t have saved games. If I played that any worse I’d be back in the afterlife. Worst case would be having to start the game over from infancy. NO. ABSOLUTELY NOT.

I heard voices outside and it was too late to dive into bed, because one of the Doctors and Matron Kumiko came right in the door. What happened next was pretty predictable. They gaped, eyes popping out of their sockets with their jaws practically hitting the floor.

“Hi, I’m fine now,” I said with a small wave. “Is it too late for me to go to the Academy?”

“Y-you’re fine?!?” Kumiko finally sputtered. “I don’t…how?”

The Doctor recovered a little bit quicker. “…young man, do you know if you possess a Kekkei Genkai?”

“Don’t you need weird eyes for that?” I asked confusedly.

The Doctor glared. “Young man…”

“No, I don’t know if I have a Kekkei Genkai,” I quickly explained with a placating gesture. “I just know that when I woke up, I felt fine.”

That and I’m a dimensional anomaly that trivializes his concept of power by being able to become the most powerful man alive in a few in game months with enough EXP by virtue of breaking the rules of the setting by adhering to a game system devised for an apocalyptic wasteland.

But telling him that will just get me slapped, so you miss out.

“Hmmmm…I see,” The Doctor cupped his chin in thought. “You clearly have some form of Kekkei Genkai related to regeneration. Have you noticed any anomalies as he was growing up?”

“Well…” The Matron thought for a moment. “He’s always had a normal sleep schedule, sleeping for eight hours a night and being awake for sixteen. Even when he was an infant.”

The Doctor’s eyes went wide. “I see. Then I would think that his Kekkei Genkai has something to do with sleep…”

They started talking and I kind of zoned out. I wasn’t really worried. I was an orphan and as far as I or anyone knew, I didn’t know who my parents were. I never asked, unlike some of the other kids in the orphanage. I wasn’t under suspicion of having compromising village secrets like knowing Naruto was a Jinchūriki or that the Fourth Hokage is his Dad.

Spoilers.

I even had plausible deniability: I had no reason to know I had this ability before, as far as they knew. Worst comes to worst, they might ask for a sample of my blood and I’m not sure what they’d find if they analyzed it. I’m a bit curious, but I could say that I want to keep the bloodline to myself and hopefully Kumiko would be on board with me and not with him.

Granted, that could also be seen as Selfish and not in line with the Will of Fire, but not everyone in the village is as devoted to it as the Hokage. Right?

…luck don’t fail me now…

“It’s the start of a new bloodline and the Hokage should be told at once,” The Doctor summarized.

“Uhh…I’m still going to be ninja, right?” I asked a little worried. Uh oh.

“There is protocol for starting a new clan,” Kumiko said, folding her arms and glaring at the doctor. “Such things don’t start when he’s only Eight years old.”

Thank yooooouuuu Obaasan!

“I…I see,” Doctor replied, looking more than a little disappointed. “The Hokage will need to be told, regardless.”

“Well of course,” Kumiko replied. “And things will need to be planned out in advance, but the first thing he needs to do is become a powerful Shinobi so he can lead his clan.”

“Ah, I see,” The Doctor answered, understanding lighting in his eyes. “Yes, that makes sense. Well, in any case, he should be free to go.”

Well, if they’re thinking what I think they’re thinking, this means being set up with a lot of women to get a clan started. Unfortunately for them, I AM THE BIGGEST PRUDE IN THE ENTIRE ELEMENTAL NATIONS!

I don’t do harems! I don’t do Polygamy! Gah, this is frustrating!

Whatever. All that mattered is that I dodged another bullet. So, the Hokage is going to have a really good reason to come see me more often and I might get held back on more dangerous missions until I can prove I’m powerful enough to handle it. “I brought some spare clothes. Now get dressed so we can go home. Unless you feel up to going to school.”

“I really want to go to school,” I said, letter her go.

“You have admirable dedication,” She said with a smile, handing me a new shirt and pants.

Well, after the Matron filled out some paperwork for me, we walked out, sped off to the orphanage, grabbed me a lunch and I was off for the Academy again.

Seriously, where’s Naruto? I’ll have to go look for him when I get home.

---

+150 EXP

1050 EXP until level 3.

No quest for today.

Darn. Well, time to find Naruto. I haven’t seen him since yesterday morning. I need to make sure he’s okay.

So I walk in the door of the orphanage. “Naruto!”

To my relief, I heard footsteps pounding toward me from around the corner and Naruto’s there barreling toward me and he tackles me to the ground in a giant hug.

-10 HP.

Ow.


“Daisuke, you’re okay!” Naruto shouted. Was he crying? He was crying. “I heard you killed a bunch of rats but got mauled and had to go to the hospital!”

“Yup, I’m fine,” I replied. “Sorry I worried you. Where were you this morning?”

“I was trying to visit you in the hospital but you were already gone,” Naruto said, sniffling and wiping his eyes.

Whoops. I didn’t think that happened in real life. Well, the more you know.

“Heh, sorry,” I replied and we stood up. We started to walk to the kitchen. “Thanks for trying to visit me, though!”

“So what was it like?” Naruto asked, now looking eager.

“What was what like?”

“The Academy!” Naruto exploded. “Did they really teach you how to kill those rats in one day?”

“Eh, I just picked up some things while sparring with a girl,” I said nonchalantly. “Honestly, the rat’s fiasco was the most exciting thing to happen last night.”

“Really? How can that be more exciting than learning how to be a ninja?” Naruto asked, folding his arms with doubt.

“Because you sit and you listen to people tell you things you’re supposed to remember all day at the academy,” I explain. “And then you have to spar with the other students and it can just get really monotonous after a while.”

“Well maybe for you,” Naruto still looked miffed. “You remember everything.”

“…okay that’s technically true,” I allowed.

When we entered the kitchen, there were Rikyu and Naora, standing side by side with the Matron behind them, looking really downcast.

“…hi,” I said, waving. I was not prepared when they both got down on their hands and knees. “Ummm…”

“We’re really, really sorry, Daisuke-san,” They both grovelled at the same time.

“We had no idea the rats were so dangerous,” Naora said.

“It was really dumb of us to feed them soldier pills,” Rikyu added. “We should’ve taken care of them ourselves instead of leaving them for someone else to deal with.”

“Uh…it’s fine, I accept your apology,” I said with a shrug. “Now, uh, can you stand up? Please?”

They booth look over their shoulder at the Matron and she gave a slow nod. They stood up.

“So why did you give rats soldier pills, anyway?” I asked them.

“We thought fighting rats would be a good way to train Taijutsu,” Naora answered. “We just didn’t think they’d be so viscious though.”

“I wanted to practice Ninjutsu on them when we learned some,” Rikyu added uneasily.

They…wanted to create giant rats to practice against and get better?

How decidedly munchkin of them.

I approve.

“Okay I can’t lie, that was a good idea,” I said, ignoring the Matron’s and the pair’s surprised looks. “But next time you get a brilliant idea like that, think it through first? So things don’t get out of hand and you put people in danger again?”

“We promise!” The two looked relieved and more than a little happy I wasn’t going to ream them.

“Good!” I smiled, glad things were going to look better. Honestly, I hope those two don’t lose that spark of madness. It’ll go really well for them in the future.

We had dinner and then we talked and then it was time for bed. I turned in, went into my bedroom and... I remembered that I needed to test Tsunade’s megaton-punch. So, I opened the window and snuck down the wall.

Tree walking is the best.

So, I didn’t want to break something if I got the jutsu correctly, so I looked around the alley and found a large cinderblock. Lifting it was a chore, but I managed to get it at chest height by balancing it on a trash can.

Okay.

So I gather up all the chakra I can into my fist and punch the cinderblock as hard as I can.

Pain shocked my hand and OWOWOWOWOW!

Chakra Control Check Failed: 62/70

Taijutsu Check Failed: 32/70

Your arm has been crippled!


Yeah, thanks game. Thanks a lot. Tears ran down my eyes and my hand started to turn red. I walked back up the wall, climbed in my window, then into bed. For an hour, so I could check my hand. I woke up an hour later and my hand was perfectly fine.

I’m just gonna abuse that.

Maliciously.

---

Days at the academy turned into a week and I still haven’t seen anyone I would recognize. Specifically, I’m looking for Lee and his green jumpsuit.

Wait, he didn’t get that until he entered Gai’s team, didn’t he? Well, that would explain a lot. Whoops. Oh well, live and learn!

On our way to the final class, we were in lines and we passed another class, which only happened like once before. I think they like to keep things relatively quiet in the halls. But, at the end of the line, was a Hyuuga.

Those eyes of theirs look freaky in real life. I mean really. It’s like…it just doesn’t look right. Like really creepy. Like deep in the uncanny valley, for me (it’s the eyes, it’s the eyes it’s always the eyes).

But anyway, there was this Hyuuga and I’m reasonably certain it was Neji. Had that scowl, his forehead was covered and he didn’t look anywhere but forward. Not much to go on and I imagine that all branch family members would cover their…curse seal…



Urge to kill: RISING!

No, no, no. It would be pointless. I’m only level 2 and I can always do something about that entire infuriating situation when I’m level 50. Actually, that might take too long for my taste. Let’s go for level 30.

But with my Charisma, convincing them to let go of the past would be…oy.

Anyway, we passed him on the way to class. Class was more of the same stuff, though EXP gain was significantly reduced. I didn’t get called on as much either, even when I was bouncing in my seat and waving my hand around in desperation. That just pissed off Okawa-sensei, though.

It makes sense, the other students need to contribute in order to make the most of their learning. But it’s getting in the way of my leveling. I only have 50 EXP more to go!

After school, I didn’t go home immediately, rather I made it a point to walk around Konoha. Try to find something. Anything that would give me that additional boost to EXP. I found nothing.

I was sad.

Still, I got home, talked with Naruto, and Rikyu and Naora tried to join in but they seemed to have trouble for some reason. Stupid 1 Charisma.

The next day, I leveled by winning another spar with Hisako. Mizuki partnered us up, I think he saw how we fought the first day, so he put us together. I could tell she was getting better, but not quite there yet.

I made sure to only kick her in the stomach once this time.

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!

You have leveled up!


Level Achieved: 3.

You know, the level feels so much more empty because I earned it doing the most boring and routine of stuff. You know, the constant spars and drills don’t actually do anything besides give me EXP but they’re turning boring fast; no one wants to train with me later so it’s not even a friendship activity later.

“No, I’m okay Daisuke. Thanks, though.”

“What and get my butt kicked again? No thanks.”

“No way, know-it-all dork.”

...are there any perks that would actually justify me trying to build charisma? Because it’s turning out to be kind of miserable without being able to make friends with anyone besides the town prankster.

Well, I repeated my choice from last time and wound up with 82 in Chakra Control. Which means I get the Rasengan next chance I can practice and get what I believe should be a massive EXP boost. It also lessens the chance of screwing up a jutsu like Naruto would end up doing to the Bunshin, which is a good thing for me.

Speaking of the town prankster, it seems that he’s begun to pick up that hobby with a vengeance, which makes me happy because that’s part of who he was in Canon and made him a memorable character. It’s also the source of some of his biggest game breaking potential if fanfics from before were to be believed.

So yeah, I approve of these turn of events.

“’Scuze me, sorry Daisuke!” Naruto shouted to me as he ran past me one day. “Coming through!”

Chasing him was a pair of men who were joined by their arms having been glued together, swearing obscenities as they tried to step around each other and the various obstacles in their way.

I laughed and ran after him, if only to make sure he was okay.

---

Later, it became time. It was in my room. I wasn’t going to use the Rasengan. I just wanted to make it. And hold it in my hand. And know that I could use it to destroy everything in my immediate vicinity!

Feel the power!

So I focus chakra in my hand like before. Start to spin it around in a ball. Then another ball going counter clock-wise. Then another ball like an atom... and then…

Chakra Control Check Success: 82/80

+500 EXP

Jutsu Gained: Rasengan

Minimum Level: 20

Minimum Ninjutsu: 75


The glowing ball in my hand was beautiful, shining light in my face as I felt the air around me warp and bend as it pushed against my skin. Then it stopped and I felt the wind kicked out of me.

Oh wow. My chakra’s gone. That was only two seconds. Dang. That is a bummer. Level 20 is the minimum level? With that high of a Ninjutsu? I…wow. I’m only level 3. 1000 EXP to get to level 4.

I find it hilarious that I was so excited to start the Academy because I thought that was the end of my boredom. Well, at this point it’s more like depression but…dang. No quests. Negligable EXP. I just…ugh. This is pointless.

----

Weeks turned to months and months turned to a year. Naruto repeatedly demonstrated the ability to cheer me up, but it never seemed to last. After my first year in the academy, Naruto started going to the academy as well, which was awesome. But that was when the Hokage had given Naruto his apartment building, meaning he moved out of the orphanage and I saw him less.

We still ate lunch together when we could. It didn’t always work because either he got in trouble for pulling a prank and had to do some chores over lunch, something I noticed didn’t happen to any of the other kids, or my class simply ran a little long and we missed each other entirely.

Eventually, though, I managed to scrape together 1000 points and leveled up to Level 4.

So, another 20 points to spend. I put Chakra control at 100 because mastering that was something that made me happy. Like a lot. I hate wasting anything, so using this to make sure every point of chakra gets used correctly is a high priority for me.

My last 2 points went too speech, bringing it up to 26.

Now the feats.

So, Taijutsu Enthusiast was still there, alongside Swift Learner and Wall Crawler, but it now shared the space with Educated, Comprehension and Mail Bomber.

Educated increased the number of skill points I got per level by 3. Comprehension doubled the number of points I get from skill books from 1 to 2. And Mail Bomber increased the radius of explosive tags by 25%. I got that by being level 4 and having at least 25 Fuinjutsu.

Well, Educated needs to be taken right now to maximize its benefits and it’s an awesome perk. So there. Now I’ve got extra specialization power. Or more to spread around, whichever I prefer. Whatever.

---

Still no quests. I keep looking for quests and nothing happens. My EXP has completely stopped coming in now and I'm getting extremely frustrated.

But I’m starting to cope with the really bad decision that was having my Charisma be my dump stat. Pouring myself into the history and lore of the countries, as nationalistically written as it was, was fascinating. The tale of the Sage of the Six Paths was fun to read about in a mythological sense, though I’m really hoping that doesn’t come into play later.

In the Library, I managed to find some skill books. Six of them in all. Two were for Ranged Weapons, bringing it up to 19. Heh. Two more were for Taijutsu which was amazing, bringing it up to 34 and the last two were for Ninjutsu and Genjutsu, bringing them both up to 18.

But they don’t cycle the books at all, so I’m stuck with the fun but unprofitable training books and I don’t have any cash to go buy new ones. Being an orphan sucked.

Class still happened. Sparring during Taijutsu classes was interesting, if only because I got to see my classmates become better the more they fought me. Despite this, I’ve never been beaten. Though Hisako, a more and more frequent sparring partner, has been clearly been getting better. For once, she turned the tables and kicked me in the stomach. I’ve never seen her so smug.

I was amused, if not also irritated.

Another class was Genjutsu Class, which was the most freaking difficult thing, started the class in my third year. This one was taught by a new Sensei, Tange Mihoko. She was nice enough, had short black hair and dark eyes. We really didn’t interact much. I was good with book answers and disrupting Genjutsu but the trick was realizing I was in one and she…we didn’t interact much. I don’t think it’s really her fault. I think I’m getting better. I think it’s mostly a ‘you actually need to use your brain for this’ rather than ‘let my stats do it for me’, which…you know, is a good thing. To be expected with my medium perception. I need something like that to keep me on my toes. Still frustrating, though.

For the last class, we learned the founding principles of Jutsu: Hand Seals. Most of the class was spent practicing and channeling in hand signs, as well as handling transitions from one sign to the other. It took me all of two seconds to get the hang of it, so I’d just do more and more complicated hand seal sequences for the sake of alleviating boredom.

But then Okawa-sensei uttered the magic words. “Alright class. Today I’m going to show you a jutsu, and you’re going to perform likewise. Please stand behind your desks.”

I was ready. I was born ready. I was so ready I was out of my chair before he finished speaking. I must’ve looked pretty stupid, standing there with this big grin plastered on my face but I did not care.

“The jutsu is the Bunshin. It creates an illusionary clone. Here are the seals,” Ram. Snake. Tiger. Easy. “Start!”

I flipped through the seals really fast.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 18/10.

+25 EXP.

Cha-ching!
I sang in my head alongside the ringing in my ear.

Next to me, faded in without smoke was my illusionary double. It was like looking through a camera placed behind me. Though I was able to manipulate the clone, who turned to me and I saw what I looked like.

It was odd, looking at me separate from a mirror. I thought my face would be a bit more vibrant than that. It almost like I’m looking at a statue or something and not because it was an illusion. Even when it struck an expression it didn’t look right.

Huh.

It might be my inexperience with the technique or my low score of Ninjutsu making the fake seem obvious…but I had a suspicion that this was a fairly accurate representation of me.

…stupid 1 charisma.

I looked around the class, the smoke from everyone else’s Bunshin’s quickly fading and some had succeeded at the Bunshin on the first try, others had theirs on the floor, looking like a dead fish after it had flopped around the poop deck a few times.

“Again!”

Alright.

Eventually, everyone got it but that was when class was let out for the day. I could’ve sworn I was going to skip home at the start there. Now it’s just a cheerful walk. Alright, next will either be the Kawarimi or the Henge.

I could have fun with the Henge.

Maybe give myself a temporary charisma boost.

That would be cool.

The time did come. We were taught the substitution jutsu first and…well, it does work. I’m usually some distance away from where I started and there is usually a block of wood where I used to be but I have no idea how it works. The jutsu confused me before I got here and I guess it will continue to confuse me after.

I’m guessing in order to understand it, you need a higher perception and less intelligence. Whatever, it works and it’s probably abuseable on some level. Or maybe not. I don’t understand it.

I wonder if I can tweak it to substitute with a pocket of air?

Instant teleportation.

Then, finally, the Henge.

Oh, the Henge.

Please, let this be an equivalent to Grape Mentats or a Nice Suit or something that would otherwise increase my Charisma. Please, please please…

Dog. Boar. Ram.

Cha-ching!

Ninjutsu Check Success: 18/10.

+25 EXP.


Combined with the EXP from the Substitution, that leaves me with 1675 more EXP until level 5. Yay.

I turned into the Hokage, as instructed. The drain on my chakra was negligible. It was regenerating from the initial expenditure, but much more slowly than I was used too. Okay, I think I can keep that up during school and stuff. Not during Taijutsu practice, unless I got Tsunade’s version.

Hmmm…will have to try another version of me that’s less…statue like. See what I get.

Just noticed I’m emulating Tsunade a lot, with some mix of Naruto. Not a bad thing, but something to keep an eye on. If I become too similar, someone who is experienced fighting one or the other might just smack me around with my inferior stats.

Anyway.

When class ended, I headed home. I didn’t run into Naruto on the way out but…okay. I gotta go test it out.

I made it to my room, did a Henge that looked how I thought I should look and checked my Black book.

S.P.E.C.I.A.L

Strength: 5

Perception: 5

Endurance: 5

Charisma: 4(+3)

Int
-it did it.

It won’t fool a Hyuuga or anyone with enough know-how to know I’ve got it up, but hopefully, this will make it easier to talk to people at least. Okay. I’m actually excited, now. SOCIAL ACTIVITY!

…I’m excited about the possibility of getting noticed and spoken to by a student body of 8 to 9-year-old kids. My life has gotten weird. And possibly pathetic.

---

Quest Received: Entering the Workforce

Take the Graduation Exams.


Oh. Heck. Yes.

Four years at the Academy with almost no friends and it's all boiled down to this moment. I. Will. Graduate.

Oh, I was out of bed and at the Academy in record time. The Henge helped somewhat with being social and it was better, but I was still ready to get out there and do a crap ton of quests to gain a crap ton of experience to gain a crap ton of levels.

I was in my seat. First was the Taijutsu exam.

We were all gathered in the training room, with Mizuki standing on the center mat, where he had demonstrated lots of moves to all of us over the years. We’ve all been his training dummy. We all wanted a piece of him, a little bit.

“Alright!” Mizuki called out. “It’s time for your Graduation exams! I’ll call out to you alphabetically. To pass this test, you must land a confirmed hit on me before the timer dings.”

Sounds easy enough. Provided his skill isn’t much higher than mine, I should be able to hit him fairly quickly. Written exam and jutsu tests should be a breeze. The only thing I’m really worried about is throwing Kunai. My accuracy is nowhere near 100% with those things and I need to hit 3 out of 5 of them. The percentage of my hits isn’t good enough to be reliable.

But Luck hasn’t failed me yet!

“Shimoda Daisuke,” Mizuki called.

Show time!

I stepped up to the mat.

“Take your stance,” he said. When I complied, he continued. “Begin!”

I jumped forward and threw the first punch, which he dodged, hopping lightly to the right. He threw a punch at my side, which was parried while I threw another punch at his face. He ducked underneath and threw a kick.

I hopped to the side and tried to hit his arm. He moved aside and tried a punch of his ow- oh screw this! I wrapped his arm in the crook of my shoulder and used the surprise to punch him in the face.

The bell rang.

Wait, what? There is no way that took so lon-oh. Bell rung to signify the end of the Exam. Whew, for a second, I was all confused.

“Alright Shimoda,” Mizuki said, rubbing the side I hit him at. “You passed Taijutsu.”

Cha-ching!

+250 EXP.


Now we’re talking! Putting my henge back up, I joined the rest of the class.

“Nice job,” That was Hisako of all people.

“Thanks,” I replied with a smile.

“I was mostly talking about how you didn’t beat him with a kick to the stomach,” She smirked.

Oh haha. “You’re never going to let that go, are you?”

“Hey, the first time we fought, I had a bruise in the shape of a sandal-print for a week,” She replied with a risen eyebrow. “I didn’t know anyone could kick that hard.”

…wow.

Critical hits. They are real.

“Neither did I,” Was my reply.

Eventually, Mizuki was finished. The failures were sent off home to come back after the break, if at all. Then we went to the range. In order to pass, we had to hit the target three times and one of them had to be the bullseye. The signal was given and one by one, kunai were thrown. The all clear was sounded, the kunai were recollected, and some were sent home. This process was repeated.

When my turn came around, I picked up the Kunai, and started throwing.

Complete miss, going over the target.

Miss again, going too low.

…oh no.

Okay. Calm down. It’s going to be okay. We’ve hit three shots before. It can be done. Just calm down and relax.

I threw one and hit the target on the outer ring. I threw another and hit the outer ring again. I was sweating bullets now. If I failed, this was going to suck. So…

LEROOOOOOOOOOY! JENKINS!

I threw my final kunai and it went through the target and into the pole once again.

Cha-ching!

+125 EXP.


I almost laughed in relief, but I held my cool. Whew. Okay. That was scary. When the all clear was sounded, I marched forward and scooped up the ones on the floor, then pulled the two on the target. Then I tried to pull the Kunai out.

Strength Check Failed: 5/7.

“Mizuki-sensei!”

He appeared way too fast.

“Again?”

“Yes, sensei,” I nervously smiled.

“Well, if there is one thing I have to say about your throwing skills,” Mizuki said, digging into the target and gripping it with both hands. It came out, this time without any bark but otherwise how you’d expect a Kunai thrown really hard into a steel pole would look. “It’s that I don’t want to be the guy that gets hit with one of these.”

“Thank you Sensei,” I said, bowing in respect. I hope he’s not a traitor right now. He’s not as bad as I thought he would be. But then, I’m not Naruto.

So we were directed into the classroom again, where we found a written test and Okawa-sensei watching us as we entered. I took my normal spot, by the window up in the corner. “Alright, in front of you is the written exam, plus some scratch paper. It’s twenty questions and in order to pass, you must answer fifteen of them correctly. You have thirty minutes.”

Alright, that works.

“Aaaand…start.”

I turned my paper over.

Intelligence Check Success: 10/5

I passed the test within ten minutes. It was hilariously easy. The most difficult required an Intelligence of 7. I double checked each answer, made sure my name was signed in the corner and everything. Yes.

Cha-ching!

+250 EXP.


I wonder if the obscene EXP gain is the game's way of apologizing for the disgustingly long time between quests. It would be appropriate. I only need…what? Check the book here…1050 more EXP to reach level 5.

Geeze.

So, once thirty minutes had passed and we handed our tests in. We were asked to assemble in a line and wait for our turn to take the final test. The one where we demonstrated our jutsu…you know, the one where Naruto kept screwing up and had to steal a scroll…which gives him his best technique and lets him become the Hokage that ushers in world peace. Because he can do that.

Anyway.

So, eventually my turn came around. There was Okawa-Sensei and Mizuki-Sensei and Tange-Sensei, sitting at a table at the end of the room.

“Hello again, Shimoda,” Okawa-sensei nodded to me. “Are you ready to begin?”

I nodded confidently. “I can do all three.”

“Someone’s confident,” Mizuki smirked.

“Performing all three will be unnecessary,” Okawa-sensei said. “We only need two, them being the Bunshin and the Henge.”

Huh…why those two? I rose my hand.

“You had a question?” Tange asked with amusement.

“Yeah, uh…why those two in particular?” I asked. “If you don’t mind me asking, that is.”

“Because the substitution takes you some distance away, and we’d like to save time for both of us,” Okawa-Sensei replied. “We do that for every student and the jounin are aware that students may need tutoring in the Kawarimi after the academy. Now, are you ready to begin?”

“Yes Sensei,” I nodded. “Bunshin no Jutsu!”

Two clones rapidly sprung to life beside me with no chakra cloud.

“Henge No Jutsu!” And I turned into the Hokage.

“Excellent work,” Okawa praised. “Your chakra control is exquisite.”

You have no idea.

“The bunshin’s looked good,” Mizuki nodded.

“The Hokage disguise was believable,” Tange-Sensei nodded. “But I did have one question.”

“Hm?”

“Why have you started wearing a Henge of yourself?”

I blinked. “Because I look like an unapproachable statue without it.”

“I see,” She said. “I hope you’ll get to the point where you won’t need it.”

“Thank you Sensei,” I said, bowing.

“So, congratulations are in order,” Okawa said. “You have graduated the academy and can now be considered Genin.”

Cha-ching!

+250 EXP.


I let out a sigh of relief. “Thank you, Senseis.”

“We have forehead protectors, unless you’d prefer an armband or a belt,” Tange-said, causing three boxes to appear. I walked forward and saw each of them.

…I’ve never worn hats or arm bands. But I have worn belts. I like belts. So with that in mind, “Which box has the belts?”

“This one,” Tange-sensei smiled. I noticed this one was a little fuller than the box of headbands, but that was the go to style. I grabbed one with a black band and used chakra to manipulate it and tie it around my waist.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/35.

“Thank you again, Senseis,” I said, bowing once more.

“You did good,” Mizuki replied.

“Meet here tomorrow at 0700 for your team assignment,” Okawa-sensei said. “ There will be some paper work to fill. Dismissed.

“Hai,” I took my cue to leave.

As I left the room, I felt happy.

I felt proud. Very proud. In spite of my emotional baggage, which was hard to sort through even with daily meditations, in spite of the difficulty I had…I made it. I’m a Genin.

Quest Complete: Entering the Workforce!

+1000 EXP!

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!


You have leveled up!

Oh yes.

So, my Charisma problem has been temporarily taken care of, so I’m okay. For now. The Megaton Punch, which will end up being my main damage dealer this early in the game, needs a Taijutsu score of 70, so I put all 23 points into it, bringing Taijutsu up to 57.

The walk home was slow, even as around me, parents were congratulating their kids on becoming a Shinobi, that they got through it.

I wondered what my parents would’ve thought if they knew I had become a child soldier.

I snorted in amusement

They would’ve been mortified.
 
New Team, New Members, A Familiar Sensei
Location
USA
The following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---

6:30 in the morning and I was still awake.

See, in the games, you could be awake for as long as you wanted with no ill consequences. If my theory was correct, then that was the case here too. I stayed up all night doing…well, actually I was writing.

Fallout fanfiction, specifically. In English. It seemed appropriate. Soon as 7:30 rolled around, I used a candle to burn it up. It was about the Sole Survivor and Courier Six meeting and establishing a relationship between the Commonwealth and the Mojave, something I wish I could’ve seen for real.

Before I died, that is.

Anyway, I was still fine, so I was right. You know, if training of any kind actually worked for me, I’d be even more stupidly powerful than I already was. Because I’d have all the time in the world to work on my skills.

So, I got dressed, slid my belt on and hopped on over to the Academy.

Quest Added: Shinobi, Assemble!

Meet your team and Jounin Sensei.

Nice
. I better get EXP for that.

It occurred to me that I didn’t know where Naruto’s apartment was. I’ll have to ask him next time I see him at lunch…wait. I think we’re let out early once we meet our Jounin-sensei. So I might not see him at lunch.

There’s probably a registry or something I can check. Tell him the good news.

…wait, was he swinging on that swing set after the exams?

And I missed him?

Ooh, I feel really bad now. I need to find him as soon as possible, see if he’s okay.

…what if he graduated already? That would be interesting. I mean, I don’t think I had enough of an impact for him to do that and he never tells me about how he’s doing in class for me to help him but it’s a possibility. I mean, I know he took the exam three times before finally passing in Canon so...huh.

I guess we’ve grown farther apart than I thought.

I need to fix that.

Anyway, I’m at the Academy. Something I learned is that it’s always good to be at least a little early to every gathering. About five minutes. Sends a good message and makes sure you’re never late. The gates open since Shinobi are reporting in at all hours to the administrative building, so I head into the building, and make it to the class room.

Inside, there are students already sitting in desks, but not everyone’s here yet. So, I took my spot in the corner and waited for things to happen. I watched the students file in and…wow, fewer people from my class graduated than I thought. Huh.

Hisako arrived, talking with another girl who I didn’t recognize. Alright. After that, a girl I identified as Tenten, being the only girl I’ve ever seen with the Chun-li buns in either of my lives, walked in the door. Okay, she does exist. Then Neji, who sat at the front with a stoic look on his face. Then…oh that’s right! That’s what Lee looked like, before he got Gai-sensei’d. Okay. He had long black hair that curled up at the ends and those...unholy eyebrows. How did I miss those things? I mean, WOW.

Right at seven, the doors to the teacher’s office open, revealing a new guy. I’m guessing he’s the photographer. Oh, right. We needed a card to prove we were Shinobi. I wonder what happens if that card gets stolen.

I hope I never have to find out. It’d be about as bad as getting pulled over without your driver’s license, only worse because the cop could shoot you on the spot. I shall never lose my card.

“Alright, Genin!” The Photographer called out. “I need everyone to line up and we’ll take your picture for your ID. After that, there’ll be some papers for you to sign and if we get it done fast enough, you’ll be done before the Jounin arrive.”

I wonder why they didn’t do this yesterday. Must’ve been running late. Or the camera broke. Do they use those old flash cameras? That might be why. Anyway, we got into a line, and had our picture taken. Mine went without incident, I received my card and reviewed the paperwork that I signed to make me a full-fledged member of the military.

…well, in my old life I didn’t think I was cut out for the military and never joined. This is an interesting reversal. With my card in my book, because it can hold things and I never lose my book, I walked out and…wait, does my book actually hold things?

I opened the book and…yup, there it was. Whew. I don’t know where my book went, but it went somewhere. Hammerspace! Wish it paused the game so I could go ‘Stop! Hammertime!’ when I whipped it out.

So, I sat in my usual chair and waited. Eventually, 8 o’clock rolled around and Okawa-sensei showed up, wearing a rare smile on his face and held a clipboard close to his check. I noted the door to the hall was open. “Good morning, Genin.”

“Good morning, Sensei!” We chorused back to him.

“Without further ado, I will announce the teams and your senseis,” Okawa-sensei said, clearing his throat.

“Team 1 will…” And he started. Trios were called, either to their cheers or their disappointment. It varied.

We were all shocked, however, when Okawa was announcing the team number, a giant cloud of smoke suddenly appeared next to sensei’s desk. The smoke faded slowly, and there, standing on a turtle, was Maito Gai!

Wait, what was the team number?

Perception Check Failed: 5/9.

ARE YOU KIDDING ME?

Well, looks like his team number will be a mystery for the ages.

“I’m ready to stoke your fires of youth!” Gai said loudly, striking his nice guy po-geeze man, do you have a laser built into your teeth? Dang!

“…Tenten, Rock Lee and Hyuuga Neji,” Okawa finished, utterly deadpan.

Oh, the looks on their faces were priceless. Especially Neji, who displayed emotion for the first time since I saw him. Even if that emotion was disgust.

You know, I don’t think I’d mind Gai as a mentor. Lots of laughs, knows a lot about Taijutsu which is sure to involve a lot of perks and special moves. Wouldn’t mind at all. Unless he tried to get me to wear spandex, then that would be another story.

They filed out, and I caught Tenten’s ‘please kill me now’ expression on the way out. Haha, priceless. Of course…well, I might not get someone completely terrible. Or bad for me. 10 luck is great for that, since, you know, I can’t really be unlucky.

“Team 10 will be…” Oh, they’re Team 9. Makes sense, I suppose.

“Team 13, Shimoda Daisuke, Yamada Hisako, and Nakamura Nichiren,” Well darn! I suppose I should’ve seen this coming, but who’s Nichiren? “Their sensei will be Hatake Kakashi.”

What.



WHAT?!? THE?!? $%#@?!?

YOU HAVE FAILED ME, LUCK STAT! YOU HAVE FAILED ME SO HORRIBLY I SHALL CUT YOU FROM THE STATS SCREEN!

I buried my face in my hands and let out a soft whimper. Hatake Kakashi. The guy so focused on teamwork just got assigned a Genin with no charisma or anything to make teamwork actually work. This…screw this. I-I…gah!

“He’s late again,” Okawa, either not noticing my display or not caring, said blandly. “You three have my sympathy. Sorry about your day being wasted.”

Hisako scoffed in disbelief. “Seriously?”

“Yes, unfortunately,” Okawa said. “Team 14 will be…”

And two calls later and it was just me, Hisako and who I guess is Nichiren. He was hunched over and was wearing glasses. He had black hair and was drumming his fingers on his desk.

“Try to have a good day,” Okawa said, sighing in disgust. “And good luck.”

“What did he mean by that?” Nichiren’s asked as Okawa closed the door.

“Probably a test of some kind,” I said, trying to keep the bile I was feeling from seeping into my speech. Not sure I was successful.

“Oh no,” Hisako groaned, tilting her hair back. “I thought I was done with the tests.”

“Hey maybe it won’t be too bad,” Nichiren said weakly. “We could pass it with flying colors.”

“Maybe but still,” She said, folding her arms and resting her head on her desk. “I just wanna go out and do things.”

“Passing the test is doing something.”

…Optimism, thy name is Nichiren. Or maybe denial. Alright, well.

I stood up and moved down to the front row, where he was sitting. I gestured to the seat next to him. “May I sit here?”

“Oh, sure!” He seemed surprised by the question. He said as I sat down, “Didn’t think such an amazing Genin like you’d want to sit by me.”

“Now why in the Elemental Countries would you think that?” I asked with a frown.

“Well, everyone used to talk about how you were going to be Rookie of the Year,” Nichiren explained. “I was always just average.”

“I’ve never had anyone say something to me like that,” I replied, blinking in confusion. Well, the Henge made it so people would talk to me at least, hanging out with me wasn’t something they were willing to do still. Which was still better than nothing, but not as much as I was hoping.

“Well yeah,” Hisako said, coming over and taking the seat opposite of Nichiren. “You knew basically everything and were good at almost everything.”

“Then why wasn’t I rookie of the year?” I asked, though I had a suspicion…

“Your aim sucked,” Hisako stated.

“That would do it,” I said to myself, leaning back. “Never thought I was that good. People tended to avoid me.”

“Well…you're kind of scary,” Nichiren said with an uneasy smile, as if afraid I might punch him.

“You know I’m not going to bite, right?” I said flatly. Scary, huh? Well, that’s one way of looking at it. I exhaled in annoyance. Nothing to do about it now. “So, where do you guys want your careers to go?”

“I want to join the Anbu,” Hisako replied, bracing her head on her fist. “They do some really cool stuff. Only the best of the best get in.”

“Nice,” I nodded.

“I-I uh, well, I want to be a Medic Nin,” Nichiren said, exhaling. “Those guys are so brave, helping hurt shinobi right on the battlefield.”

I can respect that. He’s got a while to go, but saving lives is cool with me. “I wish you luck.”

“Thank you,” Nichiren seemed to calm down just a tad.

Hmmm…you know in Oblivion, using the Wait command would send you forward hours at a time and bring you out of it the moment something important happened.

“So, can I ask you guys a favor?” I turned to them.

They both perked up.

“Like what?” Hisako asked curiously.

“I’m going to start meditating,” I lied. “If I don’t snap out of it when he gets here, I want you to snap me out of it. Pushing me over is an option. Okay?”

Speech Check Success: 26/15.

+15 EXP.

Neato. 2,135 more EXP to go.

“O-okay,” Nichiren said uncertainly. “I can do that.”

Poor guys got serious confidence issues.

Commencing Wait.

---

I was snapped out of my trance when the door opened and therein entered Hatake Kakashi. The Copy Ninja. An S Ranked former ANBU captain. A traumatized, tortured soul. The absolute worst choice I could’ve possibly had for a sensei.

I swear, I’m forcing a game over if I don’t get past the Bell Test. And-suddenly I’m pushed and falling out of my chair sonofa-!

As I lay there on the floor, I only had one thought.

Huh. He actually pushed me over.

While I was picking myself up, I was also cracking up, really badly. I just, it was really funny and I was so stressed and it just…hehehehe!

When I finally stopped chuckling, I looked and saw Kakashi was starting at me with an odd look in his eye.

“My first opinion?” The mask isn’t muffling his voice. I call Chakra Shenanigans. “You’re idiots.”

“And you’re late,” I cheekily reminded him, still in a good mood.

“Well, if you’re going to be like that,” Kakashi started, turning around. “Maybe I should just go and let you get back to the academy.”

“No!”

“Stop!”

“I didn’t mean it!”

The three of us shouted at the same time, holding out hands out in a desperate attempt to get him to stop. He stopped.

“Oh?” He said, slowly turning around to face us. “Well then, maybe I should give you another chance.”

“Let’s meet on the roof,” He said with an eye-smile. “Have a little get together.”

Huh. That’s odd, I thought he’d do something stupid like jump out the window just to freak us out. Well, whatever. Let’s get this meet and greet over. When we arrived at the roof, he leaned up against the railing, folding his arms and watching us as we took seats on the air-conditioning units.

Look at him trying to be all cool with his near-total mask and laid back posture and flak jacket and-okay fine, I already established the flak jacket is cool. And Kakashi is cool. Just…ugh. I’ve got a bad feeling in the pit of my stomach.

“So, why don’t we introduce ourselves,” Kakashi said to us.

I wasn’t about to go first. Maybe one of the others could? Sorry. Even with my charisma mostly around average thanks to the Henge, I’m still a little skittish of it.

“I’m Yamada Hisako,” My teammate offered.

There was a silence. Hisako looked at the two of us.

“…and?” Kakashi motioned for her to continue.

“I like sharpening my kunai and I don’t like being told someone’s unbeatable?” Hisako offered.

...that can’t be everything.

Perception Check Failed: 5/7

So does that mean there’s something there or I have trouble accepting the simplest solution?

Perception Check Failed: 5/7

Oh, screw off game.

“Do you have any hopes for the future?” Kakashi asked, sounding bored.

“I want to join ANBU,” Hisako replied, folding her arms. “They’re the best of the best. And I want to be the best.”

“Alright,” Kakashi said with no hint of approval or disapproval. He pointed at Nichiren “How about you?”

“Hi. My name is Nakamura Nichiren,” Nichiren introduced himself, looking like he’d prefer to hide in the infinite void then tell us about himself. “I like reading and delicious food. I don’t like snakes. I want to be a…a f-field medic.”

“Alright,” Kakashi gave a shrug. He looked at me, “Now how about you?”

“Shimoda Daisuke,” I reported, mimicking his arm fold. “I like a lot of things. I don’t like being stagnant. I want to go down in history as the Shinobi with the most missions ever done.”

“Huh. Okay then,” Kakashi stood up straight. “So, since we’re a new team, there’s a little task the four of us need to do.”

“What kind of task?” Nichiren asked quickly.

He just giggled sinisterly. I would’ve gotten the chills if I didn’t know what was coming. As it stood, I almost got the chills anyway.

“I’d tell you,” He said full of mirth. “But you won’t like it.”

I get it, this song and dance is to get us to freak out. Whatever, just get on it.

“The suspense is killing me,” I replied drolly.

He glared at me and I decided now was a good time to shut up.

please don’t actually kill me.

“So the four of us just need to do some survival training,” Kakashi went on as if I hadn’t just interrupted him. “It’s a test to see if you’re really going to be Genin.”

“…what?” Nichiren asked quietly.

“We’re already Genin!” Hisako stated hotly.

“What? Oh, no you’re not,” Kakashi explained, with a tone that suggested he was talking to a child who just said something amusingly idiotic.

“Yes we are!” Hisako snapped.

“No. You’re not,” Kakashi stated a bit more firmly. “The exam was to bring out candidates that may or may not be Genin. The test is to see if you’re actually capable of being Genin.”

Which we are. Well, I am. I might actually be able to carry these two through the bell test, though I’m not sure.

“If you fail the test, you’ll be sent back to the academy,” At this, my fear was overcome by UNYIELDING RAGE for just a second, and I just glared at him. Think maybe I should try killing intent? Nah, I don’t want to get counter-intented. “Of the 45 Students that you saw there in the room downstairs? Only nine of them will go on to actually become Genin. This test has a failure rate of 66%.”

If I didn’t know what it was already? I’d be scared. As it was, I was mad. And bored. The other two were starting to look nervous. Nichiren…how, exactly did he pass into being a Genin? He looks about as stout-hearted as a skittish bunny.

“So meet me tomorrow at Training Ground 3 at 5am sharp,” Kakashi ordered. “And don’t eat breakfast. You’ll throw up.”

With that, Kakashi disappeared.

Well. I wonder if eating follows the same rules as my sleeping? He did technically just order me to forgo breakfast and I know what the test is. So…time to experiment? Except I remember being really hungry when I was younger…hmmmm…maybe it was just for the tutorial? Maybe I shouldn’t risk it? Or maybe I should.

“So, I’m going to go home and do…whatever,” I told my teammates. “See you tomorrow!”

“How are you so calm about this?” Hisako demanded.

“Yeah, didn’t you hear him?” Nichiren asked incredulously. “Most of the students who take this test fail!”

“I did hear that,” I nodded. “But that doesn’t mean it’s impossible, does it?”

Charisma Check Failed 4/5.

Screw off, game.

“Well I dunno,” Nichiren said.

“Look, Daisuke’s right,” Hisako replied. “The test can be beat. Don’t worry about it. Let’s just get there tomorrow and prove we’re Genin.”

“Okay,” Nichiren replied, sounding a little bit better.

We each went our separate ways and…

Quest Updated: Shinobi, Assemble!

Completed: Meet your Team and Jounin Sensei.

Go to training ground 3 before Kakashi gets there.


I like how it’s giving me the option to be late because I know Kakashi is going to be late. That’s cool. But I’ll show up on time anyway to show…solidarity to my team. I want to be a team player. Because I don’t have any desire to go back to the academy whatsoever. Nooooo no.

So I head off to the Orphanage. I don’t see Naruto on the way there. Oh, man. Where is he? I haven’t seen him in forever! Maybe he’s sulking.

I'll find him later.

Another thing I wanted to test was…how long can I sleep, exactly? That’s what I want to know. Because in Fallout you could wait and or sleep for up to twenty-four hours. It was…ah, crap. It was only noon. Well, better say hi to Matron Kumiko before I konked out for the day/night cycle.

I walked around and…. “Hey, Obaasan!”

“Hello Daisuke,” She looked up from her place over the pot of stew she was mixing.

“Can I help?” I asked.

“No, I can take care of it,” She told me. “How was your first day of being a Genin?”

“It was okay,” I shrugged. “Our Sensei was four hours late and told us we have to take a test. If we fail, we could get sent back to the Academy.”

“Ha!” She let out a barking laugh. “Oh, I have no doubt you’ll impress your sensei. You needn’t worry.”

“I’m not worried,” I told her. “I’m pretty sure I can figure it out, it’s just frustrating.”

“Well, I can certainly see that,” She smiled. “But testing ourselves is how we grow, right?”

…she’s right. Dang. She doesn’t even know about EXP and she’s right. I’ve got the wrong attitude toward this test. It’s just another quest. One I know how to beat, for that matter. “I know, Obaasan.”

“Then why are you frustrated?” She asked me kindly.

“Because I thought I was done jumping through hoops,” I groused. “But you’re right. It’s just…another test. Well, I’m off to bed.”

“Bed?” She balked. “It’s only noon?”

“Well, you know that bloodline I supposedly have?” She nodded. “With it, I can pretty much fall asleep on command, no matter how much I’m running on, so I want to see if I can sleep all the way until tomorrow morning.”

“I…alright,” She rose a spoon in my face. “If it works, just be quiet and try not to wake anyone up. Now taste, how is it?”

“Delicious!”

“Good,” She smiled. “Have a bowl before you sleep.”

“Yes Obaasan,” Well, who was I to refuse?

After eating a pair of bowls of soup, I was ready for bed. Okay…so, it’s almost 1? So…15 hours will get me to 4am, which gives me enough time to get ready. Alright. Here we go!

---

4am. Son of a gun, that’s useful.

I quietly got dressed and gathered some supplies. Kunai, Shuriken, a couple of explosive tags the Matron was kind enough to give me, that sort of thing. No food. I wanted to see how that worked out for me.

I jumped out my bedroom window, tree-walking down the wall with casual ease. As I headed to the training ground three, I went over what I knew in my head.

Hatake Kakashi is a Jounin, former ANBU captain and has been taking teams for years, only to fail them when they failed to put their teammates lives over the Mission, something that might contradict the whole ‘Will-of-Fire-Support-The-Village-At-All-Cost’ the rest of the Village has going on.

He knows a lot of Jutsu and is a Ninjutsu specialist. He was able to copy those jutsu with the Shari-err...Cheatigan.

Yes, it's the Cheatigan, because having that much power in a pair of eyeballs is completely stupid. Well, okay, living a new life while subjected to rules from a video game that allows me to master a skill in as short as a day when it normally takes a life-time is also cheating, but AT LEAST I ADMIT IT!

I haven't even seen Sasuke at the Academy. I guess our class schedules were simply that well planned. Okay, I technically wasn't even looking for him, and I may have failed a few perception checks but still!

Anyway; Kakashi.

So…he knows a lot of Ninjutsu and isn’t likely to take me seriously. Or maybe he will, if I act weird or something. I don’t think the whole episode with the rats, as awesome as it was, will net me a whole lot of cred with this guy. Maybe I can use it to my advantage.

But I got to remember to put a team-work spin on anything I do. So while I’m slugging it out with Kakashi (which is rather generous, if I were honest with myself), maybe I could have my teammates grab the bells while I keep him distracted. Then I could bluff and say it was okay that I go to the academy and if there’s any sense of justice in the world, they’ll both offer me their bells and prove we’ve got the teamwork chops to be taught by a very lazy sensei.

Who may also have the largest collection on Ninjutsu in Konoha.

Okay, maybe this won’t be so bad.

Canon’s still nuked beyond recognition, though. I wonder what the repercussions will be from this? Will we take the Chunin Exams, become Chunin and leave Naruto with a more experienced teacher? One who might actually teach his sensei's kid like I heard he wanted to rather than offload him to spend all his time on Sasuke?

What if we fail and Kakashi never becomes Naruto’s sensei because he’s stuck with us for another year?

That…could be a possibility.

It might even be a good possibility.

Depending on who he gets stuck with.

I arrived at the training ground in 15 minutes, meaning I was there 30 minutes early.

Well, I could have planned that out better. Whatever. That’s what the wait command is for.

So less than an hour later, Hisako shows up, wearing her backpack and her hair tied in a ponytail. Followed by a very hasty and really tired looking Nichiren.

Seriously, how did this guy past the Academy?

“Yo,” I said, waving at them.

“Hey Daisuke,” Hisako nodded.

“How long have you been waiting here?” Nichiren asked.

“About thirty minutes,” I replied with a thoughtful frown. “I could’ve planned that out better.”

Hisako scoffed. “Seriously?”

“I like being early,” I said.

“But…thirty minutes,” Nichiren said.

“Yup,” I nodded. “By the way, have either of you had breakfast?”

“Sensei told us not to,” Hisako replied. “He said the training would make us throw up.”

“Yeah,” Nichiren said. “Besides I woke up late and didn’t have enough time to eat anything.”

“Personally,” I looked at them both. “I don’t think we would’ve thrown up. I think he just wanted us hungry for the training. It is survival training after all.”

They both looked at me with horrified expressions on their faces as they realized that I had a point. Then they started to grumble about how unfair their Sensei was being.

Hisako got out a Kunai and whetstone and started to sharpen it. “Looks like we’re going to be here for a while.”

Nichiren got out a book and started to read.

“Looks like it,” I said. “So. Nichiren, can I ask you something?”

“Sure,” He said, looking up from his book.

Oh, how do I ask this without causing a rift in the team dynamic. “So, you’re the most nervous Shinobi I’ve ever met.”

“…okay,” He asked.

“Do you mind if I ask why?” I finished lamely.

Charisma Check Failed: 4/6

Shut up, game.

“Well, I’m just nervous in general,” He said with a nervous grin.

“Then how’d you pass psychological evaluation?” Hisako asked without looking up from her kunai. “There’s no way they’d let someone with nerves like yours become a Genin.”

...wow. Tactless, thy name is Hisako.

“I…uh…” Nichiren’s eyes got big and his hands started shaking. “I…I just did, okay.”

Okay, now I’m thinking less ‘nervous in general’ and more ‘hiding something’.

“You just did?” Hisako rose an eyebrow.

“Yeah. Yup, just did,” Nichiren smiled.

“I don’t believe you,” She snapped.

“But…I…did,” Nichiren said.

“No one’s doubting that you did,” I spoke up. “We’re just more dubious about your methods.”

“Well, I did,” Nichiren snapped, angry for the first time since I saw him.

“…whatever,” Hisako sighed and went back to her kunai.

I shrugged.

The hours passed quietly with no one saying anything else. I was tempted to use the wait function again, but again, I wanted to spend as much actual time with my team as possible. The sun was high in the sky when, at 11:00 he finally showed up.

“Good morning, team!” Kakashi said, with an eye smile and a wave.

“You’re late!” Both my teammates stood up and screeched.

You know, I was still fine from the lack of food. This is odd. I implicitly remember being insanely hungry back in infancy. Maybe now that the tutorial’s over I don’t need food like the others do?

“Sorry, the road got broken up and I had to find another route,” He said with an eye smile.

I simply shrugged and stood up. “Well, we’re all here. So what’s the mission?”

“It’s just a test,” Kakashi said mirthfully. He pulled out a pair of bells and an alarm clock. “This alarm is set for noon. You must each take a bell from me in order to pass. If you don’t take a bell before noon, you’ll be tied up to one of those posts- “He pointed to a set of three wooden posts. “-and I’ll eat lunch in front of you.”

I’d be lying if I said I wasn’t worried. But I’m a ninja so I’m supposed to lie. I’m not worried. Not in the slightest.

“Wait, there’s only two bells,” Nichiren pointed out.

“Yes there are,” I could just feel the smile that was affixed to his face. “That ensures that at least one of you will fail and be sent to the academy.”

“Why do I get the feeling that the test has a 66% fail rate because you’ve rigged the test,” I began, leveling a gaze at him. “Rather than because the Genin aren’t good enough?”

“Oh I wouldn’t put it like that,” Kakashi said, putting the bells on his waist. “I’d put it like I’m giving them the right level of incentive to do well. Oh, and by the way?”

He became somewhat serious. “The only way any of you are going to succeed is if you come at me with the intent to kill me.”

Nichiren gulped. Hisako switched her kunai to reverse grip. I simply rolled my shoulders.

I’m going to make you eat those words, Kakashi.

“We’ll go when I say start,” Kakashi returned to his easy going tone. “Ready…”

I popped my knuckles. Nichiren bounced on his toes. Hisako simply glared him him.

“Set…”

If I get sent back to the academy, I want to at least know that I gave you a difficult fight. The odds of that are slim with my stats and such, but still!

“Start!”

Quest Updated: Shinobi, Assemble!

Completed: Go to training ground 3 before Kakashi gets there.

Pass the Bell Test.


Nichiren ran away fast. So did Hisako, though I think she’s planning an attack and…ah, no. Well, this is going to be difficult. Time to punch Kakashi a lot!

I ran forward, gearing a punch in exaggerated fashion. Kakashi looked at me oddly and…caught my punch.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/75.

Hehehe…got you.

I was stuck to his hand. Or rather his glove and I jumped land to his head, which he ducked under. I twisted around his hand and landed a kick right to his back. Hey, this might not be so hard-

Suddenly, I found myself grabbed with the other hand and flipped me over onto the ground. He landed a punch to the chest.

-5 HP.

That’s it? Oh right. He’s not actually trying to kill me.

I landed a punch to his face and stuck to his headband while I freed my other hand to reach for the bells and I barely brushed them before I found a kick to my stomach, and a forearm brought down on my wrist, disrupting my concentration.

-10 HP.

-5 HP.


I bounced back to my feet, leaping away from him.

Kakashi angled his head at me. “Huh. Where did you learn how to do that?”

“Oh, it’s something I picked up here and there,” I said nonchalantly. “You learned a lot when people show off.”

Charisma Check Failed 4/5.

Shut up, game.

“Uh huh,” Kakashi said, disbelief only slightly in his voice. “Well, since you’ve proven that I might actually have to take you seriously, I guess I won’t be getting to read my book any time soon.”

I was going to need to change tactics. So…I looked around. “Wait, where’s my team?”

“You didn’t see them run off?” Kakashi asked incredulously.

“…be right back!” I said, running off in the direction I saw Hisako run in.

Please don’t run after me, please don’t run after me, please don’t run after me…

He didn’t run after me.

I think.

Perception Check Failed: 5/8.

What does that mean game? That he’s stalking me or that I don’t have enough perception to know for a fact there’s nothing there?

So…where did she go?

Survival Check Success: 17/15.

Oh, there’s a foot print, a bent shrub, a freshly broken branch…there she was, hiding in a tree. “Hey!”

I called up to her. She turned around and saw me, jumping down to meet me.

“Where’d you go? We could’ve had the bells,” I asked grumpily.

“He’s a Jounin,” She barked at me. “Hiding and waiting for him to be vulnerable seemed like the smart thing to do. What were you doing?”

“I thought I had an edge on him,” I shook my head. “It didn’t work and now he’ll be ready for it if I use it again.”

“It was kind of surprising to see how well you did,” Hisako admitted. Then her gaze narrowed. “Have you been holding out on me?”

“No,” I answered truthfully. “Actually graduating was very inspiring.”

She snorted. “Whatever. You want to fight him together?”

“Yeah, but we need Nichiren,” I replied.

Hisako scoffed. “That useless coward?”

“Yes,” I replied. “He graduated too, so he’s got to be good for something.”

Charisma Check Success: 4/4.

Finally! Thank you, game!

“Fine, let’s go before Kakashi ties him to the post,” Hisako stalked off. “But I get a bell.”

“We’ll decide what to do with the bells once we get them, alright?” I asked exasperatedly. “We can argue for days about who gets to go back to the Academy, but it doesn’t actually mean anything until we get the bells.”

Speech Check Success: 26/20.

+15 EXP.

“Whatever, let’s just go find him,” She waved me to follow her.

I wonder when the game decides on speech check versus a regular charisma check. That needs testing if I’m going to be putting points into a skill: I need to know how to use it.

Kakashi wasn’t in the regular clearing so we cut across it and…

Perception Check Success: 5/5.

I saw a silver gleam, shining under a tree.

“Hey look,” Hisako said with a large smile. “You must’ve startled him so much he dropped a bell.”

“That is obviously a trap,” I said with a nod.

Hisako frowned at me. “You think so? I guess you’re right. Pity. Think we can get the bell without springing it?”

Perception Check Failed: 5/8.

“Probably,” I answered. “Can you see the trap?”

“Hmmmm…” Hisako replied. “Nope.”

“Maybe Nichiren would be able to see it,” I not so subtly dropped the hint that we needed to keep looking.

“Maybe you’re right,” Hisako allowed, turning to me. “Why are you so hung up on finding him?”

“Because we’re a team and I don’t think we have a chance to get the bells without everyone here,” I said. “There’s only two bells, so it’s like Kakashi is deliberately trying to divide us up and I don’t want to go back to the academy.”

Speech Check Success: 26/20.

+15 EXP.


“Hey I’m with you there,” She said with a nod. “The academy was so boring. It didn’t teach me anything I already know.”

2,105 EXP until level. Nice!

“Where did you learn so much?” I asked as we walked past.

“My parents are both Shinobi,” She replied. “They taught me what they could when they weren’t busy. How about you?”

“I was just born this great,” I said glibly.

“Oh whatever,” Hisako rolled her eyes. “Seriously?”

“I don’t really know,” I lied, shrugging. “I’m just really smart and so what they tried to teach me just stuck to me like magic almost.”

Survival Check success: 17/15.

“I think he went that way,” I said, pointing toward a path that had a scattered trail of footprints going down it.

“Oh. Nice,” Hisako nodded in the direction of the trail. “We’ll find him in no time.”

I hope so.

We ran down the trail and holy crap what the-?

“H-help…me…” There he was alright, with blood seeping down his back from numerous kunai and shuriken stuck there.

I…I don’t believe it. Kakashi actually killed that nervous wreck! That…that’s not canon at all. I thought I was going to be a student of a lazy shinobi, not a murderous one!

“Kai!” Hisako shouted, and the air around Nichiren warped around and he disappeared.

Wait what? Oh…

Perception Check Failed: 5/7.

Derp.

Okay, that’s a gaping hole in my kit. Genjutsu vulnerability. That isn’t good.

“Well, that was encouraging,” I finally managed.

“It’s supposed to be test, remember?” Hisako asked with a risen eyebrow. “Let’s go find him so we can figure out a plan.”

“Agreed,” I said with a nod.

Running through the forest, we did eventually find him. Curled up into a ball against a tree crying his eyes out. This…isn’t promising. “Uh…Nichiren? Are you okay?”

He looked up at us, gasped something awful. “You guys are alive! How-how are you?”

“He hit you with a Genjutsu too, huh?” I asked with a sigh.

“Wait…that was a-?” He slapped his face. “I’m so stupid!”

“Hey don’t worry about it,” I said. “I fell for it too.”

Charisma Check Failed: 4/5.

OH FOR PETE’S SAKE!

“You’re just saying that,” He accused weakly.

“No, he’s telling the truth,” Hisako came to my rescue. “I had to break him out of it.”

“…really?” Nichiren asked with wide eyes.

“Yes. Really,” I affirmed, folding my arms. “Now we need a plan to get the bells from Kakashi. Fast.”

It was 11:41, so unless we got the bells, everyone would get tied to posts and have to watch Kakashi eat lunch in front of them. Didn’t bother me at all, which will take some getting used to, but the twin grumbling stomachs I heard was an agreement.

Kakashi was probably watching us to see what we were going to do.

Perception Check Failure: 5/9.

Shut up, game.

“Well you guys can have the bells,” Nichiren said. “I don’t deserve to be a Genin.”

“Yes you do,” I said automatically. “So you got caught in a Genjutsu. Sure it was scary, but it has to happen eventually.”

“No, not that,” He shook his head violently. “I cheated.”

“What do you mean you cheated?” Hisako asked with just a hint of venom in her voice.

“I mean I cheated at the Graduation exam,” Nichiren explained rapidly. “I didn’t study enough and I don’t have the Taijutsu skills needed to be a Genin. So I took a soldier pill and copied from several other students.”

Oooh.

Well, that would explain the nervousness.

“Wouldn’t they have noticed the extra physical prowess from the soldier pill, though?” I asked, cupping my chin.

“Not if you suppress it and don’t act like you’re swimming in chakra,” Nichiren replied, seeming to breathe a little easier.

“How did you cheat off of several other students?” Hisako asked curiously. “Aren’t our teachers all Chunin at least?”

“Well yeah they are,” Nichiren nodded. “But when a couple of classmates started sneezing uncontrollably, they were a little distracted.”

Dang.

“So I’ve been scared this whole time I was going to accidentally get you both killed because I couldn’t muster up to the challenge,” Nichiren said. “Then I got hit with that Genjutsu and I thought I really did get you killed and-“

“Hey,” Hisako knelt and put a hand on his shoulder, shaking him out of it. “It’s okay. We’re not dead.”

“Is it wrong that I’m actually a little impressed?” I asked with a confused shrug.

“I’m not actually sure,” Hisako answered, blinking.

“Y-you're impressed?” Nichiren asked blankly.

“Yeah.”

“Why?”

“Because we’re ninja,” I replied. “Being devious is part of the job. What you just told us was some next-level stuff. I think it’s awesome. I mean, you’re going to have to pick up the slack at some point, but cheating like that is its own level of aptitude.”

Speech Check Failure: 26/30.

Rats.

“I still cheated and I still need to tell Sensei,” Nichiren said, looking downcast. “So, you need to get the bells.”

“Well, like it or not we’re still a part of a team and that means you're getting an equal shot,” I said, folding my arms. “You mind putting that deviousness to work in separating Kakashi from those bells?”

“I think it’d help a lot,” Hisako said. “You can tell Kakashi about the cheating afterwards.”

“Okay!” Nichiren said, standing up. “I brought some smoke pellets and stuff.”

“Alright, let’s head out,” I said. “I think we’ve been sitting here for too long.”

I got a pair of agreements from them and we headed out.

“Oh, by the way Nichiren?” I asked.

“Yeah?”

“Why didn’t you study very hard?”

“Oh,” He said. “Oh, hehe. Well, see, my parents are civilians and they own a clothing store. They needed a lot of help this year when half the staff quit.”

I could see that. I’ve been there, having to work while half my co-workers quick, leaving us understaffed. Made it difficult to work on college stuff, let me tell you. I didn't think that would happen in a village, though. I guess some things are universal.

“Makes sense.”

---

We talked on the way, in whispers, formulating a plan. I was pretty sure Kakashi heard or at least was able to guess it in its entirety, but I hope the teamwork impressed him. Because we weren’t passing otherwise.

It was 11:55 and we needed to find him. We headed out to the clearing, the bell trap was still there.

“Guys screw it,” Hisako said, maybe a little loud. “I’m getting that bell.”

“Wait, no!” I replied back as she ran over to get the bell and what happened was predictable. The rope tightened around her ankle and she was hoisted up into the air.

“And you were doing so well!” Kakashi said mirthfully, appearing suddenly as he retrieved the bell. “But you really shouldn’t fall for such an ob-“

I was on him like glue. I tackled him from behind-

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/90.

-and I stuck there punching his head even as he jumped HOLY CRAP THAT’S HIGH and tried to suplex me! I switched grip to my hand and swung around to his front to start kneeing him in the stomach. Then he punched me in the face, grabbed me and spun around again as he landed, him on his feet while holding me in the air.

But Hisako was free and she was carrying a pair of Kunai as she went for the bells. He accidentally let me touch the ground and I was stuck there, too.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/95.

Suddenly, he couldn’t leave the grou-wow, my Chakra’s getting low fast! I grabbed his arm and he ripped me and the ground beneath me out and threw me at Hisako, who had the common sense to duck.

I hit the ground and was seeing stars there for a second.

-40 HP.

Dang. Well, that was fair, considering what playing nice got him. Still hurt a lot, though. Ow.

I stood up and started running back to the fight because Kakashi was making short work of Hisako, who just wasn’t skilled or crazy enough to keep up. Behind Kakashi was Nichiren who was making a grab for the bells.

Only for Kakashi to grab Nichiren’s wrist and throw him down to the ground with one hand.

Suddenly, way off by the posts, the Alarm rang.

“Stop!” Kakashi shouted, holding an outstretched hand. He took a deep breath and looked at each of us. “You all pass.”

Quest Updated: Shinobi, Assemble!

Completed: Pass the Bell Test.

Completed (optional): Pass before someone is tied to a pillar.

Talk to Kakashi-sensei.


There’s optional objectives to quests? Holy cow, I had no idea!

“Wait, what?” I said, playing along. “We didn’t get the bells!”

“Don’t be coy,” He glared at me. “You knew I was testing your teamwork.”

“…okay yeah, I did,” I said, rubbing my head with a cheeky grin.

“Wait, what?” Hisako sounded alarmed. “Why didn’t you tell us?”

“Because that would’ve undermined the test,” I said. “I highly doubt we would’ve passed like this if we all knew the solution.”

“He’s right,” Kakashi said with frustration. “You all showed admirable teamwork and were willing to work with each other in spite of personal misgivings.”

“Then why are you mad, Sensei?” I asked.

He looked at me. “Because while you did show that you weren’t willing to abandon each other, you still knew what the test was and that undermined the entire point.”

“…sorry Sensei,” I said. “But when we’re raised on ‘The Will of Fire’ and how everyone in our village is like our family and how we’re supposed to never betray our village…the lesson was clear.”

Kakashi grunted. “I suppose that’s true. But there is one thing I wanted to ask.”

“Yes, Sensei?” I asked.

How did you get so good at the Tree-walking jutsu?” He asked, exasperatedly.

“You mean like how I was stuck to you and you couldn’t get away?” I asked. When I got a nod, I continued. “Well, I do have a bloodline, apparently. Maybe that’s a part of it? I don’t know the details all that much.”

Charisma Check Fail: 4/6.

“I thought your bloodline helped you recuperate when you sleep,” Kakashi said, eye narrowing.

So that DID get on my record. Good to know.

“As I said, I don’t know all the details,” I said, shrugging. “I was able to do the tree-walking jutsu on my first day of the academy almost effortlessly. You gave me the most challenge with it I’ve ever had, so…”

Kakashi sensei sighed. “Okay, that makes sense.”

Speech Check Success: 26/20.

+15 EXP.


2,090 EXP left.

“Erm…sensei,” Nichiren said, timidly approaching and bowing.

“Yes, Nichiren?” Kakashi asked, turning to him.

“I have something to tell you,” Nichiren looked like he was bracing for impact.

“I heard you in the forest,” Kakashi replied.

“Y-you did?” Nichiren gulped.

“I did,” Kakashi confirmed with a sigh. “I will need to tell the Hokage and we’ll need to go over your case, but Daisuke was right: We’re Ninja. Cheating systems is a part of what we do.”

“Sensei,” Nichiren said looking at him with star struck eyes.

“Now everyone, please follow me,” Kakashi-sensei…it’s going to be weird calling him that for a while beckoned us and we followed behind him.

He, of course, lead us to the black memorial stone on the outskirts of the training ground. I remembered it from the Anime and it was an impressive, if grim looking, structure, shaped like a Kunai.

“Does anyone know what this is?”

My hand went up.

“Besides you.”

My hand went down.

“It’s the memorial stone,” Hisako replied, looking on it with respect and reverence. “On it are the names of every Shinobi who has ever died in the service of our village.”

It’s kind of like the Vietnam memorial wall back in my old world. Except shaped like a Kunai. Shame I never visited that one before I died.

“So, Nichiren,” Kakashi addressed the Genin firmly. “You said you wanted to be a Field Medic. Is that still true?”

He nodded, rapidly.

“Field medics possess a very important role,” Kakashi said quietly. “They keep their teammates alive and their names off of this memorial. I would be proud to train someone like that.”

He looked into Nichiren’s eyes.

“If you are to remain a Shinobi, you and by extension your parents, must understand that being a Shinobi is your job and the most important one in the village,” Kakashi said weightily. “If you promise me that you will do everything in your power to make up for your lack of training in the academy, I will do everything I can to make sure you stay on this team. Can you do that?”

“Yes! Yes, Sensei, I promise,” Nichiren nodded some more, before bowing all the way to the ground. “Thank you, Sensei!”

Cool. I get the most devious person I’ve seen in a long while on my team. I consider this a bonus.

“As for you two,” Kakashi said, looking at me and Hisako. “Meet me at the Hokage Tower’s entrance in three days at seven in the morning. That’s about how long it’ll take to get your teammates situation sorted out.”

“Hai, Sensei,” We both said at the same time, bowing.

Quest Complete: Shinobi, Assemble!

Completed: Talk with Kakashi-Sensei.

+1500 EXP
.

…holy crap, that is a lot.

590 EXP until level 6.

“And Daisuke,” Kakashi said to me.

“Yes, Sensei?”

“We need to figure out the extent of your bloodline one of these days,” Kakashi said, his visible eye looking like he still didn’t believe what had happened.

“Hai, Sensei,” I replied.

---
 
Interlude: Kakashi's Report
Location
USA
The following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---

Hatake Kakashi still didn’t believe what had happened earlier that day.

He had actually passed a team.

A team that by all rights should’ve fallen apart the moment they got to the training ground. They had no existing basis for teamwork. There was a Genin who was so nervous he could barely talk, a Genin who was almost too disgusted by the test itself to look for any real meaning within it, and a Genin who was so anti-social that he made all of zero friends in the academy.

Kakashi was understandably bewildered, since none of the teams he had tested it on so far had understood the point of the test. All they thought was ‘mine!’ from the moment the test starts until a few minutes after he finished his ‘you failed’ speech. Then comes a Genin who, by all rights was brilliant though nothing that hadn’t been seen before with a unique blood-line and he sees through the test almost immediately and corrals his teammates behind him without directly informing them of the test itself.

According to the records he had gone over before collecting them, Daisuke’s parentage was completely unknown. No records existed, which was scary all on its own.

So, it was with a great deal of trepidation that he made his way to the Hokage’s office, where all of the other Jounin were gathered before the Hokage to discuss their teams. He also knew that people were waiting for him to pass a team. He had hoped to save that for Uchiha Sasuke or his Sensei’s own son in a year.

But then today happened.

He was not ready for today.

Up the stairs he went, the slow way, step by step. He had an image to protect, after all. Eventually, he came to the door to the Hokage’s office and it opened before he could even knock. Standing at the door, was Maito Gai.

“Kakashi, my Eternal Rival!” He said, flashing his nice-guy pose. “Good to see you!”

Kakashi mentally sighed, though enjoyed. “Hello, Gai. How are you?”

“I’m fantastic!” Gai exclaimed. “Tell me, have you finally found a team youthful, cool and hip enough to pass your standards?”

“I think that’s what the meetings for,” Kakashi replied drolly. “The one that I’m late for?”

“Come in Kakashi,” The Hokage called from within the office. “You’re just in time.”

Kakashi blinked, perturbed at the announcement. “I am?”

“Yes, I had to postpone the meeting due to unforeseen events,” The Hokage said as Kakashi entered and took his seat on a cushion bordering a window.

“I see,” Kakashi frowned underneath his mask.

Kakashi surveyed the room. Aside from Gai and himself, in there were thirteen other jounin, each supposedly with a team they were to teach. There were the token members from the Yamanaka, Nara and Akimichi clans, a Hyuuga whom was standing straight in her seat. There were others not from clans. Sitting beside the Hokage was the Jounin Commander, Nara Shikaku. He was clearly there for administration purposes: He wanted to know which jounin would be available for high-risk missions and who would not.

“So, assorted jounin,” The Hokage lit his pipe. “Now that we’re all here, please, from team 1 to 15, report on whether or not they passed your individual probationary periods.”

Not all jounin had tests like the Bell Test. Some simply conducted a formal or informal interview of each member before making their decisions. Others simply passed their students outright if they were that sure of their readiness. Others had a test very much like the bell test, but rigged in different ways, depending on what the sensei was looking for.

“Pass.”

“Pass.”

“Fail…”

And so it went. When Gai was called upon, he stood up.

“Yosh! Their skills are exemplary and even if they possess a hundred handicaps, I will stoke the fires of their youth so bright they shall outshine all their competition!” Gai shouted, striking a pose that somehow ended up upon a cliff with the waves of the sea beating upon the rocks in glorious fashion. “And if I cannot, I will train Genin-teams for the rest of my life!”

“So is that a pass?” The Hokage asked with an amused smile.

“Most certainly, Hokage-sama,” Gai answered cheerfully.

“Wonderful,” The Hokage replied. “I’m sure you’ll do great things for all of them.”

Eventually, it came to Kakashi. It was the moment he had been dreading since that Genin had his hand stuck on his hitai-ate. He sighed in defeat and got himself ready for a long, long meeting. “Pass.”

The room had gone very still, all eyes on Kakashi. His test was really, really infamous amongst the other Jounin for being unbeatable by all Genin-teams that had been thrown at it. The fact that Kakashi had just declared that a team had passed was almost unthinkable.

Well, everyone was still except Gai, who was trying so hard to contain his excitement that he was shaking.

“Remarkable,” The Hokage smiled. He took the pipe out of his mouth. “Before we hear Kakashi’s report on his new Genin team, Miyamoto. Aonuma. Pass or fail?”

“Pass,” The two jounin replied at the same time.

Something inside Kakashi groaned in annoyance as he felt the eyes of the entire room. Including the Hyuuga, who had her Byakugan on for some reason.

“So, Kakashi,” The Hokage seemed to really enjoy what was going on. “Please report the events of the bell test.”

Kakashi took a deep breath and readied himself. “Cell 13 demonstrated enough teamwork qualities to receive a passing grade in spite of failure to secure either bell. Genin Shimoda saw through the test nearly immediately and was able to somehow rally his team behind him in a plan to seize the bells.”

“I see,” The Hokage said. “That alone is commendable from them. Did they show any other remarkable traits?”

“Nakamura showed above average stealth capabilities,” Kakashi replied. “Yamada demonstrated an ability to detect and break Genjutsu and Shimoda demonstrated tokubetsu-jounin level Taijutsu and better Chakra Control than mine.”

Some disbelieving scoffs were heard around the room, alongside some chuckles, but all were silent as the Hokage’s killing intent entered the room just enough for everyone to feel a slight chill in their bones.

“I can see you’re not joking, Kakashi-san,” The Hokage intoned, puffing his pipe for a long moment. “Please explain.”

“Shimoda used telegraphed attacks to lure me into a trap,” Kakashi replied. “He used the tree walking technique to stick to and attack me. Later, he used the same technique and when I attempted to push him off with my own chakra, I couldn’t do it.”

There were whispers going around the room and Kakashi withheld a sigh.

“To top it off,” Kakashi wrapped up his report. “He had seen through the bell test and exploited his knowledge to force a pass.”

“Did he give an explanation as to why his control was so good?” The Hokage asked.

“He credited his bloodline,” Kakashi replied.

“And the other two?”

“Nakamura has talent in stealth and Yamada had seen through the Hellviewing Technique,” Kakashi said. “Nothing as exciting.”

No one moved or said anything aside from the occasional sharp whisper to their comrade beside them. Until Gai stood up. “Yosh! Our teams must duel to see who is the best team! I will train them so hard that they will surpass your superbly youthful Genin!”

Never change, Gai, Kakashi thought with a smile. Never change.

“Before this goes back to every clan in the room tonight,” The Hokage said, standing and walking around to the front of the desk. “Please remember to pass on that attempting to suck up to the leader of a future clan is in terrible taste, especially since he’s only twelve and only a week out of the academy. Am I understood?”

A chorus of ‘Hai, Hokage-sama’ went through the room.

Satisfied, he turned to Kakashi. “Kakashi-san?”

“Yes, Hokage-sama?”

“I want you suggest and encourage him to get his blood tested so we can see what we’re dealing with here.” The Hokage ordered. “Help him train and to find the limits of his bloodline. No forcing him to do anything. Report anything unusual that is claimed to be a part of the bloodline directly to me. Do you understand?”

“Yes, Hokage-sama.”

“Now, if there’s nothing else?” The Hokage inquired.

“I do have something else to discuss in private, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi replied. “Alone. And it has nothing to do with Shimoda or his bloodline.”

“Very well,” The Hokage replied. “Everyone else, dismissed.”

The room slowly filed out, the last to leave being the Jounin Commander.

“So what’s this about if not an improbably powerful bloodline,” The Hokage took another puff of his pipe.

“During the Bell Test, Nakamura Nichiren confessed to cheating on his graduation exams,” Kakashi got the other thing out into the open.

“Has he?” The Hokage replied. “How did he do this?”

“With a soldier pill and clever application of sneezing powder.”

The Hokage let out a short, barking laugh. “My goodness. What do you think should be done?”

“I wanted to request that he remain on the team,” Kakashi answered.

The Hokage was quiet, as he puffed on his pipe. “Why?”

“Because he was afraid his lack of ability would result in his teammates getting killed and wanted to tell me even when his teammates didn’t think it was necessarily wrong,” Kakashi replied. “He swore that he would do everything in his power to rectify the gaps in his knowledge and skills.”

“And why does he want to be a Shinobi?” The Hokage asked.

“He wants to be a medic-nin to help injured shinobi on the front lines,” Kakashi answered.

The Hokage made a thoughtful sound, releasing several puffs of smoke.

“I will need to meet the lad,” The Hokage replied. “Impress on him how cheating when it’s not implicitly required is no way to handle his education. If he is as complicit as you say, then I will grant him the privilege of remaining on your team.”

“Thank you, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi replied with a bow. “That’s all I had.”

“Dismissed.”

Kakashi was out the window in seconds and heading back to his home where he can just take a nap and recover from this insane day.

But in the Hokage’s office, the Hokage gently sat back down in his chair, thinking over Kakashi’s report. He thought back to that day, all those years ago, when Naruto, the innocent child he was, brought Daisuke to him, announcing to the orphanage that that was his friend.

“If I had known what you’d turn out to be,” The Hokage chuckled, still remembering his embarrassed gratitude at receiving the little black note-book for his birthday. He sighed, looking over the copy of Daisuke’s identification card.

“I think we’re in for some eventful years.”
 
The D-Ranks Begin
Location
USA
The following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


It was 6 in the morning and I was looking through the manual for perks. Trying to fit together a general build path for me now that I’m actually going to start gaining EXP now. I’m trying to find early perks that center around Taijutsu, and I’ve been…fairly successful. Stone Wall is a great perk, but needs another point of endurance and strength for me to get.

It’s honestly been a while since I’ve read this list in its entirety. I’ve forgotten some of the good ones, from the classic ‘Paralyzing Palm perk’ (which is like Jyuuken on steroids, though it requires a level of 18) to the new Chakra Vampire perk, which is an activated effect that turns my Taijutsu strikes into chakra siphons, stealing a little chakra away from my opponent at a time, though it requires level 34 and a Ninjutsu of 50, alongside the Taijutsu requirement of 60.

The only activatable effect I remember from Fallout was V.A.T.S, but I guess that’s just the advantage of my unique situation here; no keys to worry about, more activatable effects. Speaking of V.A.T.S, I don’t have it. I looked for it in the manual, thinking it may have been a perk but then I found it in the F.A.Q near the end.

We felt that V.A.T.S was unnecessary in a reincarnated platform title, due to skills being more than capable of allowing the player to hit limbs without an arbitrary slow-motion camera with cinematic flare.

But those are awesome! But I saw their point. Besides, I hated getting killed mid-VATS because I couldn’t cancel the animation to get out of the way of a super-sledge to the face. That was the worst.

But the cream of the crop? The perk I absolutely must get when I reach the right level? The one thing that will make this all worth it? Level 30’s Almost Perfect.

Yes, it’s a thing here. Yes, it does exactly what it did in Fallout 3; raises every special stat that is beneath 9 too…well, 9. For me, that would impact Strength, Perception, Endurance, Agility and Charisma. Yes. ESPECIALLY Charisma. Why is that so cool?

Well, in this game that I’ve found myself in, the maximum level I can get is 50, so I can take advantage of a lot of the perks that particular perk affords me, plus all the skills that suddenly get bonuses from the heightened special stats. Oh, and if that’s not enough, the stat bonuses from my level are…wait, let me check the book again…are retroactive, so it the bonus I get is as if I had 9 the whole time!

That’s one of the biggest power boosts I’ve been able to find and it takes care of my biggest weakness! It’s…my goal. The thing that will make everything I went through for the past twelve years be okay. Even if every perk I plan right now becomes something different with the situations that arise, I am taking that broken-$#@ perk.

Of course, there’s a lot of perks in the manual. I haven’t counted them, not even I got time for that, but there’s a lot.

It also the only way that I’m going to increase my Charisma any time soon. Because if I’m right, my Henges bonus will get larger with a higher Ninjutsu, thus largely fixing the problem and it’s not like I’ll need a Charisma in a fight. I hope, anyway. I haven’t seen anything indicating otherwise, so I don’t think the Charisma was used in combat aside from helping teammates, which makes sense since that’s what all the perks for charisma seem to do. That can be good but I…can’t really rely on having my team to back me up at all times, can I? It’s not like we’re glued together.

---

“Hey, guys!” Nichiren shouted, waving to us as he ran up to Hisako and myself, headband worn proudly. “They let me stay on the team!”

“That’s great!” Hisako smiled. “Kakashi say how much training you’re in for?”

“Uh well,” Nichiren rubbed the back of his head. Then he bent toward us and beckoned us forward. “I think it might be of the lethal quantity.”

“Oooh,” I said with sympathy. “Well, good luck.”

“Thanks, I’ll need it.”

“So was Kakashi-sensei with you?” Hisako asked, looking behind him.

Nichiren straightened up. “Yeah, he said he had to take care of some things before he got here.”

“How long do you think he’ll take?” Hisako said with a frown.

“Two hours’ tops,” I offered.

“I think closer to an hour,” Nichiren replied. “He didn’t say he had to take care of much. Just some paper work.”

We were currently at training ground 1. I was sitting on a cut down stump just on the side of the road, with Hisako leaning against a wooden lamp-post, sharpening her kunai with a whetstone. Nichiren sat down cross legged on the grass.

An hour and a half later, Kakashi-sensei walked up the road. His book was dark green this time and he didn’t seem to be paying attention to anything around him.

“You’re late,” Hisako snarled at him.

“Hmmm?” Kakashi looked up from his erotica briefly. “I’m sorry, I was just asked to do a mountain of paperwork for your teammate here.”

…I think that is the most plausible excuse I’ve heard from Kakashi in either life.

“It…yeah, it was a giant mountain,” Nichiren nodded, folding his arms. “I’m not sure why I thought he could get it done in an hour, it was huge.”

“Exactly,” Kakashi intoned. “Thank you, Nichiren.”

I wasn’t sure if Nichiren was lying or not.

Perception Check Failed: 5/7.

Okay, that tears it.

With a grunt of annoyance, I took out my black book. There had to be an option here somewhere. Something to…reduce the number of alerts I get. Those things are super annoying. I mean, every time I’d try to talk to someone, it was Charisma Check Failed this and Charisma Check Failed that. Now I’m failing Perception Checks left and right and it’s pissing me off!

I turn passed the list of perks and came to a section helpfully named Options, went to the Gaming subsection and there was an option titled In-game Messages, fitted in a column on the left. On a column on the right was the word All with arrows on either side of it. I pressed the arrow on the left, and it changed to EXP gain, I pressed it again and it went down to None.

Okay, that would be better…I think I only need to know if I gain EXP from something so I can number crunch, so…yeah. There we go. I changed the option to EXP gain and closed the book and…noticed that my team, including my sensei, had gathered around me to look at what I was fiddling with. They looked confused.

“Ummm…” I said blankly, looking at everyone. “Can I help you?”

“What were all those weird symbols in your book there?” Nichiren asked, tilting his head.

“They were symbols,” I said, nodding.

“Daisuke!” Hisako snapped. “That’s not an answer!”

“Yes it is!” I answered. “It’s just a really vague one!”

“Why are you being vague?” Kakashi asked calmly.

“Because the things in this book are private,” I replied, looking up at him. “It’s like a journal but with lists and stuff.”

“What kind of lists?” Nichiren asked, adjusting his glasses.

“You know, things I have to do, things I can do, that sort of thing,” I answered, pocketing the book and I think it vanished off to wherever it goes when I do that. “It’s not really something I think I need to share.”

The group mulled over that for a minute.

“That’s fair,” Kakashi shrugged.

“Thank you, Kakashi-sensei,” I said. “Now, what are we doing today?”

“Training,” Kakashi said, closing his own book and pocketing it.

$#%@.

“As you know, your teammate here isn’t entirely up to where he should be,” Kakashi said, putting a shoulder on Nichiren. “So, I will be personally testing and training him to see where’s he’s fallen behind to bring him up to speed while you two spar and practice your Taijutsu. Understood?”

“Hai Sensei,” Hisako and I said at the same time.

With that…we walked a few feet away…and started sparring.

She opens up with a punch that I’m able to parry, aimed at my face. A well placed hand sends it just to the right, barely clipping my ear. I retaliate with a fist to her stomach, but she dodges to the left. I catch her with a knee to the stomach.

I caught a kick to my own stomach, and I pulled her into a kick of my own. My sandal goes into her side and she’s sent to the ground with a pained grunt.

“You okay?” I ask, offering my hand.

“Yeah,” She takes it and pulls herself up. “You’ve been holding out on me.”

“Graduating was very inspiring,” I replied. “Unlocked new levels of skill I didn’t even know I had.”

“Oh haha,” Hisako took a deep breath. “Alright, I’m ready.”

“Okay,” I settled into a stance with a sigh. This was going to take longer than I thought.

---

After two days of non-productive training, Kakashi-sensei finally told us to meet him at the entrance to the Academy’s administrative building. Which could only mean one thing!

D-RANK MISSION!

I never thought I could be this jazzed about the idea of pulling weeds or painting houses. Usually I hated both of those activities but I guess tying those things to obtaining world ending power makes them much more appealing than normal.

I was the first one there, having been mostly successful in resisting the urge to skip the whole way there. Mostly. Bouncing on the balls of my feet as I stand; definitely doing that right now. It wasn’t long before I saw Hisako walking up, with a small smile on her face.

“What are you so happy about?” She asked me.

“I’ve been wanting a mission for a long time,” I replied almost too jittery to notice her smile fade away.

“You do know that we’re just going to be pulling weeds or something, right?” Hisako folded her arms. “It’s not like we’re going to be doing anything exciting or important.”

“Don’t care,” I cheerfully informed her. “Mission.”

She looked at me like my brains had melted out of my ears, leaving an empty canal she could see through if she wasn’t to irritated to look. At this point, I would believe it if I had. I was pretty excited. This means, hopefully, EXP. And if my hopes are true, that means additional levels and I can get the crazy amount of EXP I was hoping to get through the academy.

At least I hope.

“You’re a weirdo,” Hisako snarked.

“Yes,” I nodded with a thoughtful frown. “Yes I am.”

A few minutes later, Nichiren shows up. Team 13 exchanges greetings and then we sit down and begin the long vigil.

“Please tell me he’s not going to be four hours late again,” I grumbled, burying my face in my hands.

“The longest he’s been gone is two,” Nichiren offered weakly. I glared at him. "Not counting the bell test, I mean. Or when we were assi-I'll just be quiet now."

“Just be patient Daisuke,” Hisako sighed. “All Jounin have a quirk, this is his.”

“I would’ve taken the guy in green if he proved he could be on time,” I frowned sharply.

“Okay that’s a little harsh,” Hisako replied. “He is our sensei and you need to be more respectful.”

“Whatever,” I said, booting up the wait command. “I’m going to do that meditate thing again.”

“Oh. You want us to shove you again when Kakashi-sensei arrives?” Nichiren asked with a frown.

“Yeah. But this time?” I said, looking Nichiren square in the glasses. “Wait until I actually don’t respond before shoving me, okay?”

“Okay,” Nichiren replied, looking downcast.

“Thanks,” I wait for an hour. No show. I wait for another hour and my wait gets cut off early, because Kakashi showed up, looking bored.

“You’re late again,” Hisako stated, sounding completely resigned.

“Sorry, a little old lady got hit by a wagon and I had to take her to the hospital,” Kakashi explained sheepishly. “It was the strangest thing.”

“Uhhh…” Nichiren made a sound, looking at me.

“Yes, I’m awake Nichiren,” I nodded at him. “Thank you for checking.”

“No problem,” He said, standing up.

“So what does that mean, exactly?” Kakashi asked, looking at me.

“Oh, I’ve got this meditative technique which lets me skip hours at a time,” I replied. “It’s how I dealt with you being late the first time.”

Kakashi’s eye blinked. “Is that why Nichiren shoved you that first day in the class room?”

“Yeah, I asked him to shove me when you showed up if I didn’t respond,” I explained, standing up and stretching. “This would be the second time I’ve done it.”

“Huh,” Kakashi cupped his hand. “That seems…convenient. Where did you learn the technique?”

“Kind of taught myself,” I replied, rubbing the back of my head. “Not sure I can teach anyone else-can we get a mission now?”

Kakashi looked at me for a long moment. “Alright. Let’s go inside.”

The mission desk was an interesting place. The office where it was located in was decorated with motivational posters, telling Shinobi inside to do their best and that we could do anything with the Will of Fire. Nationalistic crap but I supposed it did the job well enough.

Kakashi lead us to one of the Chunin, who had dark skin, hair tied in a pony-tail wait - it’s Iruka! Huh. I think I saw him in the school from time to time but didn’t recognize him. That scar across his nose really stands out, now that I think about it. Huh.

“Hello, Iruka-san,” Kakashi said.

“Hatake-san,” The instructor returned with a slight bow from his seat. “I see you’ve finally passed a Genin-team!”

“They were a very insistent team,” Kakashi breathed in subtle exasperation. “Do you have any D-ranks for us?”

“As a matter of fact, I do,” Iruka said, taking out a few scrolls. “Here you go.”

Kakashi examined each scroll carefully. One by one, he rolled them up and placed them back in the basket, before putting the second to last one in his pocket, and placing the last one back in the basket. “Thank you, Iruka.”

“Have a good day,” He said cheerfully. Then he turned to us. “Enjoy your first mission!”

“So what are we doing?” I asked, jumping up and down like a little kid. “Pulling weeds? Painting houses? Doing construction?”

“You are way too excited for any of those,” Nichiren deadpanned.

“Don’t care,” I answered cheerfully. “Mission.”

Kakashi-sensei looked me oddly. “We’re pulling weeds for a gardener just outside the main walls of Konoha.”

“Yes!” Fist-pump.

Quest Accepted: D-Rank: Weeding the Garden on the Outskirts.

Go to the garden with your team.


“I’ll race you there!” I told them, racing ahead.

“But you don’t know where the garden is!” Hisako called after me in annoyance.

That stopped me immediately. Because unlike Fallouts 3, New Vegas and 4, I didn’t have a compass. Which meant finding objectives was more immersive, but it left me with just my own sense of direction. Crap.

I wonder if fast travel will ever be a thing? Probably not.

“Alright,” I said, falling back in step with my team. “I'll follow you.”

"That's my cute little genin," Kakashi said with an eye-smile, ruffling my hair before walking on.

---

Quest Updated: D-Rank: Weeding the Garden on the Outskirts

Completed: Go to the garden with your team.

Remove all the weeds in the garden.


The garden was actually planted in someone’s back yard, behind a surprisingly modern looking house. The owner was an older gentleman, with short gray hair and was basically skin and bones. He led us out back, gave us gloves and tools and told us that everything in that plot of dirt was a weed that needed removing.

The yard was pretty decent sized. Wasn’t the yard I played weed exterminator for, but it was up there. Kakashi sensei laid against the fence to watch us work and make sure we weren’t slacking off. While I was pulling on a weed, I had a thought.

I hadn’t tried to make chakra strings yet.

I mean, those things were a pretty underutilized skill, if I had to be honest with you. They could trip people, control puppets and thrown weapons and frankly just ruin people’s day if used right. So…let’s see if I can guess how it works.

So, I pooled chakra into the tips of my fingers, then I attached it to the stem of one of the weeds I was pulling, as if doing tree walking. Then, I gently pulled my fingers away, feeding chakra through my fingers as if lengthening the string and…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/75.

+150 EXP.

Perk Earned: Chakra Strings.

You can create strings of chakra to manipulate things at a distance!


Nice!

440 until level 6.

I checked my chakra levels and they were going down, slowly. I pulled on the weed and my levels went down a little bit faster but the drain wasn’t too bad. I pulled a little harder and the weed came out. Nice.

I need to see how these things work out in combat. Next spar with Hisako, I’ll let her know and we’ll test it out.

So I moved on to another weed and this time, I sent strings down into the soil, deep alongside the things roots. See, the problem with weeds is that if you don’t get rid of the whole root, it will eventually grow back. So, I pull with the strings and out it comes…and out…and out…geeze, this thing reached two feet deep!

I tossed it in the weed pile.

Okay, anything else I can think to test while I’m here?

…see if I can pull multiple weeds out with chakra strings?

I walked over to a clump of them and attached chakra strings to the base of each one. Didn’t go too deep to preserve chakra, but this should be enough to get the surface one out. I pulled with the strings and my chakra took a bigger dip, but out they came.

Awesome.

I experimented the whole time, attaching strings from a range, using strings to tie weeds together for better leverage, lots of other things that just made me giggle as I imagined the other stuff I could do with the strings alone.

We ended up finishing ahead of schedule because my strings were really good at this mundane-utility stuff. So with that, we started to head back to Konoha.

“So where’d you learn to do that?” Nichiren asked as we started to trek home. “That blue-string thing, I mean.”

“Oh, I had an idea for a jutsu, something to make the mission go faster," I answered with a smile. "The idea worked and I feel great.”

"Cool," Nichiren gave me a friendly smile. "Where'd you get the idea?"

Uhh...uh-oh. Can't lie, don't have the charisma for it. "I heard of some ninja from Suna doing something like that. With puppets and stuff."

It was technically the truth.

“Oh, okay,” Nichiren replied, facing forward just a little too fast.

“You just wanted to see if something could work and you just make it work like that?” Hisako asked incredulously. “I’m jealous.”

The word she wants is envious but I stop myself from correcting her. “It’s pretty awesome, isn’t it?”

“Yeah,” She agreed, looking forward. “It sure is.”

Yeah, it’s pretty cool. Speaking of stuff I want to test, there’s something I’ve always wanted to see. Tree-walking allows a shinobi to stick to any surface. I wonder if I could do the opposite and make the ground underneath me really slippery. There’s quite a bit of offense in something like that, now that I think about it, but I was mostly just wanting to slide across the dirt like I was on skates.

“So Kakashi-sensei,” I said, walking backwards and looking at him. “Do you think we can do another mission today?”

“Why don’t we report this one in first,” Kakashi asked with a risen eyebrow. “Before seeing if there’s another mission we can do.”

“Okay Sensei,” He had a point. I turned around just in time to avoid running right into a wooden post.

Close one.

Quest Complete: D-Rank: Weeding the Garden on the Outskirts

+150 EXP.


Only 150? Well, that’s disappointing. Whatever, I got a new toy out of the deal, so I guess I technically got 300 out of the deal but still.

We went to the desk, there was Iruka again, he accepted our scroll and apparently all the D-ranks had summarily been taken while we were away by other teams who wanted to get two missions done in a day. We were handed our pay vouchers and I just stared at it for a second.

Was I disappointed? Yeah. About ready to blow a gasket? At first, but then I took a deep breath and counted to 10. Now I was just bummed. Oh well, more time for experimentation later.

“Daisuke?” Nichiren poked me. “Are you okay?”

“Yeah,” I said a little faster than I wanted. “There’ll be more missions.”

“That’s the spirit,” Kakashi encouraged, taking his book out. “You all worked very hard today. Nichiren and Hisako, you’re both free for the day. Daisuke, I want to talk with you before you go.”

Uh-oh.

Hisako and Nichiren both looked at me with a little concern, but they left all the same.

“Yes, Kakashi-sensei?” I asked.

“Let’s go for a walk,” Kakashi replied, still reading his book.

“Okay,” I said, following after him.

We strode out of the academy gates, down the street.

“That jutsu you used is called ‘Chakra Strings’,” He said. “It’s usually used by the Suna Puppeteer corp. to control their puppets. That's probably what you heard of.”

“Okay,” I said, looking down at the sidewalk. I wasn’t sure where this was going. I wasn’t in any trouble, was I?

…maybe those messages about my perception check failures were at least a little helpful.

“Usually Puppeteers go through a lot of training to be able to do that jutsu,” Kakashi continued. “You figured it out on a D-rank. It’s…remarkably impressive.”

“Thank you, Sensei?” Seriously, where is this going?

“You said this level of chakra control you possess is a part of your bloodline, right?” Kakashi asked.

“Well yeah,” I answered, looking up at him. His eye didn’t seem dangerous. “I mean, normal Genin don’t have the control I do, so where else would it come from?”

“Point,” Kakashi responded. “The Hokage has asked me to get your bloodline tested.”

“…what would that all involve?” I asked him. There was a really bad feeling in the pit of my stomach.

“Well, a simple blood test for starters,” Kakashi said. “Then we’d work out a baseline of what you can do from there. Things like if you can pass it on or if there’s anything you need to know about it going forward with your career.”

“After that?” I asked with a frown. I was over the fear of being denied a career, but I could also end up being the future leader if the abilities I build are inheritable, if not the game system itself. That made me more than a little nervous.

“I’m not sure,” Kakashi admitted. “You don’t have to do this if you don’t want too, but it would help us find out if there’s anything we…need to know.”

If my bloodline causes me to turn into a giant monkey every full moon upon puberty, for example. Alright, I can dig that. But not right now. “Maybe later, but not today.”

Kakashi looked at me. “Alright, but remember, it would be a good idea so we can help you discover what you’re capable of.”

Quest Added: Future Proofing.

Get your blood tested.


“Never mind,” I said. “Let’s go. Get it tested, I mean.”

“…okay,” Kakashi said, clearly taken aback.

He led me off to the Konoha General Hospital and made an appointment. The reason Kakashi put for my visit? Check-up.

I guess they got the memo immediately because the receptionist went off to go find a doctor.

I wonder why they didn’t test my blood when I was here the first time? Maybe they discarded the samples before I revealed I could get better from anything after a night’s sleep? Nah, that’s dumb. Maybe the Hokage has a policy in place not to store bloodline information unless explicitly given by consent to avoid ticking off the head of a future clan? I’m not actually considered an adult so that’s suspect at best. Or maybe they did do tests and they just want additional samples now that my chakra control is at 100? Would that actually affect a change?

Theories abound.

But eventually the same doctor who treated me for rat mauling all those years ago came out, with a large smile on his face. “Daisuke, good to see you!”

He actually remembered my name? Huh. I don’t remember his. Awkward.

“Hello Doctor,” I bowed slightly. “You know why we’re here?”

“Yes,” He replied, eyes shining with excitement. “Let’s not waste any time, I’ve got a room all ready for you.”

Part of me wanted to ask if that rooms been ready for the past four years, but I held my tongue. We were led to a small office and he had me sit on one of those hospital beds, while he presented a needle.

Ugh, needles. I do not like needles. I mean, I’m not afraid of them but they really annoy me.

The Doctor seemed to be waiting for something. I took that as a sign to roll up my short sleeve. “Go ahead, Doc.”

“Alright, on the count of three,” He said, that grin on his face seeming a little creepy now. “One…two…three.”

Needle went in, I barely noticed. He drew some blood, stored it in a vial. “Alright, that’s it. Do you have anything that hurts right now? Any pain on the inside of your chest?”

I assume he’s talking about my coils. “No, no pain.”

“Incredible,” He breathed. “Anyway, this should be the only sample we’ll need from you for a couple of years. You’re entitled to all our findings and you can be assured that each record will be kept secret from Konoha’s clans.”

“Thank you,” Makes sense and I’m grateful. I don’t want to be singled out by clans wanting to make a quick allegiance, or to remove an early rival, if that’s an actual problem in Konoha. There’s also root. “Is there anyone else that can access the results?”

“Not besides the Hokage and myself,” He replied. “But only because I’m your doctor.”

“Fair enough,” I replied, nodding. “Is that everything.”

“Yup,” He said. “Your sensei will sign the paperwork and you’ll be released. Thank you for this opportunity.”

Quest Complete: Future Proofing

+150 EXP
.

Wait, that’s it? Seriously? That…dang it! With a name like that, I thought it would be one of those prolonged quests with a huge payoff at the end! This sucks!

Because I only have 40 more EXP to level!

---

Later that night, after I cashed my pay vouchers and was sitting with a lot more money than I have ever held in this life before, a whopping 5000 Ryo that was sitting underneath my bed in an old box, I was scheming.

Seriously, that dude must've been rich to afford us.

If the chakra slide is a thing, then I’ll logically get more EXP for getting it, have a new trick I can pull out in combat and have a new form of entertainment. Because that’s always important.

I channeled the chakra into my right foot. I was careful in molding it because I didn’t want to leave a hole in the floor and have to pay for its repair. I gently push against the floor and kick off lightly with my left foot and…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/50.

Perk Unlocked: Chakra Slide.

Slide across the floor with reckless abandon using chakra!

+150 EXP.

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!


You have leveled up!

Yes!

Okay, since I haven’t noticed any problems with just specializing in one skill every time, I put all 23 skill points in Taijutsu, bringing it up to 80. Then came the perks.

The usual list of perks was joined by Silent Jutsus, which made saying the Jutsu’s name unnecessary. I mean, saying the jutsu’s name helped you focus on the jutsu itself as a form of fire discipline and was actually pretty useful for warning your allies if you were about to throw an explosive fireball into an area filled with friendlies as well as hostiles. This made that irrelevant in a fire discipline sense, which was good. It made me feel like an idiot, announcing the name of the Henge out of habit whenever I got up in the morning.

…that probably has less to do with jutsu and has more to do my own quirks but whatever.

However, during the bell test, I noticed something: I failed a lot of perception checks. I bet that Kakashi was shadowing me the whole way and that unnerved me. Because as Ninja, we had to, and it pains me to say this, Look beneath the underneath. My inability to do so would be negated as I rose in levels, but right now? It was scary.

And I don’t think an average Perception would help against Nin who were my level.

But...would 6 perception help at all? Probably not. In...wait.

I met Iruka today.

Iruka had a chakra-based sonar that he used to gain a Sensor-rating. I have 100 Chakra control, so that's a no brainer.

AND I've got 5000 Ryo sitting under my bed. Gear with improved stats is a thing here! There's probably some goggles or something which would increase my Perception! And other Specials. Because I live in a game.

I can't believe I almost wasted a perk like that.

I chose Silent Jutsus as my perk here because I love perks like that. No more shouting out jutsu at the top of my lungs. Or even at indoor voice levels. I could be, mercifully, silent.

I re-applied my henge and smiled in bliss at no longer having the urge to blurt out my technique.

The sun went down over an hour ago and it was clearly dark. I should probably work on that Ecolocation Jutsu and Tsunade's punch, but I can do that later. I just leveled up. I want to play.

With that, I jumped out the window, head up to the ceiling and get ready to test out my new Jutsu. Because there is no way I’m wasting this beautiful night when I could be doing adrenaline pumping stunts.
 
Things Start to go Horribly Wrong
Location
USA
The following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


I slid down a clothes line with perfect balance, a big, stupid grin growing on my face and refused to leave. Up a wall, over the roof and down another line, this time upside down, careful not to whoop and holler as I did so because people were undoubtedly sleeping.

This was awesome. Pure, adrenaline-filled awesome and I hopped, skipped and jumped across the city, enjoying the views, the way the moonlight above played with the shadows on the buildings beneath. I was always a sucker for this kind of view and it was breathtaking tonight.

I ran up the legs of a water tower and summersaulted, landing on the top, and looked over Konoha. The Academy in the distance, with Mt. Rushm-I mean, Hokage Rock (totally not a rip off, I swear!) behind it. It looked utterly majestic, theoretical plagiarism notwithstanding. I took a deep exhale, breathing in that fresh night air.

Oh wow. I should’ve done this much sooner.

I took a seat on the metal top of the tower and just took in the view.

Shame the mission office is closed. I could get a million things done while everyone else was still sleeping. Speaking of getting things done…

Let’s see if I can crack Iruka’s sensor jutsu. Some form of echolocation, likely derived from his name, which means Dolphin if I’m right. So, logically, I that would mean bunching up a ball of chakra like so…and then releasing it in a pulse and getting sensory data from the echoes. Of course, I could not be able to understand what the jutsu is telling me. Or even worse, the chakra might not bounce back at all or worst of all, it could wake up every shinobi within a mile radius and they’d be pissed.

Of course, they might not be able sense the chakra and it wouldn’t do anything to anyone other than the most powerful shinobi…that doesn’t help. Okay. So, echolocation jutsu later. Let’s try the megaton punch.

…in a minute because this breeze feels good.

Okay, relaxation over.

I hopped down from the water tower, holding back a laugh as I took the distance easily, and ran down the side of the building. Now, where’s something I can pound to dust that no-one will miss…?

As I ran out of the alleyway, I looked for something like a brick or a rock with a giddy smile on my face. Because exploding things was always fun. Exploding things with my fist was almost assuredly double the fun, right? Right.

Eventually, I found an alleyway that indeed had a cinderblock just lying around. So I set it up on a garbage can and…I faltered for just a second.

I had the right numbers for this jutsu, right? I think? 70 for Chakra Control, 70 for Taijutsu? Yeah. I have those. Better double check, don’t want to break my hand again because that freaking hurt. I grabbed my black book and…yup. I had both of those. More than those, actually.

Okay.

Hoo.

Alright, here we go.

I cock my fist back, channel chakra into it and throw the punch-please don’t hurt me-!

It shattered in a reasonably bang, which caused various dogs around to start barking uncontrollably.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/70.

Taijutsu Check Success: 80/70.

Perk Unlocked: Tsunade Special

Use your chakra to empower your Taijutsu with explosive punch!

+500 EXP.


“Cha-ching,” I muttered in synch with a grin. Now to get out of here before I get arrested for disturbing the peace or something.

1,890 EXP till level 7! Then I master Taijutsu and then start mastering another skill, probably Ninjutsu. Geeze, at this rate I’ll be ready when my first C-Rank goes down the hole. I mean, it’ll still suck, I’m not completely delusional, but I’ll be actually prepared when that happens.

---

The next day, Kakashi had us all training with throwing our shuriken and kunai.

This, of course, would be the thing that makes me nervous because my aim, regrettably, still completely sucks. I bounced on my feet and was fingering the kunai in the holster on my waist.

Mostly, I was dreading Kakashi-sensei getting upset when my aim didn’t get better through practice. Because that was the downside of my gaming the system; amazing Chakra Control and Punching skills, but by aim with thrown weapons, a staple of shinobi combat, sucks.

Best part is that we were practicing on different stumps with no way to get in each other’s way, so we could just go collect our shuriken and kunai when we ran out. So I took my time, trying to land each shuriken, focusing intently on the target and nothing but the target and…I managed to get every shuriken to actually hit the stump! Without a critical hit ensuring a bullseye!

It’s kind of like what happens when you aim down the sights of a gun. Progress!

Then I went, collected my kunai and began again. Same result, but at least this time I didn’t have to trudge into the unknown forest behind my target to collect my ammo.

“You know,” Kakashi sensei appeared behind me, causing me to almost jump out of my skin. “If a Shinobi were standing still long enough for you to hit them, your teammates would have killed them already.”

“Ah, Sensei!” I said, trying to calm down. “You startled me.”

“I do that from time to time,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “Now, why are you taking so long to throw your kunai?”

“I have zero skill with ranged weaponry,” I said honestly.

“Hmm? You seem perfectly capable of holding and throwing your kunai just fine,” Kakashi mused, looking at the hand currently gripping a kunai.

“That’s very funny, Sensei,” I replied deadpan. “I mean that my aim with them is terrible and that like this, I can actually hit the post and not send shuriken and kunai off into the forest.”

“I know, I’m not an idiot,” Kakashi replied with equal deadpan. “How did you pass the Academy test like that?”

“Pure luck.”

“I see,” Kakashi’s eye went half lidded. “Well, that means you and Nichiren can be study buddies while you both work to improve your aim.”

My eye twitched. “Hai, Sensei.”

“What’s wrong?” Kakashi’s eye frowned.

“I’ve just never had talent with thrown weapons,” I replied with a sigh. “Practicing’s never helped.”

“Well that’s no reason to stop trying now,” Kakashi replied with an irritating eye-smile.

“But Kakashi-sensei,” I pressed on. “Wouldn’t it make more sense to focus on honing my strengths rather than waste time bringing up a skill that I’m pretty sure I’ll never use?”

“Under most circumstances, you’d be right,” Kakashi nodded. “However, this is shuriken. One of the fundamental principles of Shinobi combat. This is something you’ll never stop using, no matter how many jutsu you pick up, simply because of how valuable a non-chakra option is at range.”

I deflated. I didn’t need a check to tell me I failed a speech challenge. “Hai, Sensei.”

“Cheer up,” Kakashi said. “Someone as smart as you, you’ll get it in no-time. You can help Nichiren in the meantime.”

---

“Excuse me, Umino-sensei?” I said with a bow. I had approached the mission desk after training with a specific quest – because Naruto’s address was classified for some freaking reason.

“Oh, you’re Shimoda Daisuke, right?” Iruka answered with recognition. “One of Kakashi’s students? What can I help you with?”

“Well see,” I replied. “I’m actually friends with Uzumaki Naruto and I haven’t see him in over a week. I was wondering if you knew where I could find him.”

“Oh? And what makes you thing I’d know?” He asked with a frown.

“I heard he was in your class, Umino-sensei,” I answered with a frown. “If that’s not true, I apologize for bothering you.”

“No, he is,” Iruka held up a hand. “He has mentioned you a few times, but I had to be sure you were the Daisuke he was talking about.”

“Yup,” I smiled. “That’s me!”

“Well, I do know where he is,” Iruka replied. “He was pretty depressed about not graduating this year.”

“I don’t blame him, I hated the academy,” I said, then froze, catching Iruka’s frankly dangerous look. “N-no offense, Umino-sensei. I’m sure you make up for it by sheer presence alone.”

“That’s alright,” Iruka said, his eyebrow twitching and letting me know he was not alright. “I was actually about to go see Naruto this evening. Maybe we should go together?”

“Yes, absolutely!” I loudly agreed. “Maybe we should bring food or something. Is there a place he likes?”

“Actually yes!” Iruka said with a too big grin. “There’s a restaurant he likes. Have you ever been to Ichiraku Ramen?”

“No,” I answered, secretly glad that was still a universal constant. “Do they do take out? I’m buying!”

“That sounds like a great idea,” Iruka nodded. “I’ll meet you at the Academy gates at six, sound good?”

“See you at six, Umino-sensei,” I said, high-tailing out of there as fast as politeness allowed.

Geeze, open mouth, insert foot. Way to make a good first impression, for crying out loud! Stupid 1, well, 4, Charisma. This sucks.

Well, Iruka said to meet him at 6 and although this isn’t a quest for some freaking reason, this is important enough that I’m willing to let that slide. So, I take a seat outside the walls. It was 2:31pm, and I can only wait in 1-hour increments, so I wait for three hours.

5:31 rolls around and I wasn’t disturbed for some reason. I stood up and checked my wallet. I had my 500 Ryo which I was willing to spend on Naruto’s absurd dietary requirements and hopefully enough for Umino and I to have a bowl or two ourselves.

Hopefully.

After thirty minutes of alternating between checking my pip-book, messing with Chakra strings and getting bored, Iruka walked out the gates.

“Umino-sensei,” I greeted, bowing to him.

“Shimoda,” Iruka nodded in turn. “You don’t need to be so formal.”

“Sorry,” I replied. “So, lead the way?”

“How much do you have on you?” Iruka asked.

“500 Ryo,” I replied.

“That should be enough for about five bowls,” Iruka nodded. “You do know that’s not going to be enough for Naruto, right?”

“I was hoping this would get me something closer to 10,” I mumbled, kicking the ground. “Like I said, I’ve never been there.”

“Well, I appreciate you trying,” Iruka answered, nodding. “Let’s go, I’ll pick up the other five.”

I followed him down the street, around a couple bends and came to the bannered seats of Ichiraku Ramen, both famous and beloved in my old world for being one of the few to serve Naruto with neither malice or cheating him.

Frankly, I consider treating Naruto to ramen from here as a Pilgrimage and Rite of Passage for any Naruto fan to be done at least once a year. The only reason I wouldn’t put it as more often is because it would be expensive as heck.

We entered the restaurant and…well what do you know! There was Naruto, sitting at the counter, eating a bowl. Ichiraku-san, who didn’t look as big as I thought he would in real life, was standing behind the counter stirring a ramen pot and…Ayame? I think that’s her name. Slender, hair color was a nice shade of brown, really nice face…she’s pretty. She was also writing down Naruto’s order.

“Well, that’s saves time,” I said, nodding to myself.

“Iruka-sensei! Daisuke!” Naruto’s face lit up like a Christmas tree he was so happy to see me. Or see Iruka. Actually, it might have been Iruka. “What are you doing here?”

“Well, I haven’t seen you in a week, so I wanted to find you,” I said with a smile of my own. “See how you were doing; you know?”

“So he came to find me since he knew you were in my class,” Iruka continued my story. “He had the idea to treat you to ramen, so I took him here and you apparently had the same idea. Imagine that.”

“You’re going to treat me to ramen?” Naruto asked with a sparkle in his eye.

“Yeah,” I nodded. “Why wouldn’t I?”

“Cool! Daisuke, this is Ichiraku Teuchi-san and his daughter, Ichiraku Ayame-chan,” Naruto introduced us to the two in turn and we exchanged polite bows. “They make the best ramen in the whole world!”

“Well, I guess I better have some, right?” I answered, taking a seat. “Just take it easy, alright? I didn’t bring a lot.”

“You got it!” Naruto replied happily. He gestured toward the menu. “I’ve already ordered, so…”

“Uhh…” I got lost in all the choices on the board. “I guess I’ll take a Miso Ramen.”

“That’s my favorite!” Naruto chirped happily.

“And I’ll have the Tonkatsu,” Iruka ordered, sitting on Naruto’s opposite side.

So, that was our evening. Sitting, eating, talking. The Ramen was delicious, not even close to the instant ramen I was used too, loaded with real meat, hard-boiled eggs, amazing noodles and…yeah, Naruto wasn’t exaggerating. This stuff was the best. Apparently the stand’s been up for around twenty-two years, and Ayame’s been working since she was my age. 12, that is to say. Not my over-twenty age from my previous life. So she was, what, 18? 19?

…suddenly, my situation just became a lot more frustrating. Whatever, focus on the now.

“So, how’s the Academy, Naruto?” I asked, in an attempt to appease Iruka by showing support for scholarly pursuits.

“It’s boring,” Naruto half-whined. “That’s why I’m trying to get out early.”

Oh, I could feel Iruka’s cold glare on my pitiful, mortal form. “Ah, it can’t be that bad. You learn a lot from all the instructors there.”

“But all they teach is useless, boring stuff,” Naruto continued. “I still can’t even do the Bunshin.”

“…have you asked for help?” Oh no

“I tried, but they just go into how I’m terrible with Chakra Control,” Naruto sighed. “I get the feeling they don’t really want to help me.”

You know, I had really hoped that the ‘teachers at the academy sabotaging Naruto’ thing was only fanon. I really, really did. Because I liked some of them. Sure, they couldn’t help me in the slightest, but they were still cool to be around. But…well, there were a lot of teachers around. So maybe it wasn’t one of mine? I hope?

“I’m sorry, man,” I replied with a sad frown.

“So what is it that you don’t get?” Iruka asked, not unkindly.

“I just don’t know what they mean by ‘Chakra Control’ to begin with,” Naruto grumbled before bringing a noodle-full of ramen to his mouth.

Did Naruto not even know or understand how Chakra Control applies to him? That can either be the fault of his terrible attention span or the fault of the teachers. It was probably something in the middle. But…ugghhh, that would explain his problems with the Bunshin. Though he did get the Henge and the Kawarimi as I understand it, both of which were Ninjutsu like the Bunshin.

“What do you do when you’re trying the Bunshin?” Iruka asked with a frown.

Naruto swallowed his ramen and started to make hand seals. “Well, I make the seals like this, then I do the jutsu.”

“No, I mean…how do you move the chakra when you ‘do the jutsu’?” Iruka pressed.

I mean, the ‘too much chakra’ theory is debunked when you factor in that Naruto’s main problem was with tree-walking: He kept slipping off, which was a sign of too little chakra, not too much, which meant…but he did the Kawarimi and Henge so he knew how to put his Chakra into a Jutsu so…maybe he didn’t know too put chakra into his jutsu this time.

Maybe?

“I dunno, you just make the hand-seals and the clones pop out, right?” Naruto shrugged with a frown.

“That’s…do you do that with the Henge or the Kawarimi?” Iruka asked incredulously.

Wait.

If Naruto figures it out now, Mizuki won’t be able to, or be willing to, make Naruto his patsy in his scheme to steal the scroll for Orochimaru. If he doesn’t do that, then Naruto doesn’t learn his most effective technique: Kage Bunshin. A technique so awesome it shares two syllables with the word Hokage.

“No!” Naruto shook his head. “You have to shove your chakra out when you do those jutsu, don’t you?”

“You have to do that with this one, too,” Iruka replied incredulously before launching into a -barebones discussion of how moving chakra with the Bunshin was supposed to work.

What do I do? I don’t have the charisma, or the speech skill to derail this conversation from removing Naruto’s most valuable weapon from his arsenal in the future! That he might not have gotten it anyway because butterflies is not important right now!

And if I do derail it, Iruka won’t forget that Naruto doesn’t understand it correctly and just teach him later!

Wow, I did nuke Canon on accident, didn’t I?

“So like this?” Naruto had stood up while I wasn’t paying attention, made the seals and poof! There appeared one of his sickly looking Bunshin. Seriously, mine looked like a statue, that looked like a puddle of playdoh.

Oh, whew. Okay. Naruto’s poor academic performance saves Canon. Alright.

Naruto groaned in frustration, kicking a chair and looking about ready to pull his hair out.

“Here let me help you,” Iruka said, standing up. “Now, I’m going to put my hand on your shoulder and I want you to slowly go through the jutsu again, okay?”

“Okay Iruka-sensei,” Naruto nodded.

Ayame and Teuchi were both watching in fascination as Naruto, slowly, went through the motions and Iruka, able to sense the chakra build up, started walking him through the jutsu.

Me? I was panicking. This…is really good in the short term but horrible in the long term. I couldn’t do anything. I couldn’t stop it. I was bouncing on my seat, trying to avoid simply jumping off of my chair and telling them to hold off until next graduation.

But it wouldn’t work.

4 Charisma. 28 Speech. There was no way this check wasn’t going to be at least in the 50’s.

“Bunshin no Jutsu!” Naruto called out and…next to him was a perfectly healthy Bunshin.

I was about to faint.

“Congratulations, Naruto!” Ayame cheered with large smile. “That’s amazing!”

“Way to go, Naruto!” Teuchi congratulated with a wide smile of his own.

“Thanks Ayame-neechan,” Naruto smiled wide, looking giddier than I’ve ever seen him. “Teuchi-san.”

“I knew you could do it Naruto,” Iruka smiled warmly.

“Nice work Naruto,” I offered half-heartedly. “That’s amazing.”

“Hey thanks I couldn’t do it,” Naruto looked at me funny. “Daisuke, are you okay? You don’t look so well.”

“I’m sorry,” I said, looking away. “I just started feeling a little unwell. But seriously, congratulations, Naruto.”

I slapped the bundle of Ryo from my wallet on the counter. “Here’s your cash, keep the change. I got to go lie down.”

I stood up and went to leave.

“Daisuke…” Naruto sounded concerned.

“Congratulations, Naruto,” I said with the biggest smile I could muster. “I’m really happy for you. I know you’ll make an excellent Hokage.”

“Can you make it from here?” Iruka asked with concern.

“Yeah,” I nodded. “It’s actually not far from here. See you, everyone!”

With that, I took off. I ran up the side of the building and hopped all the way to the orphanage. I slid in my room and plopped on the bed.

What have I done?

---


I went to sleep and didn’t wake up. Even when I technically did wake up. I looked at my watch and…huh, I have to be at training in an hour.

Can I be the late one, for once? Probably won’t hear the end of it for a while. If ever, especially after all the crap I’ve given Kakashi behind his back. Euggghhh.

I sat up in my bed and looked around my little room in the Orphanage. As a Genin, I believed I was expected to move out soon. I was going to have to look into that soon, because, as the pitter-patter of little feet out in the hall proved, this was getting too crowded for me.

I’ll take care of that later.

Because now I needed to figure out how to get Naruto to learn the Shadow Clone.

Quest Added: Chasing Shadows

Learn the Kage-Bunshin before Naruto graduates.

(Optional: Learn the Tajuu Kage Bunshin).


…that worked. Okay. I’ll need to raise my Ninjutsu as fast as possible. Which shouldn’t be too hard, I can just max out Ninjutsu and use my 10 Int to be good for something for once. Or I could max out stealth and steal from the scroll directly. Either way, I’ll get there before the end of the year easy.

Well, that made me feel better. Okay, now I just need to ask Kakashi if I can take D-Ranks on my own time and if yes, I’ll feel a lot better about myself. Not entirely better, but close.

So, I ran out the window and down toward the Academy, since we actually had a mission today, which helped, actually. Hard work had a way of calming a person down in my experience.

“Hey, look who’s not early today!” Nichiren called with a smile at my approach.

“Yeah,” I replied. “Imagine that.”

Hisako’s gaze narrowed. “What’s wrong?”

“Oh, I don’t really want to talk about it,” I said, letting my head hang. “Stuff happened, that’s all.”

“A-are you sure?” Nichiren asked, sounding worried.

Inhale. Exhale. No snapping at my teammate for prying. “Yes, I’m sure.”

They both looked at each other.

“Alright,” Hisako frowned with concern. “But if you need to talk about it, we’re here. That’s what teams are for.”

No. I really can’t talk to you about it, can I? “Thanks Hisako.”

I sat down in my usual spot and…didn’t wait. I needed the time before the mission. Wallowing in the misery of my mistakes.

“And he’s gone to dream land,” Hisako sounded annoyed. “I wish he’d tell us how he does it.”

I didn’t move to dispel the illusion. Because I’m actually curious.

“Maybe it’s another thing tied to his bloodline?” Nichiren said. “I mean, sleeps a part of it, so maybe it’s a…lesser type of sleep? Maybe?”

Remarkably perceptive of him.

“Perfect chakra control, total recovery with a good night’s sleep,” Hisako listed, snark dripping from her every word. “What else does his bloodline cover, shooting fire from his eyes? The only thing he seems to be bad at is throwing, and I think that’s because he doesn’t really practice that.”

“What makes you say that?” Nichiren asked, nervously.

“Because he’s as good as he was at it when we all started the academy,” She scathingly replied. “He hasn’t improved at all.”

Hey. I got better at it by two whole points, thank you very much!

I mean, she’s right, but still!

“Whatever, it doesn’t matter,” Hisako said, leaning against the wall. “We shouldn’t be talking about him behind his back anyway.”

Oh. Thanks, Hisako.

…I’m not sure I want to wait, now. That…huh. They react to the game mechanics. I wasn’t expecting that for some reason. I mean, I knew the game didn’t pause when I whipped out the pip-book but I didn’t think they’d react to simply sitting motionless. For reasons unknown.

“I kind of wish he’d actually talk to us, though,” Hisako grumbled.

“Do you think he’d stop meditating if he knew it made us uncomfortable?” Nichiren asked.

Ah, screw it.

“I might stop now that I know, actually,” I said, looking up at them. “Sorry, I didn’t realize how awkward that was.”

They both looked at me in horror. Or embarrassment. Something in the middle.

“Did…did you hear all of that?” Hisako asked quietly.

“Afraid I did,” I admitted. “I needed some time before the mission. Something waiting like that doesn’t really give you.”

“I’m sorry,” She said. “I shouldn’t have been talking about you behind your back.”

“Don’t worry about it,” I waved it off. “I shouldn’t have been checking out of reality like that to begin with. And you’re right, by the way. I don’t work on it.”

“Why not?” Hisako asked with a frown.

“Honestly, slugging chunks of sharpened metal doesn’t interest me that much,” I shrugged. “No offense, I know that’s something you’re good at, but…it doesn’t interest me. Punching people in the face does, so that’s what I work on.”

“That’s…kind of dumb,” Hisako’s frown was joined by a frustrated glare.

“I know,” I answered. “Kakashi-sensei gave me a lecture about it and I’ll try to…practice and get better. I don’t know if it’ll help, though.”

“It will,” Hisako answered. “As long as you’re actually training instead of goofing off, anyway.”

That’s what you think.

About an hour and a half later, Kakashi showed up.

“What’s your excuse this time?” Hisako asked with a sigh.

“There was a traffic jam not too far from here,” Kakashi eye-smiled sheepishly. “People packed from one end of the street to the other. Maneuvering through them was a pain.”

He’s a Jounin. But we don’t care.

“Kakashi-sensei,” I asked, standing up.

“Yes my cute little Genin?” He asked, still cheerful.

“Is it okay if I do d-ranks on my own?” I asked. “Like, when I have free-time, I mean?”

“Hmmm…and why do you want to do that?” Kakashi inquired, his hand cupped on his chin.

“Because I need to move out of the orphanage,” I replied with a grim look. “To many new kids there.”

“Ah well,” Kakashi nodded, “I can see that. I’ll have to get you authorized to take D-ranks on your own, but I believe you can do so. As long as it doesn’t get in the way of your training.”

Training doesn’t help me anyway. “Yes, Kakashi-sensei.”

---

Quest Completed: D-rank…

Quest Completed: D-rank…

Quest Completed: D-rank…

Quest Completed: D-rank…

Quest Completed: D-rank…

+750 EXP.


1140 EXP until level.

Well, doing D-ranks has been exciting. Well, the rewards were. I was now sitting on 100,500 Ryo and with that, instead of doing another D-rank when we broke up, it was time for some shopping.

So, I went into a shop named ‘Higurashi Weapons and Armory’. Before I graduated, I had the privilege of looking inside from the windows, and they seemed to have everything. So, when I actually went inside, it was everything I thought it was and more.

Oh, everything seemed to glow in glorious awesome. If I let my mouth hang out, I would’ve been salivating. As I passed the tables and wall-mounted shelves loaded with armor, little notifications popped up, letting me know the various articles stats as well as their prices.

“Can I help you?” I looked up and at the counter was Tenten.

Alright, I’m giving this place my business. Anyone who uses that many weapons clearly knew their stuff.

“I’m just browsing,” I replied with a cheerful nod. “You’ve got quite the selection here.”

“Thank you,” She said with a polite smile. “Let me know if you need anything.”

“I most certainly will,” I went back to browsing.

I found a pair of gloves that give a Damage Reduction of 5 when worn together. They were made of blue fabric and were plated both on the forearms and on the back of the hand. The thing that attracted me to them, however, was the Strength Bonus of 2. They also cost 11,000 RYO but I had more than enough. Not really needing to rest allowed for that.

So, I put them in a basket, having noted the please put all items in one of our complementary basket while shopping sign that was out. I wonder if they dealt with thieves often. It was a village of Ninja, so…probably, if I had to be honest.

Next, I went through the Pants. I found something that gave a Damage Reduction of 10 and an Endurance Bonus of 1. It was a pair with kneepads woven into the fabric. I’ll take it. Cost 22,000 Ryo. Again, had more than enough. 67.5k, to be specific, though I did need to be careful.

I found a pair of boots, plated with shin and toe-guards. Damage Reduction of 5 once again, but they also came with an Agility Bonus of 2. 11,500 for those. Bought.

With those in my basket, I noticed on the far wall they had a rack dedicated to goggles. Not glasses, goggles. Which made sense, since glasses would be in a civilian store. So, I walked over and checked over the various goggles.

I found a pair, ‘specially padded for comfort’ it said. They were separate lenses and looked fairly good. The thing that grabbed my attention? No DR but they did have a Perception Bonus of 3. Bought. Need perception. Badly. It was also the most expensive set of goggles in the store, clocking in at 20,000 Ryo.

Bought.

Then, I walked around and…well, I needed a wire-mesh shirt. They provided a lot of protection and flexibility for what they were. So, I looked around and found one that was my size. 10 DR. 25,500 Ryo. Could be worn under my other stuff. Bought.

Now…was there an over piece I could buy right now? Looking at how much they were, the least expensive being 25,000 Ryo, the answer was no. That was okay, I had plenty now, and the rest could hopefully serve as rent and a security deposit so I could finally stop mooching off of Kumiko-Obasan.

Perfect plan.

I walked up to the counter and presented my basket.

Tenten looked at it with care. “Is that all? You’re not restocking any Kunai?”

“I have some kunai,” I replied with a shrug. “I don’t need to restock just yet. I’ll come here when I need to, though.”

“Alright then,” Tenten nodded and began ringing me up. “That’ll be 78,500 Ryo.”

...Barter might be a more useful skill than I thought...

I dug deep into my wallet and pulled out the appropriate funds: Seven 10k notes, Eight 1k notes and 5 One-hundred notes. “Here you go.”

She took the money, rung me up with a nod and handed me my stuff in a couple bags. “There you go.”

“Thank you,” I said with a smile. “By the way, what was your name?”

“Higurashi Tenten,” She replied with a small bow. “My parents own the store. Yours?”

“Shimoda Daisuke,” I introduced myself with my own little bow. I contemplated telling her I was on Kakashi’s team. Then decided against it. “It was nice to meet you.”

“You as well,” She said as I turned to leave. “Have a good day.”

---

Looking for an apartment was actually pretty simple, because Kakashi-sensei actually gave me a recommendation on a complex and it was hard to turn down that kind of endorsement.

The agreement was signed, the first month’s rent and security deposit were 21,000 Ryo combined and I suddenly had my own apartment. It was a nice, spacious one, actually. Had a living room and kitchen in one room, fold up Futon in the bedroom and a separate bathroom. I got a good deal. Rent was going to be 10,000 a month, which I think is actually rather generous, thinking back to my old life.

So, I had 1000 Ryo which to play around with and the last thing to do was to say goodbye to Obaasan. So, I headed back to the Orphanage.

You know, I suddenly feel terrible for not telling her sooner. But…I have made decisions and now I must live with the consequences.

I found the Matron back in the kitchen, making a large pot of ramen and…geeze, I feel awkward, now. Okay, just play it cool. You’re just telling the one person who raised you and protected you in a whole new world that you’re finally leaving the roost. No pressure.

“Obaasan?” I inquired nervously.

“Hmmm?” She turned around. When she saw me, her eyes lit up. “Ah, Daisuke. Good evening, take a seat.”

“I…uh, I have something to tell you,” I said.

“You can tell me from the chair,” She quipped. “Now sit.”

I sat down. “I…I’ve decided that it’s time that I move out.”

She stopped in her tracks, and turned back around. “Well. I can’t say I’m surprised. A Shinobi needs his own home, after all. Have you decided where you’re going to live?”

“My Sensei recommended a complex,” I explained, drumming my fingers on the table. “The rent and security deposit have already been paid for.”

She smiled kindly. “My, my. You’ve still got that wonderful initiative. I’m so proud of you.”

“Thank you Obaasan,” I said, feeling a weight come off my chest. “I thought you’d have been mad I decided this without talking to you.”

“Mad? No,” She said. “A little sad, but I’m not mad. Or even that surprised. You were never really comfortable here.”

I gave a confused hum.

“The other kids, except for Uzumaki, usually avoided you,” The Matron shook her head as she stirred the pot. I winced at the mention of Naruto. “I couldn’t understand it. Sure, you looked a little…odd, but you were a very nice child. Remarkably easy to raise too, I might add.”

“Thank you?”

“But don’t worry,” She said, still smiling. “No matter what happens, you still have a home here. We still owe you for killing those rats.”

“Thank you,” Repeating myself. “For raising all of us. You know, I saw how you…tried, to show Naruto the same kindness you showed all of us. Even while everyone else wished he didn’t exist for some reason.”

“I wish I could’ve done more for him,” She shook her head again. “But it’s a good thing he left when he did. Things might’ve reached a boiling point.”

“What do you mean?” I asked with tilted head.

“Oh, it doesn’t matter anymore,” She said with a smile and a laugh. “Listen to an old woman doddle. This deserves celebration! What would you like? Dango? Mochi?”

“Yes. Yes to all of that.”

---

The next day, I was in a phenomenally good mood. I was walking from my new apartment to the area right outside the Academy where we waited for D-Rank missions. I was wearing my new boots and pants. A long-sleeved blue shirt that went over the mesh, going really well with the accessories that I bought yesterday.

I’m feeling good, even counting that I have to ignore the quest sitting in the pip-book in order to do so. Anyway, I’m humming a tune quite happily as I just avoided skipping to the meeting place. I was the first one there, as usual.

Boy, having my own place felt good. I felt like an adult now, even though I’m technically twelve.

I just kept humming and whistling tunes as they came.

“You seem awfully happy,” Hisako awkwardly smiled at me with a half wave. She examined my new gear-pieces with interest “Where did you get all of that gear?”

“I got this at Higurashi Weapons and Armor,” I said, spreading my arms to allow for a better look. “And I got my own apartment yesterday. So I think I might be the happiest Genin in Konoha right now.”

“The gear looks functional,” Hisako nodded with approval. “And it looks good on you. I like it.”

“Thank you!”

“Wow, that gear makes you look different,” Nichiren said as he walked up. “In a good way, but still.”

“Yeah, I guess it might take some getting used to,” I scratched the back of my head. “It’s good though. I felt like I might need the extra protection, so I should get used to wearing this as fast as possible.”

“You seem happier,” Nichiren noted. “Something good happen?”

“I got my own apartment yesterday,” I answered with a grin. “Moving out of the orphanage was fulfilling.”

“Ah, that’s awesome!” Nichiren said with a fairly large smile for him. “Congrats!”

“Congratulations,” Hisako offered.

After an hour, Kakashi-sensei walked up the path. “You look different.”

“Like the gear?” I asked with a grin.

“Meh, it looks functional enough,” He shrugged. I felt like a bucket of ice water washed over me. “It looks useful for when you start doing C-ranks.”

“Which will be?” Hisako asked eagerly.

“Eh, soon. I don’t think you’re quite ready yet,” Kakashi replied.

Hisako’s head drooped in despair.

Normally, I would be bored myself with the constant D-ranks, but I’m just happy I have a steady source of EXP now.

“Besides, I think Daisuke’s heart might be broken if we stopped doing D-ranks,” Kakashi eye-smiled, ruffling my hair as he walked past.

“Hey!” I mock-pouted at the barb. “It’s not like we’ll be able to keep doing D-ranks forever! Might as well savor it while we can, right?”

Kakashi actually stopped mid-step. “Too true, Daisuke. Too true.”

He led us into the mission office and collected a mission scroll from an Iruka who spared an odd glance at me behind Kakashi’s back. I shrugged in response, to Nichiren and Hisako’s confusion.

Kakashi pocketed the scroll. We followed him out of the office.

“This mission’s a little different than anything we’ve done in the past,” Kakashi told us when we got outside. “It’s still a D-rank, though.”

“How’s it different?” Nichiren asked, curiosity shining behind his glasses.

“As long as I’m not pulling weeds or painting anything, I don’t really care,” Hisako said, twirling a kunai by the ring at the end.

“Well, the mission involves an old house by the village wall,” Kakashi explained. “It’s owned by a fairly wealthy merchant, who is selling it back to Konoha and leaving the village to live elsewhere. He’s hired us to give the house a deep cleaning.”

I nodded. Alright, this is a pretty good change in the routine. “What kind of deep cleaning? Pest control or washing the windows?”

“A little bit of both,” Kakashi said. “Apparently, he’s got this rat problem in the basement and a lot of the rooms haven’t been used since his family have moved out. So that’s our mission. We’ll go more over plans when we get there. Are we clear?”

“You got it!” Nichiren said cheerfully.

“Understood,” Hisako replied, her sounding somewhat enthusiastic.

“I can handle a rat problem,” I smirked, remembering those ‘roided-up rats like it was yesterday.

Quest Accepted: Upon a Midnight Darkly

Go to the Merchant’s House
.

…what?

That’s not a D-rank Radiant quest.

That’s its own quest. That carries the horrific implication that for the first time in Naruto history, a D-rank might be the thing that goes horribly, horribly wrong. It has an ominous name and everything! But…it’s in Konoha’s walls, right? Right! So it can’t go that badly, can it?

I mean, it could mean anything. More ‘roided-up rats, other types of animals…it could be a haunted house or infiltrated by enemy Nin, there is probably a dark secret, it could be a surprise crossover with H.P Lovecraft

“Daisuke?” Kakashi asked. “Are you okay?”

“Yeah!” I said, my voice cracking with nerves. “Why do you ask?”

“You look like you’ve just seen a ghost,” Kakashi answered, seemingly totally calm.

“No, no,” I said laughing it off. “I didn’t see a ghost. I just got really nervous for some reason. Hehehe…”

“Are you sure you’re okay?” Kakashi asked with a neutral tone. “You don’t need to worry. It’s just an old house. I’m sure whatever haunted house stories you might have heard are complete fiction.”

“Yeah,” I nodded vigorously. “Yeah, you’re right. There’s no such things as ghosts. Besides, we’re in Konoha’s walls.”

I was not dumb enough to ask what could go wrong. Because there were thousands of things that could go wrong.

“Yeah, we’ll be fine,” Nichiren nodded with a smile. “Nothing could go wrong.”



#$%##@%@$*&%#**&%!*@#%@$#!...

---
 
Upon a Midnight Darkly 1: Cleansing the Leaf
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


Houses in Konoha were kind of odd, if I were honest with myself. Usually, they were either rectangular, cylindrical or were mixed by standing on top of each other like some weird Tower of Hanoi puzzle.

The quest site in particular was a three-story house, with duo rectangular stories sitting beneath a cylindrical floor. It was a fairly large house, clearly a mansion, though it was sequestered between buildings. Guess even the fairly rich can’t get an inch of yard in a city like Konoha.

Still, I was nervous. The shadows in the windows seemed to stretch out unnaturally in the corner of my eye, like ports into the realm of nightmares. Or perhaps to the realm of jump scares. I don’t know which would be worse.

As we walked up to the door, Kakashi-sensei gave a semi-serious lecture as to why it was a terrible thing to declare that nothing could possibly go wrong. “The moment someone says that nothing could go wrong, the entire universe stands up, takes note and begins plotting to give you the most profound answer you have ever heard. It usually involved a body-count.”

“I’m sorry, Kakashi-sensei,” Nichiren seemed more confused than anything. “I didn’t think that was a real thing. I mean, I’ve seen a couple movies where that was a thing, but I thought it was just something the writers would do to ironically foreshadow something bad happening later.”

Wait, they have movies here? Oh yeah, they have movies here! Huh. I wonder how that works? Seals? Or is this world really an ‘after the end’ scenario? I haven’t been able to tell so far. Probably should have read Shippuden, that would have answered that question. Probably.

Ah, well. Questions for later. I have a house to get devoured by.

“Logically, you would be right,” Kakashi nodded. “However, some Shinobi, like Daisuke for instance, believe that asking that statement is either cursing future endeavors in the foreseeable future or an omen to signify something going wrong. There is no middle ground.”

“I see,” Nichiren frowned.

“So what do you think, Kakashi-sensei?” Hisako asked with a smile.

“I think,” Kakashi answered levelly. “That while it sounds is superstitious nonsense, I’ve heard a lot of stories about someone saying something like that on a mission, then that mission going horribly wrong. So it would be a good idea to keep questions like that to yourself as you advance in your career, Nichiren. A lot of people believe in the ‘what can go wrong?’ curse.”

“Hai, Sensei,” Nichiren still looked confused and a little annoyed. Well, I know for a fact that you will be enlightened after this mission, sir!

“I still don’t believe it,” Hisako replied, looking up at the mansion. “Superstitions are just that: Superstitions. I don’t think they have any actual merit in real life.”

So will you.

“That’s up to you,” Kakashi shrugged, knocking on the door. “But ignore your sensei’s advice at your own peril.”

The door opened and standing in the frame was a man in formal attire, dark hair tied in a ponytail. His equally soulless, dark eyes swept over everyone to look for souls to-okay, that’s complete exaggeration on my part. Must be the nerves.

“Ah hello,” He said, bending into a perfect 90-degree bow. “You must be the Genin-team. I’m Nagahama Susumu, servant to Nakata Yasukazu.”

“Good to meet you,” Kakashi replied easily. “I’m Hatake Kakashi, and these are my students, Nakamura Nichiren, Shimoda Daisuke and Yamada Hisako.”

We bowed and gave greetings in turn. He waved us inside and we followed him.

You know, that’s funny how their names sound similar. Both family names start with an N and end with an A and the given names have a ‘Su’ syllable. Hehe, that’s actually really funny.

He led us into the main room. The house was almost entirely empty, everything having been moved out to the next location already. The only thing left was a pack of cleaning supplies which were gathered in the center. Since I’ve moved multiple times myself in my past life, I was envious at how they most likely used storage scrolls to move everything.

Wait. Storage Scrolls.

Well, after this mission, I’ve got my next project, right next to explosive notes.

Assuming I don’t get devoured by the cosmic horror around here, that is.

“Everything you’ll need is right here,” Susumu said, gesturing to the assorted cleaning supplies. “Nakata-sama has requested that you clean all the windows and window sills up in the high places, deal with the rats in the basement and clean the Master Bathroom.”

“You need to contract a Genin-team to clean the Master Bathroom?” Hisako asked with a raised eyebrow.

“Indeed we do,” Susumu replied with the faintest traces of a smirk. “Konoha has the finest Shinobi in the elemental countries. I’m sure you’ll all do a fantastic job.”

“Thank you, Susumu,” Kakashi said. “Is there anything else.”

“There is one other thing,” Susumu answered. “Nakata-sama has requested that I purchase some things for him while I remain here. Please perform your duties while I’m gone and I will be back before the hour is up.”

Uh-huh. He’s leaving so he won’t get caught in the crossfire while we’re killing C’thulhu. That fiend!

Okay, so it’s not just the fact that it’s a supposed D-rank has its own named quest that’s got me freaked out. It’s the name. I’m mostly sure ‘Upon a Midnight Darkly’ is a reference to Edgar Allen Poe’s old poem, The Raven. I don’t remember the exact details, but I believe it was about a man whose soul was trapped beneath a raven’s shadow.

That terrifies me because I’ve died once and I’m taking that as more-or-less objective proof that I have a soul and that it can get trapped, messed with, mangled or eaten. I don’t wanna lose my soul, I like it too much!

“Have a pleasant trip, Nagahama-san,” Kakashi bid him farewell as he left. Then he turned to us. Well, to Hisako and Nichiren. “Well, since none of you can perform Suiton jutsu, I will take care of the windows. Daisuke has experience with pest control, so he’ll take care of the rats. That leaves the Master Bathroom for Hisako and Nichiren.”

Quest Updated: Upon a Midnight Darkly.

Completed: Go to the Merchant’s House

Clear the Basement of Rats.


“Oh come on!” Hisako had this hilarious, disgusted look on her face that almost made me snicker. “Do we really need to clean the bathroom?”

“Yes,” Kakashi replied. “Because we were hired to clean the house and the bathroom is part of the house.”

“Sounds completely logical,” I added with a sagely nod.

“Oh shut up Daisuke,” Hisako grumbled. “You wouldn’t be saying that if you had to clean the toilet.”

“Probably not,” I agreed with another sagely nod of greater quality.

Basement’s probably where the problem is, so I can hopefully take care of it quickly before anything truly problematic happens. I mean, it’s not like this low-level (hopefully) quest can take out Sharingan Kakashi and then let me deal with the problem, right? That would be idiotically poor game design.

Granted, this isn’t really the game I like to fashion this as.

“So, can we watch you do Suiton Jutsu before we enter no-man’s land?” Nichiren asked with an eager smile. “Please?”

Kakashi hummed and thought it over. “Well, I guess you’ve all been reasonably well behaved over the past couple of weeks. So, sure. You can watch me clean the windows.”

This should be good.

Kakashi handed us each one of the wooden pales sitting on the floor. “Go fill these up with water for me.”

“Hai Sensei,” We marched over to the kitchen and filled up the buckets at the kitchen sink. We brought them back, and at his direction filled them with soap. When the buckets were appropriately frothy and bubbly, we stood back.

Kakashi flipped through the hand seals too fast for me to track on purpose, I’m sure of it. “Suiton: Hiko Warupuru no Jutsu.”

The soapy water rose from the buckets, swirling in the air like flying rings. On the east wall, three windows stretched from the floor to the roof of the second story and the flying whirlpools flew onto them, moving up and down the glass panes swiftly, bringing imminent doom to dust and smudge and leaving only sparkling clarity in their wake.

It was the most mundanely awesome thing I’ve ever seen.

When the windows on the walls were perfect, the flying water-rings lifted off of them and went up to the single, window port sitting above the middle window. It went in, spun around like a flushing toilet and then rings returned to the buckets, now visibly dirtier than before.

“Cool,” I said, partially certain I was salivating.

“Thank you,” Kakashi said, pulling out his book. “I’ll get the rest later. Now go do your jobs.”

Yes, I’m going down into the lair of some horrific beast or whatever by myself at my level. Sure.

“Could you come down there with me?” I asked sensei.

“If there’s a problem, I’ll be down there in a flash,” Kakashi replied without even looking up from his book. “I promise nothing will happen to you.”

“I just have this really bad feeling about what’s down there,” I pressed on. “I mean, I don’t feel right about this mission in general, especially since Nichiren jinxed us and I don’t want to get devoured by some soul-eating monstrosity.”

Kakashi sighed and turned a page. “It’s just a basement. You’re not scouting the other side of a mountain range or some faraway place. I can keep an eye on all of you from here, I promise.”

“Okay,” I sighed. Stupid 4 Charisma.

I marched to the basement door and…you know what? Knowing if I failed checks or whatever would be pretty useful right now. I mean, if I failed a check, I’d still know that I failed and that’s got to be useful, right?

I whipped out my black book, and switched the option from EXP to All. With that, I was ready to go down to the basement.

Inhale. Exhale.

The wooden stairs looked really creaky, so I walked along the wall down the stairs. No need to make any undue noise.

The cellar was just a large, concrete room, with several small windows letting in light from the upper edges of the walls. I could see spots of dirt outlining where shelves had sat for years. Possibly, they held sake but I don’t if you are supposed to age sake like that. I was never a drinker…anyway.

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

+15 EXP
.

1,125 until level 7.

Nice to see the goggles are putting in work. I saw several holes in the walls, and a little black blur zip its way back into its home. Alright, so far so good. No giant things which can drop me from 100 to 0 in the blink of an eye. I like this.

I dropped to the floor with a surprising amount of grace. Right, the boots. Okay, I feel a little bit better about my chances. My gear is helping a surprising amount. Actually, now that I think about it, this might be a good time to learn Iruka’s Sonar Jutsu. See how many rats and other things are squirming around the walls.

So, I tucked my chakra into a ball and after some thinking and a couple of theoretical hand seals, snake and ram, specifically to try to tell the chakra to bounce back and come to me and release.

My chakra went out…and didn’t come back.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/30.

Ninjutsu Check Fail: 20/40.


Well, I guess that makes sense. I’d need a better handle on how hand seals affect jutsu. I picked Ram and Snake specifically because in the Zodiac those two symbolize being intuitive, which is what I was trying to do here: Intuit the location of the rats for their extermination.

Oh, yeah. I figured out a while ago that the Hand Seals are based on the Chinese Zodiac (or just the Zodiac, in this world). Knowing the Zodiac can help determine what effect Seals have on jutsu. I think. Though if my skill isn’t enough, it isn’t enough.

I’m sad.

“Uh, Daisuke?” Kakashi was suddenly standing behind me. “What did you just do?”

Just barely suppressing the jump when my sensei appeared right behind me. “Oh. Hey, Kakashi! I just had an idea for a jutsu that would let me find the rats.”

Kakashi blinked. “Interesting. What did it do?”

“Well, in theory, the jutsu would send out a wave of chakra that would bounce back to me when it hits something, letting me know where it is,” I said quickly.

“In theory, huh?” Kakashi asked, with a thoughtful nod. “I take it that it didn’t work.”

“It did not,” I replied. “I’m not skilled enough at Ninjutsu.”

Kakashi hummed to himself. “Well after this mission, I’m sure if you train, you’ll get it eventually.”

“Thanks Sensei,” I replied, letting my head sink to hide my annoyance. After this mission implies that I won’t get a game over. Which I undoubtedly will if I’m not careful. “Are you sure you don’t want-?”

But he was gone.

Charisma Check Fail: 4/5.

Thanks, game.

With that, I got to work. I strode over to the nearest mouse hole and fed chakra strings inside. When I felt my chakra come in contact the rat, I violently jerked the things neck up, snapping it and ending its pathetic life.

I hate rats.



No EXP? Oh, fine. I guess a non-beefed up rat just isn’t worth it.

I went to each of the others in sequence to repeat the same process. Bringing the trap to them is so much more efficient than just waiti-EW, RAT BABIES! KILL THEM KILL THEM KILL THEM!

Ahem.

A shadow fell over me and I nearly jumped out of my skin, rapidly twisting around with chakra in my fists, elbows, knees and feet, ready to kill someone.

Turns out, it was just a bird which landed in behind one of the windows and was casting a long shadow.

“Hehe,” I said, relaxing with trembling limbs. “Hi.”

Upon closer examination, I could see that the bird was, actually a raven.

Like in the poem.

That makes the bird the harbinger of doom.

Ah, crap.

Quest Update: Upon a Midnight Darkly

Completed: Clear the Basement of Rats.


Well, I’m going to go with Kakashi and stick with him for the rest of this quest. Maybe it’ll turn into one of those ‘reverse escort’ mission type deals, like when you accompanied Liberty Prime in Fallout 3 to destroy the Enclave. Oh, that was one of the best moments of my gaming career. Watching a giant robot laser down all my foes before me was hilarious.

I noticed the bird fly away.

Well, time to go.

The ground shook beneath me and a sound like thunder pierced through the walls. My ears were ringing, the light pouring from the windows was blinding and I was unable to keep my balance through the sensory overload.

What just happened?

Oh, ow. My head hurts. Crippled? No. Just hurts.

Is everyone upstairs okay?

I ran up the stairs as fast as I could, only to find my path blocked by a collapsed wall. A Tsunade punch sent it flying in a rain-storm of pebbles. As the wind hit my face and I looked up at the towering, dark shape above me, my skin ran cold.

No…

The house above me no longer existed as it had been reduced to ash and dust. Towering above me was a giant mushroom cloud, the ash and smoke intermixed with the fire of the detonation to provide a scene that would haunt my nightmares for years to come, I was sure of it.

The sky was being blacked out by the soot, only the barest of sunlight eking through the clouds.

I started to laugh. A sad, maniacal laugh as I realized that Kakashi, Nichiren and Hisako were all dead because Konoha just got hit with a nuclear warhead from out of nowhere. Tears were falling from my eyes, even as I heard a Geiger counter going insane from standing even this close to a bomb site.

I needed to get out of here.

So I ran. I ran from the explosion, needing to seek shelter from the radiation.

I never thought Fallout would start to bleed into Naruto like this.

This.

I…just-just this.

This was a cruel joke.

I jumped up walls and across rooftops, running with everything I had to get away. I didn’t want to end up dead. Or a ghoul, if that was even possible in this universe.

Then I saw him, in his classic orange track suit. Down on the road, on his hands and knees, trying to get away.

Naruto.

I dropped down and was immediately by his side.

“Naruto!” I shouted, rushing to his side. “D-don’t worry! I’m going to get you out of here!”

Naruto’s hair was starting to fall out and his flesh was red and practically bubbling and swelling even as new skin and muscle grew from the Kyuubi to regenerate what he lost. His face was sagging horribly and his eyes…his eyes looked haunted. “Daisuke?”

“I’m here, buddy!” I shouted, picking him up in a bridal carry. Got to get him away from the rads. Got to get him away. “I’m going to get you out of here.”

The whites of his eyes were starting to darken. “You’re here…”

“Of course I am!” I shouted at him. I coughed at the inhale full of smoke.

“…thank you,” Naruto said, closing his eyes. His head lolled back and I felt his body go limp.

…no.

No, no, no.

This…you can’t.

You can’t do this.

This…why?

He’s the main character!

You can’t kill the main character!

Why?

Then I heard the sound of a speaker activating, a sound I haven’t heard in so long. I looked up and saw…a giant blimp. An air-ship, with the bottom rigging detaching Vertibirds; helicopters with twin sets of blades at the end of their wings. They started to fly around Konoha.

That…that is the Prydwen.

“People of Konoha,” The loud speaker sounded down to those on the ground. “Lay down your weapons and surrender immediately, or we will strike again.”

I…they…but…I…

“We are,” The voice on the speaker continued. “The Brotherhood of Steel.

…How?

No seriously. How? I think I would’ve heard about or seen a dimensional portal in the sky open and it would have had to have been up there for a while if they were able to gain at least enough intel to know what we were called.

What kind of surveillance equipment were they using, in order to gain that kind of knowledge? Have they figure out orbital satellites? I wonder…it doesn’t matter.

I looked back down at Naruto and gently closed his eyes. “I’m sorry, my friend.”

The whistle of bullets ripping into the air around me. The Vertibirds were raining death on us. Crap. Alright, we can deal with this.

I ducked into a dumpster to hide from the gunners. When they run out of ammo, or even before then, they’ll put boots on the ground and I can pulp their brains worse than a raider with a power fist. Oh, it’ll be like getting the bloody mess perk and it’ll be awesome.

The wind picked up inexplicably and one of the birds descended. Knights in standard armor, which were basically plates worn over a standard uniform, wielding laser rifles and a Paladin, decked out in full T-60 Power Armor which in any other circumstance would be glorious to behold in real life. He was carrying a mini-gun and was already starting to spin it up.

And a 1, and a 2, and a BLOODY VENGENCE UPON YEEEE!

I jumped out of my dumpster and right before they even saw me, my hand went through metal and ceramic plating, hitting one of their grunts on the side of the head. My hand felt the warm mush of their brains and yeah. This man was dead.

I wonder, should I pulp Elder Maxon’s head, assuming that’s him up in the Prydwen, or mount it on a pike?

The Paladin turned to face me, whirling minigun blaring all the way-ultimate test, go!

I jumped over the spinning barrels and Tsunade Special’d my legs right through his torso. He exploded. It was glorious. So, wonderfully glorious. I landed on my hands and twisted around like a break dancer to jump up and punch another Kni-OW!

-35 HP.


Wow. Laser’s hurt.

I caught a blast right in the arm, colliding with the Knight I jumped after and we both went down to the ground. I recovered first, and planted a fist through his face to the ground. I jumped over the second laser I knew was coming, twisted in the air and jumped at the final knight, fist in his throat, leaving the head and body to fall to the ground separately.

In the back of my mind, I knew I should feel disgusted at this. Even if it was in defense of my village and what I signed up for, I’d never killed anyone before. But with the nuclear ash in the sky, my longtime friend dead in a horrible way and how they attacked us without any provocation, I’m feelin’ pretty good right now.

I wonder if I can-what the heck is that?

The ground shook to the rhythm of giant foot prints. The creak of metal that accompanied each step began to weigh on me as I came to the most horrid realization I’ve had in a while. I looked up and standing a block over, towering over the building in Konoha and against the ashen sky was the giant robot, Liberty Prime.

Oh no.

“Red Chinese internment camp detected,” The Robot’s voice boomed. “Weapons hot!

IT’S NOT ANCHORAGE YOU STUPID ROBOT!

I ran in the opposite direction, keeping my eye on the thing as it took a nuclear warhead out of its backpack and chucked it at Hokage Rock. Another nuclear explosion occurred, annihilating every face and the installation beneath it.

That’s where we would’ve kept our civilians.

That’s probably where we did keep our civilians.

Democracy is non-negotiable!” The Robot’s voice boomed, soon accompanied by giant laser.

I came to another Vertibird, this one having already been jumped on by what looked like a Chunin. The last Knight alive was blasting at him with his laser gun, but the Chunin dodged around it easily, just about to sink the kunai he had right into the Brotherhood nut-jobs neck.

When the Knight swiftly dodged to the side and planted the Rifle’s gun stock right in the Chunin’s neck, sending him sprawling on the ground, dead.



BULL$##@%%#.

There is absolutely no way a normal human could possibly beat a superhuman Shinobi in close quarters combat like that, radiation shenanigans or no! That's completely illogical! It makes no sense! It's stupid! There's...no way this is real.

Perception Check Failed: 8/10.

Perception Check Failed: 8/9.

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

+50 EXP.


How did I not notice this before! I’m just in a Genjutsu! One designed to pull things from my subconscious and throw them at me in the form of awful nightmares. I am such. An idiot.

I brought my hands together. It’s time to end this and to kill a butler.

The imaginary Knight brought his laser rifle to bear on me and I glared in turn.

“Kai!”

---
 
Upon a Midnight Darkly 2: Genius Loci
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


The world snapped from the war-torn nuclear wasteland that was imaginary Konoha. I was lying on the floor and it felt like my limbs were starting to wake up. I wasn’t lying on the floor in the basement, though. I was in what looked like a concrete box, about a head taller than me and illuminated in the red light of seals scrawled all over the walls.

I stood up quickly, as I felt my perception start to bleed back into the shadow of the mushroom cloud. If I had to guess what happened, it’s that I fell in or was swallowed by this cell, which then put me in a Genjutsu for whatever reason.

Nowhere to go but up.

I jumped up the wall and punched the roof, sending my fist up into open air. Progress! But then I felt the dirt around my fist start to reform, so punch, punch, punch! I felt like a mole, the way I crawled out of the cell and onto the basement floor, and used a chakra slide to finish pulling myself out even as the ground itself moved to try to force me back in.

Chakra-slide is awesome.

Quest Updated: Upon a Midnight Darkly.

Re-unite with your team.


That said, I jumped to the roof immediately as the ground didn’t stop wanting to devour me simply because I escaped from the cell, the concrete trickling above my feet and sucking me down. Looking around, the entire basement was coated in red, glowing seals.

This entire house is just a giant network of seals.

Now the question is who set them off? And why?

The raven points to Itachi, but there’s no conceivable reason for him to want to Genjutsu me and…didn’t he use crows? Not ravens?

Something else is at work here.

The lights from the window wells had become suppressed, reaching only a foot from the windows. The only light across the shadowed floor above were the crimson seals, giving perhaps one of the most ominous views I had ever seen. I got goosebumps just thinking about what else this house had to offer.

Below me, the foundation writhed like a churning sea in a midnight-storm, the seals warping and shifting and I think it’s just me, but I think I saw them form something of a face.

Ah, no….

Then the liquid stone shot up at me and I slid to my left to avoid it. It just turned into this tsunami wall of black to rage after me and I slid, since running on the ceiling seemed more difficult and a little bit risky, away from it.

However, as the liquid-evil began to rise to the ceiling, it reduced the visibility to almost nothing, the only light being the red glow of the seals, which only drew out the shadows around me and made it nearly impossible to see.

I dodged left, right, maneuvering through the impromptu maze and dodging tentacles that tried to wrap themselves around me as my various exits closed themselves off. I slipped and slid around, since I couldn’t jump or gravity would just send me right down.

But I couldn’t dodge forever. This eldritch abomination of a basement floor was going to get me at some point. It probably would have already if I wasn’t one of the luckiest fools to grace Konoha, but I had to get out.

With that, I punched the ceiling. It didn’t give.

I had to slide right to avoid a tentacle.

Come on…I punched the ceiling again. No give.

Slide to the left! Punch again!

Nope.

Come on!

The walls were starting to close in and I was getting less room to maneuver. I ducked under a wave, and another tentacle thing came to sweep my feet out from under me and I have no choice but to jump.

Time froze for just a second, as I contemplated the fact that I had just jumped right into the waiting tentacles of a dark, monstrous thing that was either going to throw me back into a nightmarish Genjutsu, or simply kill me outright.

This is gonna suck…

Wait.

You know how Chakra-strings can be used to control puppets and people?

I wonder if I can use them to pull myself around?

A string from each finger and tried really hard to pull myself back to the safety of the ceiling.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/65

+30 EXP.


I stuck my hands back on the ceiling and did a cartwheel to avoid tentacle that came back after me.

YES!

Spider-nin! Spider-nin! Does whatever a spider can!

I gathered chakra in my foot and stomped on the floor, only for my foot to inexplicably go right through the wood and provide me with an escape route by hole in the roof.

…I love critical hits.

I ducked through the hole, even as I was pursued through. A large tentacle shot out through the hole and I slid to the right as it slammed on the floor…only too slink back down through the hole and out of sight.

Huh.

Since it was probably only animate through the seals, it was probably only chasing after me because I was in the basement for some reason. Okay, well, now that that’s over, time to find my team.

The main room was trashed. Black scorch marks decorated the walls and bits of rock were strewn all over the floor. I’m betting that Nichiren and Hisako reacted first, hence why Kakashi presumably ran to their aid and didn’t hear me if I called at all.

I only remember killing the rats, getting a quest update then suddenly NUKE. Well, the other two were sent to clean the Master Bathroom, so…

An explosion and shattered glass sounded from above me. Well, let’s go see how my sensei’s doing.

I jumped up the stair-case and rounded a corner. The Master bedroom seemed to be heavily abused, scorch marks everywhere. I came to the bathroom and there was a shinobi I didn’t recognize. So, I punched him in the back and he exploded into bits of gravel and dirt.

+25 EXP.

Past the shinobi was Kakashi, Sharingan out, looking exhausted but uninjured. His clothes and hair were matted with dirt. I probably didn’t look so good myself, if I were honest with myself.

“Hey Sensei,” I said, trying to seem nonchalant. “Having a bad time?”

“Nah,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “There’s just a lot of earth clones. Have fun in the basement?”

“The floor tried to eat me alive,” I answered. “So it could’ve been better. You know where Nichiren and Hisako are?”

“They’re trapped somewhere,” Kakashi said, looking around at the walls. “This house has a lot of secret rooms. You said the floor tried to eat you?”

“Uh huh,” I nodded. “The entire house is just a giant network of seals. The floor got turned into this muddy ocean of evil.”

“You don’t seem too worse for wear,” Kakashi said, straightening up.

“Honestly, I don’t think you’d have had any trouble with that thing,” I said with a nod. “It was pretty slow.”

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

Alright, I heard someone behind me-OH OW GOSH WHY?!?

-48 hp.

I felt a kunai dig itself into my back at high speeds and I collapsed forward in shock. I mean freaking ow that HURT! Blood was starting to leak from where the thing was buried.

Kakashi leapt over me and I heard the clone explode. I reached behind me and pulled the Kunai out, trying not to make it hurt any more than it already did.

-1 hp.

-1 hp.


Shut up, game. Ow.

200 HP left. Okay, I’m not in extreme danger yet. The earlier damage I took from the Genjutsu didn’t carry over, thankfully.

It came out and my HP didn’t start going down, so I wasn’t going to bleed out, thankfully. That possibility didn’t occur to me until right after it came out, but in this case, I’m kind of happy for game mechanics.

The kunai was actually a bunch of well-shaped pebbles that crumbled in my hand. Great, I got stabbed by rocks.

I stood up and turned around, Kakashi being surrounded by three new piles of dirt.

“So what’s the plan?” I asked, keeping a very keen ear out for more spontaneously appearing earth clones.

“Find your teammates, leave the house,” Kakashi replied quickly. “Then get a report to the Hokage as fast as possible to get this house destroyed and its owner questioned.”

…That was surprisingly sensible. We don’t need to handle everything ourselves, there wasn’t any reason for us to hang around. Just got to get us and ours and hightail it. I like this plan. Pity it’s probably going to go wrong.

“So, are we just going to start exploding walls?” I asked, popping my knuckles.

“I’ve been trying,” Kakashi responded. “The clones keep showing up to interrupt me.”

“Oh,” I said, nodding. “Can I keep them off of you? I don’t have any jutsu that can reliably get past the seal-reinforcements, but I’m sure you have a lot of jutsu that would make short work of stuff like this.”

Speech Check Success: 32/30.

+15 EXP.


“I’d rather make sure you didn’t get another kunai in your back,” Kakashi replied, before sighing in resignation. “But you make a good point. Try to keep them off of me while I look for the other two.”

“Hai Sensei,” With that, I started my watch. It took all of two seconds for the piles of dust and gravel to reform themselves back into clones. Alright, then! Come on, my little EXP nuggets! Bring it to me!

I snagged two of them with chakra strings and used them to slingshot my way to the third one, whose head I promptly disintegrated with a well-placed double-kick. I dodged backwards to avoid a punch from the left, which I promptly retaliated against with a punch to its side.

-24 hp.

I was caught by surprise when the other one kicked me in the shins. Ow! Geeze, man! I stuck to its leg and used that as leverage to land a kick of my own to its torso, and it burst like its friends.

+25 EXP.

+25 EXP.

+25 EXP.


The house shook with an explosion. “I found Hisako!”

Awesome!

I leapt over to where Kakashi was standing. There was a new hole in the bathroom, just past the shower, where a cell filled with red seals was built. Hisako was lying on the ground, sweating and mumbling in her sleep. Whatever she was seeing, it was bad.

Kakashi put a hand on her and a hand in half a seal. “Kai.”

Hisako bolted away, kunai in hand in an attempt to take Kakashi’s other eye, but Kakashi caught the hand. “Easy there. You’ve been under a Genjutsu.”

She breathed uneasily for several seconds and-I dodge the incoming dirt Shuriken and rapidly turn to see four dirt clones coming at me. Freak, I dropped the ball on that. Alright. A kick dispersed the first one, cross punches took out two and three and then I stuck to the ceiling like monkey bars to swing into a kick to take out the final one.

If I couldn’t take these things out in one punch, I would be having a much harder time of this, I’m sure.

+25 EXP.

+25 EXP.

+25 EXP.

+25 EXP.


880 more EXP until level 7. A level up would be welcome. I’ve been needing to improve my ranged weapon skill for a while, just to get Kakashi and Hisako off of my back about my aim. Whatever, now’s not the time.

“Daisuke!” Kakashi called after me. “Hisako is going to stay back here with me, keep those clones off our backs.”

“You got it!” I called back. You know, I wonder why the clones don’t simply appear in the bathroom. I mean, the bathroom is a part of the house, so - Hisako screamed, followed by the sound of a dirt clone bursting. Well, that answers that question!

I hopped over to Kakashi.

“Change of plans,” Kakashi said, looking over the wall with his Sharingan eye. “Stay close, Daisuke.”

“Will do,” I nodded, taking up a position at the door.

“So why don’t you just destroy the entire wall?” Hisako asked, seeming to have composed herself.

“The walls absorb chakra,” Kakashi answered with an audible frown.

“It does?” I asked. “But I can walk up them just fine.”

“Well, I assume it only absorbs chakra from jutsu meant to harm the walls specifically,” Kakashi elaborated. “Hides the walls’ function extremely well from the prying eyes of the shinobi in Konoha. The seals are very well put together from what I can tell. But I can get through it by overloading the wall with enough concentrated force.”

Oh. Same principle as a bullet. Less force than a baseball, punches through organs like paper, if I remember correctly. Which means he’s using…

Kakashi performed hand seals in rapid succession. So rapid that I only caught the Ox seal at the beginning, monkey somewhere in the middle (ha!) and another monkey at the end.

Perception Check Failure: Success not possible.

…wow. Really? I guess it makes sense since SPECIAL stats get more powerful as I level but dang. So even if I had ten, I still wouldn’t have caught all of that. Ox, monkey and monkey aren’t enough to really go on.

Ninjutsu Check Failure: 20/85.

Yup.

Kakashi held up his hand with the other, and a massive amount of electricity gathered in his palm. The chakra was shaped like a jagged rock in his hand, pouring out streams of electricity that fell to the floor in what I considered to be the greatest lightshow ever.

This was the Chidori.

I want it.

He put his palm to the floor and dragged it so fast I couldn’t follow the motion for all of two feet before hitting the wall, causing the seals around the immediate point of impact to burn red hot before the wall exploded, sending dust and dirt everywhere. But on the other side was Nichiren, who looked just as bad as Hisako. His glasses were on the floor, he was pale and sweating and mumbling to himself.

It just occurred to me that if anyone heard me mumble while in the Genjutsu-dream-thing, that might be terrifying. Or hilarious. I don’t think ‘Ad Victoriam’ would register as anything other than gibberish to these Latin-less people.

-24 HP.

SONOFA-

Turned around, jumped at the clone and vaporized its head and torso. The rest of it more or less disintegrated on its own, which took some of the fun out of it-

+25 EXP.

-but that doesn’t change the fact that I’m now at 176 HP and since this house won’t stop spawning Earth Clones, I can’t imagine that I’ll last much longer if we don’t get out of here now.

“So, where’s our exit?” I called back, watching more clones form up.

“Right here,” Kakashi called back, making another Chidori. Oh, we were going to escape through the wall. Smart.

A shadow passed over me and I felt this horrible chill. I looked back and there, sitting in the window sill was a raven. Probably the same one from the basement. I was more than certain that it was normal raven. This was confirmed when it suddenly grew in size and gained arms. It was now a Were-raven.

Quest Updated: Upon a Midnight Darkly

Completed: Re-unite with your team.

Defeat the Were-raven.


Most likely a Nin with a more complicated Henge, like Man-Beast Transformation or whatever it’s called.

“Kakashi-sensei,” I called back. “I found our problem.”

The Were-raven made a hand sign, and the whole house lit up in seals. Yes indeed, this entire house is tattooed in a giant seal and…wait, don’t tell me he’s bringing the floor-

Intelligence Check Success: 10/7.

Oh crap.

Suddenly, the floor beneath us exploded as the concrete-abomination ripped its way from the basement to the currently floor, the Raven screaming a war-cry. Then the floor beneath my feet was burst by concrete which promptly engulfed me AND SWALLOWED ME NONONONONONO-!

“Daisuke!” I heard the muffled cry of Hisako as I was pulled under.

The light above me disappeared and I was tumbled and twirled around until I didn’t know which way was up as I was dragged to oblivion. Chakra-slide proved useless as my limbs quickly had cords wrapped around them.

Part of me was amazed by the increase in capability and amused that it needed someone else’s brain to get anything done. The rest was simply scared out of its mind. Doubly so when I was deposited back in the cell I first started in, only this time I was tied up in concrete ropes. My vision flashed rapidly between the crimson seals and the smoke dotted sky of Nuked!Konoha.

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

+50 EXP.


You know what?

Screw this.

I am not going to get Genjutsu-murdered by this sad, despicable Gaara rip-off! I…wait. You know, I think I might be able to just make a mini-Rasengan to grind through these tendrils with a significantly reduced chakra cost. Still don’t think I can make it for more than a few seconds-

-BURNING SKY, ASH BLOCKING OUT THE SUN-

-Freaking Genjutsu. Okay, go!

Chakra Control Check Success! 100/65.

Nice!

However, it did approximately nothing, since the ropes simply absorbed my chakra before I could get it to form properly. My Chakra went down to zero really quickly. Like, dang! Although it occurred to me that being able to go from zero to full in less than a minute is really cheap. I wonder if there’s deeper rules.

I felt the cell start to move and that just made me panic even more. I struggled, weaving against the tendrils, grunting in exertion as I twisted out of their stone grip.

Agility Check Success: 7/7.

+35 EXP.

770
until level 7.

I am never going to take my other SPECIAL stats for granted ever again.

I swear I heard a pop as I came out. Now what? Through the wall? It’ll just absorb my chakra. Come on, there’s got to be a weak point.

I jumped out of the way of the tentacle-things coming after me now that I had escaped.

Come on, show me your weak point like a good boss!

Dodge left, dodge right, the cell started to shrink in size.

I’m really just hoping you have a weak point right now.

Suddenly, there was an explosion and my vision blurred out of focus completely for a second and kai! KAI! KAAAAAAAAIIII!

Then I was sat down on the ground by Kakashi, who was a total boss by the way, and he looked over me with concern. “Are you okay?”

“Yes Sensei,” I was breathing heavily. We were deep in some concrete tunnels. Clearly up to code, but they haven’t actually been maintained either. “Is the other guy dead?”

“No,” Kakashi answered. “He just dived into the writhing mass of nightmares after it grabbed you.”

“Oh,” I said, standing up. “Do you think killing whoever that is will stop the basement floor?”

“I hope so,” Kakashi replied. “Because it’s coming for us.”

I looked up. The concrete beast filled the tunnel completely, blocking the path to wherever it was going. However, the path back to the house was completely unblocked. It surged forward at us and we ran like crazy back along the path.

Thankfully, I noticed that Hisako and Nichiren were nowhere to be found, so they were clearly back at the house. Hopefully safe since the reason everything went wrong is tailing us.

---
 
Upon a Midnight Darkly 3: An Eye for an Eye
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


It took all of five seconds for Kakashi to swing me onto his back for a piggy-back ride and we took off like a freaking missile. I thought I was fast. I was wrong. I was so utterly wrong.

The tunnel itself seemed never ending, so apparently the monster we left behind was much faster than the previous encounter. It’s master really wanted me to go…wherever. Come to think of it, when did this complex of tunnels get built?

…wait. There was something from the Manga that used a network of tunnels underneath Konoha. But I don’t remember what it was.

Twelve years without the anime or google. It’s a wonder that I can even still function.

Over Kakashi’s shoulder, I saw a light coming from the tunnel’s ceiling which we were rapidly approaching. When we got it, Kakashi surprised me by leaping through the hole as high as he could, and I saw that we were in the house.

Good to see Kakashi was incapable of getting lost.

We landed on the second floor, right beside Hisako and Nichiren. Hisako was holding kunai in each hand, while Nichiren was… holding a snake seal with ninja wire tied around his index fingers.

Then the basement floor showed up. It erupted from the hole in the floor like a spray from a geyser, it’s seals basking the walls in crimson light, utterly silent save for the rushing of air.

“NOW!” Hisako screamed.

Suddenly, the monster-geyser inflated like a balloon. Then that balloon popped in an explosion of fire and smoke, causing bits and pieces to rain down on the floor. I pulled my goggles down to shield my eyes. While I saw some of the larger pieces still glowing red and rushing to form back in the center, others were blank, and inert on the ground.

“Huh,” I remarked. The explosion had actually managed to wipe the seal off at some locations. Or at very least damaged parts of the seal beyond use, effectively severing those bits off of it like limbs. Well, explosive notes are going to be something I put a priority on.

I got like what, a Fuinjutsu of…what? 20-something? It shouldn’t be too hard. Just buy one of my own from the obscene amount of cash I’m going to get from this mission and analyze.

“Was that you, Nichiren?” Kakashi asked my frankly amazing teammate.

“Yes, Kakashi-sensei,” Nichiren said, untying the wire from his fingers.

“Good job,” Kakashi said with an eye smile.

“Thank you, sensei,” Nichiren nodded.

Then the owner of the basement shot up from the rubble, bringing with him the bit of floor that protected him from the explosion. He was still a were-raven, which meant that was a more permanent Henge or…something else?

“That’s just a Henge, right?” I asked, turning to Kakashi. “Like a really advanced version?”

“Most likely,” He looked at me. “You are remarkably calm for your first dangerous situation.”

“This isn’t the first time I’ve almost died,” I replied, the memories of ‘roided up rats seeming cute and cuddly in comparison to what I’ve gone through today. “It was nowhere near as bad as this, but I’m not exactly a stranger to danger.”

“When was this?” Nichiren asked with wide eyes.

“Back when I first joined the academy,” I said, popping my knuckles. “I’ll have to share that story some time.”

“You better,” Hisako grumbled.

The Were-raven took his spot up in the window, and his shadow draped over us as he screamed bloody murder. Oh, great. It’s another reference to the Poem. Yes, I get it. Our souls will be trapped beneath his shadow forever or something if we die.

I swear, this game got +50 pretentious points for this quest alone.

Hisako threw a kunai and the were-raven dodged, falling off the ledge and retaliating with shuriken of his own. I dodged to the right, bending at the knees as the projectile…feathers? He’s seriously attacking with feathers.

I know it’s entirely chakra-shenanigans but it’s annoying.

More came after me, and I jumped above them and onto the wall, and then scrambled up and onto the ceiling, hearing the sound of weaponized feathers embed themselves in the wall behind me. Below me, Kakashi jumped after the were-raven and the remains of the floor monster, which was more like a puddle monster now, jumped after Kakashi.

Part of me wanted to just drop down, but that was more than three stories of drop before I went splat and I don’t know how to compensate for that yet. So yeah. No thanks. I just ran forward and stuck to the wall opposite to run down after the dueling shinobi.

I saw Kakashi throw out a massive fire-ball, which was blocked by the puddle-monster, the seals glowing brighter as it absorbed the chakra.

I hope it wasn’t programmed to re-build itself with all that absorbed chakra. That would be the greatest thing to ever happen to the enemy.

The Raven seemed thoroughly content to hide inside the concrete monster. Again, the parallels to Gaara are immense here. At least bird-butt moves around instead of just letting the concrete monster do all the work.

You know, I really got to name that thing. ‘Concrete Monster’, ‘Monster Puddle’ and other literal appellations I can throw at it don’t really work all that well. ‘Gaara-copy’ doesn’t work either because he’s only similar on one level as far as I know. And they don’t look that much alike. I think.

I dunno, I haven’t actually met Gaara in real life and I hope I don’t unless I’m either Kage-level or he’s post-Naruto.

I got to the floor and I whip out two sets of chakra-threads. My plan is to try to pull the Raven out of its muddy throne to allow Kakashi a good window to murder him. Or threaten to kill him so he shuts off the house’s defense system. Whatever.

Kakashi threw a trio of Kunai and the Monster caught them, but they exposed the raven to me, and my threads latched onto him. I pulled with everything I had and several interesting things happened at once.

First, the raven came out and was flying toward me. Second, he oriented himself midair to attack me as soon as we made contact. Third and final, the Monster came rushing toward the Raven.

Well, crap.

I slid to the right in an orbit around the aerial bird-man. I threw a couple shuriken, but unsurprisingly, they went wide…wait, one of them scratched the bird-man. Bonus Agility, I salute you!

He landed, I slid backwards and he was enveloped by the monster, making my move to yank him out completely pointless. A ring of tentacles shot up from the ground and whirled around him like horses on a carousal.

I slid back further as he threw more feathers at me and I dodged to the right, sliding making that almost trivial. He was coming toward me quickly, and a ball of fire engulfed the raven. I briefly glimpsed the tentacles shifting into a dome before the flame obscured my vision.

Then Kakashi grabbed me again and I was off like a missile up to the third level. He set me down and was breathing raggedly.

“Chakra exhaustion?” I asked him with a frown.

His only response was to nod in between breaths.

Figures. I don’t know how many false-starts he had with the Chidori or how many jutsu he tried to get Hisako and Nichiren out of their cells before resorting to that Chakra hog.

We were hidden in what used to be the upstairs bathroom. I could hear the raven screaming out a war cry as it looking for us. Kakashi peered around the wall and I did the same. I noticed that Nichiren and Hisako had hidden themselves in a closet and the raven was sliding up the wall on the opposite side.

I don’t have explosive tags. Kunai are useless because I’m useless at them. I’d use chakra strings in a ‘possessed weapon’ gambit, but those would probably get absorbed. I can’t get close without getting sucked into nightmare land and that would just prompt the raven to run away with me again since clearly I’m the one he wants. I…I’ve got nothing.

I should’ve worked on Fuinjutsu sooner. I should’ve thought about Fuinjutsu sooner. I’ve been inexcusably lazy. I’ve been naïve. I thought I had more time. I should’ve. I would’ve. I could’ve.

I didn’t.

And now we’re paying the price for it.

The funny part is that this kind of crippling overspecialization bit me in the rear end when I was playing the games too. I didn’t learn my lesson then, either.

Wait, why doesn’t Kakashi have any soldier pills on him? Because it’s a D-rank?

“Kakashi-sensei?” I asked quietly, keenly aware that the thing was getting closer. “If I can pull the raven out again, you think you can kill him?”

“Do you think you can do that again?” Kakashi asked me in a similarly low voice.

“If I get the opportunity, yeah,” I nodded.

“Okay, then we’ll set up an ambush and-“ The ground erupted beneath Kakashi’s feet and the monster engulfed him. Thick talons swiped where my head was just a second ago as I ducked. I tried to kick the ravens feet and he jumped over it, sending a feather RIGHT INTO ONE OF MY EYES!

-48 HP.

Head Crippled.

WHYWHYWHYWHYWHYWHYWHYOWWWWWWWWWW!


I screamed in pain, my hands flying right to the punctured orb, blood seeping into the feather. I ended up on my back, hands clutching that section of my face. My vision, such as it was, was clouded by tears.

Oh the pain.

Owwww…


I felt a two sets of talons pick me up by the forearms and the raven head was blurred.

BIG.

MISTAKE.


Oh, my pain coupled with the rage and my boots plunged into his stomach. They were packing all the chakra I could muster in them and what followed the double kick was perhaps the strongest explosion I’ve ever heard, followed by the sound of slimy, gooey bits hitting the wall.

+250 EXP.

Oh, nice.

Ow.

I fell to the floor, but that pain felt utterly insignificant compared to having one of my eyes playing host to a weaponized quill. The sound of liquid concrete sliding onto the floor, with a solid thunk beside me signifying that Kakashi was still on this floor. I sat up and started to cradle my eye again, the other shut.

The one saving grace for this is that it will probably heal up when I take a nap.

It didn’t stop it from hurting like crazy or me blubbering like an idiot trying to cradle the darn thing. I didn’t want to move it. That would make it hurt more. A lot more. How many hit points did I have. Freak, I can’t read the bar. Less than half. I think.

Ow, that hurts.

Quest Updated: Upon a Midnight Darkly

Completed: Defeat the Were-raven.

Leave the house.


Footsteps. Nichiren and Hisako, I hope.

“Sensei?” Nichiren asked. “Daisuke? Is it ove-?”

He shouted in shock and surprise. “So much blood.”

That was intelligent.

“Sensei!” That was Hisako. “DAISUKE! Oh no! Are you okay?”

“I GOT STABBED IN MY EYE, WHAT DO YOU THINK?” I shouted at them, pain still throbbing from where I knew the needle was.

“Sorry!” Hisako seemed to panic.

“Sensei here,” Nichiren kneeled down. “I have soldier pills.”

Oh, so Nichiren is on top of things. What a guy.

Kakashi groaned, and I heard him sit up. “Thanks, Nichiren. Are either of you injured?”

“No sensei,” Hisako replied. I could hear her voice waver.

“No sensei,” Nichiren’s voice nearly broke.

“Alright, we’ll get down to the main floor and you two head home. You’ll be called on later to help give a report on what happened,” Kakashi said. I think he stood up. “I need to get Daisuke to the hospital. Now.

For what was like the fifth time today, Kakashi picked me up and I felt my weight shift as we went down the walls. A second later, my weight shifted again and I heard the doors get kicked open. Oh, good. Without the master of the house, we could leave.

Hallelujah.

Then we were jumping high. My uncontrollable sobs had died down to pathetic whimpers.

I am never, no never, taking the other skills for granted again. Medicine would be useful here. Fuinjutsu would’ve prevented this from happening in the first place and…and…owwwww

If my nap doesn’t regenerate this eye, I am going to be pissed.

We got to the hospital, and I was only barely aware of the flurry of activity that was stirred up at our arrival. I was put on a stretcher, and IV needle in my arm. I was too out of it to even offer the token protest.

I was wheeled away. Probably to some operating room to remove the feather and…and…everything started to get dark.

---

When I finally awoke, I felt a million times better. I followed the first instinct and opened my eyes. To check if they were both working, I closed one and…no change in my vision.

No

I raised my hands up to my eyes and only saw the one on the right.

Nononononono…

I touched my face and…there’s bandages. I ripped them off and I was, thankfully, able to see in depth perception.

Whew!

Okay. I’m good. I had my eyes back. I saw my gear laid across the table right corner, opposite the wall. I was laying on a hospital bed, of course.

Alright.

I’m okay.

Quest Completed: Upon a Midnight Darkly

+1200 EXP.

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!


Level Up!

YES!

Fanfare played, I felt amazing and accomplished and really good! It was almost worth losing an eye for?

By that I mean it totally wasn’t worth it.

So, clearly being cripplingly overspecialized isn’t going to work as well as I thought. I have 27 in Fuinjutsu and that’s actually above Genin level if I had to guess, so that clearly needs the least amount of work. 3 points, to bring it to a nice 30.

After that…oh, boy. I think I want to split them evenly between two skills? Maybe? I don’t think kunai would have really helped even if I did have the skills for it. I have the chakra control already, so do I want to put points in Ninjutsu? That helped a little, even if it was just busting my teammates out of their cells. And I need to train Naruto later in Shadow Clones, so…10 points in Ninjutsu, bringing it up to 28, which with bonuses is 30. Yaaaay!

Now what to do with the remaining ten points?

Wait…I have 27 in Medicine? Huh. Good to know. Need to start using that.

Would knowing Genjutsu have helped me there? Maybe initially when I was trapped in the Brotherhoods Assault, but I don’t think it would have helped me at all afterwards. Maybe I could have put the Were-raven, whoever he was, in a Genjutsu and tricked him into freeing us?

Something to consider.

Well…I also need to put points into speech. It’s done fairly well when I’ve used it, but I can’t expect it get me through everything. So…4 points into Speech, bringing that bad boy up to 30. Then I put 3 points into Medicine, making it 30 also, and put the last 3 into Genjutsu, making it 21.

This is an odd-numbered level, so no perk. I pressed the accept button and that brought me back to the room.

Alright then.

So, the million-dollar question.

WHAT THE ACTUAL #@%#@ WAS THAT???

I’m mad right now. I’m really mad right now. I’m mad at that house. I’m mad at whoever that Shinobi was. I’m mad at Konoha’s Security Forces for not catching the existence of that house. I’m mad at the Hokage for not catching that houses existence before now. I’m mad at Konoha in general for even HAVING something like that in its walls!

Stuff like that doesn’t just appear out of nowhere!

It was built, had seals engraved, connected to a tunnel network, apparently without anyone knowing! HOW? HOW DID THIS HAPPEN?

More importantly, who built it. Was the owner or butler involved? They surely were. Who were they working for? Did they do this on purpose? Did they plan on having me there to ‘clean’ the place, only to snatch me up for whatever reason?

…no. There’s several Genin teams aside from mine, so this was a spur of the moment decision. But why? Who was the shinobi? Was it the butler? The owner? What was the deal with the underground tunnel network?

How do you build something like that without anyone knowing?

A part of my brain reminded me about Earth Jutsu making stealth-construction a likely possibility, but I ignored him for a second.

Wait.

There was something about that tunnel complex in the canon, right? Something about...something from Shippuden, right?

I wish I actually read that now. I barely remember anything from the old canon. Aside from some details about the Sand Invasion and Itachi, as well as a bunch of names and faces, I don’t remember much.

Gaaaah…this is frustrating. I don’t even want to think about those things right now. I’ve blown canon so far off the rails the invasion might never happen. Heck, what’s Itachi even doing right now? Psychopath thinks it’s cool to mind-rape his younger brother into blind hatred…it doesn’t even make sense because Itachi didn’t even want to…kill…everyone…

Wait.

Itachi was ordered to kill the Uchiha clan by a clandestine organization within Konoha. And…they had a tunnel complex under Konoha, I thought. Maybe an extension of the sewers? But who are they?

They had a name.

What was the name?

Who was their leader?

Something-Bonsai? …no, Bonsai is a tree, not the head of an underground organization.

But it was them, right? They’re like the root of all evil in Naruto, or something? They keep making problems for Konoha in the name of protecting Konoha? What was…oh. Derp. Root.

Who were they headed by again? I know he was hated on the internet. But what was his name.

…Danzo.

Danzo is the head of Root.

Root utilizes an underground tunnel complex.

That house was connected to the underground tunnel complex, constructed with resources anyone sane would’ve been able to identify.

That entire house had something to do with Root.

---
 
Interlude: Conversations
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


That evening at the Hokage Tower, Kakashi stood in front of the Hokage’s desk. The Hokage himself was smoking his pipe. “Are you sure he didn’t know anything ahead of time?”

“He didn’t have any reaction until after I explained the mission,” Kakashi replied. “Right after he confidently stated he could handle any rat problem.”

“I guess birds were a different story,” The Hokage sighed. “Do you think Daisuke can somehow predict the future?”

“I don’t know, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi said. “What I do know is that he didn’t even know what house we were going to, he was confident about handling a rat problem, then suddenly he was pale as a sheet. Then Nichiren tried to comfort him by saying nothing can go wrong.”

Hiruzen barked with laughter. “Oh. First, total recovery with a good night’s sleep, perfect chakra control and now some sense of when a mission will go wrong. I’m almost thinking this is too good to be true.”

“Hokage-sama,” Kakashi began uneasily. “The hospital identified who I brought to the hospital as Shimoda Daisuke.”

“So it may just be the real deal,” The Hokage sucked on his pipe for a long moment, before blowing a smoke ring. “…the ability to sense the future. You can’t put a Ryo-count to that, Kakashi.”

“I know, Hokage-sama.”

“Priceless!”

Kakashi nodded with an uncertain look behind his mask.

“If every team had someone like that on a mission, or even if our missions were screened with that power…we could cut mission foul-ups to a fraction,” Hiruzen had a wide smile on his face. Then it hardened. “Nevertheless, we need to keep an eye on him in case of further developments. As you said, he was targeted specifically and if someone hired Yasukazu and he was not simply acting as a free agent, they will assuredly strike again."

---

Hisako did not sleep well the previous night.

As she stepped out the front door, she rubbed her eyes. They had heavy bags and her eyes were very red. She held back a yawn and began a march for Konoha hospital.

She hadn’t seen Kakashi or Daisuke since yesterday. The latter more understandable than the former, as he was now likely missing an eye.

The nightmares last night were a keen reminder of that fact. First having to traverse a maze filled with horrifying monsters to rescue her captured parents, then being woken up and having to face a giant monster and a bird-thing took its toll.

She didn’t think she’d forget the sight of her teammate with a feather lodged in his eye any time soon. Or ever.

Hisako stopped when she finally came to the front of the hospital. In the entrance, there were shinobi leaving, some having been discharged, others having been waiting. A Genin team, she didn’t recognize them, walked out with their sensei’s arm in a cast. They were talking animatedly, looking happy.

They were probably more than a little relieved.

“Hey, Hisako!” Hisako turned, and saw Nichiren running up to her.

“Hey Nichiren,” She replied. “You doing okay?”

“W-well I ehhhh,” He gave a nervous chuckle. Then he looked downcast. “No. Not really, no.”

“Makes two of us,” Hisako nodded with a frown. “Shall we go?”

Nichiren nodded. “I wonder if they saved Daisuke’s eye.”

“Doubt it,” Hisako replied. “If he still has it, it’s because of his bloodline. Otherwise, he’s a cyclops now.”

“You think his bloodline’s strong enough to replace lost organs?” Nichiren asked, as they walked in through the front door.

“No,” Hisako replied. They walked up to the reception desk. “But he’s already done what I thought was impossible before so…”

They found out where Daisuke was, Kakashi having made sure he was safe before taking off to inform the Hokage. Daisuke was all the way on the top floor in the surgery wing, recovering from having the feather extracted.

“What do you think that house was?” Nichiren quietly asked as they walked.

“I don’t know,” Hisako answered with barely controlled fear. “I just don’t think it’s a good idea to talk about it until we hear from Kakashi-sensei.”

“Good point,” Nichiren gulped and was quiet the rest of the way.

Eventually, they came to Daisuke’s room. They opened the door and saw not the form and body of Daisuke in a hospital gown and heavily bandaged on the face area, but fully clothed with his feet kicked up on the back rail. In his hand was a book about Ninjutsu, with a small pile of other books, both opened and not, on the night stand. His black notebook, the one he never went without, was lying on his lap, propped open between his thighs.

Daisuke looked up from his book. “Hey. You guys okay?”

“About as well as could be expected,” Hisako shrugged, shutting the door behind them.

“So…not?” Daisuke rose an eyebrow.

“Pretty much.”

“You look good,” Nichiren smiled.

“Thanks.”

Things became quiet. Daisuke went back to his book for a few minutes before sighing and closing it with his finger in the spot he was at. “Do you know how Kakashi-sensei’s doing?”

“We didn’t see him,” Hisako shrugged. “He wasn’t checked into the hospital, so I guess he’s doing okay.”

Daisuke frowned.

“So…it’s good to see your eye’s back,” Nichiren smiled.

“Oh yeah,” He answered, a little forcefully. “I kind of liked the old eye better, to be honest.”

“…right,” Nichiren said, hunching over slightly.

“Do you know when they’ll release you?” Hisako frowned.

“Nope,” Daisuke shrugged. “I’m perfectly fine, but they’re waiting for something before they release me. I should’ve just snuck out or something.”

“No you shouldn’t have,” Hisako sighed with an annoyed look. “That’d have been very bad.”

“Why? I’m sure every shinobi’s that’s been through here’s done it at least once,” Daisuke replied with a shrug. “Whatever. Patience is a virtue and all that.”

The door opened…and in stepped the Hokage, with Kakashi a step behind him. Nichiren and Hisako jumped at the unexpected entrance, backing away from the door to make way.

“I’m glad you agree Daisuke,” The Hokage said with a merry tone of voice that carried just a hint annoyance.

“Hokage-sama,” Daisuke was out of bed instantly in a bow. “I didn’t know you wanted to see me.”

“It’s quite alright,” The Hokage said. “I’m glad to see you all here. That will save us some time.”

Kakashi closed the door behind them, and leaned against it with his arms folded. Any hope someone had of opening that door or eavesdropping was now completely dashed. Daisuke sat back on his bed.

“I just wanted the three of you to know that what happened yesterday is under investigation,” The Hokage said. “There was absolutely no reason for that house to be anything other than a house. All three of you are to be commended for your bravery during this ordeal and you will be compensated as if this were an A-rank mission.”

Daisuke let out a breath. Nichiren’s eyes went wide and his glasses nearly slid off his nose. Hisako did a little fist pump.

“Th-thank you Hokage-sama,” Nichiren said.

“That said, your records will only be updated upon the completion of the investigation,” The Hokage continued. “What happened at that house is to be considered an A-rank secret until I tell you otherwise. Don’t tell anyone, as it could hamper the investigation that is currently ongoing.”

Daisuke raised his hand.

The Hokage smirked. “Yes, Daisuke?”

“So…can I ask a question about the investigation?” Daisuke asked hesitantly.

“Well, I don’t know how much would be appropriate to tell you,” The Hokage responded. “But I suppose I can answer a few questions.”

Daisuke didn’t miss a beat. “Who was the guy I killed?”

The Hokage inhaled. “Right to the point, I see. The shinobi you killed was Nakata Yasukazu, the owner of the house. His servant Susumu has currently been detained for questioning.”

“How long do you think the investigation will take?” Hisako asked.

“Two to three weeks,” The Hokage replied easily. “Until then, you are not to breathe a word about this to anyone other than yourselves and your sensei.”

“I understand, Hokage-sama,” Hisako nodded her head.

“Ummm…” Nichiren raised his hand.

“Go ahead Nichiren,” The Hokage gestured to him.

“…how much is an A-rank worth?” Nichiren asked.

The Hokage simply smiled. “A lot. I’ll let you see the exact numbers for yourself, but I think you and your parents will be quite pleased.”

Nichiren smiled.

The Hokage cleared his throat. “Now, in light of recent events, you are all being granted two weeks’ furlough. Please use your vacation wisely.”

“Yes!” Nichiren cheered. “Thank you, Hokage-sama.”

Daisuke tensed in his bed, then relaxed and said nothing.

“I could use the extra time to train,” Hisako shrugged. “Thank you Hokage-sama.”

“I wish all of you well,” The Hokage turned to leave. “I must return to the tower, I have a lot of work to do.”

Farewells were exchanged.

Kakashi got out of the way of the Hokage and after the robed man left, cleared his throat. “Everyone, tomorrow I want to meet with you to talk about the mission, get some questions answered.”

“What kind of questions?” Daisuke almost sounded suspicious for some reason.

“Just questions about the mission. What exactly happened from your point of view, how you think you’ll do better in the future,” Kakashi shrugged. “I figured it would be a good chance to teach you how to file your own reports for the missions we go on.”

“That makes sense,” Daisuke’s shoulders slumped. “Alright. Where did you want to meet?”

“The Memorial stone,” Kakashi answered. “Be there at twelve o’clock.”

“So…about a week?” Daisuke asked with a risen eyebrow.

“Now that’s just hurtful,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “Goodbye, my cute little Genin…stay safe.”

And with that, Kakashi completely disappeared from the room.

“Alright…see you guys tomorrow?” Daisuke asked, stepping out of the room.

“See you,” Nichiren waved goodbye.

Daisuke’s doctor walked up to him, and they walked off, talking about his bloodline. What else.

“…is it just me,” Nichiren started. “Or is Daisuke a jerk sometimes?”

“He’s a jerk sometimes,” Hisako said as they started walking together out of the hospital. “Not sure he realizes it, though.”

“What do you mean?” Nichiren asked.

“I mean it’s never really clicked in his head how to behave socially,” Hisako explained. Upon seeing that Nichiren was still confused, she sighed. “It doesn’t occur to him how he sounds or acts some times?”

“I don’t get it,” Nichiren replied.

“Okay so…when I first met Daisuke, he looked off. Like a statue in some ways,” Hisako continued as they walked down the stairs. “But that wasn’t the only thing. He stood way too stiff, he’d make eye contact and keep staring in a way that would make you nervous. Right?”

“Yeah,” Nichiren nodded. “He doesn’t do that as much now.”

“He’s started wearing a Henge,” Hisako replied. “It’s helped and he’s stopped staring, but you notice how when he talks, it’s either monotone or like he’s trying to hard? It’s the same sort of thing.”

“Huh,” Nichiren said as they entered the open air. “But how does that make him a jerk without realizing it?”

“Think about it,” Hisako replied. “Daisuke apologized for leaving us by ourselves when he found out it made us uncomfortable, tried to help you feel better when we found you in the forest and went out of his way to save our lives when we got caught in our separate Genjutsu cell-things. Would a guy like that act like a jerk on purpose?”

Nichiren was quiet for a second. “Probably not.”

“It’s like most of the other shinobi in the world,” Hisako said. “Kakashi-sensei’s constantly late, there’s that guy in the green spandex whose way too enthusiastic, you’re a nervous wreck-“

Hey!

“-I don’t even care and Daisuke’s a social cripple. It’s all these little quirks people pick up. Daisuke’s just picked them up a lot sooner than everyone else.”

Nichiren hummed. “You think he’s like that because of his bloodline?”

“You know what?” Hisako answered with a look. “Probably. But I don’t know. Maybe he got dropped on his head or something at the orphanage.”

Nichiren laughed.

---
 
Let's Get Dangerous
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.
---


I always stunk at goals. Looking beyond the low-hanging fruit was something I’ve always been terrible at. It didn’t change when I died and came back.

It nearly killed me and my team.

But then it comes down to a point where I have to change or this game was going to kill me and my friends around me. Adapt or die.

Friends.

They’re a treasure to have, for sure. Life…sucked, without Cell 13. It sucked without Naruto. It sucked without Kakashi-sensei and it sucked without Nichiren or Hisako.

I need to treat them better. Protect them better. I’m the one with overpowered abilities, it’s my job to make sure they live through everything. This isn’t a Bioware RPG where everyone magically gets back up at the end of the fight. This is a Bethesda game without an essential tag.

Protecting them doesn’t involve coasting on some rather impressive B-rank techniques.

But how to improve?

Goals were always what was suggested. Set manageable goals, achieve them, set further goals, achieve them, work toward greatness.

Except I never tried to make the goals, really. I was always horrible at setting them, even worse at trying to reach them. But now the lives of my friends and I are at stake. So that leaves me with the only thing I can really do.

Set goals and try to follow them this time.

That ultimately comes to the question; what do I want?

Well, I want to go home and get away from the obscene danger. But I can’t think that way; down that path is the path of depression, madness and suicide in an attempt to fix what went wrong. It’s nowhere I really want to be.

So what do I want if I can’t have the former?

Well, I want to protect my friends.

My ‘precious people’, if I had to go with local vernacular.

How do I want to do that?

Well…I’ve got a maxed Intelligence, if not the motivation to use it fully. I also have maxed chakra control, nearly maxed Taijutsu and the ability to improve rapidly. I also seem to be rather gifted at reverse-engineering jutsu.

So, the idea of a Magic Knight is well within my possibility, but how do I help the rest of my team? Well, Kakashi doesn’t need that much help if I were honest. Nichiren and Hisako, on the other hand, do.

The thought entered my head of teaching them shadow-clone jutsu to help them train, but I seriously doubted that would even help them train all that much. Too fragile, too much chakra. Waste of time and effort.

I was consciously aware of ‘Chasing Shadows’ burning a hole in my quest log.

I’ll have to figure how to help them later. Right now, I need to help myself. So, in my ultimate philosophy in character building, a good character needs four things to be successful. Offense, Defense, Maneuverability, and Sustainability.

I’ve got plenty of Offense, though I could always use more, and my Maneuverability is fairly good, though I’ll need to learn Shunshin soon, as well as figure out if I can take a long fall. After that, it’s more or less taken care of until I learn how to fly. It should be possible, but I don’t remember anyone besides that one guy who flew on the back of a giant bird who pulled it off. That bird exploded? I think?

Sorry, getting off topic.

My defense was laughable. Barely anything against physical harm, nothing to be said against Ninjutsu and my lack of defense against Genjutsu is downright horrifying. On top of that, I have no sustain. My chakra reserves deplete like crazy, which leads me to believe there’s something odd going on there with how fast it regenerates. I have no real means of healing HP for myself or my team.

This is a very sad state of affairs.

Would a planned out build path help that much? Well, yes. If I’ve got enough abilities with enough utility, I shouldn’t be kicking myself for failing to account for something that happened, which is primarily the field of jutsu known, not so much perks. Skills I’m going to max out anyway, so there’s not much point in worrying about wasting them, per se.

I’ve used perks 2, 4 and 6. I have 22 more perks to go before I run out. I have an increase in Luck, Silent Jutsu and Educated. The perks I want are Almost Perfect, Taijutsu Enthusiast, Ninja, Paralyzing Palm, Chakra Siphon, and Toughness.

Almost Perfect because it’s broken, Taijutsu Enthusiast because it makes my unarmed damage scale better, Ninja to make my punches go through someone a quarter of the time rather than a tenth, Paralyzing Palm to make Neji feel short-man’s envy, Chakra Siphon because most ninja without chakra are hopeless and toughness because that could easily save my life.

Another good perk I could get would be Stone Wall as a defensive measure against people who toss their enemies around to help win fights. That would have to be after I get Almost Perfect to raise both my strength and endurance above the appropriate levels.

Now for the other 15 perks to use.

Sealless Jutsu was a thing. It took 85 Ninjutsu, Genjutsu and Chakra Control, as well as a level of 40. It also had the prerequisite perk of One Handed Jutsu, which did exactly what I thought it should: Do hand signs with one hand. Being able to use jutsu with only the slightest possible warning for anyone is something that fills me with joy. This surprisingly had a level restriction of level 16, as well has 60 Chakra Control, Ninjutsu and Genjutsu.

Another perk One Handed Jutsu unlocked was A Jutsu on Each Hand, which meant I could do separate jutsu on each hand, with 100 Ninjutsu, Genjutsu and Chakra Control along with a level restriction of 46. This meant that I could do two jutsu at once, without seals.

I thought the image for that perk being a Vault-Ninja doing jutsu with a third arm that grew out of his stomach to be hilarious. And possibly foreshadowing.

Okay, that’s three more perks I can get. Twelve more to go.

Another perk to get is Adamantium Skeleton, which according to the description, makes my bones unbreakable and increases unarmed damage because I’m hitting them without any fear of breaking my bones (in other words; harder). I’m surprised it doesn’t simply reduce my limb damage, but I guess there’s more ways to cripple a limb than just breaking a bone. Like severing tendons.

The only requirement is level 14, so I’ve got seven levels to go before I grab that.

Ninjutsu and Genjutsu Enthusiast do what Taijutsu Enthusiast does and increase their effectiveness by 10%. I actually really like these perks and will probably get them when I see nothing else to get. I need 25 of Ninjutsu and Genjutsu to get their respective perks, so I qualify for Taijutsu Enthusiast and Ninjutsu Enthusiast, but not for Genjutsu.

That can be fixed.

Now, for the Fuinjutsu Perks.

Fuinjutsu is so insanely overpowered I thought it would mostly be saved for late game. That was really just my own laziness talking, looking back on it. So naturally, there’s perks for it. Chakra Seals allows me to create and/or use seals without blood. It has a Fuinjutsu requirement of 50 and a level requirement of 10.

I don’t have a Fuinjutsu of 50, that would take another level and almost all of my skill points. Not sure focusing like that would be worth it, though if it would be worth it for any skill, it would be Fuinjutsu.

Another Fuinjutsu perk is Mail Bomber, which increases the explosion radius of explosive notes, but that one seems underwhelming. So I won’t be getting that one.

Tattooed Armory was an interesting perk. Fuinjutsu requirement of 45, but it made the effects of seals placed on weapons and armor 15% more effective. So I’ll be getting that. I have a pretty good idea of how to use it, too.

So, how many perks is that? 16? Alright. 6 more to go before I’ve got myself a good build path. How many perks am I going to get after 30? 5? I’ve got room for 5 more. Let’s see if there’s a good perk or two for Charisma…

Ferocious Loyalty’s a pretty good one. I go beneath half health like I did yesterday and my current team gets massive boosts to their defenses. 50%, actually. Great way to make sure my team doesn’t die if I go down.

Then…heh. There’s a perk called The Will of Fire.

Level 50. Requires 10 charisma, 100 Medicine and grants all nearby allies moderate health regeneration.



…HOLY #@%!

That…that doesn’t say ‘team’ or ‘companions’ or anything else. Just ‘Allies’. That…I…can sustain an ARMY with that perk! Or at very least a large task force. I... wow! This turns me into a literal heal-bus! Or Heal-tank, actually.

No one will die on my watch.

It’s perfect.

Shame its way up there on level 50. With a requirement of 10 Charisma, there’s not a lot of room for Intensive training. Thankfully, I can probably use Fuinjutsu to make some pseudo-cybernetics for a permanent stat boost to qualify. That worked in the games, right?

Right.

Okay. Let’s go back to Fuinjutsu-related perks…

Whitewash…YES. HECK YES. Whitewash allows me to erase seals, depending on my skill level. While I doubt it’s an instantaneous process unless it’s way beneath my skill level, that would’ve made the previous mission a cake walk. Level 32, 100 Fuinjutsu. Makes sense for that kind of requirement, but removing someone else’s seal, like a curse seal from existence is worth it.

And finally, there’s the elemental jutsu. It’s surprisingly bare bones, actually.

Elemental Training: Allows for the use of one additional element without penalty.

Which means…elemental jutsu is more tied up with my skills and affinities than actual perks. However, the first rank has a unique requirement, Unlock First Element, alongside 20 Ninjutsu. The second rank has forty Ninjutsu and the first rank of the perk as prerequisite.

So…putting them in order. Taijutsu Enthusiast, Chakra Seals, Toughness, Tattooed Armory, One Handed Jutsu, Paralyzing Palm, Ninja, Adamantium Skeleton, Ninjutsu Enthusiast, Two ranks of Elemental training in a row over levels 26 and 28, Almost Perfect, Stone Wall, Chakra Siphon, Ferocious Loyalty, Whitewash, Sealless Jutsu, The last two ranks of Elemental Training, A Jutsu in Each Hand, Genjutsu Enthusiast as a tentative place holder, then finally Will of Fire.

I got my skill increase mapped out, too. Over the next few levels, I’ll focus on getting my Ninjutsu and Genjutsu up to sixty to get One Handed Jutsu, then focus on getting Melee Weapons and Sneak up for Ninja. I already have the Taijutsu for Paralyzing Palm so I don’t need to worry about that for now.

After that, I’ll grab Adamantium Skeleton and the two ranks of Elemental Training since I will undoubtedly have the prerequisites for it by then. Surely. At that point, I’ll have the requisites for everything except for Will of Fire and I hope I’ll be able to improvise with Seals to give me the perfect 10 Charisma for the perk.

Gosh, having 10 Charisma is going to be so strange after a life of having it be my dump stat.

Focus.

Okay, that’s the perks. The list might change as I go on my play through, but the core remains the same. Now what’s my plan for getting new Jutsu? Ask Kakashi and go to Konoha’s Library. As a Genin, I have access to additional training material and jutsu, so I will probably either get new jutsu from there or failing that, some skill books so I don’t have to focus so heavily on various areas.

As my Ninjutsu and Genjutsu get higher, I’ll need to start reverse-engineering jutsu I know exist as well as come up with defenses, not just for myself, but for my team.

Final question, what to do with Fuinjutsu? Well as my last mission showed me, creating seals that can absorb chakra is possible, so there’s some defensive options against Ninjutsu and Genjutsu. I’ll need to work on that. Also from that mission, it’s possible to replicate the effects of Bijuu and jutsu. So if I’m right, it can pull off modified effects.

I had this idea. I’d put seals on my gloves and what they would do is they would create miniature constructs, using shadow clones as an example. They wouldn’t be very intelligent, only capable to following three instructions.

These instructions being: First, come into being. Second, Shunshin their way to the organs of my enemies. Third, explode. Basically homing bullets, but since I think they might just pierce their way through without transmitting a lot of the stopping power to the enemy, they’ll explode on impact. Or maybe a little after impact. I’d need to test it.

Basically, I’d turn my gloves into twin Uzi’s that spit rockets. Not entirely sure how effective it would be, but it’d give me a ranged option since I’m terrible at kunai.

Or you know, I could just learn a Katon Jutsu that does the same thing...whatever. I'll need to evaluate my options as they come.

As for jutsu, besides needing to figure out Shadow Clones, I need the Mystical Palm technique, either for myself or for my teammates, depending on the situation to add some sustain. Also some form of defensive technique, either water or earth wall, perhaps using fire to make a smoke screen or make a wind wall or something.

As for maneuverability, I wonder if I can adjust Kawarimi to substitute me with air as opposed to a random log? It wouldn’t be the Flying Thunder God since that thing’s got pure distance, but for short-range tactics, it might work. Assuming it’s even possible. Maybe substitute with a wind-clone?

…actually, I’m still trying to figure out how the Kawarimi even works and why it’s an E-rank. Probably shouldn’t touch it until I can figure it out.

Okay. First things first, what am I going to do today?

Well, first the meeting with Kakashi in less than an hour. I’ll ask Kakashi for jutsu at the meeting and see what he says, then I’ll head over to the hot springs and crack water-walking for some quick EXP, then it’s off to the library for me.

---

Surprisingly, I wasn’t the first one to the Memorial Stone. Kakashi had me beat even though I arrived a solid ten minutes early. But then, I guess since the Memorial Stone was where he spent all his time, it’s not that surprising.

“Kakashi-sensei,” I said in greeting.

“Daisuke-kun,” Kakashi eye-smiled at my approach. “You’re early.”

“So are you,” I replied. I felt a little awkward, since he was most likely mourning his friend Obito’s death and I was intruding. “…don’t let me interrupt. I’ll go take a nap in a tree or something.”

I could ask for jutsu later.

“Okay,” Kakashi went back to what he was doing.

I walked up a tree and…hey! There’s a lake over there. Shoot, I’ll just crack water-walking right now.

I jumped off the tree with everything I had and ran fast. I got ready to throw chakra in my feet as I approached the shore. I leaped up as high as I could and got ready for a feet-first landing.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/45.

+300 EXP.


Stuck it.

Haha, this is awesome!

I did a back-flip from my hands, laughing like a maniac as I bounced, leaped and otherwise enjoyed being able to run and slide across the water. I briefly posed like a guy on water-skis while I slid before stopping.

Because once you got over the novelty, it was just bouncing on a flat surface. Kind of a shame.

You know, if I could spread out the impact over a wider surface or strengthened the surface tension beneath me, I might be able to turn this body of water into a wicked trampoline.

But as it stands, I might need a jutsu to do that and…hold on, snake-dragon-dog…

Ninjutsu Check Failed: 30/75.


Ah, darn it. Oh well.

I looked to the shore. Nichiren and Hisako were both standing there. Nichiren was waving his arms, Hisako was kind of just standing there. I imagine they were fairly shocked. I sped over to them like a speedboat. “Hey.”

“That was incredible!” Nichiren shouted in glee.

“Thanks,” I said, walking ashore.

“You figure that out by yourself too?” Hisako asked with a frown.

“Yes. Yes, I did,” I nodded. Wait, was she mad?

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

She’s not just mad. She’s…envious? Of me? Huh. “Is there a problem?”

“No, just…” Hisako looked away, her gaze wandering before finally settling on Kakashi. “Kakashi-sensei, you had training for us?”

“Yes I did,” Kakashi responded without missing a beat. He withdrew several sheets of paper from who knows where and handed them to us. We walked over to the memorial stone, and sat down. Kakashi was in front of the stone, and the three of us were across from him in a line.

This was clearly a report form. Lines for where my name was to go, where the name of the mission and a large box where we were meant to describe what happened. Kakashi was going through an explanation about each part of the sheet I only partially paid attention too.

When he finished, my hand went up.

“Yes, Daisuke?” Kakashi asked me.

“Where it asks for a mission report, does that include what we saw in the cells?” I asked with a frown.

“Not necessarily,” Kakashi answered with a shrug. “You could just put that you were trapped in a hell viewing jutsu. But if any of you need someone to talk too, you can always rely on your team. Me especially.”

Oh. Whew. Okay, I was really paranoid there for a second that I would have to come up with a story that didn’t involve Vertibirds or Liberty Prime but was true enough to not set off anyone’s lie detection senses.

But that raised other questions. Is there no psychological care in Konoha? Probably not, now that I think about it. The various quirks and stuff that arise in everyone’s personality imply a ‘take care of it yourself’ approach. And given how much death they see and the mere presence of Genjutsu, that kind of care might not be feasibly possible, what with ninja’s sheer paranoid mistrust of someone like that and the kind of target a therapist would be painting on their back.

Seriously, you want to break a shinobi? Kidnap his therapist.

That was just disheartening, though. There had to be something that could be done…heck, maybe that could be my shtick later in life when I’m maximum level, bored and impossible to kill. That’d be really cool actually.

I wouldn’t be at Naruto’s level of therapy no jutsu, but the more practitioners on the side of good, the better, right?

I just realized everyone was really quiet.

Kakashi was waiting for one of us to break the silence, burst the dam and get everyone talking. I could see it easily. As much as I like getting the first word in, I didn’t want to say anything right now. But-

“I got transported to an entrance to a maze,” Hisako started, not looking at any of us. “I…saw my parents get dragged in there by something, I don’t remember what it was, and it…was my job to rescue them.”

Ooh. She got plopped in a survival horror game. Yikes. It was times like this that I remembered that my teammates were kids. Twelve year olds. Child soldiers. I was an adult...even if I didn’t look like it. My job to protect them just took on another dimension.

I already feel terrible.

“The maze was filled with…monsters,” Hisako gulped and…yeah, she had tears rolling down her cheeks. “They were like walking corpses…stabbing them or slicing them didn’t do anything since they were already dead and I didn’t know anything else.”

She devolved into sobs. Kakashi was there in a second, comforting and reassuring her.

“I can’t just pull jutsu out of nowhere,” She said in between heaves. “I’m not D-a genius. I can’t pull jutsu from nowhere.”

I am a massive $#%#$. An unforgivably lazy $#@% that nearly got these kids killed.

She eventually settled down, wiping tears away on her arm.

Nichiren decided to start. “I found myself in a ruined Konoha. It was in complete shambles and everyone was just fending for themselves. I got assigned to…requisition supplies.”

He was holding tears back too. My hearts breaking for my team.

“I went into a ruined store and there, huddling behind the counters were my parents,” Nichiren said, taking off his glasses and rubbing his eyes. “I…was being asked to steal from my parents for the good of the village.”

Ooh. He was really feeling this divide between the village and his family, wasn’t he?

“I couldn’t do it,” He said, blanching something awesome. “I fought against the team I was with to protect my mom and dad. I…failed. I couldn’t protect my precious people.”

There were those words again.

“They were executed for treason,” Nichiren was starting to lose it. “I was next, and then…”

He lost it. Hisako took his hand. Kakashi wrapped an arm around his shoulders and this time-

-Perception Check Success: 8/8-

-I could hear what was being said.

“Nichiren,” Kakashi intoned. “I know you’ve been under a lot of pressure from both sides…but those who abandon their precious people for the mission are worse than trash. If that had happened…you would have done the right thing and I would’ve been right beside you.”

Nichiren took a breath. “R-really?”

“Really,” Kakashi eye-smiled.

In another life, I would’ve rolled my eyes at how touchy-feely this all was.

To that I say; shut up other me. You don’t know anything.

Naturally, they turned toward me. I…suppose sharing would be the appropriate thing to do. But I’m a terrible liar and my speech is still not high enough for me to feel comfortable lying about it. It wouldn’t help me anyway if I did lie about it.

The thought to come clean arrived and was viciously strangled upon birth. So…I just finished my report in as bare terms as I could conceivably do so and stood up.

“I’m sorry,” I said to my team as I handed Kakashi my report. “But I don’t feel like talking about what happened right now.”

“Daisuke…” Nichiren looked worried.

“This isn’t the time to be anti-social!” Hisako snapped, her voice still hoarse from her cry. “You can’t just crawl into your shell again! Not after what we went through!”

“Sorry,” I replied with a shrug. “But I like my shell.”

The thing about having such a high Taijutsu skill was that attacks from people with an obviously lower skill from you were painfully telegraphed. Hisako, of course, like all good women from anime, wanted to punch me for being stupid. I probably deserved it, to boot. But alas, I didn’t feel like losing a tooth.

So, I caught the punch and threw her onto the ground as gently as I could have managed. With that, I started to walk away.

“Daisuke,” Kakashi said, and I turned. I saw that he had Hisako, who had gotten up for another attack, by the shoulder. “When you’re ready to talk, we’ll all be here. Alright?”

“Sure,” I said, with a bow. “Thank you, Kakashi-sensei.”

---

First things first, check the library.

I headed over there first, marching through the academy doors. I checked the academy level, and found that there were no new books. Considering that books were much harder to produce than in my old world, I wasn’t that surprised.

Marching up the stairs to the level reserved for Genin was a different story. The shelves were lined with books and scrolls and a pre-eminent examination revealed what were likely skill books, as well as some very interesting scrolls filled with jutsu.

I showed my ID card to the Chunin on duty, a bored shinobi who I didn’t recognize, or care to learn about…maybe later.

Of skill books, there were 5. 4 of them were for Chakra Control. I face palmed with each one, each louder than the last, until I finally got a shush. The last one was for Sneak, bringing it up to 18.

The real treasures, of course were the jutsu. The first one was Demonic Illusion: Hellviewing Technique, which was a chakra control requirement of 20 and a Genjutsu requirement of 15.

I barely held in my manic, dark and angry laughter, biting my knuckle to avoid getting thrown out of the library. Out of all the techniques I could’ve learned, it had to be this one.

+150 EXP.

1,920 EXP until I level.

The shelves held surprisingly few secrets. Most of the good jutsu, like fireballs or electrical jutsu were either in the C-rank section further up the stairs, or the property of other villages, and thus were either simply not available, even higher than C-rank, or locked away in the Uchiha compound.

…would I really risk raiding the Uchiha compound for a fireball? A place probably watched like a hawk by Anbu, guarded by ancient defenses and probably pilfered clean by enterprising shinobi that were given a happy fun-time tour of T&I for their lack of respect?

Probably. Would need a higher Sneak skill though.

I haven’t even seen Sasuke yet. But maybe that’s for the best.

The next jutsu that I did find, though? Shunshin.

+150 EXP.

1770 EXP.

YES. This will come in handy, I didn’t even have to do the minor amount of work to figure it out for myself!



Suddenly, this seems much less okay than before.

Whatever, this just means I need to come up with some of the better jutsu for myself.

This talk of jutsu brings to mind elemental chakra.

What was the test for it, some chakra-sensitive paper that you funneled chakra into? I wonder what it’ll do when I funnel chakra into it. Find my element? Is that something I can decide or something decided by the RNG? Maybe I don’t have an element.

I had this amusing image of the paper simply sitting in my hand, doing nothing but in its mind asking in horror exactly what I was. This turned less amusing when I figured that Kakashi or someone else might be watching and questions might be asked.

So, that made my next objective clear.

Get some chakra-paper and get my affinity tested. Figure out contingencies if something bizarre happens. Obtain some drugs and alcohol and break my double-lifetime prohibition on both of these things for the additional charisma to lie since my life would literally depend on it.

I hope that won’t be necessary, though.

I thanked the librarian on my way out and headed into market. Using my newfound Shunshin, I was off like a rocket, flying over rooftops with a loud whoop at the top of my lungs. I momentarily got distracted by what I was supposed to do, but since I knew I could soften my landings now, I landed without a fuss.

Sadly, I knew that seeing things while using the Shunshin wasn’t really possible until I slowed down. Wasn’t the Sharingan required for that? It was. I hope that my stats getting more powerful as I level will eventually be a good substitute.

But in any case, I needed to focus.

Using Shunshin judiciously, I was able to visit stores meant for shinobi fairly quickly, until at last I found a store that possessed chakra paper. Having cashed in the A-rank mission vouchers earlier, I had more than enough to buy this priceless commodity.

The sheet I purchased was about the size of a regular sheet of paper, but I knew upon contact that it was different. It seemed to want suck chakra into it, grasping at the thin wisps that danced their way from my fingers.

But I needed to be smart about this.

I stowed it away and headed home, using a Shunshin to leap more than half-way there in a single bound. I ran up the apartment building, said hi to the landlord on my way, and closed my apartment door behind me.

First things first, I don’t need to use all of my paper at once. Small dent in my wallet or no, it was expensive. I used a shuriken to cut it into evenly spaced strips for storage. I grasped one between my index finger and thumb and, to its delight, I channeled my chakra into it.

The world around me grayed out as the paper started to glow. A green window appeared.

Choose an Element it said, with a menu for lightning, fire, wind, earth and water below it.

Ah, well. That’s convenient. Absurdly broken to boot.

My first instinct was to pick Fire. But I held off on it, as I needed to think about it. This was a decision that was both remarkably large and significantly more forgiving than my SPECIAL allocation. I needed something that I could picture myself using in more ways than one, was easily taken advantage of and I would be happy with.

Well, I had Kakashi as a sensei, so anything was probably easily taken advantage of. As for happy with, the decision really came down to fire and lightning. I loved both of those quite a bit. As for its usage, that was harder. Fire meant smoke screens, explosions, burning things and jet engines, in theory. Lightning meant freaking lightning, absurdly high temperature, shockwave inducing death rays from the heavens above. It also meant magnetism, paralysis to the point of instant death in some cases, and all of this applicable though touch, making it the deadliest static electricity imaginable.

And even if I choose one or the other, it’s not like jutsu from one is locked from me forever. Just penalized until the appropriate perks.

What to decide.

There’s also the various combinations to consider. Combine fire with, say, air and I can create firestorms. Combine lightning with water, and I wouldn’t be surprised if I could create weaponized storm clouds.

Well…how to decide.

Fire, for all its explosions, also tends to burn things, which is a long, drawn out way to kill someone that’s…frankly, inhumane. Some people might deserve it, but lightning would kill faster and be less risky, I think.

So, I picked lightning.

The world went back to normal, and the paper in my fingers crumpled.

+1000 EXP.

Wow.

Wow.

Really?

770 EXP until I level.

That makes me feel good. Really, really good. Let’s go see if I can earn level 8 by figuring out some jutsu.

With that, I leapt out the window with a Shunshin, getting better at orienting myself at landing as I got used to it, and zoomed all the way to training ground 7.

It was just a basic training ground. A few targets and sparring dummies strewn about.

First jutsu I wanted to test? Well, I actually wanted to try a fire jutsu, just to see how much the penalty was for not having the Fire element. I don’t think I know enough to reverse engineer Sasuke’s famous fireballs, but I had another idea.

A smoke screen.

See, when you spend too much chakra on a jutsu, you get a smoke-screen. However, this smoke rarely, if ever, lasts long enough to make a difference and doesn’t cause much lung damage. I want a beefed up version. One that obscures vision for at least an hour and burns my enemies’ lungs…while not burning my own lungs.

So…let’s see…tiger, snake, rat…

I brought up the chakra through my lungs while I took a deep breath and…let loose a deep breath.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/15.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 30/20.

+150 EXP.


The field in front of me was obscured by black smoke that was alight by glowing embers and sparks in the cloud. The heat from it washed over my face and I could tell that this would have been insanely problematic to anyone who walked through it. I smirked and cancelled the jutsu. The smoke rapidly faded and where it was, the grass was smoldering and partially burned.

…yeah. That’ll do it. Walking through that without some form of protection could be lethal, or at least permanently debilitating. I’ll name this Burning Smokescreen.

Next up, the main event. Lightning jutsu. Deadly static electricity. Grab them to taze them. As if my Taijutsu needs to be any deadlier…good to have options, I suppose. Let’s see…ox, dragon, bird…

My hands cackled with electrical power, the currents arcing between my fingers with the oddest tickling sensation.

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/15.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 30/5.

+150 EXP.


Barely felt or saw a drain, as opposed to the smoke, which took out almost half. It’s not even that difficult, though. Next, let’s try extending it through my chakra strings. Shouldn’t be difficult, right?

I stuck a kunai down in the ground and attached a chakra-string to the ring at the end. I added a boar in the middle and a monkey at the end and lightning was traveling through my chakra strings. Nice! I’ll name that one Chakra Taser. Simple and effective.

Okay, let’s see if I can do something like a thunder-clap. Something to deafen foes in an area. Channel chakra into my palms…dragon, monkey, bird…

I brought my hands into a clap and…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/25.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 30/25.

+150 EXP.


It was like an explosion went off in my palms, it was so loud. It was even accompanied by electrical discharge, which was awesome. I stood there, frozen, waiting for someone to come investigate the noise. No one did, so I guess that jutsu practice was common. Or that I was already being watched since I got here. That wasn’t a pleasant thought, but it’s not like I’d be able to avoid being watched if that was the case.

Thunderclap. The name was quick and simple.

320 EXP until level 8.

I needed three more jutsu and it didn’t matter what they were, really. I could try a more traditional lightning attack, but I can already tell that I might not have the skill level to figure it out. I mean, Iruka’s dolphin jutsu was beyond me, so some of the more fun jutsu was locked behind skill, if I had to guess.

So, maybe an Earth jutsu? Let’s try throwing some of the rocks around. Ox, Rat, Monkey…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/20.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 30/25.

+150 EXP.


Four rocks picked up and flew toward a target, most missing, but one hitting dead center. Wow, my bar went to below half like with the smoke screen. That won’t be something I’m using for a while. If ever. An option, I guess. Stone Shot? Is that a name? I’ll just call it that until I come up with a better one. If ever.

…alright, whatever. Let’s try a wind technique, just to see what it does. A simple gust should do. So…bird, dragon, horse…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/25.

Ninjutsu Check Failure: 30/35.


My chakra went near empty and I felt only the slightest of gusts trace itself across my outstretched hands. Gust of Wind? Get all Pokemon? I’ll call it Gust of Wind.

+150 EXP.


20 EXP. One more jutsu.

…let’s try another ranged lightning attack.

This one would be more like a closed net of electrical discharge, clumped together to seek a target to shock the crap out of. Simple. Probably above me, but as the last Wind Jutsu shown me, that doesn’t matter in the slightest. So…here we go. Bird, Dragon, Horse…

Chakra Control Check Success: 100/30.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 30/30.

+150 EXP.


It was like making a ball out of chakra strings that had beautiful electric currents rushing through them. I was entranced by it, my wide eyes taking in every detail. I threw it at the target, and it hit square in the center, leaving it a blackened, scorched cinder.

Yes.

Yesyesyes.

Oh my yes!


Dum-dum-dum-Dum!

Level Up!


I had a plan to how I was going to allocate my skill points. This plan let me use most of my new toys much more effectively right now, actually. I sunk 10 points into Fuinjutsu and Ninjutsu, bringing them up to 40 and 39 respectively. The remaining 3 going straight to Speech, making it 33.

The perk I planned was Taijutsu Enthusiast, increasing the damage and magnitude of my Taijutsu by 10%. I took it.

Whew.

This level took like no time at all. I haven’t even touched seals yet. Getting more powerful shouldn’t take much longer at all.

…I won’t let those kids…my team…my friends, die on my watch. I swear it.

---
 
Dinner and a Tree-walk
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


Bum-bum-bum-Bum!

Level Up!

Level 10.


Well, my furlough passed quickly enough. I put a grand total of 16 points into Ninjutsu, bringing it up to 55, since I’ve realized that every single check was a multiple of five. A grand total of 18 points into Melee Weapons, bringing it up to 35 in preparation for the Ninja perk. 10 points into Fuinjutsu at level 9 and 2 points into it at level 10, bringing it up to 52.

I also took Chakra Seals, which allow me to make seals without ink and use them without blood. It’s broken, as far as I’m concerned.

I’ve stopped keeping track of all the jutsu I’ve invented. Enough for 6250 EXP points. This just shows something that frankly baffles my mind: I can do almost whatever the heck I want as far as jutsu is concerned. My only limit is skills, and that’s not much of a limit.

I acquired some explosive notes and storage scrolls over the past two weeks and managed to reverse engineer them to make my own. Turns out that explosive notes only work by, and it’s hurting my brain to think of it like this, but they work by sealing explosions for later use. Specifically, a C-rank suicide technique, into the seal. I guess it makes sense considering what I know now, but it’s dashed my hopes and dreams.

So on the plus side, I know the jutsu and figured out how to make a better one. Also, the ability to make my own storage scrolls is rapidly turning out to be priceless, since as long as I have the storage scroll on my person, the scroll and the items inside count as being in my inventory, and can be accessed through my black book.

However, my dreams of ‘seals as reality warping computers’ have nearly come to a screeching halt and so, I’m going to have to rethink my ‘chakra missiles’ from the ground up. I’m mostly just trying to bring a bit of my childhood…well, the first one… to the game.

Replicating Isaac’s Greater Missile Storm is something of a pet project. I’m starting to think I can use the Rasengan as the basis for the missiles, but I need to make them seek out their targets. Maybe an overlay of chakra over the ball that propels it forward? I still need to figure out how the chakra manages to hold its shape without hand seals telling it to do so. That’s the biggest innovation about that ball of power, really.

But as far as triumphs of my childhood are concerned, I can do Sith Lightning now. Because Star Wars.

I don’t need any other reason.

Still trying to figure out how to turn it into Force Storm but when I do, I think it’ll be worth it.

I haven’t seen either of my teammates over the past few weeks, but then I haven’t really been looking for them either. I think Hisako might be over my sucker punch to the team-building exercise two weeks ago, but maybe that’s just me hoping. I have no clue what Nichiren’s doing.

Today we were supposed to meet up again in the morning at training ground 1, as opposed to number 3 which I think may be so Kakashi-sensei can be late like he normally is. I can respect that, since judging people’s quirks is the last thing that I, of all people, should be doing.

I was leaning against one of the training posts, still going over my options in the perk-list in my notebook. The breeze was fairly pleasant against my face and I saw the grass shift around me in the wind. There wasn’t a cloud in the sky and it otherwise seemed…peaceful.

This meant that I was bored, sadly. To wait, or not to wait? I…I guess I’m not waiting, as Hisako just entered the training ground.

Her head was hanging, her face looking downcast. Her long black hair was tied up in its usual ponytail, with a pair of locks framing the sides of her face. I could see from the insides of her dark jacket that she was loaded up on senbon and shuriken. She wore boots that went up to her shins, but they were un-armored.

…wait, I didn’t know she could use senbon. Huh. Someone has been training. I approve.

Hisako looked up at me as she approached and offered a half-hearted smile and wave as greeting.

I waved back with a smile of my own.

We sat there for a couple awkward moments, before I went back to my book. Huh, Unstoppable is a thing? Oh, but it’s a level 50 perk. A chance to avoid all damage from an attack that scales-

Hisako sighed and sat down to my left.

-with luck. Really cool, but I’d need to sacrifice Will of Fire for that. It’d be pretty awesome if I could conceivably go into fight by myself with no teammates, but going into as many fights with teammates as I can will ensure that I’m there to keep everyone alive with our enemies dead.

“So,” Hisako paused. “Daisuke.”

“What?” I looked at her quizzically.

Hisako looked at me back, taking a breath before continuing. “You have a right to be angry.”

She lost me.

“And I’m sorry about trying to hit you,” Hisako let out the breath she was holding. “For not…respecting…that you don’t want to talk about what happened back at the house.”

Oh, that. Right. Should I be mad at that? I should not be mad at that. She didn’t actually hit me for one, and I was the one who tanked the group-bonding exercise. That and the house part was technically my fault since that Root Agent was targeting me specifically.

…though I do have reservations about the ‘Root and Danzo evulz’ being the entire explanation, to be perfectly honest. I’m betting on human error also playing a factor…

“So…I just…yeah,” Hisako finished lamely, turning on the ground to not face me. “…I’m sorry.”

I blinked and went back to my book. Then I closed it and stuck it in my back pocket. “I’m not mad.”

“Yes you are,” Hisako frowned, looking back at me. “I can hear it in your voice, Daisuke. It’s called a tone of voice.”

“I think you’re confusing angry for confused,” I replied, getting a little irate for real. Stupid 4 Charisma. It’s still better than 1 but I still have terrible issues with my social skills. It makes me feel that the Henge only increases my appearance some days.

“Well, I don’t think so,” Hisako’s increasing frustration pulling me out of my thoughts.

“I’m sorry you feel that way,” I shrugged, pulling my book out with a plan in case she tried to hit me again.

“I-You-Grrr…” Her frustration started to spike and…she stood up and walked away, kicking a training post on the way before sitting behind it. Then she groaned in irritation with a twinge of regret.

Well, that was weird. Smoother than I hoped, though. Any other perks I could find a use for. Ninja, I’m actually wondering about. On the one hand, it’ll help my Taijutsu a lot. On the other hand, it needs melee weapons as a requirement. I’m literally never going to use melee weapons, meaning I’m dumping 80 some-odd skill points into a skill I’ll never otherwise use except for some specific situations.

So maybe there’s a better perk I can use? I…ugh…I need to fix things up with Hisako. My gut’s not going to stop bothering me until I do.

So let’s be careful with my voice modulation here. “So…I’m really not mad, Hisako.”

“You don’t need to lie to make me feel better,” Hisako called back from behind her stump. “I know I screwed up.”

“That doesn’t mean I’m mad,” I replied with a frown. “You didn’t hit me, I tanked a team-bonding moment…seriously. All is forgiven, if that’s what you want to hear.”

“It’s not about what I want to hear,” Hisako argued back. “It’s about making things right for a teammate I disrespected.”

C’mon, let’s try to use my speech skill here… “I don’t feel disrespected, though. Really. Nichiren, Kakashi-sensei and yourself were all having a really healthy group-therapy session. One that I opted out of in a really bad way. Emotions were high and I recognize that. I don’t fault you for any of that. I might’ve wanted to hit me in your shoes.”

Hisako was quiet. Until she offered a single, barked-out laugh. “I swear, even when you’re saying the right things, it sounds forced.”

Is that her anger talking or my crappy charisma talking? “Sorry.”

“Ah no,” Hisako sounded startled. “That’s not what I meant. I’m trying to apologize to you.”

“Apology accepted?” I said, wanting this to be over and for us to be friends again already.

Hisako sighed, sounding a little miserable. “Just forget it.”

Oh, great. This was going to haunt me for the next few days, I could tell. It’s times like this that I think I really screwed up going for a natural 1 charisma. This just makes me ache more for Almost Perfect, which is tens of thousands of EXP away for me. There’s only so much jutsu I can pull out of my rear before I run out of ideas. Or into problems.

Nichiren came into view a few minutes later. His own black hair was cut short and his glasses were thick and square. He seemed hunched over and nervous, more so than usual. His hands were stuffed into the pockets of his baggy pants. The kunai holster on his leg was filled, obviously, and he carried some slightly worn storage scrolls on the back of his belt.

Huh, seems like he’s been training more too. Nice. Also, I just noticed that I’m the only one on my team with brown hair. Odd, because brown hair was one of the most common in my old life. Now I’m the only one I know with it out of the people I know.

…the things you notice with bigger perception score.

I like it, actually.

“Hey, Hisako. Daisuke,” Nichiren waved to each of us in turn.

“Hey Nichiren,” Hisako replied.

“Hello,” I said in return.

Nichiren swallowed. “So…my mom wanted to invite you guys over for dinner tonight. Do you guys have any plans? She said she’d love to have the both of you. She even invited Sensei.”

“Sure, I can come,” Hisako agreed immediately.

“I…don’t know,” I confessed with a shrug.

“Oh. You have plans?” Nichiren asked.

“No, I just seriously doubt I’m the type of person you’d invite over for dinner,” I answered truthfully. “I have no idea what table manners are involved, how to act and even if I did, it’d probably look forced or something.”

Hisako made a noise of discomfort. I craned my neck to see if she was okay. She looked fine.

“My mom knows you have trouble talking to people,” Nichiren said. Then he looked mortified at having let that slip. “I mean, she knows you’re an amazing shinobi and how you helped save our lives so I thought it’d be fair to let her know that you have…difficulty socializing. She said she wants to have you over anyway.”

I blinked. Once. Twice.

“You know, if you don’t want me around you can just say so,” I said with a frown. “I know I scare you half to death, no need to suffer on my account.”

“No, no! That’s not it,” Nichiren started to back pedal. “I-I just didn’t know how you’d react to an…invitation from someone that you’ve never met before. I wasn’t sure if you’d say yes since you don’t really act like a normal person.”

Hisako hissed in alarm and a little bit of anger. Nichiren’s eyes went wide as he inserted his foot into his mouth with all the force of a train.

For my part, I simply snorted and went back to my book. “Ain’t that the truth.”

Everything simple fell into an awkward silence. I could have sworn I felt the inklings of Killing Intent coming from Hisako aimed at Nichiren for his slip-up. Poor guy. I wish I knew how I could stop scaring the heck out of him. Or at very least help him man-up and not let me get to him so bad.

After about a half an hour, Nichiren impressed me by coming back around for a second try. “Sorry, Daisuke. I didn’t mean to offend you.”

“It’s okay,” I replied, looking at him.

“I am sorry and I wasn’t kidding about my Mom wanting you over for dinner,” Nichiren continued. “Could you…think the offer over, at least?”

“I think it’d be good to have you there,” Hisako added, still behind the training post. “She invited the whole team, you know.”

I guess it’ll give me enough time to think about how to let them down gently before the time comes and I act like a slobbering caveman in a glass house. “I’ll think about it.”

“Thank you,” Nichiren actually sounded relieved.

Huh. I misread that situation entirely. Whoops. “Sorry for being harsh, earlier.”

Nichiren looked taken aback. “It’s okay, Daisuke-san. I kn-uh, yeah. It’s okay.”

Nice save.

Things went back to a decidedly more comfortable silence. Hisako sounded like she was sharpening her kunai. Nichiren was actually painting a seal…what looked like an explosive tag.

“Careful you don’t blow yourself up,” I said to Nichiren.

“I know,” Nichiren said, stopping what he was doing to look at me. “Kakashi-sensei was very thorough when explaining how to make these.”

“Kakashi-sensei taught you how to make explosive tags?” Hisako sounded a little hurt. “When do I get to learn how to make these?”

“I think soon,” Nichiren replied. “Yesterday, he said I’ve caught up on everything I missed in the academy plus a little.”

“That’s awesome,” Hisako replied. “So does that mean I get some personal, super awesome training soon, or do I have to wait in line behind Daisuke?”

“I can just pull jutsu out of the air,” I said in affront to that. “I don’t think I need special attention any time soon.” Or ever.

“Right,” Hisako actually sounded annoyed at that, which didn’t make sense to me.

Eventually, our sensei actually showed up, one hand in pocket, his face deeply engrossed in his erotica. Like usual, I felt a spike of irritation at the sight of the book. All the changes I’ve gone through and I’m still a horrible prude.

“Ah, my lovely little Genin,” Kakashi eye-smiled, closing his book. “How was your furlough?”

“Pretty good, actually,” I responded with a nod. “No real complaints.”

"That's good to hear," Kakashi eye-smiled. "You got a lot done, I take it?"

Was he spying on me over the past couple of weeks? He probably was, since I was the target of that fiasco two weeks ago. Oops.

“I got some good training in,” Hisako stood up, shrugging her shoulders. “It was nice to get a break, though.”

“It was great, Kakashi-sensei,” Nichiren smiled. “Thanks for training me through it anyway.”

“It was nothing,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “I’m just happy to see how far you’ve come.”

“So when’s my super special training,” Hisako asked with an expectant look.

“Probably soon,” Kakashi said. Then he sighed, looking at Hisako and myself. “I’m sorry if it feels like I’ve been neglecting the two of you. Training up Nichiren’s been taking up most of my time.”

“It’s fine,” Hisako said, waving off his concerns. “I’m just ready to learn something new is all.”

“Well you’ll get that today,” Kakashi straightened out. “You know the tree-walking technique already, right?”

“Yup!” Hisako looked really happy.

“So today, I’m going to teach you the water-walking technique,” Kakashi looked indifferent. “There’s a pond out in the back of the training course. And before I forget…”

Kakashi turned to Nichiren as Hisako bolted for the aforementioned pond. “Nichiren, do you know the tree-walking technique?”

“No Sensei,” Nichiren replied with an embarrassed smile. “Am I supposed too?”

“No, that’s usually a technique reserved for Jounin to teach their Genin,” Kakashi explained. “Hisako already learned it from her parents and Daisuke’s…”

“I’m me,” I supplied.

Yes,” Kakashi sounded a little exasperated. “You’re you. Which is why you’re going to be teaching Nichiren the tree-walking technique while I’m helping Hisako.”

“What.”

“Don’t ‘what’ me,” Kakashi sounded unusually tired. “With the way you pull jutsu out of the air, I’d have thought that you’d have a very in-depth understanding of how the Jutsus work. Am I wrong?”

“…not really,” I muttered to myself. “I do know jutsu pretty well, yes.”

“Well then you shouldn’t have any trouble at all,” Kakashi eye smiled and I got the distinct impression that he may have been trolling me. Or worse; trying to train me. “Have fun, you two!”

He disappeared in a flurry of leaves and I saw him materialize over by the thicket that housed the pond, already giving Hisako the specialized instruction she craved.

I looked at Nichiren, who was looking at me with a mix of apprehension and maybe a little acceptance. “So, how do I do the technique?”

“It’s actually pretty simple,” I said, gesturing to the nearest tree and we started walking. “You send chakra through your limb of choice and anchor it to the surface you want to stick to. In the case of Konoha, a tree.”

We arrived at the base of the tree. I was looking up at it and it seemed reasonably high. But I didn’t want high right now.

“So how do I actually do that?” Nichiren asked, adjusting his glasses.

I explaining that from scratch doesn’t seem like it would help…Oh, what’s a good example…uh…oh. Yeah. “Remember the leaf exercise they had us all do in the academy?”

"The one where we learned to concentrate to move our chakra?" Nichiren frowned, looking confused.

"No, the one where we made the leaf stick to the tip of our finger," I elaborated with just the slightest amount of irritation.

“You mean the one where you made the leaf dance across your arm for your own amusement?” Nichiren asked in turn.

“Oh yeah, I remember that,” I reminisced, lost in a memory or two. “Anyway, that’s what you want to do. Just scaled up.”

“Wait, really?” Nichiren asked with a frown. “That’s all there is to it?”

I shrugged. “Yeah, basically.”

“I can do that,” Nichiren smiled, putting a foot on the trunk. “Okay, now what?”

“Test the grip by trying to lift yourself up?” I offered, scratching the side of my head. “Gently, though. No jumping.”

Nichiren nodded and his brow knitted together in concentration. The muscles in his leg tightened and…his leg slid right off the bark.

“Not enough chakra,” I said.

“Okay,” Nichiren pursed his lips into a thin line and stuck is leg on the trunk again. After a few seconds, he tried to lift himself up again and this time actually succeeded in sticking to the trunk. With a nervous laugh, Nichiren slowly brought his other leg up to the tree and fell from the trunk. I caught him before he landed on the dirt and stood him back up.

“You alright?” I asked, letting him go.

“Yeah,” Nichiren nodded. “I’m fine.”

“Good,” I nodded. “Try again.”

Nichiren nodded and took a deep breath, sticking his foot on the trunk.

This process repeated itself for several minutes. He would put his foot on, lift his foot other foot up, would almost get said foot on the trunk, or succeed in getting it on the trunk, only to slide off. I tried my best to remain quiet to avoid venting my frustration and making him feel bad. I mean, I am the adult here. Even if I don’t look it.

Eventually, after I caught him, he just glared at the tree. “What am I doing wrong?”

I shrugged. “If you keep slipping off, that’s a sign you aren’t putting enough chakra into it.”

“I’m not putting enough chakra into it?” Nichiren looked flabbergasted.

“Well, you can stick just fine until you start thinking about something else,” I was partially thinking to myself here. “So you’re probably just forgetting to pump chakra through the foot that’s sticking while you’re trying to do something else. You need a constant flow of chakra to stick, after all.”

Nichiren blinked, frowned and nodded. He stuck one foot on the tree, and with his face screwed up in concentration, managed to stick the other one on the trunk.

The speech skill was a fantastic investment.

“I did it!” Nichiren threw both hands into the air then stopped himself from dropping onto the ground.

“That’s awesome,” I nodded in approval. “Now, can you walk up the tree?”

“…up the tree?” Nichiren sounded worried again.

“You can’t say you’ve learned tree-walking until you can walk up the tree,” I informed him, walking up the tree casually to demonstrate. “Just keep doing what you’re doing and practice from there.”

You know, this makes me wonder. From what I remember of the anime, the only person to get tree walking right off the bat was Sakura. Naruto and Sasuke both needed to do a parkour run up their trees during Wave Arc, if I recall. Was that kind of training more effective than what I’m doing? Does the fact that Nichiren’s doing this rather successfully mean I’m a better teacher? Doubt it. It probably means that Nichiren’s control is actually really good.

He still hasn’t moved though. Maybe I should’ve had him do the parkour-run instead?

I slid down next to him. “You okay?”

“Yeah,” Nichiren answered. “Just…psyching myself up.”

He’s scared of something. Is he afraid of heights? I was afraid of heights in my old life. So I can understand that completely. “I’ll head back down to catch you when you fall.”

“Uh…” Nichiren stopped. Was that not it? “Thanks, I might need thaaaaa-“

I got down there first and caught him.

“Thanks.”

“Not a problem.”

Nichiren stood up.

“Maybe we should change tactics here,” I replied. “You think you can run up this tree?”

“Run up it?” Nichiren squawked, looking up the tree. “No.”

You know, I’d thought that running up it would be harder to do; much more strenuous, difficult and probably better for training chakra control. Probably why Kakashi had Naruto and Sasuke do that the first time around. But…wait, Kakashi didn’t do that. He simply taught them the jutsu and Naruto and Sasuke made it a competition. That’s right. I think.

You know, the only thing that’s stopped me from writing down what I remember is the fact that I live in a village of spies and that I’d have to burn anything I wrote when I was done. Writing the future would get me in trouble and writing in English would raise eyebrows at my non-existent cryptography training and would get me in the same kind of trouble. Actually, worse.

“It was just an idea,” I shrugged. “I mean, you’d only have to have chakra in your foot as long as you were stepping off and it would accustom you to moving around while using the jutsu faster.”

“Maybe,” Nichiren allowed. “But I’d rather just be able to stick and learn to move first.”

I shrugged. I actually would prefer that method myself if I were him. “Alright, go ahead.”

It took a while. Nichiren would make a step or two, before falling off. I caught him every time-

--3 HP-

-sometimes at my own expense, but eventually, as the sun rose to high noon, he got it. He started walking around the tree trunk, cheering louder with each passing step. I was pretty grateful I was able to circumvent my low Charisma by not saying a lot and letting him teach himself for the majority of this.

I munched on a candy-bar to bring back my lost health. “Nice work up there!”

“So, how’s the tree walking jutsu?” Kakashi appeared right next to me.

“Nichiren’s great,” I replied, swallowing my candy. “His chakra control is pretty good.”

“Well,” Kakashi eye-smiled at me. “I’m pleasantly surprised by this turn of events.”

I shrugged. “I didn’t have to say much, which is probably for the best. I just gave him an example and he taught himself.”

“He is fairly intelligent,” Kakashi nodded. “So, are you going to dinner with the Nakamura’s?”

“I was thinking not,” I replied, a cold shiver going down my spine. “Again, I work best when I don’t have to say much.”

“Well we might want to start working on that,” Kakashi eye smiled. “I think you should come with us.”

Why?” I asked with a deep frown. “I don’t see why this is something I need to work on.”

“Because as a shinobi, you might be hired to escort someone like a merchant or even the Diamyo,” Kakashi answered, becoming much more serious. “We can’t have a shinobi as socially inept as you messing things up for clients.”

“So I just won’t take any escort missions,” I shrugged. No love lost there, really. Escort missions were the worst and it didn’t matter what game it was. Reverse escort missions, naturally, were the best thing ever. Nearly every mission involving Liberty Prime was a reverse escort mission. They were glorious. “I don’t see the big deal.”

“Okay,” Kakashi started switching tactics in his head, I can tell. “But you’re also going to be a future clan leader with your bloodline. You don’t want to mess up your posterities chances because you never trained to be a better diplomat, right?”

He had me. I knew it and I think he knew it. But I wasn’t going to go down without a fight. “The Aburame’s seem to be doing fine.”

“They are also a fully established and respected clan,” Kakashi replied. I could hear him getting exasperated. “You, by yourself, are not.”

I didn’t want to go. Nichiren was scared of me and I didn’t want to embarrass myself in front of his folks. I mostly tried to avoid socializing for a reason, after all. And I respected what Kakashi was trying to do. The question was if I was really willing to humor him and my team and spend a few hours trying to pointlessly increase my social skills. Especially since I can be inventing jutsu or looking for skill-checks to pass to increase my level and actually improve my social skills with my scaling Charisma.

…my life is really weird right now.

“Think of it this way,” Kakashi said. “You’ll be showing support for your teammate.”

Why did I hear a bit of doubt in his voice? Whatever. “Fine, I’ll go.”

“You will?” Kakashi blinked in disbelief. Then he eye-smiled. “That’s good to hear! I look forward to seeing you there.”

---

I made sure to buy new clothes. Biggest charisma bonus I could find, which was +4. So, I was currently rocking an 8 charisma with no armor, with my belt sticking around my waist like the irremovable pip-boys of yore. I considered bringing them with me on missions, but whether changing into them manually or fishing through my book, switching would take time.

The new suit should, at least, make this dinner bearable for all involved. Hisako, Nichiren, Kakashi, Nichiren’s parents. I’ll admit that I only brought it along because…well, it might be fun to actually make a good first impression and have a couple people like me without being compelled to spend time with me. Even if they will just go back to ignoring me once I revert back to my armor and I was still mad about being strongly encouraged to come.

It was a simple set with a black tunic and grey pants. I seriously doubted this was a black-tie occasion, so the kimono was out. I was kind of proud of myself for figuring that out, but I figured that mostly came from my knowledge from before.

I, of course, was early. I wasn’t expected until 8:00 so I got here at 7:30. Punctuality is one of the things I’m an absolute stickler for and I guess it helps counter balance Kakashi-sensei’s lateness. Or it simply causes my temper to come to a boil.

Much like coming to this dinner. I mean, I may be humoring my team here, but that doesn’t mean I like it. Actually, I really should keep quiet during this dinner. Things like raging frustration came out really strongly in my voice and mannerisms in my old life, and I can only assume it’s going to be worse now.

And like clockwork, Hisako showed up about twenty minutes later. She was dressed how she always dressed, since her outfit was acceptable by civilian standards, as opposed to my ‘armored and ready for battle’ look.

“Hey Hisako,” I waved at her, putting on my best smile to avoid showing how much I didn’t want to be here.

She looked at me in disbelief. “Daisuke? Is that you?”

“Afraid so,” I replied with a nod. “Kakashi-sensei roped me into coming, so here I am.”

“Wow,” She tilted her head to get a better look at me. “I barely recognized you.”

Bonus charisma can do that. “Must be the outfit.”

“Yeah,” Hisako then frowned. “Okay, so what’d you do?”

“What do you mean?” I frowned.

“You don’t just look good, you sound good,” Hisako frowned, giving me a once-over. “Like you’re socially competent. What gives?”

Ooh. That’s right, inexplicable rises in competence gets eyeballed. Maybe I shouldn’t have bothered with the suit. “Oh, uh...I can be socially competent. It’s just difficult. Very, very difficult.”

It’s better than the actual explanation; that I’m only competent when I’m wearing expensive clothing.

“Oh-kay,” Hisako frowned. “How is it difficult?”

Crap. “It’s like a super-charged Henge. I use the Henge to make me not look like a statue and give the appearance of not being a quirky, social mess. This one just goes several steps further. I just can’t maintain it all the time.”

Hisako smirked, but I could feel just a twinge of annoyance in her words, “Well, it makes sense that you pull a jutsu out of nowhere to solve your problem.”

Thank you, 8 Charisma. Seriously, if this is what I have to look forward to when I have an actually high charisma, then Almost Perfect can’t come soon enough. You know, it just occurred to me that she may be slightly over appreciative of my ability to invent jutsu.

As in downright envious.

It would make sense, considering what I know of her.

…I’m digging the high charisma.

Maybe I can help her learn some extra jutsu? Smooth things over? Would be a good idea. Though I might need to find an alternative other than this outfit in order to do it right since I just told her my bonus charisma was incredibly difficult to hold, so…maybe I really will pull a jutsu out of nowhere to do so?

“Yeah, I guess it does,” I replied with a small smile. “Do you know if Kakashi’s already here or if he’s going to be late?”

“Probably will be late,” Hisako said with a frown. “You want to go knock on the door now?”

“I think maybe we should wait a few more minutes,” I looked down the street for any sign of our Sensei. The street was bare of any ninja cyclops. “Just to say we actually waited for him.”

“Good point,” Hisako said. “I like the outfit by the way.”

“Thanks,” I replied, looking at the sleeves. “I figured that the armored look was a little much for civilians.”

“Right,” Hisako blinked. “I didn’t think you could be so thoughtful.”

“I can be considerate,” I countered. “It just takes a lot of work. Like, I’m seriously wondering if tonight’s going to kill me or not.”

Hisako snickered. “Who knows, it might not.”

“I hope not,” I frowned. Sadly, this outfit was actually too bulky to be worn with everything else I wore, so no permanent CHA bonus for me. I need it, though.

The minutes passed and we made idle chatter until it was exactly 8:00. I did the knocking and not even a second later, Nichiren answered the door. “Hey, you’re just in…Daisuke, is that you?”

I rubbed the back of my head in embarrassment. “Yeah, it’s me.”

“You look good,” Nichiren said. “How’d that happen?”

I almost said that I pulled out some extra stops, but that saying is actually a reference to the pipe organ, an instrument I don’t think exists in this world. So, instead I said; “I came up with a super-charged Henge. Can’t maintain it for long but I…didn’t want to embarrass myself tonight.”

“Hey it’s okay,” Nichiren said with a frown. “My parents know you have some trouble normally. They’re completely fine with it. You didn’t need to invent a new jutsu just for this occasion.”

Being able to lie is actually really nice, now that I think about it. “That’s okay. I wanted to invent a new jutsu anyway.”

“Well if you’re sure,” Nichiren frowned, moving aside so we could see in. “Come on in.”

We entered. The house was really nice. There was a table, a kitchen, a place where my shoes came off for safe keeping and...ah. Two adults, late thirties at least. They both had glasses, and they were the same height, at least a couple of inches shorter than Kakashi-sensei, though that might Kakashi’s hair talking. They both had glasses and black hair. While Mrs. Nakamura had let her hair down for the occasion, Mr. Nakamura’s hair was cut short. Dark eyes, dark hair. They were so clearly Nichiren’s parents I might’ve actually picked them out from a crowd if I cared for that sort of thing.

They were standing, ready to greet us as we walked in. I went for a bow, of course. “Nakamura-otachisan, thank you for inviting me.”

“We really appreciate it,” Hisako bowed beside me.

“Mom, Dad,” Nichiren took the lead. “These are my teammates Shimoda Daisuke and Yamada Hisako.”

“It’s so great to meet you both,” Mrs. Nakamura said with cheer as Hisako and I came back up. “Nichiren’s told us both a lot about you.”

“Welcome to our home,” Mr. Nakamura said. “Nichiren, do you know if your sensei is running late.”

I just barely avoided answering this alongside Nichiren. Don’t want to talk over him, I’m in his house. “Yes, he’s probably running late. I told him the dinner was at six to try and counter act it, but…”

“I think he knew you were lying,” Hisako spoke up with folded arms. “Good try though, I should’ve thought of that.”

“Ah no,” Nichiren frowned, his eyes going to his mother.

“You lied to your sensei?” Mrs. Nakamura got very stern. “What have we said about lying and cheating?”

“Don’t do it unless I’m on a mission?” Nichiren put on his best innocent smile.

“Yes,” Mrs. Nakamura said. “Why lie this time?”

“Because I was on a mission to invite my friends to dinner,” Nichiren nodded sagely. “Yes indeed.”

“That doesn’t count!” Mrs. Nakamura had a horrible temper. “We talked about this-“

“Ai, Ai,” Mr. Nakamura rose and hand and calmed down his wife, who was actually starting to get scary. “We can talk about this later. Not in front of guests.”

“Yes, I suppose you’re right Hiro,” Nakamura Ai had calmed down with a sigh. “Anyway, please have a seat. Nichiren, you were going to help me in the kitchen.”

“Uh…yes, Mother,” Nichiren’s shoulders sagged.

“If it makes any difference,” I spoke up. “Our Sensei is always late. Infuriatingly so.”

“Yes,” Nakamura Hiro nodded. “But we’ve raised our son to be honest…within reason, anyway. Being a shinobi often requires deceit I’m told.”

“It can be life or death,” Hisako confirmed with a nod.

“But your sensei being late is not a matter of life or death,” Hiro explained. “It’s merely a matter of convenience.”

Well, Ma and Pa Kent clearly had their moral center’s in the right spot. With the kind of ninja the world has, they might even be in the right genre, too. I still feel bad Nichiren got in trouble over it though. Hopefully it’s no too severe. Actually, he’s technically an adult now by Konoha law, so they can’t really do a thing to him.

…Konoha Law suddenly became a little infuriating. But not too much. It let me live on my own, after all.

“Please, sit down,” Hiro motioned for us to sit at the table. “I didn’t invite you here to lecture you, I apologize. Dinner will be here soon.”

We did so, Hisako sitting across from me.

“So,” Hisako started, looking at me. “What’d you do over the past two weeks?”

“Mostly working on my jutsu,” I replied, shrugging. “You?”

“My parents came home for a week,” Hisako smiled thinking about it. “Mom taught me a little about how to use senbon. I’ve been working on it whenever I got the chance.”

“That’s awesome,” I nodded. “So, throwing senbon has got to be a lot harder than just throwing a shuriken. Right?”

Hisako smiled. “Definitely. First, the way you hold them is completely different…”

She went on about how to hold senbon and throw senbon, to which I nodded and maybe asked a question or two to keep the ball rolling, which was much easier with a higher charisma. Eventually, the Nakamura’s brought out the main course, which was Chicken Katsu with Tonkatsu sauce on the side.

They each took a seat and then there was a knock at the door.

“I’ll get it,” Nichiren quickly stood, running toward the door. “Kakashi-sensei, come in.”

“Thank you,” Kakashi said from the door, walking inside, sans shoes.

“Come in, Kakashi-san,” Mr. Nakamura called after our Sensei as he arrived. “We were just about to eat. Please have a seat.”

Kakashi approached the table, but stopped for a second. “Oh, hello Daisuke! I’m glad to see you here.”

He didn’t recognize me for a second and now he’s saving face. I’m okay with this. “I’m glad to see you.

He took a seat right across from Mrs. Nakamura. I’m trying my best to remember that Mr. and Mrs. aren’t a thing in this world, and only how I’m differentiating them in my head. Don’t want to let something slip on my tongue, after all.

Itadakimasu,” We said as a group, picking up our chop-sticks and digging in.

I tried to keep quiet, let everyone else talk around themselves. Hisako’s parents were home for a week before heading out on other long-term assignments. What kind of relationship is that? Are they Anbu and can’t see their daughter often? Or do they really go outside of the Village for whatever reason?

Of course, I should’ve known I couldn’t just stay quiet, now could I?

“So Daisuke,” Hisako happily involved me in the conversation. “What exactly did you do for your two weeks besides training?”

I shrugged. “Mostly just working on my jutsu. But I also worked out how to make explosive seals.”

Kakashi started choking. I didn’t even see him move his mask, but his meal was almost gone.

“Breathe, Kakashi-sensei,” Resisting the grin tugging at my lips. “Breathe.”

“You,” Kakashi-sensei coughed out with his lung. “You worked out how to make explosive tags? How?”

“I bought an explosive tag,” I shrugged nonchalantly. “Analyzed it and figured out how it works. I know they can be dangerous if you don’t know what you’re doing, but I know what I’m doing.”

Now Kakashi-sensei really was looking at me like a grew a second head. Well, maybe like I had grown three. I don’t know, but he seemed shocked that…I had been messing with a suicide-jutsu. Well, that would explain his reaction.

Eventually he came to. “I was hoping you simply made your own jutsu. So you know everything about the jutsu used to make explosive notes?”

“Yeah. I was somewhat surprised to learn about it, actually,” Upon seeing Kakashi-sensei’s eye-expression, I quickly back-tracked. “I didn’t get hurt if that’s what you’re wondering.”

“Okay good,” Kakashi sighed in relief. “Do you think you could…not mess with seals until we’ve had a chance to talk about it later?”

“Sure,” I shrugged. I was going to need to re-think what I wanted to do with them anyway. Focusing on Ninjutsu seemed to be much more profitable right now.

Mrs. Nakamura frowned. “So how long have you three been a team now?”

I looked at Hisako.

“About 4 or 5 weeks?” Hisako guessed.

“I thought it was closer to six,” I countered.

“Five weeks and three days,” Kakashi came in with the exact number. “It’s been great teaching them.”

“We’re so glad you have you teaching our son,” Ai smiled. “Thank you for all your hard work.”

Kakashi just waved it off. “It’s nothing. I was happy to do it.”

Of course, the parents would mostly care about how they’re little boy was doing. Just like how my parents would’ve cared were they here.

…home. I hadn’t really thought about it for a while. Mom and Dad were awesome. I still remember how Mom was trying to get her ‘all natural skin-care’ business off of the ground and she’d come to me to proofread her labels. Then I’d go to her for some advice…I was such a mama’s boy back then.

Dad and I got into Skyrim together. I don’t think he ever touched Fallout 4, though. He and I would talk for hours about various quests we’d do. He’s brag about being able to down a dragon with a dagger and sneak attack damage, and I’d tell him about that one quest where I went on a drunken rampage across all of Skyrim and had to retrace my steps to find out how I wound up naked in the temple of Dibella, and married a Hagraven.

Good times. I miss them.

Then I had a brother who was crazy about League-

“Daisuke?” Nichiren asked.

I snapped back to reality. “Sorry, I zoned out for a second.”

“It’s okay,” Nichiren said. “We were just talking about how to taught me the tree-walking jutsu.”

“I didn’t do a lot of teaching,” I replied. “I just put you on the tree and you learned on your own.”

“How many times did you catch him?” Kakashi asked with an eye-smile.

“Kakashi-sensei,” Nichiren moaned in annoyance.

“Six,” I replied. “How did teaching Hisako water-walking go?”

“You can walk on water?” Hiro asked with some awe in his voice.

Oh, Civilian. That’s right. “It’s a mid-rank chakra control exercise. Not everyone can do it…Kakashi-sensei can do it.”

“So can you,” Nichiren reminded.

“That’s mostly due to my bloodline,” I shrugged. “As such it is cheating and doesn’t count.”

Hisako laughed out loud and got herself back under control relatively quickly with a light blush. “Excuse me.”

“So, Water-walking?” I asked again.

She looked at me with her lips in a firm line and fire in her eyes. “I can do it now. Thanks for asking.”

“How many-“ I began.

“Eight,” Kakashi sensei answered without missing a beat.

Nichiren started chuckling and Hisako gave him a dirty look, folding her arms and looking away, muttering with that blush still on her cheeks.

“Eh, the fact that she can it at all is impressive,” I said with a frown. “Right?”

“That’s very true,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “Very few learn it while they’re this early in training.”

“Thanks sensei,” Hisako muttered as she came back up.

“So Nichiren will be able to learn it himself?” Ai asked with a wide smile.

“Absolutely,” Kakashi replied. “Not for a while still, but absolutely.”

“That’s amazing,” Hiro smiled wide. “Truly, our son is fortunate to have such a team.”

---

After the surprisingly entertaining dinner party, we all went our separate ways. I thanked the Nakamura’s profusely for the meal, ensuring they knew that I appreciated their cooking. The fact that it was delicious only helped that particular case. Kakashi disappeared a few minutes ago, and Hisako and bid her farewells before leaving.

“Have a good night!” I waved goodbye to my teammates family and walked off.

…in the distance I saw Hisako walking away. She doesn’t really have anyone waiting for her at home, does she? Maybe I should walk her home. Since I’m her teammate. But what if she takes it the wrong way? Well, then I can correct it later. Besides, I seriously doubt she could take it the wrong way. I’m just her teammate, right?

I shunshin’d and caught up to her. “Hey.”

Hisako turned to me and blinked. “Hey.”

“Mind if I walk you home?” I asked with a shrug. “I mean, I heard you say your parents were gone, I thought you might appreciate the company.”

Hisako blinked and, much like Kakashi had done, looked at me like I had grown a second head. “Okay, who are you and what have you done with Daisuke?”

She was partially being sarcastic, but something in my gut twisted wrong regardless. “I am Daisuke. Really. We can go to the hospital, they’ve taken my blood around half a dozen times, they can confirm it.”

“I was mostly kidding,” Hisako smirked, but there was something else in her eyes. “But you’ve been acting different all evening.”

“Must be the outfit,” I repeated the line for the second time tonight. “Makes me more comfortable.”

“Yeah,” She said, sounding distracted as she looked at said outfit. “Must be. But yeah, I’d love the company.”

“Awesome,” I said, putting my hands in my pockets. We started walking. “So, you can walk on water.”

“I know,” Hisako said excitedly. “It’s awesome, I can’t wait to tell my parents when they get back.”

“They go on a lot of long-term assignments, huh?” I asked with a thoughtful frown.

“Yeah,” Hisako looked down cast. “It’s not really that big of a deal. They’ve been gone constantly since I could go to the Academy.”

“I’m sorry,” I replied.

“Like I said, it’s not that bad,” Hisako shrugged. “I don’t know what I would do without them.”

“Must be nice,” I replied, thinking of how my parents were, to me, nothing more than a memory. “Knowing that you can see them sometimes.”

“I guess it is,” Hisako said. “Sorry, I know you’re an orphan. It slipped my mind.”

“It’s fine,” I shrugged, the line bothering me a little bit more than I wanted it to. “It’s just something I’ve had to live with.”

We were quiet for a few minutes, just walking in silence.

“So,” I broke the new layer of ice. “Got any plans for training?”

“I want to keep training with senbon,” Hisako replied. “They’re great for delivering poison and other nasty stuff.”

“You know a lot about poison?” I asked, genuinely curious.

“No,” Hisako admitted. “But my Mom does. I’ll have to figure out how to throw them properly, though. I’ve always preferred getting up close and personal with Kunai.”

“Have you thought about poisoning the Kunai?” I offered. “I mean, learn to run real fast, cut them with a poisoned kunai and get out of there before they even know what hit them?”

Hisako looked up in thought. “That’s…an idea.”

“I’m full of them,” I replied as we came to a stop in front of a three story house with a reasonably large house. Two shinobi parents meant wealth. Especially if they were Anbu, I got to say. “My jutsu collection can prove it.”

She snickered and brushed one of her locks behind her ear. “Thanks for walking me home.”

“No problem,” I answered. “Have a good night!”

“You too,” She bade me and I shunshin’d away.

I made it to my apartment took off the outfit, and dispelled my Henge. I collapsed on my bed with a sigh. The Nakamura’s were great. Upstanding people, I really like them. It was good to spend the evening with a family. Get a reminder of the good times from before. Before the car crash. Before I died.

...

…I miss my family.

---
 
Eternal Rivals
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


I think Hisako might’ve been signaling that she liked me.

Maybe I’m only projecting and it really was only due to the extra charisma, but she had started giving off some signs that she might have been crushing. Chief of which was brushing one of her loose locks behind her ear. Usually she doesn’t bother. At all.

But you know what? I’m probably wrong. She can’t like me, that’d be crazy. I’m weird, socially inept and terrible at flirting. That last one was true of both my lives. That was part of the deal with making charisma my dump stat. I got insanely lucky and avoided my awkward teen years where girls my physical age would start flirting with me and I’d feel all kinds of wrong because I’m technically in my mid-thirties.

In case she was trying to flirt with me, however, I’m going to put off finding a charisma increasing item that I can wear with my armor so things will go back to normal and I can avoid that part of my life like the plague. Both for my sake and theirs.

Especially Hisako’s.

I was waiting in front of the academy gates, sitting at a bench with my black book open as I casually looked at the sheer list of feats that I could obtain. Kakashi had informed me that it was time for each of us to start taking missions again. That meant that I was currently sitting with a knot in my stomach in case this next mission turned out like my last and I’d have to put my new skills to the test.

Nichiren arrived first this time, which was surprising.

I waved to him, trying to be casual and not scare him off.

He caught sight of me and began staring. I stared back.

“What did we do at the dinner party last night?” Nichiren asked, his eyes still boring into mine.

“Uh, I showed up in nice clothes, Hisako, you and Sensei had trouble recognizing me…” I shrugged in confusion. Why is he asking? “You got in serious trouble for lying…talked to Hisako about throwing technique for senbon…seriously why are you asking?”

“I’m just having a little trouble believing that was actually you,” Nichiren replied.

“Well, it was,” I crossed my arms. “I don’t know how I can prove it.”

Nichiren let out a breath he was holding. “That Henge was crazy, Daisuke. What did you do, mind control yourself to be more social?”

I smirked. That was very interesting way of looking at it, I suppose. It’s not even close to the real answer; that I increased an arbitrary number that governs how socially aware I am. As it was, I gave him a waffling motion with my hand.

“You really didn’t need to do that for my parents,” Nichiren said with an ever increasing frown. “Seriously, I had told them you were…social challenged.”

“I think it’s more accurate to say that I’m a walking social disaster area that regularly makes things worse wherever I go,” I argued with a nod.

“No,” Nichiren sounded like he was mostly trying to convince himself. “It just…”

“Nichiren,” I interrupted. “I know how bad I am. Stop sugar coating it. Why does the Super-Henge bother you?”

Because,” He started testily. “Whoever that was at the dinner party wasn’t you. Your tone of voice was perfect, you seemed conscious of what people were saying and even made things not awkward. Your face even looked slightly different. I almost got in trouble with my parents again, because they thought I misrepresented your character!”

“Oh,” I blinked. I hadn’t really thought my actions through, huh? “Huh. I didn’t realize…huh.”

I feel like an idiot again. With 10 Intelligence, that shouldn’t be happening as often as it does.

“Then I learn that my teammate basically put a Genjutsu on himself to do what he did,” Nichiren shook his head. “That’s freaky. Your whole bloodline is freaky. I don’t think you understand just how freaky your bloodline even is.”

“It’s pretty freaky,” I nodded. “I know that no one can reverse engineer jutsu quite like I do.”

“And you know you’re bad,” Nichiren looked me in the eye again. “That doesn’t make sense to me. You’ve been like this your whole life. You shouldn’t really know you’re bad at society unless you’ve either had prior experience or had it beaten into your head how to act normally. Neither of which is true.”

…wow.

I’m impressed. Pretty scared right now, but also impressed.

“But you not only know how you’re bad, but how you’re bad and how to fix it because you came up with a jutsu that fixed all of your problems,” Nichiren finished, his whole frame looking as if a massive weight was lifted from his chest, though his face was getting more and more worried. “I don’t understand why, if you know how to act, don’t you simply act the right way? I don’t…you don’t make sense, Daisuke. That’s what freaks me out.”

I blinked. Seconds passed as I tried to think of something to say. Nichiren, by all accounts, was actually brilliant. Really, really brilliant. I opened my mouth to say something, only to close it again.

Nichiren was holding his hands out, as if inviting me to say something.

“Can we talk about this later?” I finally asked quickly.

Nichiren groaned heavily, hiding his head in his hands. “Yes.”

Whew. Okay, I can come up with a plan of attack.

He came over and leaned against the academy’s outer wall, on the opposite side of the gate from me. That was fine, he had just gotten a lot off of his chest and now he might think I’m mad at him or that he offended me or maybe he’s riding a high from getting that off of his chest.

You know, I think that was actually a very belated way of telling me he thinks I’m crazy.

Well, if this were the first few years of my new life, I’d say he had a point there. And maybe I still am; I certainly lack the social awareness of a sane person. I…oh, no…I wonder if I’ve kept any of my quirks from my previous life. Oh, I hope I haven’t been talking to myself incessantly…

Hisako walked up to the door and looked at me. Then she sighed in annoyance. “We’re back to normal now?”

“Yup!” I replied, suddenly really self-conscious and monitoring my behavior to make sure I didn’t do anything strange. “Totally normal now. No weird quirky stuff here. Except for sensei being late again, but that’s normal too.”

Hisako tilted her head and looked at me oddly. “Are…you okay?”

“Never better,” I smiled.

She blinked. “…right.”

She walked over to the side Nichiren was standing and whispered. “What did you do?”

Nichiren was quiet for a second. “I told him that he freaks me out and why.”

“Seriously?” Hisako whisper-snapped. “Why?”

“He asked,” Nichiren replied.

“I really did,” I supplied, a little loudly to make sure they heard me.

Nichiren let out a startled moan. Hisako didn’t say anything.

None of us did, after that. Because my ability to screw up anything social-wise was something I needed to ponder. Well, actually, I shouldn’t because there’s nothing I can do about it now. I mean, when Almost Perfect hits, that’ll be awesome. Unless my teammates attack me because they think I’m someone impersonating Daisuke, rather than actually being me.

This isn’t really a game.

It never was.

Eventually, Kakashi-sensei came up the road. He looked at me, then at my teammates on the other side. “Alright, what happened?”

“I screwed up another conversation,” I nodded with a frown.

“No, Nichiren screwed up another conversation,” Hisako grumbled.

Nichiren grumbled something to himself that I didn’t pick up.

Kakashi sighed, and rubbed his forehead protector. “So, Daisuke? How does that Super-Henge of yours work?”

“How does it work?” I blinked, a lump forming in my chest.

“Yes,” Kakashi replied.

“Uh…” I blinked. Speech skill, confuse him with large words! “So what it does is that in addition to the effects of a normal Henge, it also overrides my brains natural inability to modulate the tone my voice and increases my brains social awareness to allow for more fluid social interaction. It also increases my decision making capability in regards to what I say to prevent me from simply blurting out the first thing that comes to my mind.”

“Daisuke,” Kakashi sounded like his was fighting off a massive headache. “Are you seriously telling me you invented a Henge that messes with your mind to help you act normally?”

“Yes,” I nodded, relieved that he bought it.

Kakashi sighed. “Daisuke, First off. Do you think you could share the jutsu with Konoha’s R&D?”

“Sure,” I shrugged, fighting a smile. I’m sure Konoha could always use another infiltration jutsu.

“Second, I don’t want you using that jutsu anymore,” Kakashi replied.

“Okay Kakashi-sensei,” I replied, nodding. I wasn’t going to use it anyway. “May I ask why?”

“Sure. The purpose of going to the Nakamura’s last night was so you can improve your social skills,” Kakashi explained. “Coming up with a jutsu to fix that very problem was very clever but undermined the point of going. That, and you’re messing with your mind. That’s beyond dangerous; Genjutsu is for the enemy, not ourselves. Understood? So no more Super-Henge. Got it?”

“Understood,” I nodded. He probably had in mind the idea that I might not always be able to rely on my jutsu or that it wouldn’t work on those with the power to see through such a jutsu. My excuse is to avoid getting hit on by underage girls. We both win.

“Good to hear,” Kakashi sounded a little relieved, actually. Odd. Did he not think I’d listen? “So, let’s go to the mission desk and pick up a new D-rank.”

We each followed him inside with grunts of affirmative. Iruka wasn’t working the mission desk. Instead, Okawa was. I hadn’t seen the old instructor since I graduated. He still wore that eyepatch with his short white hair.

“Sensei-Okawa,” Hisako bowed. “It’s good to see you again.”

“Ah, Hisako. Daisuke,” The old instructor nodded to us. I bowed out of politeness. “It’s good to see the two of you doing well…and…Nichiren? Is that right?”

“That’s right, Okawa-sama,” Nichiren bowed as well.

“Very good,” The Old man smiled.

“I’m guessing they were in your class before my squad?” Kakashi asked with a risen eyebrow.

“Not Nichiren,” Okawa clarified. “But Hisako and Daisuke were. My best students, actually.”

“Thank you Okawa-sensei,” Hisako replied.

“Yes, thank you,” I followed her lead.

“They are pretty remarkable,” Kakashi eye-smiled.

Okawa barked a laugh. “That’s an understatement. It doesn’t surprise me that Daisuke found a way to pass your test. Wasn’t a problem I could put in front of him that he couldn’t solve.”

Hisako was annoyed.

“I’ve noticed how smart he is,” Kakashi kept up being pleasant. “Now, do you have a mission for us?”

“D or C?” Okawa asked.

“D-rank please,” Kakashi answered.

“Here,” Okawa handed Kakashi a scroll.

Kakashi unrolled it, and came over to us. “A decrepit old woman needs us to buy groceries and bring them to her home.”

I shrugged. “We can do that. Are we accompanying her or just picking up foodstuffs?”

“Just picking up foodstuffs,” Kakashi answered, rolling it back up.

He didn’t say anything, just looked at me. To my sides, I saw that Hisako and Nichiren were also looking at me.

“What?” I asked with a frown.

“You’re not getting anything?” Kakashi asked.

“Like what?”

“No visions of the future?” Hisako asked with a frown. “Nothing telling of our imminent demise or death?”

Oh…crap. That’s right, they would probably have remembered my freak-out from before Upon a Midnight Darkly and now…they think…that I can sense the future. Wow. That…just screams incoming headache. Still, I haven’t gotten a message indicating we even accepted the quest. “Not really.”

“Are you sure?” Kakashi asked. “If this old lady turns out to be a giant cement-monster, I think we want to know about it first.”

“Nope, getting nothing,” I replied, starting to get uncomfortable. “Can we just accept the que-mission already? You’re making me antsy.”

“Are you sure it’s us that’s making you antsy?” Nichiren asked, pushing his glasses up.

I groaned and hid my face in my hands. “I’m sure. Let’s just go get that old woman her groceries, please?”

All was quiet for a moment.

“Okay,” Kakashi said, rolling up the scroll. “We’ll take the mission.”

Quest Accepted: D-Rank Mission: Errand Boy.

Purchase groceries for the client.


I let out a small breath that I didn’t realize I was holding. This turned out to be a mistake, as my entire team rounded to face me.

“Seriously?” I asked testily. “There’s nothing wrong here. We’re just getting groceries for an old lady. That’s it.”

“Okay,” Kakashi nodded. “We’re just wanting to be sure.”

“Nothing could go wrong,” I replied. “It’s just an errand run.”

Nichiren went pale, took off his glassed and wiped his eyes with his forearm. Hisako brought up both her hands in an aborted ‘strangle-you’ gesture. Kakashi’s eye was twitching.

“Can we go now?” I frowned.

“Yes,” Kakashi sounded half-paranoid. “We can go.”

On our way out, I noticed that Okawa was looking at me really oddly. Eh, I guess if I didn’t know that I had some form of precognition, that entire exchange would have sounded crazy.

---

Well, I was right, oddly enough. Investing 10 points into Luck was the best decision I ever made, if I had to be honest with myself. Nothing went wrong. From the trip to the grocery store, which had one of those old-timey cash registers that you had to input the entire bar code in rather than the scan-gun I was used too, to the client’s home in one of the more residential areas of Konoha.

Nothing happened.

Except my teammates were unbearable. Kakashi insisted that I walk directly to the right of Nichiren, who was holding the groceries. Hisako was to his left, her hands tightly grasping kunai and shoved into her pockets. Kakashi took the lead, and we basically moved in this formation throughout the entire village as we finished our mission.

The three of them were paranoid, looking down alleyways, looking for any threat that could conceivably come from any shadow that so much as looked too dark.

When we got to the client’s house, Kakashi knocked, and moved his hands behind him, holding a kunai. The door slowly opened and there was a white haired, sweet old lady, holding a cat in her arms. She was every person’s stereotypical perfect grandmother; sweet, kind to a fault, welcoming of any who came to her door and even offered to bake us persimmon cookies.

Note to self: come back later. I love persimmons and I love cookies.

Kakashi, however politely, turned her down and she looked crushed. We left quickly, moving in formation back to the mission desk, collected our vouchers and turned to leave.

Quest Complete: D-Rank: Errand Boy.

+150 EXP.


3580 more until I level.

“Well, I think that was a good mission,” Kakashi eye-smiled in relief. “In spite of a jinx that followed us the whole way, I’d say that was a qualified success.”

Hisako wiped her brow with her forearm. Nichiren cleaned off his glasses.

I declined to say anything. I guess they learned from Nichiren’s jinx. But it’s not like this is a fanfic or anything.

“So let’s head over to training ground three,” Kakashi continued. “There we’ll work on Taijutsu and defense against Genjutsu.”

“Any chance of you showing us some cool Ninjutsu?” I asked with a risen hand.

“Perhaps later,” Kakashi answered. “But not today.”

“Alright,” I shrugged. It’s not like I didn’t know a lot of jutsu to begin with.

So, we left the mission office. As we walked through the gate, I heard a deep, bellowing voice shout at the top of his lungs, “KAKASHI!”

…oh boy.

Ladies and Gentlemen, Maito Gai. The Green Beast of Konoha. Perhaps the most optimistic person in all of Konoha. The man personally responsible for Rock Lee’s astounding transformation from wuss to certified Taijutsu master and the creation of one of my favorite characters. However, because the universe believes in being fair, he also has to mentor Neji.

I had seen him before, when he first picked up team 9, but was never actually introduced.

Now, I might actually get the pleasure. I just hope I survive the experience.

“Gai,” Kakashi nodded to him.

“My eternal rival!” Gai beamed at him. “How have you been? Last I checked, we were 29 to 29. Dead even. So…I challenge you!”

“Gai,” Kakashi started. “Normally I’d love too, but my team and I were about to go training. So, maybe we can have one of our challenges later?”

“Training?” Gai beamed and wiped a tear from his eye. “Seeing you pass on your hip and cool-“

…don’t laugh don’t laugh don’t laugh…

“-knowledge to your youngsters to stoke the fires of their youth is a beautiful thing. I could never get in the way of that.”

Behind Gai, who currently had his arm wrapped around Kakashi’s shoulder, team 9 finally caught up. There was Lee, who had finished his transmogrification into Gai-clone, and was wearing the green spandex. Nice. Neji came up next, his eyes still giving me the creeps and Tenten came up last. You know, I hadn’t seen her since I got my gear. I needed to stop by her shop again, get something to cover my chest beyond the mesh undershirt.

“Hey,” Tenten looked at me with recognition in her eyes. “I remember you.”

“Same,” I nodded. “The gear has actually come in really handy. I’ll have to stop by again sometime.”

“Uh?” Hisako looked at me and pointed at her.

“Her family owns the store I bought all of this at,” I said, gesturing at my armor. “Very high quality stuff, this. I totally recommend it.”

“Yosh!” Lee exclaimed with a fist-pump. “Tenten’s family makes the best equipment.”

“I’ll keep that in mind,” Hisako said, crossing her arms.

Oh, she seems oddly hostile. Wonder why.

“Good to hear,” She smiled. “Though I’m wondering why I didn’t recognize you if we graduated the same year.”

Neji kept quiet, though I could sense him judging my team…though, that probably has more to do with what I remember from the anime than my actual ability to read body language.

“I mostly kept to myself,” I shrugged. “Didn’t know anyone in the academy, really.”

“So, Kakashi, how about my team and yours have a joint training exercise!” Gai had waited graciously for us to finish our conversation. “I challenge you to have your team duel my team!”

“…you were being serious about that?” Kakashi deadpanned.

“Of course!” Gai beamed.

What were they talking about?

“Just three matches, one for each genin,” Gai continued. “We can go to the training ground, complete our challenge, and then we can see where our teams could do better! Best two out of three wins the challenge. If I fail, I will run five-hundred laps around Konoha on one hand!”

That seems a little extreme. But hey, it’s Gai. Will he alternate hands? Probably switch between them every lap or so.

Kakashi sighed. “Okay. What training ground?”

“Excellent! Training ground two,” Gai smiled and turned to his teammates. “Before we head on over…would the three of you introduce yourselves?”

Quest Accepted: Eternal Rivals!

Go to training ground 2.


“Yosh!” Lee enthusiastically bowed. “I am Rock Lee, and my dream is to prove that a shinobi can be great with only Taijutsu.”

Go you!

Neji smirked condescendingly at his teammate, but said nothing.

“Hishuragi Tenten,” Tenten smiled and followed Lee’s lead. “I want to become a great Kunoichi like Tsunade-hime of the Sannin.”

You know, I never understood the near religious devotion some people hold toward those three. Sure, they’re super talented or whatever, but they weren’t the end all be all of Shinobi. And Orochimaru went crazy, so maybe that’s influencing my opinion of them.

“My name is Hyuuga Neji of the Hyuuga clan,” Neji said blankly but with just the tiniest hint of anger.

We waited for him to say something else, but when he didn’t continue, Nichiren took the ball.

“I’m Nakamura Nichiren,” He waved. “I want to become a Medic-nin like Tsunade-hime myself.”

“Neat!” Tenten beamed.

“I’m Yamada Hisako,” She shrugged. “I want to join the Anbu Black-Ops.”

“I’m Shimoda Daisuke,” I said finally. “I want to have the most missions on record for any Shinobi.”

“Yosh!” Lee smiled. “That is an awesome goal!”

"Thank you."

---

Quest Updated: Eternal Rivals!

Completed: Go to training ground 2.


Training ground two, alongside training ground one, were the most basic grounds Konoha had. They had targets for kunai, training dummies for Taijutsu. The training ground itself was a shallow sand-pit. In the center was a circle of stone that cordoned off the center of the pit for sparring matches like this one.

“Sensei, can I go first?” Lee asked his mentor with a large smile.

“Yes!” Gai answered enthusiastically and Lee stepped into the ring.

Kakashi hummed to himself. “Hisako. You can fight Lee.”

“Hai Sensei,” She bowed and stepped into the circle.

The rest of us all sat around the circle.

“No killing and no serious or crippling injuries,” Gai called out. “Everything else is permitted. Bow to your partner!”

Lee and Hisako bowed to themselves.

“Begin!” Gai called out with this massive smile on his face.

Hisako fell into a basic academy stance, Lee into an aggressive one I knew belonged to the Strong Style. Well, Hisako’s got two things on her side. She actually has jutsu and her main sparring partner for the past few years was me. Granted, I’ve been holding back, but still.

Lee opened with a high kick. Hisako ducked before the foot connected to her face and she retaliated with a punch to his gonads. Lee intercepted the punch with a forearm, coming back down to the earth. He punched twice and Hisako deflected both away with the palms of her hands, coming in with a kick to the stomach. Lee grabbed it and pulled backward, sending Hisako into a painful looking split.

Well, it looked painful, but Hisako pushed against the ground with both hands to bring her other foot to bear against Lee’s face, and he blocked with a cross. Hisako came to the ground and swept out Lee’s legs. But Lee caught himself on one hand, braced himself against the ground with one foot and kicked Hisako square in the stomach, sending her to the ground. She held her stomach and tried to get up.

…wow.

She gets kicked in the stomach a lot.

“I think she’s lost this one,” Kakashi nodded.

“We are in agreement then, Kakashi-san,” Gai smiled. “Lee is the winner!”

“Yosh!” Lee cheered. Then he offered Hisako a hand up, which she took. “You are very skilled, Hisako-chan! I would be honored if we could train together sometime.”

Hisako thought about that for a moment. “I’d like that.”

Excellent. That will help her immensely. I thought about clapping, but decided against it.

“Next match is Neji,” Gai announced with a grin, this one slightly smaller than before.

“Daisuke,” Kakashi nodded to me. “You’re up.”

Quest Updated: Eternal Rivals!

Defeat Neji.


I returned the nod and rose into the arena.

Neji was on the other side. His eyes…are weird. They had no pupil, as the lightly colored sclera completely covered it. I guess you didn’t need to have an exposed pupil if you could see through walls, did you?

“Bow to your partner!” Gai called. I followed his instruction. Neji favored me with a shallow bow.

I went into a basic stance; he went into a gentle-fist stance. Surprisingly, he didn’t start talking about fate and how I was destined to lose. I guess it’s not too surprising, I haven’t deliberately antagonized him and it’s likely he hasn’t heard of me since stuff about me is mostly classified. I would assume so, anyway.

“Begin!” Gai called out.

Neji put his hands in a seal and uttered “Byakugan.”

I waited for him to make the first move, holding my stance and watching him.

“I can see your chakra,” Neji continued.

There we go.

“So what?” I asked.

“You don’t know what that means,” Neji said, his nose scrunching up slightly as if he just smelled something lightly offensive. “I’ll show you.”

Alright then.

He moved first and, like Hisako, his moves were horribly telegraphed. Slow, too. That just made pushing his first strike away all the easier. Since his chakra, from what I remembered, was focused in his fingertips, I pushed at his wrist, pushing the strike to my right while I slid around him in an orbit to the left, and rewarded him with a punch to the side.

I slid back, getting away from the inevitable counter attack.

Yeah, I could curb stomp this kid into next week and ‘humble’ him. I had no doubt. This wasn’t the beast of a Genin that stood up to Naruto during the Chunin exams in the anime of yore. What stood before me was a twelve-year-old who was only five weeks into training. But I don’t think ‘humbling’ him will work. I don’t think he’ll be humbled by a curb stomp, especially if he hears of the garbage I’m capable of unleashing.

Which is part of why I’m only going at him with Taijutsu. I do want to help him, but I feel like the best way to go about that is to show him that, against me? His Byakugan and Jyuken are useless. Avoid and evade are the order of the day. Even then, it won’t do much.

I parried another strike, then another, making sure to push at his wrists. After parrying another attack, my fist landed in his face and I pulled back once more.

Neji massaged his nose and turned again to face me with a grunt. He glowered at me with annoyance, and settled into a stance but didn’t move towards me.

Ah, he wants me to attack, thinking he might have better luck on the defense. This would be sound judgement any other situation, but I can guarantee that I was more patient than he was. I spent six months entirely immobile, and a year without being able to speak. I was basically insane during this time, but still.

I dropped out of my stance, folded my arms. As the minutes passed, as I was having a harder and harder time fighting a smirk crawling its way across my face-there we go!

He lost patience and lunged. I bent to the side, watching him and his outstretched fingers pass by my eyes with a smile on my face. He span around to try and hit something but crap, man. This just wasn’t fair. I planted a fist right in his stomach and backed away again.

Neji doubled over, holding his stomach with a groan.

“I think we’re done,” I said, holding a hand up.

“No we are not,” Neji argued, gingerly releasing his stomach and coming back to his stance. “Not yet.”

I shrugged. “You sure?”

“What’s wrong?” Neji asked rhetorically. “Are you afraid I’m going to start hitting you?”

I laughed. “No.”

He glared in impotent rage. Then lunged once more. This time I just slid right out of the way at the last second, stuck my foot out, stuck it onto his ankle, and pushed him down to the ground with a loud thud.

Coughing, Neji stood up again.

“That’s it Neji!” Gai cheered. “Show him the power of your youth!”

“You can do it Neji!” Lee joined it.

Neji glared at his cheerleaders and rushed me again. I parried both strikes and punched him in the chest, followed up with a jab to the stomach, parried another Jyuken strike, stuck my foot behind his and pushed him over once again.

I backed up, giving him space.

You know, part of me wondered why he didn’t start funneling chakra into his wrists to make my parries a non-factor. But it would probably be very difficult to do that since he’s trained to channel his chakra into his fingers and the thought process behind the change might take some getting used to.

Neji tried to get back up. Twice, before he finally stopped and resorted to just breathing heavily on the sand.

“Daisuke is the winner!” Gai shouted, sounding exuberant but also somewhat unsure. Like he didn’t know quite what just happened.

I guess that’s fair. I did just soundly beat the rookie of the year without getting touched.

That said, I did walk up and offer Neji a hand. An olive branch. He ignored it, and managed to stand on his own after some serious difficulty. Then he walked back to the audience and sat down, refusing to look at me.

Alright then. Well, that’s what happens when I fight a Genin with Kage-level Taijutsu, I suppose. Though I do wonder why he didn’t start trying his psychological attacks that he’s famous for…maybe because he didn’t know me well enough to hit any of my buttons? That would probably be it. He lives with Hinata, so knows her quite well and Naruto’s…Naruto. Pretty easy to read, if you know what you’re doing. Maybe he doesn’t know what he’s doing yet?

Quest Updated: Eternal Rivals!

Completed: Defeat Neji.


I sat back down on the sidelines. Hisako looked depressed for some reason. Nichiren looked nervous.

“Tenten, it’s your turn!” Gai remarked.

“Hai,” The double-bun mistress of the kunai stood up.

“Nichiren,” Kakashi replied.

“Yup,” Nichiren stood up.

Alright, what can Nichiren do to avoid being swiss-cheesed? I mean, Tenten’s not allowed to swiss-cheese him, so this…might be more even than I thought.

“Bow to your opponents,” Gai called, seeming a little giddy.

Nichiren and Tenten both bowed in respect.

“Begin!”

Shuriken immediately found themselves in Tenten’s hand and suddenly the arena was filled with smoke. Everyone started coughing and I waved the smoke away from my face. When it cleared, Nichiren was gone.

“Wha-?” Tenten started looking around, confused. “Where’d you go?”

“He said anything went,” Nichiren’s voice came from below, though it wasn’t obvious at first. “So I don’t have to stay in the arena, now do I?”

Oh, he’s fighting dirty.

Nice.

Suddenly, a bunch of Ninja wire erupted from the earth and wrapped themselves around the Kunoichi’s legs and started to pull her under the ground. Tenten, however, was right on top of things, and managed to cut the wire with a shoto pulled from a storage scroll. Before she stepped out of the new pits forcibly dug by her legs, Nichiren rose from the ground with freaking iron knuckles on his fists.

Tenten quickly bent backward at the knees, and summersaulted out of the way and back onto her feet, letting loose a barrage of shuriken that Nichiren jumped, ducked and stumbled to dodge. Then the field filled with smoke-

“Again?” Tenten growled in frustration.

-and Nichiren was gone once more. Nichiren’s apparently our stealth specialist, which makes sense considering he wants to be a medical ninja and shooting the medic is probably a thing in this world to prevent they guy you just downed from getting back up seconds later.

Because chakra is bull and medical jutsu would probably be equally bull.

Tenten immediately looked below and prepared for an attack. She was surprised when Nichiren surfaced five feet to her right. A ring of ninja wires also surfaced, wrapping around her leg, allowing Nichiren to start pulling. Tenten fell, but not before throwing a kunai at Nichiren, which he dodged, giving Tenten enough time to cut herself free again. She jumped to her feet, nimbly dodging the other wires the surfaced to ensnare here.

Nichiren didn’t bother with the smokescreen this time, disappearing into the ground.

Didn’t Naruto do that a couple of times? And get really good at it? I remember he nearly knocked out Neji’s teeth by doing so during the Chunin exams.

Tenten grabbed a kunai in her other hand, looking around.

“Think he’s run out of wire?” I whisper to Hisako.

“I think he did,” was her reply. “He didn’t carry that much with him.”

I grunted, keeping an eye for him.

Nichiren burst from the ground behind Tenten, lunging at her with his fist cocked back. Tenten, to her credit, rapidly turned to meet him, parried his attack, and grabbed him from behind, placing her shoto to his neck.

…if you hurt my teammate, I swear to…

“The fights over,” Kakashi nodded.

“Indeed!” Gai shouted. “Tenten is the winner!”

Tenten released him with a cheer. Nichiren fell to the ground and she offered him a hand. “That was really sneaky of you at the start.”

“Thanks,” Nichiren smiled. “You’re really handy with that sword.”

“Thank you.”

Quest Compete: Eternal Rivals!

+500 EXP.


3080 until I level.

I only had to beat up a practically defenseless twelve-year-old to get that EXP.

I hate you, game.

“Alright well,” I stood up. “If that’s everything, two-to-one means that Gai-sensei won the challenge. Can I go home now?”

“Yes you may,” Kakashi said, giving a small wave. “See you later.”

“See you guys later,” I waved goodbye to everyone, before I shunshined my way back to the city.

I got the distinct impression that I was being stared at as I left.

---
 
Parallel Dinners
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


“…so that’s how I screwed up my teammate trying to apologize to me,” I summed up, taking a slurp of the ramen noodles from my sticks.

“Are your teammates just not good at listening or something?” Naruto asked over his bowl of Miso.

“I think it has to do with my tone of voice,” I replied, stirring the noodles. “I sound mad without meaning too, I guess.”

Naruto huffed with an indignant expression. “You’d think they’d have figured it out by now. Always take what you say at face value.”

“Thanks Naruto,” I smiled, raising my cup filled with water to him. “You always know what to say.”

I had come to Ichiraku for the express purpose of finding Naruto. I didn’t know how to talk to people. He did. So I needed…if not advice, then at least some companionship. My teammates, well intentioned though they may be, keep misunderstanding me and in the case of Nichiren, seeing way more than I was comfortable with.

“No problem,” Naruto smiled, inhaling another chopsticks-full of noodles. “So, what was it about the dinner party?”

“It was last night,” I continued. “I got a nice suit, gave myself a social bonus…with a jutsu...”

“What kind of jutsu?” Naruto looked at me.

“It’s like a supped up version of the Henge,” I explained with a frown. “It makes me look better and messes with my brain so I don’t put my foot in my mouth so much.”

“Woah,” Naruto blinked. “I didn’t know jutsu could…wait, you’ve been messing with your brain?”

“Sensei told me not to use the jutsu anymore,” I replied. “And I don’t really want to do it either.”

“Okay good,” Naruto breathed a sigh of relief. “I mean, it sounds cool, but messing with your brain’s gotta be dangerous. No offense.”

“None taken,” I replied, taking another stick-full of noodles into my mouth.

“Okay, so you were saying?” Naruto asked. “The party?”

“So, it went well enough,” I shrugged. “I was kind of wishing…I had parents, afterwards, but you know.”

“I hear you,” Naruto nodded, stirring his sticks into his freshly refilled bowl.

“Today though, Nichiren…he said that he got in trouble with his folks because they thought he was exaggerating about how bad I was,” I continued. “He…made some observations that I’m having a hard time dealing with.”

“Like what?” Naruto asked after slurping down a large group of noodles.

“Well, I know I’m bad at talking to people,” I said with a frown, looking at the clump of noodles grabbed in my sticks. “If I know I’m bad, and how I’m bad at it, then I should just not…act badly, you know?”

“And you agree with him?” Naruto looked at me with a pensive look on his face.

“I think he’s got a good point,” I elaborated. The Super-Henge was a lie, anyhow. “I just don’t know what to say to that.”

“Well, I think he’s being really unfair,” Naruto replied with a frown. “You have a bloodline, right? It lets you do a lot of awesome things. It just also came with being an uncanny statue-man. It’s so bad you still wear that Henge around in public.”

“I gotta do what I gotta do,” I replied, hunching my shoulders defensively.

“But that’s just it,” Naruto continued. “You’re dealing with it. You’re going out of your way to not to be someone people don’t mind being around as much. For him to just say that you shouldn’t be bad in the first place...makes me really mad.”

“So what do I do?” I asked with a frown. “I can’t ignore it and I don’t want to demolish him. He is a friend of mine.”

“Yeah I get it,” Naruto sighed. “I don’t know what you can say. Just…keep being you. And seriously, no more Super-Henges or whatever it is you did. That’s just begging for trouble.”

“You got it,” I replied with a frown. “How about you? How’s the academy?”

“It’s going way better since Iruka was able to tutor me,” Naruto smiled.

“Does he tutor you on everything you need help with?” I asked with a risen eyebrow.

“…not everything,” Naruto said quietly. “He’s super busy all the time. He helps me when he can, anyway.”

“Anything I can do?” I asked with a frown. Makes sense, Iruka does work the mission desk in addition to teaching the class. Asking him to be a constant tutor would be a lot.

“No, it’s okay,” Naruto looked at me with a smile. “I’m sure you’re really busy too.”

“You sure?” I pressed. “You’d be shocked at the amount of free-time I have.”

“No, no really,” Naruto laughed uneasily. “It’s fine, you don’t need to do that.”

…that’s odd. Why doesn’t he want help from me? Well, I did just regale him with tales of how I screw up everything when I’m asked to speak, so that might be it. Understandable. “Alright, well…is there anything else that’s bugging you?”

Naruto was quiet for a couple second, his smile fading as the gears turned in his head. “There’s…this girl.”

“Oh yeah?” I said with a smile. “What’s her name?”

“Haruno Sakura,” Naruto admitted sheepishly. “She’s super smart and really pretty. I never saw a girl with pink hair before, but she makes it look good.”

“Smart and pretty?” I asked, trying to give the sentence an air of ‘hypothetical’. I remember that Naruto had a crush on Sakura from the anime and I was wondering when I’d see it. “Nice. What’s the problem?”

“She’s in love with the prodigy in our class,” Naruto sighed, resting his head in folded arms on the bar-table. “I can’t get a date with her no matter how hard I try.”

“I wish you luck, my friend,” I said with a sad smile. “I can’t talk to girls to begin with, so I don’t think I can help.”

“I know,” Naruto sounded just a little irritated. Then he sighed. “It’s okay. Nothing wrong if I just keep trying, right?”

“Uhhh…” The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result. If I can’t help him, then someone else has to be able too. I looked around and…saw Ayame ladling some ramen to a customer. That could work. She was old enough to look at Naruto like a younger brother, right? “You’re pretty good friends with Ayame, right?”

“Huh?” Naruto looked at me with a confused look on his face.

“Ichiraku Ayame?” I clarified, pointing at her over the counter. “That girl right there?”

“Oh. Yeah!” Naruto nodded. “She’s one of my really good friends, sure. Why do you ask?”

“You’ll see,” I nodded. Then I put my hand to my mouth like half a horn. “Hey, Ayame! Come over here for a second!”

She looked at me, a little concerned. She finished ladling out the ramen and wiped her hands on her apron on her way here. “Yes, Daisuke? You’re not getting sick again, are you?”

“Nope,” I said. “Naruto here’s got a girl he likes and he needs advice.”

“Daisuke!” Naruto shouted in alarm. “What are you doing?”

“Oh, that’s adorable!” Ayame put both hands together and squealed. “Young puppy love! That’s so cute.”

“Daisuke,” Naruto said in an embarrassed growl.

“I’m helping you,” I nodded. Then I looked at Ayame, who had a smile on her face. “I think.”

“So tell me about her,” She said, still smiling.

“Uhhhh…” Naruto was blushing. “Her names Haruno Sakura. She’s really smart and really pretty.”

“Ooh,” Ayame said. “So, what does she like?”

“I don’t really know,” Naruto shrugged. “She’s never said yes to a date, so I can’t find out.”

I’m half tempted to leave right now. But Naruto was my oldest friend and I did just sic a teenage girl on him. So, I, no matter how uncomfortable I was right now, was going to stick this through. Even if he tries to kill me at the first opportunity. If it works, he’ll be thanking me. Probably.

“It’s probably too early to go on dates,” Ayame said, looking thoughtful. “You said she’s never said yes? Probably should relax and give her some space for a bit.”

“But then she’ll go out with Sasuke!” Naruto groused.

“Sasuke?” Ayame blinked. “Has she actually gone on a date with him, or is she trying?”

“…just trying,” Naruto said. “She really likes him though. Fawns over him constantly. For some reason.”

“Oh, then you don’t have anything to worry about,” Ayame shrugged. “If she’s fawning over him constantly and not getting anything back, he’s clearly not interested. If anything, that just makes him even less interested.”

“Wait, seriously?” Naruto shouted, propping himself up with his arms. “That’s awesome!”

“That also means you shouldn’t ask her out again for a while,” Ayame continued. “That just makes her feel like you don’t respect her.”

“But I do!” Naruto said, looking affronted.

“I know you do,” Ayame placated. “But it’s all about what she sees and if you keep asking her out, then she doesn’t see you respecting that she said no.”

“Then what am I supposed to do?” Naruto asked with a frown.

“Give her space for a couple weeks,” Ayame replied. “Then ask her to hang out later. Not as a date, be sure to make that clear. Invite a few friends a long just to make it seem more like a get together.”

“…okay,” Naruto blinked, processing the information. “That’s an idea.”

“You do have friends besides me, right?” I interjected. “Right?”

“Yeah!” Naruto nodded. “Iruka-sensei, Ayame and the old man!”

“Do you have any friends your own age?” Ayame asked with a mix between hopeful optimism and dread for the answer.

Naruto looked very uncomfortable. “No.”

Right. Kyuubi’s a problem, isn’t he? “Sorry.”

“Well,” Ayame began with a frown. She pointed to me. “What’s wrong with Daisuke?”

“I’m a walking social disaster area,” I explained. “It’s really for the best that I stay away.”

“Which stinks,” Naruto grumbled.

“Oh yeah,” Ayame nodded with a frown. “I heard your story about the apology. I’m sorry that happened to you.”

“Thank you?” I wonder if Naruto’s natural charisma is rubbing off on me like a passive aura or something.

“I think she’d like you if she actually spent time with you,” Naruto grumbled.

“Yeah but we’re trying to find out how to get her to spend time with you,” I stated. “We don’t need to make a hard task impossible.”

“Anyway,” Ayame continued with a deep frown on her face. “That’s a problem. You might need to give her space for longer, then.”

Naruto groaned, slamming his head into the counter. By some miracle, his bowl of ramen was moved to the side and out of the way before he impacted. “She’ll be dating that jerk in no time.”

“No,” Ayame tried to comfort him. “She won’t. I promise you that…by the way, do you call the boy she likes a jerk to her face?”

“Yeah,” Naruto came back up. “Why wouldn’t I? He’s a jerk.”

Ayame thought for a second. “If a girl you didn’t know too well came up to you and insulted Sakura, how would you feel?”

“I’d be pissed off,” Naruto shrugged, folding his arms. “I’d shout at her and make her apologize.”

“That’s how Sakura feels whenever you insult him,” Ayame nodded with a pitying smile. “So if you want to date her, you should stop that.”

Naruto shouted in frustration, grabbing his face with both of his hands and arching backward in the ultimate expression of frustration. Then he slammed on the bar with a whimper. Then he grumbled something I didn’t quite catch.

“Sorry, what?” I asked.

“I said fine, I can go without insulting Sasuke,” Naruto grumbled, not looking happy at all.

“Good,” Ayame smiled. “You actually have a chance, now.”

Naruto kept grumbling, which Ayame, classy lady that she is, ignored said grumbling altogether.

“Now how to get around the ‘no other friends’ issue,” Ayame cupped her chin in thought. “Hmmm…”

“Ayame!” That was her dad calling. “Don’t just sit around talking to Naruto, we’ve got a shop to run!”

“Sorry, Dad!” Ayame jumped. “I’ll be right back. Keep thinking about it, alright?”

“Sure,” Naruto grumbled.

She ran off to take another customer's order and ask the previous one whose ramen she had been filling earlier if he’d like a refill.

“Daisuke?” Naruto asked quietly.

“Hm?”

“Do I really need to be nice to Sasuke?” Naruto asked with a pathetic frown on his face.

“She didn’t say ‘be nice to him’,” I reminded him. “She said ‘stop insulting him when Sakura’s around’. That’s completely different.”

He grumbled before his face lit up. “Hey yeah! You’re right, that is completely different.”

Still…the no friends issue. Seriously, Naruto can’t use me, Sakura would avoid Naruto more because he’s associated with me. Uggghhh…It’d be really good for Naruto, too, because she’s smart and can help him out when Iruka can’t and…

“What’re you thinking?” Naruto asked curiously.

“Oh, just thinking how awesome it would be for you to date Sakura,” I replied. “You said she was super smart and she might be able to help you in the academy and stuff.”

“I hadn’t even thought about that,” Naruto said with wide eyes. “That’d be awesome!”

“What’d be awesome?” Ayame came back. “We can’t keep talking much longer, my dad’s getting impatient.”

“Just how Sakura’s really smart,” Naruto nodded. “She’d be able to help me when Iruka can’t tutor me.”

“Oh,” Ayame said. Then her face started to light up. “Oh. Oh! OH! That’s it!”

“What’s it?” I asked. What was she seeing that I wasn’t?

“Ask her to help you with academy assignments,” Ayame seemed giddy. “I mean, you’d have to emphasize it’s not a date and really play up how much you need help but it’s the perfect way to get her to spend time with you!”

“Wait, really?” Naruto started to light up. “I could just ask her and she’d help me?”

“Well, you’d still have to give her space for a couple weeks,” Ayame replied. “But if she’s worth dating, she might help you. You might also need some spare ryo…”

“Done,” I offered. “If she wants to charge you for tutoring, I can foot the bill.”

“Seriously?” Ayame blinked at me. “Wow.”

I simply shrugged. “Anything for a friend.”

“Alright then,” Ayame smiled again.

“Okay yeah,” Naruto nodded, his expression starting to get brighter. Then he hugged her over the counter. “Yeah, I can do that! Thank you, Ayame!”

“You’re welcome,” She said with a chuckle, returning it.

They separated. Then he jumped and hugged me, which I returned. “Thanks Daisuke!”

When he let go, he jumped off the seat. “Bye Daisuke, Ayame!”

“Good luck!” I waved at him and he disappeared. I turned to Ayame. “How much do I owe for the ramen?”

“Nothing,” Ayame looked at me with an incredulous smile on her face. “You paid for two hundred bowls. He only got through twenty.”

“Can you add the change to his tab?” I asked, grateful for the A-rank pay and for the fact that I didn’t actually need to eat.

“Ummm…suuuure,” Ayame shrugged, tilting her head.

“Cool,” I said, hopping off of the stool after I made sure my bowl was empty. “It was delicious and I’ll probably see you later.”

“He’s lucky to have you, you know,” She told me. “Really.”

“Thanks,” I said with a wave goodbye. “See you.”

I turned around and barely avoided bumping into someone a head and a half shorter than I was. She had short dark hair, Byakugan, wore an overly large jacket for this weather…this was Hinata. I didn’t forget about Hinata.

I did forget that she used to be Naruto’s stalker, however.

“Sorry,” I nodded to her.

She pressed her fingers together and bit her lip. “It’s okay.”

I tilted my head. “…what’s your name?”

Her head sunk even lower than before. “Hyuuga Hinata.”

Cool. “Nice to meet you. Have a good day.”

“Th-thank you,” She muttered.

I shunshin’d away, heading back to my apartment.

The sun was at least a few hours from setting at least, but I wonder what she was doing stalking Naruto at what was assuredly dinner time? I never liked that about her. I liked everything else about her, I thought she was a great character, but I never thought that stalking someone was okay.

…I’ve got strong feelings about the ‘stalking is love’ trope. A holdover from when I hated Twilight and Stephanie Meyer for making my religion look bad.

Geeze, I barely remember anything about that book to begin with. Not that I’m complaining, mind you, but I’d like to forget it completely. I probably won’t, though, because my INT stat scales with level. So I’ll probably remember more as time goes on.

DANGIT.

Whatever. What am I going to do for the rest of the day? Invent jutsu? I’m out of ideas that don’t involve a higher check than 55. Would you believe Shadow Clones take a check of 65? I was furious. Invent Genjutsu? I’ve got moral quandaries with that: I didn’t want to become Charles Xavier and mess with people’s heads for the greater good.

I’ll probably end up doing that later, but for right now, I prefer not having the temptation. Plus there’s the fact that I’d end up casting those jutsu on myself without a test subject…make sure it’d work, right?

So…that leaves exploring the sewers.

The place the Sludge-monster from C’Thulhu’s lower bowels tried to take me through after grabbing me near the end of that adventure. The place where Root is assuredly stationed and closer to the jaws of death than I actually feel comfortable with. Also assuredly the location of Orochimaru’s old labs, where I’m guaranteed to at least find a few awesome goodies.

There’s a sewer entrance in an alleyway near my apartment.

I’d been putting this off. I can only die once, after all.

But…it needs to be done. For the EXP.

So, I jumped into my apartment, grabbed a few storage scrolls that contained the entirety of my inventory then I…wait.

I was most definitely under surveillance.

My bloodline, the pure blend of nonsense that it is, is valuable. I wouldn’t be surprised that I’ve got a file in the Hokage’s desk that’s the source of several migraines and maybe an ulcer. So there’s probably an ANBU or two watching my apartment.

And following me around on my nightly runs.

Oh boy, the fact that I don’t really need to sleep has been documented. That’s got to be fun. Following a guy who never sleeps or stops can’t be easy. Most likely not as fast as they are, but still, the endurance requirement has to be staggering.

Well, okay, I do sleep my nights away sometimes. But that just means I’ll need a higher stealth skill before I even think of heading down there. That’s both relieving, and disappointing. Well…ugh…I’m annoyed, now.

The sun was approaching the horizon. I opened the window and just looked out. The sun was still too bright to watch on the way down, but just taking in the fresh air was relaxing.

---

Meanwhile, back at the training ground, Kakashi was looking at his two students, as well as Gai and his students. Daisuke had just left, vanishing out of sight in a rather impressive Shunshin. Hisako was holding her head in her hand, saying nothing but had a look on her face that suggested she was close to a breakdown. Nichiren had his glasses in his hand, looking at them from every angle he could, trying to find something to say.

Team Gai was staring at the place Daisuke had leaped up too before he continued rooftop hopping. Gai had a rare, serious and introspective expression on his face, which Kakashi knew meant that something serious had just happened and he was trying to figure it out. Lee was staring with wide eyes and a slightly gaping jaw. Neji had his Byakugan active, his eyes moving just slightly after the form of Daisuke leaving before they just stopped and he deactivated it, looking at the ground. Tenten looked at Neji with eyes filled with concern, only glancing at the space Daisuke had left before looking at her teammate.

Kakashi knew he had to do something. His team, experienced with the nonsense that Daisuke brought was close to a breaking point. Including him. Four other people, who had no experience with what his prodigy could do, just got punched with a taste of it in the gut, when he utterly shamed the Hyuuga Prodigy whom everyone thought was the best Genin of the year. Then he just left with the barest hint of a farewell.

“So,” Kakashi started, getting an idea. “I think we should all go to dinner and celebrate Gai’s thirtieth win.”

Gai, of course, whipped around to face him with tears in his eyes. “You…you really mean it, Kakashi? You think we should celebrate?”

“Yes,” Kakashi nodded. “It’ll be good for all of us…to recognize your clear win today.”

Like the dependable shinobi he was, Gai caught on. “Yes, it shall! I know the perfect place! The Akimichi Buffet!”

Relatively cheap and all you can eat, delicious food. Kakashi nodded. “Alright, let’s go, everyone!”

They each walked back into Konoha. The Genin were all quiet on the way there. Lee, to his credit, was actually containing his exuberance and was walking with a wide smile and though he didn’t say anything, everyone could feel it. Gai was happy too…but he was also curious. Kakashi was hoping that he’d be able to talk to Gai solo, so he could disseminate the knowledge in a way that his Genin could handle.

And also give his Genin a chance to be around normal, non-emotionally taxing Genin of their own age. If they vented, that could be good for them, and if none of it made it back to Daisuke, which is unlikely, as Daisuke has…very few friends outside of his team, it would be great.

Except for Uzumaki Naruto, who reportedly has been friends with him since the early days of the orphanage. But Naruto has no friends either, in spite of the fact that he deserves all the friends he can carry, so all was well.

The Akimichi buffet was horribly busy, as usual. Civilians and Shinobi alike both came here when it was time to celebrate, eat, drink and be merry. It was advertised as having the finest Akimichi cuisine available for the masses, but no Akimichi could be seen doing anything at the buffet other than making the food. Kakashi had it on good authority that the buffet had all of the Akimichi’s cheap recipes which were still amongst the best ever tasted, and easily mass produced.

It was loud, it was crowded, and that made it perfect for discreet conversations to be held with very little danger of the details being overheard.

Kakashi, out of good courtesy, paid for everyone’s entry. The cashier letting them in was a civilian, a pretty young woman with blonde hair that he surmised was hired solely to provide a pretty face for diners to see as the first thing they saw when they came in.

“Let’s find a table,” Kakashi said after being handed a platter and cup. “Then we can get whatever we want and meet back.”

Gai gave a thumbs up and the Genin gave their approval for the plan.

The tables they found were actually a pair of booths with a table each. One table was capable of seating all of the Genin without the Jounin, which fact Kakashi and Gai exploited to let the Genin sit by themselves, and claim the booth directly behind them. With that, they all scattered, piling whatever food they wanted on their platters.

Sushi, ramen, prawn and more all decorated their platters, with tall glasses of various Akimichi Elixirs. There was no Sake, which was Kakashi’s only complaint about the buffet. Apparently, the Akimichi considered the buffet a family affair. If you wanted alcohol, you could go to the grill two blocks down the street, which also had the better Akimichi food.

Not the best food, just the better kind. The best was reserved for private parties hosted by the Akimichi.

Upon arriving back to their seats with their food, they wasted no time digging in. Kakashi was dipping a sushi-roll into a small cup of Soy Sauce when Gai returned, sitting across from him with almost enough food to make an Akimichi thumbs-up in approval.

Almost.

“So,” Gai began quietly, picking up a small bit of cooked fish with his chopsticks. “Can I ask about your hip and cool protégé?”

“Ask away,” Kakashi replied with an internal sigh. “But he’s not really my protégé. I haven’t taught him nearly as much Nichiren or Hisako.”

“Then where did he learn such impressive Taijutsu?” Gai frowned, staring at the bite held in his sticks before sticking it in his mouth.

“You remember my report on the day my team passed my bell test? How I said he had the Taijutsu of a tokubetsu-jounin?” Kakashi said, taking a sip of the elixir he brought with him, the bubbly liquid swimming down his throat. “As far as I can tell, he’s always been absurdly skilled at Taijutsu. He’s just gotten better. Inexplicably.”

“Inexplicably?” Gai replied. “How so?”

“Daisuke doesn’t train unless I tell him too,” Kakashi elaborated.

“What?” Gai looked alarmed.

“He doesn’t train,” Kakashi repeated. “I’ve followed him around a couple of times, he’s under ANBU guard for his bloodline, obviously, and we’ve never seen him do anything that amounts to training in his free time. A lot of it is wandering his apartment, deep in thought as far as we can tell, when he’s not running around Konoha for fun. The closest he ever came to training was during his furlough following the House Incident.”

“I see,” Gai nodded. The House Incident was now infamous throughout the ranks of Konoha’s Jounin and Chunin, in spite of the few scant details available to everyone. “So how did he train?”

“He…” Kakashi sighed in frustration, putting his hand under his chin while he looked for the right words.

Audible to both Jounin, their students began talking.

“So what’s the deal with Daisuke?” Tenten asked, sounding genuinely curious.

“I don’t want to talk about him,” Hisako grumbled, clearly not in the mood for much talking or eating.

“…I don’t really know what to say about him,” Nichiren said. “I don’t understand why he’s still a Genin? How can one person be so smart yet so dumb?”

“He’s dumb,” Neji spoke up, like he wasn’t sure he’d heard correctly. “How is he dumb?”

“He’s socially incompetent,” Nichiren remarked with a tinge of disdain. “Have someone try to apologize to him, and he’ll be apologizing to the person who tried to apologize to him for offending them.”

“Thanks Nichiren,” Hisako almost growled.

“Sorry,” Nichiren sounded sincere.

“He wore a Henge,” Neji stated with clearer disdain. “He looked like a moving statue beneath it.”

“He wears it so people around him aren’t freaked out,” Hisako replied with irritation. “Coming from him, sensitivity like that is incredible.”

“I just thought it was comical,” Neji snarked. “A shinobi with so much power is fated to scrape and scrim at the bottom of the barrel to fit in with the others around him.”

Hisako groaned. Nichiren didn’t say anything.

“I thought he was amazing!” Lee gushed. “I had never seen Taijutsu that splendid before in my life!”

“Neither had we,” Hisako remarked quietly.

“Seriously,” Tenten agreed. “Where did he learn how to do that?”

“I don’t know,” Nichiren confessed. Hisako said nothing.

“Really?” Tenten asked. “You don’t know where he got that level of training.”

“Nope,” Nichiren answered. “Kakashi’s been…getting me up to speed for most of the time we’ve been a team and he’s only started putting more energy into teaching Hisako, so…”

“Getting you up to speed?” Tenten asked. “What does that mean?”

“I…uh, I cheated on my graduation exams,” Nichiren explained sheepishly.

“How un-youthful!” Lee decried.

“I know, I know,” Nichiren replied. “Trust me, I know. I got a lecture from the Hokage and everything.”

“That means you must work twice as hard to make up for the time you’ve lost!” Lee replied, full of vigor. The sound of the table briefly shaking meant that Lee was now standing on top of the table. “Because you’ve been given a second chance and you must not waste it!”

Gai was holding back tears of joy. “I’m so proud.”

“Not to ruin the moment Gai,” Kakashi replied. “But I think he’s drawing attention we don’t want.”

Gai’s shoulders fell. “Right, right. Of course."

He stood turned around a looked around the wall. “Lee-kun! Your youth is legendary! But we don’t want to start a scene, so…you mind getting down?”

“Yes, Gai-sensei,” The table shook briefly, but there was no sound of clashing dishes. So everything was fine and Lee was off the table. “Sorry Gai-sensei.”

“That’s okay, Lee!” Gai gave him a thumbs up. “Just remember, there is a time and a place for everything.”

They went back to their meal.

“But Daisuke hasn’t received much training,” Neji brought the group back on topic.

“No, he hasn’t,” Hisako sounded more and more defeated with each passing syllable.

“Wasn’t he your main sparring partner in the academy?” Nichiren asked, adjusting his glasses.

Yes,” Hisako sounded insulted that he even brought that up. “He almost always won, too. Then we got out of the academy and now he just always wins. ‘Graduating the Academy was very Inspiring’ my boot. He was holding back.”

“What?” Tenten asked. “What does graduating the academy have to do with it?”

“That’s what he told Hisako to explain the spike he had in skill,” Nichiren replied.

Gai looked at Kakashi with a confused look on his face.

“That doesn’t make any sense,” Tenten argued.

“We know,” Hisako almost snarled. “Believe me, we know all the different ways that Daisuke doesn’t make sense.”

“I…don’t buy the youthfulness of that explanation,” Lee replied, sounding disappointed. “The fact that I was allowed to graduate in spite of my lack of talent was incredible, but it didn’t simply raise my ability with Taijutsu through sheer inspirational power. Only hard work can do that.”

Thank you,” Hisako breathed in relief. “Finally, someone actually notices something!”

“I’m sure everyone that’s met your teammate has noticed something unusual,” Neji pointed out.

“Probably, but they all seem to brush it off as normal or something,” Hisako retorted. “You all understand that he’s completely abnormal with no good explanations.”

“He obviously has a Kekkei Genkai,” Neji sounded mildly upset.

“We know he does,” Nichiren said. “That’s literally his excuse for everything impossible he does.”

“Like what?” Tenten sounded a little upset too.

“For starters, there’s the fact that he can regenerate any wound with a good night’s sleep,” Nichiren replied, sounding tired. “Like the time he lost an eye; It was stabbed clean through and then it was back the next day.”

“That’s incredible!” Lee said in awe.

“How did he lose an eye?” Neji sounded like he didn’t want to think of such a horrible thing happening.

Both were quiet for a second, then there was the sound of someone getting up.

“Kakashi-sensei?” Hisako came around the booth. “Can we talk about what happened at the house?”

“Yes,” Kakashi nodded. “The Hokage gave us permission for us to share our experiences there.”

But not the actual details of the investigation, simply because it was on-going with no good leads. Not even the butler knew there was anything inside the house besides walls and furniture and he volunteered for a Yamanaka mind-read. With the owner dead, all leads were temporarily dried. Not that Hisako, Nichiren or Daisuke knew that, but it was enough to give Kakashi nightmares.

“Thank you, sensei,” Hisako bowed lightly and went back to her booth.

Gai pointed at the wall behind him, like he was asking if he could listen. Kakashi gestured in a matter that said ‘be my guest’.

“So, two weeks ago, we get a D-rank mission,” Hisako started explaining. “A merchant was moving out of Konoha and selling his house. Simple enough, right?”

“It does seem simple,” Lee agreed. “What happened?”

“Nichiren and I were sent to go clean the master bathroom,” Hisako continued. “I’m…not sure what happened, but we were put under a Genjutsu. We saw…bad things and Kakashi managed to save us both. Apparently, we got pulled into a room and when I came too, I saw Kakashi…and saw that he went to save Daisuke first.”

“That makes sense,” Neji replied. “He does have a unique and valuable Kekkei Genkai.”

Kakashi stood up and walked over to their table, balancing himself on the divider that separated the two. “Just to clarify, Daisuke managed to break free of the Genjutsu on his own. I had trouble getting you out as I needed to use one of most dangerous and chakra intensive techniques to get you out and the house kept making earth clones to attack us.”

“That’s almost worse,” Hisako buried her face in her folded arms.

“Just helping you understand what happened,” Kakashi replied. “Please go on, we’re listening very intently.”

Gai stood up and went to the opposite side of Kakashi with a winning smile, that was supposed to be re-assuring.

“Okay, well,” Hisako took a deep breath. “Kakashi saved me, then Nichiren. Apparently Daisuke’s got himself out. Somehow. Anyway, we got up to leave the house when we saw this…raven-man standing in one of the windows. Up by the corner of the roof.”

“Woah,” Lee looked like couldn’t imagine something so cool.

“This was the owner of the house?” Tenten frowned.

“Apparently,” Nichiren shrugged.

“Probably a Henge,” Neji supplied, eyes focused and unmoving. “Or something similar to the Inuzuka’s man-beast transformation.”

“I guess,” Hisako replied. “But that’s not the scary part.”

Nichiren took a deep breath.

“The raven-man made a hand seal, and the floor, down on the first floor exploded,” Hisako explained with a deepening frown. “The concrete foundation of the house was alive, every last inch of it covered in glowing red seals.”

Team 9 all gave surprised looks, with Tenten’s being filled with fear, Neji’s being too understated to tell and Lee’s being filled with excitement.

“The giant concrete monster shot up, swallowed Daisuke and made a giant concrete wall that I was scared was going to crush us,” Hisako took a deep breath, then swallowed a mouthful of elixir and shuddered. “It didn’t, but it slowed Kakashi-sensei down long enough for the raven and the monster to escape down a tunnel network that was apparently under the foundation.”

“How did something like that even get made in Konoha?” Tenten asked with a startled look on his face.

“I don’t know,” Hisako shrugged helplessly. She looked at Kakashi.

Kakashi also shrugged. “Your guess is as good as mine.”

“You’re kidding,” Hisako said blankly.

“Nope,” Kakashi replied. “You did kill it, though.”

“Yes we did,” Nichiren nodded, looking a little pleased with himself.

“How did you kill it?” Lee asked, giving his full, undivided attention to the two members of Cell 13.

“It was Nichiren’s idea,” Hisako replied.

“Yes it was,” Nichiren now looked even more smug. “I brought along some explosive notes and ninja wire. While they were down there, Hisako carried me down there along the wall and I rigged the tunnel entrance to explode. We managed to get back up before Kakashi-sensei came back with Daisuke on his back. Then the monster came back and I detonated the tunnel entrance.”

“That makes sense,” Tenten nodded. “That’s very clever.”

“Thank you,” Nichiren smiled.

“Why did Hisako need to carry you?” Neji asked with a risen eyebrow.

“The staircases had been completely destroyed,” Nichiren answered. “And I didn’t know the tree walking technique yet.”

Neji hummed and frowned, but didn’t say anything further.

“So you killed it with giant explosions?” Lee asked with a giant smile and wide eyes.

“Well, we greatly reduced its size,” Nichiren clarified. “It made all the difference, though.”

“Yes it did,” Kakashi nodded. “If you both hadn’t have done that, we wouldn’t be standing here today.”

“Thanks Sensei,” Nichiren smiled.

“What happened next?” Tenten asked.

“I’m curious as to what that has to do with losing an eye,” Neji frowned.

“I’m getting there,” Hisako frowned. “So, Daisuke and Kakashi-sensei are down there fighting the raven-thing and the remains of the concrete monster. They come back up to the third level after a little bit. Apparently, Kakashi-sensei was starting to suffer from chakra exhaustion from so many…what was it called? Chidori?”

“That’s the one,” Kakashi nodded. “The walls resisted everything else.”

Gai looked alarmed, taken aback by that. “What?”

Kakashi held up a hand. “Let’s let her finish her story before we get into the details.”

“Alright,” Gai nodded.

“Well, the thing follows them. The monster, which absorbs chakra, I learned, trapped Kakashi-sensei and the raven-man went after Daisuke,” Hisako blinked heavily and took a deep breath. “I heard a loud splat and Daisuke started screaming. Nichiren and I both walked over there and saw the raven…his entire bottom half had been reduced to a red smear on the ground and Daisuke was in a fetal position, holding his eye, because he had a feather lodged into it.”

“Amazing,” Lee’s eyes were wide. “And yet he had both of them when we sparred today.”

“The basement monster died with the owner,” Hisako finished with a frown. “Kakashi rushed Daisuke to the hospital and Nichiren and I were both allowed to go home after telling ANBU what happened.”

“We went to check on him the next day,” Nichiren said. “I expected to see a heavily bandaged Daisuke who was now a cyclops. What I got was a perfectly healthy teammate who was reading and looking bored.”

“He regrew his eye,” Neji stated, unbelievingly and with a blank look.

“They had to remove the eye to remove the feather,” Kakashi supplied. “Daisuke’s bloodline, initially, was a full recovery on a goodnights sleep. Then he started piling other stuff on top of it.”

“That’s crazy,” Tenten replied, her eyes boggling.

“We know,” Nichiren tiredly confirmed. “Believe us, we know.”

“Anyway, I just wanted to listen to the story,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “Carry on.”

He walked back to his seat, and picked up his chop-sticks. Gai sat across from him.

“There’s rumors going around,” Gai started with a grim look on his face. “About that. About what was inside…some even say we don’t have a clue how the house got there.”

“I can’t talk about the current investigation,” Kakashi said, sounding depressed. “I’m sorry.”

“The other Jounin are scared, Kakashi,” Gai said with a frown.

“I am too,” Kakashi replied quietly.

“So you’re upset that Daisuke outstrips all of us as a shinobi,” Neji started. “That you’re fated to be on a team where you have no hope of contributing anything meaningful in comparison to him.”

Gai face-palmed, grumbling to himself, while Kakashi looked at him oddly.

“I wouldn’t say it’s fate,” Hisako said in a monotone. “I’d call it bad luck.”

“There’s no such thing as luck,” Neji continued. “It’s all fate. Daisuke’s fated to dominate as a shinobi, but be completely incapable of maintaining a friendship and you’re fated to never catch up to him and hate him for the rest of your days.”

“And what would you know about fate?” Hisako started to get angry. “Does fate send you a messenger hawk to let you know the days forecast?”

“It’s obvious what fate has decreed,” Neji was getting angry too. “You just need to look how a person starts to see where they’ll end up.”

“Daisuke started as a no-name orphan with nothing going for him,” Hisako stated blandly. “Now he’s got a monster Kekkei Genkai and is the future leader of a clan filled with people with that monster Kekkei Genkai. Sorry, your logic doesn’t hold water.”

“He still can’t hold a friendship,” Neji sniffed dismissively. “His entire clan, if he even gets one, will quickly find themselves ostracized by the rest of the shinobi world and thrown out of Konoha, then split apart into a thousand pieces because none of them can stand each other, basically dooming the whole clan to being no-name orphans with nothing going for them.”

“And where will you be in the future?” Hisako asked sweetly. “What’s your fate, Neji? What’s going to happen to you if we judge you by your beginnings?”

“I-“ Neji began hotly, then fell silent.

“That’s what I thought,” Hisako grumbled.

Gai wiped his brow in relief. Kakashi could feel the almost killing intent coming from Neji pouring from him right now.

“L-Lets just eat our food, shall we?” Tenten asked nervously.

---
 
Field Trip
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


“Well, it’s time for our first C-rank,” Kakashi eye-smiled, holding a mission scroll in his hand.

Wait, really?

“Already?” Hisako frowned.

“Oh wow,” Nichiren rubbed his eyes underneath his glasses.

“After the house fiasco, I think a normal old C-rank is perfectly within your abilities,” Kakashi replied, still eye smiling.

“We should be able to do a normal C-rank,” I nodded in agreement. “What’s the mission?”

“A client is moving supplies from Konoha to Kusa,” Kakashi explained, reading the scrolls contents. “We will be making two stops on our way to the border to collect additional shipments and then we’ll hand the shipment off to a team from Kusa to complete our part.”

Oh, we’re going to Grass. Nice.

“What’s in the shipment?” Nichiren asked with a frown.

“Non-perishable items,” Kakashi read. “Sheets of cloth, silk and a small order of kunai and shuriken.”

“We’re letting them have weapons?” Hisako asked.

“Konoha has a trade agreement with Kusa,” Kakashi elaborated. “We allow traders and merchants to move small amounts of common weapons between the two countries.”

“That makes sense,” I nodded. “So, we’re just body guards?”

“That’s part of it,” Kakashi nodded. “The other part is making sure they don’t exceed the weapons count maximum with the two additions we’ll be collecting. Sound good?”

“Sure,” Hisako replied, a little hesitant.

“I think so,” Nichiren replied.

“Sounds simple enough,” I nodded.

“Good,” Kakashi replied. “Mission begins tomorrow at 0600. Pack everything you need for a three-day trip and some Ryo. We’ll meet the caravan at the front gates.”

Quest Accepted: The Organ Trail

-Meet your team at the gates at 6am.


I sighed in annoyance and Kakashi looked at me.

“Did you just have a premonition?” Kakashi asked seriously.

“...yes,” I hesitantly began.

“Is the mission going to go wrong?” Kakashi asked.

“…it’s probably going to be more interesting than we’d like it to be,” I replied, my toes twitching in my boots.

Great,” Hisako breathed in exasperation.

“So did you see a vision or something about this or…” Kakashi asked.

…there’s really no point in lying, is there? They already have an idea that I see things in the future and they’re right… This is going to suck a lot. Best case? My teammates think I’m an even bigger freak than before. Worst case? I fight my way out of T and I because screw T and I.

Wait…epiphany. Sweet, holy brilliance! Why didn’t I think of this sooner?

“Ummmm…so, I’m going to be the leader of a clan one day, right?” I asked Kakashi.

He seemed taken aback by that. “Most likely. Why do you ask?”

“Because I’m calling clan secrets on this,” I replied, folding my arms. “I don’t want to answer any more questions about my bloodline.”

“Why?” Hisako asked, sounding a little startled.

“I don’t want to discuss the deep, startling implications of what I can do,” I replied defensively, looking at Hisako and Nichiren. “You both already think I’m a freak enough, I don’t need to add more fuel to the fire.”

“We don’t think you’re…” Hisako went quiet with a deep frown.

Nichiren gulped.

“…who you decide to discuss the details of your bloodline with is your right, Daisuke,” Kakashi began calmly. “But if we’re walking into another mission that could turn into an A or even an S rank, we need to know.”

But I can’t keep anything they already know from them, can I? Keeping important information from the village could be considered grounds for treason in some cases. “Fine. If you must know, this mission is probably going to turn into something about an organ trade. I don’t know any concrete details beyond the idea that we’ll be directly involved.”

“Organ trade,” Kakashi said softly. “Alright. Wait here.”

Kakashi ran up the stairs, undoubtedly going to the Hokage’s office.

I walked over to the nearest seat.

“I’m going to meditate guys,” I said with a tired look. “Don’t wait up on me.”

“Wait,” Hisako started – but I was already out like a light. I didn’t want to talk to them right now.

I came too when Kakashi came back down the stairs. “Daisuke?”

“Yeah,” I responded.

“Good, you are awake,” Kakashi nodded. “The Hokage wants to talk to you.”

Headache. So much headache. “Alright.”

I stood and followed my Sensei up the stairs.

Remember: Be on your best behavior when the Hokage visits, I remember Matron Kumiko telling me. He is the village's greatest member and should be treated with respect.

I’ll never forget the lesson. I always tried harder to watch myself around Hiruzen, because a slip up could be deadly.

The Hokage’s office was much wider than was strictly necessary, allowing the windows to provide a magnificent view of the village. His desk was set against the windows, and in the chair was Hiruzen, wearing the Hokage-hat.

“Hokage-sama,” I bowed. “You wanted to see me?”

“I do, Daisuke-kun,” The Hokage replied, taking a puff from his pipe. “It’s been a few weeks since I saw you last. How have you been?”

“Alright, I guess,” I shrugged.

“That’s good to hear,” The Hokage answered cheerfully. “Onto business. Kakashi has told me that you occasionally receive premonitions regarding the details of missions you undertake. Is that true?”

“Yes,” I replied with a frown.

“Hmmmm…” The Hokage said. “He has also told me that you have been having trouble adjusting to your team because they are unnerved by your capabilities. Is that correct?”

“Yes,” I nodded.

“I see,” His face was partially obscured by the shadow of his hat. “Well, I can understand not wanting to unnerve them further, and I applaud such an effort but invoking clan secrecy on things we already know about doesn’t help. In fact, it does the opposite.”

“I apologize, Hokage-sama,” I said. “I’m…just sick of hearing about my bloodline.”

“I’m not surprised that is the case,” Hiruzen answered. “People are often afraid of things that do not make sense.”

I winced.

“But that does not mean the thing which is not understood is bad, or harmful,” The Hokage continued. “I understand from the reports about the House Incident that you were instrumental in that mission’s resolution. You helped save your teammates lives and that is commendable.”

“Thank you, Hokage-sama,” I replied.

Hiruzen nodded, taking his pipe out of his mouth. “You have a powerful gift. A gift that we haven’t begun to understand fully, but a gift it is. Daisuke, you’re a good person. It may not always come across in your manner or your speech, but that goodness is there. Naruto saw it, and so do I. Your teammates undoubtedly see it as well.”

“But Hokage-sama, the-“ He held up a hand and I shut up.

“Your teammates are intimidated by your power,” Hiruzen explained. “But they will work through it. This, I can promise you. Neither are the type to go insane if a peer speeds past them in progress. I would know, I’ve met a few like that.”

“Thank you, Hokage-sama,” I muttered.

“I will not ask you what form your premonitions take or when you get them,” Hiruzen continued. “But if you know anything about the mission you have agreed to undertake that would change the mission ranking or that would point out if operational security is at risk, you would be doing a great service to your village if you shared your knowledge.”

Oh, the guilt tripping. It hurts. But, I don’t know all that much. “I’m sorry, but I only know that it has something to do with an organ. Or organs.”

“That is fairly ominous,” Hiruzen puffed his pipe. “Do you believe you can handle the mission?”

“Yes,” I answered as honestly as I could. “Yes, I believe I can handle it. The only reason I freaked out over the house was because I didn’t think I could handle it. Yet, I did.”

“But you did receive a premonition about that house?” The Hokage asked.

Oh crap. “Yes.”

“Hmmm…” Hiruzen puffed his pipe. “Then I do not need to explain the importance of sharing information to you, do I?”

“No, Hokage-sama,” I replied. “I understand perfectly.”

“Very good,” He smiled. “Now, we have compiled a rather lengthy set of research notes regarding your bloodline, including quite a few theories as to how it works, precisely. Do you want them?”

“What?” I asked with a frown.

“What we know about your bloodline,” The Hokage repeated. “If you’re going to start claiming clan secrets this early, I imagine you don’t want anyone to have access to those notes. Understandable, that’s the right of every clan and person with a bloodline.”

“What have you figured out?” I asked carefully.

“Well...” The Hokage pulled a large manuscript-looking thing from his desk.

He’s been studying it. I don’t know whether I should feel honored or threatened. Probably both.

“Besides your perfect chakra control, the ability to invent Ninjutsu more or less on the fly and your total recovery from any injury with sleep,” The Hokage began, emptying his pipe’s ashes into the trash. “There’s the pattern we’ve noticed that you get more powerful in bursts as opposed to gradually, there’s theories that you invent Taijutsu moves and forms like you do Ninjutsu and the suspicion that for you, sleep is actually optional. As is food and drink.”

Holy cow.

“There’s several theories as to how your bloodline works as well,” Hiruzen explained. “My favorite one is that your body uses chakra to keep everything about you as a static imprint until a certain point is reached and it changes everything to a new high, with a spike in a different area. It would explain why you don’t train nearly as much as you should for such a high level of proficiency and barely study.”

I was quiet for a moment. “…Taijutsu is actually my specialty. Ninjutsu is more of a hobby for me at this point.”

Kakashi looked at me with his only eye boggling, almost bouncing out of its socket.

“Is that so?” Hiruzen smiled with narrowing eyes. “Well, that explains how you bested the Hyuuga prodigy.”

“He didn’t stand a chance,” I frowned, looking at my boots. “I felt bad.”

“Don’t feel bad,” Hiruzen replied with a light chuckle. “It was a fair duel between two combatants. You could do nothing to reduce your skill beyond letting him win and he now has motivation to train harder.”

I shrugged. “Still…”

“The question stands,” Hiruzen placed the reports on his desk. “Do you want them?”

On the one hand, I should destroy them. If I want to figure out the how’s and why’s of my bloodline, I’ll up my medicine skill and study it myself. Leaving that intact only gives people more clues that I do not belong. On the other hand, they know quite a bit more than I thought and haven’t broken out the torches and pitchforks and letting them keep it might be a show of good faith in the village. Plus, the Hokage probably has a spare somewhere, so destroying it would be pointless.

“…who has access to them?”

“Myself, Doctor Endoso Takeichi, and his two assistants,” The Hokage replied.

Right, the Hokage and my Doctor. Please tell me neither of those assistants are Kabuto. “Who are his assistants?”

“Misawa Tsukasa and Shibasaki Atsuko,” The Hokage replied. “Doctor Endoso has requested a larger team to help him understand what we have, but I can tell him that won’t be necessary.”

“You can keep them for now,” I said with a frown. “There’s not really a point to taking them from you if you know that much.”

“Hmm, good to know,” The Hokage replaced the research in his desk.

“Has Doctor Endoso submitted a list of names he’d like on the project?” I asked cautiously.

“He has,” The Hokage looked at me curiously. “I can allow you to look at them if you’d prefer.”

You know, he’s being very accommodating. What’s his game, exactly? “I would…if it’s not too much trouble, Hokage-sama. I apologize if I’m imposing.”

The Hokage dug out a piece of paper, and held it out for me. “Don’t worry about it for now.”

I stood and carefully took the paper. There were thirteen names and I didn’t care what they were but…yeah. He was on there. Crap.

“Is there something wrong?” The Hokage asked carefully.

“I…don’t want Yakushi Kabuto working on my bloodline,” Let’s see how much I can milk this ‘premonition’ thing they’ve given me. “I predict bad things if he’s on the project.”

“I see,” The Hokage replied with a serious air. “…we’ll honor the request and do an investigation. But in return, I want you to do your utmost to serve Konoha with the gift you have. Am I clear?”

“Crystal clear, Hokage-sama,” I replied with a bow, handing the sheet back. “Thank you. I won’t let you down.”

“Very good,” Hiruzen smiled. “Now. Kakashi, your mission parameters have changed. In addition to the normal objectives, your team is to investigate the supply train and its cargo. Do not let the client know what you are doing. If you find anything substantial, handle it. Am I understood?”

“Hai, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi bowed.

“Dismissed,” The Hokage nodded and we left his office.

I let out a massive sigh of relief. Keeping an eye on my social behavior to that degree was exhausting. “I have a headache.”

“I’m sure it’ll pass,” Kakashi replied uneasily.

We came down the stairs and my teammates were still there. Hisako was sitting down, leaning forward with her hands clasped. Nichiren was sitting across from her, leaning back in a bench on the wall next to the stairs. They both looked at me.

“Daisuke,” Hisako looked concerned. Well, I did just go meet the Hokage and all, which can be pretty concerning.

“See you guys tomorrow,” I waved, making for the exit.

“Hold on a second,” Nichiren grabbed my wrist to stop me, but I easily slid out of that and kept going.

“Daisuke, don’t go,” Hisako pleaded. “We need to talk.”

I almost made it through the exit. I wanted to go through the exit. But I didn’t go through the exit. I turned on my heel to face my team. “Alright. I’m listening.”

Hisako looked honestly surprised. “I…we don’t think you’re a freak. Really.”

“What I said yesterday was out of line,” Nichiren rubbed the back of his head. “I’m sorry.”

“But also entirely accurate,” I folded my arms. “And I told you to give it to me straight, remember?”

“Well, yeah,” Nichiren frowned. “I…wasn’t being fair. I was mad about getting in trouble with my parents.”

“Over me,” I rose my eyebrow. “And I am sorry about that…I just wanted to make a good first impression for once in my life. Didn’t realize I was screwing my teammate over, is all.”

“I didn’t think he would get in trouble with his parents,” Hisako replied, glancing down at her boots. “How were you supposed to know?”

“People like consistency,” I shrugged. “He said repeatedly that they knew I was socially deficient. I just…didn’t put two and two together. As usual.”

That last bit was a mutter at myself.

Almost Perfect can’t come fast enough.

“And you have problems of your own,” I said, looking pointedly at Hisako. “Care to share?”

Her eyes went wide, like a deer in the headlights. She looked down at her boots, her words starting to slowly come out. “I…”

“Let’s not do this here,” Kakashi gestured to the area around the mission desk. “Let’s find someplace private, then we can talk.”

“My Dad’s home,” Hisako frowned. “So that’s not private.”

“My house isn’t all that private to begin with,” Nichiren added. “My mom stays at home most of the time.”

“…I suppose we could use my apartment,” I hesitantly supplied. “It’s not far from here.”

They all looked at me.

“What?” I asked.

“…that’s a good idea,” Kakashi replied. “Are you sure?”

“No,” I replied. “But we need a place to talk, right? Come on.”

I started walking toward the exit and I heard the sound of footsteps behind me. The way to my apartment wasn’t far, but it was longer than I was used too, because I was consciously aware that neither Hisako or Nichiren could Shunshin.

After about fifteen minutes, we got up to my apartment door. I dug the keys out of one of my storage scrolls and opened the door, ushering anyone in.

…you know; I really should clean this place. Those footprints on the walls from pacing all over the place really don’t look good. Maybe should have some chairs or something when I have guests over. The only thing amounting to decoration would be the scrolls pushed to one side that I was using to write out jutsu theory, most of it half-baked.

“It’s…spacious,” Hisako looked unpleasantly surprised.

“Thank you?” I replied.

“Yeah…a lot of space,” Nichiren blinked.

“I have a futon, so it’s not completely blank,” I replied, closing the door behind everyone. “Find a spot on the floor. Sit down.”

I took a spot on the floor, my usual one when writing something down. The carpet was partially worn down in this spot, and I used chakra strings to pull in things as I needed. Very handy, that Jutsu.

My two peers sat down in front of me. Kakashi sat to my left, watching the proceedings.

“So,” I began. “Let’s hear it.”

Hisako took a deep breath, stiffening and licking her lips. Her words came out slowly, as if fighting herself. “I…hate how powerful you are.”

“I knew that,” I frowned. “Why?”

“Because,” Hisako swallowed. “It’s not fair.”

Well, yes. Obviously nothing about me is fair. Well, I did die and get ripped away from everything I’ve ever known but I was also handed the most broken bloodline in the world that’s only going to get worse as it goes on. So…I guess it’s almost fair. Almost.

Granted, fair is subjective. I learned that lesson a long time ago.

I gestured for her to continue.

“I’ve worked really hard to graduate the academy,” Hisako continued with a frown. “Nichiren’s worked very hard to stay on the team. But you? You just keep getting handed ability after ability, power after power just by being born.”

“Sorry,” I started. “I-“

“Stop,” Hisako snapped. Then she gulped. “Please, let me finish.”

Okay. I swallowed my indignation at being interrupted. I hate being interrupted.

“I’d be okay with this if there was a top,” Hisako continued, her eyes starting to water. “If there was an end to the power ups and you could…actually work alongside us to get better. Right now, it almost feels like we have two Sensei’s and one of them is my age. It doesn’t feel good.”

…that would suck, yeah.

“Where does it end?” Hisako asked. “Are you going to be Hokage? Are you going to rule the elemental countries? The world? Are you even going to bother with anyone else when you get up there?”

I waited.

“That’s what scares me,” Hisako frowned. “That you’ll get so powerful that you’ll decide you don’t need Konoha anymore. That you don’t need friends anymore. That you don’t need…m-us anymore.”

Ooh. That’s…I didn’t think about that.

“And yeah,” Hisako blinked away the tears. “I’m jealous, if that’s what you were thinking. Insanely jealous. I trained with my parents a lot before I went to the academy. Then I get put on the same team as someone who managed to figure out everything they taught me on his own and then just kept going.”

I just barely bit back the correction; ‘envious’.

“So yeah,” She sniffed. “That’s how I feel.”

I blinked. “I…don’t know what to say to all of that.”

Hisako sighed and hung her head.

Maybe…well, when I had my higher charisma I thought that maybe helping them learn some jutsu would be nice. “…would it help if I helped you learn some jutsu?”

“What do you mean?” Hisako sniffed.

“Well...I mean, is there a cool idea for a jutsu you’ve had that you don’t know how to do?” I asked. “If so…I could help you learn it. If that would help, I mean. I don’t want to make you think I’m a sensei or anything, because I’m not.”

Hisako’s eyes went wide. So did Nichiren’s.

“Like…Nichiren, I have a smoke-screen jutsu,” I said, looking toward Nichiren. “If you wanted to stop having to bring your own smoke bombs, I could teach it to you.”

“You have a smoke-screen jutsu,” Nichiren repeated.

“Yes.”

Nichiren looked at Kakashi, who simply shrugged. “I…don’t know. I’d have to think about it.”

“I understand that,” I nodded, then I turned to Hisako. She…didn’t look happy.

“Hisako,” I began. “I don’t wan-“

“Just forget it,” Hisako stood up, and ran out the door.

“…okay then,” I said, blinking at the door. “What just happened?”

“Well,” Kakashi was thoughtful. “You did just offer to teach her jutsu after she said she doesn’t like feeling that she has two sensei’s.”

I face-palmed. “Sorry, Sensei.”

“I appreciate the thought, in any case,” Kakashi sounded exhausted. “I’d have to see the Jutsu before you taught it to Nichiren, to make sure it’s safe for general use.”

“Yes Sensei,” I replied with a frown. I can’t believe I missed that...

“Also, Daisuke?” Kakashi said, giving me a very pointed look. “I might have asked you to help teach Nichiren, but…try to remember; I’m the Sensei here. Don’t offer to teach anything to your classmates unless I give my consent, please.”

I got this knot in my stomach. “Right. Yes. Sorry, Sensei. I meant no disrespect. Really!”

“I didn’t think you did,” Kakashi sighed. “Just try to think a bit more about what you say and offer to do, alright?”

“Hai Sensei,” I replied, still feeling the burn of embarrassment.

“Also, maybe you should invest in some furniture,” Kakashi eye-smiled, standing up. “It feels empty.”

“I’ll think about it,” I frowned.

---

Come five-thirty in the morning, and I was at the village gates. To my surprise, I wasn’t the first one there. Even more surprising, it wasn’t any member of my team that was getting ready at the gates, but a civilian, preparing a wagon that was mounted to a pair of horses.

Did not know they had horses of all things. I’ve learned something new, so today is shaping up to be a good day.

The horses were massive, muscles rippling under their fur. Even in the dim, morning light, I could see that their coats were a dark brown. My nose crinkled at the odor the beast had, the smell of sweat and other scents assaulting my nostrils like they had done some unpardonable sin.

Behind the wagon was a man, burly and hairy. He wore a simple tunic, with a straw hat placed on his head. I heard him humming a small tune to himself as he loaded wooden crates into the back of the wagon.

This was most certainly the client.

…maybe I can help?

“Excuse me?” I probed.

“Hmm?” He looked up at me. “Oh. Beat it kid, I’ve got work to do.”

“I’m supposed to meet a client here at six for a mission,” I informed him. “My team is escorting a shipment of supplies going to Kusa. I’m guessing that’s you?”

The man blinked. “Oh. Sorry, shinobi-kun. Didn’t see the belt…usually you people wear a headband, right?”

“Usually,” I nodded. “I prefer the belt. My names Shimoda Daisuke. What’s yours?”

“Arai Nakazo,” He tipped his hat to me. “Well, if you don’t have any business to discuss, I need to get back to work.”

“Need any help?” I asked.

“Nope,” He replied, grunting as he moved a crate onto the wagon.

“Alright,” I shrugged. “Shout if you need anything.”

“Will do,” He replied, picking up another crate.

As it turns out, he didn’t need my help. He managed to get each crate perfectly fitted on the wagon with five minutes to spare and I noted two crates marked with orange X’s that were taped on the side. Those must have been the weapons. Mr. Arai hopped into the driver’s seat and leaned back with a yawn. I noticed that the wagon had no space for seating any of us, which bothered me.

Then Nichiren and Kakashi-sensei showed up.

I waved. “Nichiren. Kakashi-sensei.”

“Daisuke-kun,” Kakashi nodded. “You’re early as usual.”

“And you’re on time,” I grinned.

“Of course,” He eye-smiled. “Why wouldn’t I be?”

“So, on a scale of one to ten, how hard is this mission going to be?” Nichiren asked me, straightening his glasses.

“I don’t know,” I shrugged.

Nichiren groaned softly. “Really?”

“Really,” I rose my eyebrow in disapproval.

Just a minute before six, Hisako ran up, breathing heavily. Evidently, she had just run here from her house. “Sorry, had some trouble with my gear. Am I late?”

“Nope,” Kakashi answered. “You’re actually right on time.”

“Yes!” She gave a small fist-pump. “When are we leaving?”

“In a few minutes,” Kakashi replied, turning to the Mr. Arai. “We need five minutes to review mission objectives.”

“Sure, sure,” He replied with a wave. “Just don’t take too long. We’re supposed to be at the first stop by sundown.”

Kakashi nodded to him and shepherded us a few ways off to talk in private. “So, our mission’s gotten more complicated.”

“Oh no,” Nichiren’s face fell.

“What’s that mean?” Hisako asked, folding her arms.

“It means that the Hokage’s added a couple of objectives in light of Daisuke’s premonition,” Kakashi replied.

“Great,” Hisako wasn’t thrilled with that. “What are we doing?”

“Not only are we providing body-guard duty and checking the weapons crates, which we need to do before we leave, we’re also investigating the supply chain and cargo for anything to do with organs,” Kakashi said. “That part's to be kept secret. Don’t breathe a word about it to anyone we meet along the way, am I understood?”

We gave our affirmatives.

“Good,” Kakashi nodded.

“So what about the other cargo?” I asked, gesturing to the wagon. “Do we need to investigate those right now?”

“Good point,” Kakashi replied, looking at the wagon. “I’ll take care of that right now. At the first stop, I’ll show you how to perform an examination like that.”

“Hai Sensei,” I nodded. He walked over to the wagon, had a brief word with the driver. The driver, sounding irritated, got off his seat and watched Sensei go to work. He examined each box, prying the lid off of each, leafing through the contents swiftly before replacing the lid. The boxes with the orange X’s did contain kunai and shuriken, and Kakashi paid extra care with these boxes.

After twenty minutes, each box was shut and the driver was back on his seat.

“Alright, let’s go,” Kakashi nodded to us.

“Are we walking?” Nichiren asked, raising a hand as we fell into formation.

“Yup,” Kakashi nodded. “We’re Shinobi. It won’t be nearly as taxing for us as it would be for a civilian."

Walking from sunup to sundown, huh? Well, I guess the ANBU following me on my nightly runs isn’t as stamina intensive as I thought.

Mr. Arai snapped the reigns and the horses started to move. We fell in step, walking around the wagon as directed. I watched the gates of Konoha as I passed through them, feeling just a hint of sadness as I stepped out of my home for the past twelve and some-odd years for the first time.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Meet with your team at 6am.

Guard the Wagon on the way to its first stop.


Looking ahead from my position to the right of the wagon, I saw the path that lead away from the village. To the mission. To the Organ Trail.

…that pun is horrible.

---
 
The Organ Trail: Investigations
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


The day was going long. Our march under the burning sun would’ve been torture if I actually needed sleep or any form of sustenance. Nichiren and Hisako seemed to be holding up well enough. A cool breeze wafted through the pines as we walked alongside the wagon.

I was on the right, and I had my notebook out, turned to the ‘notes’ section because I was trying to help my social skills. Emphasis on the word try.

Charisma Check Failed: 4/5.

Oh, come on!

Charisma Check Failed: 4/5.

So, I had this idea to try and predict a conversation with my teammates. Create a flow-chart, plot out a normal conversation and all the interesting turns. The problem? I’m having trouble actually figuring out how they would actually react and say. Word-choice in particular is turning into a problem.

To put it in exaggerated fashion, the conversation would go like this.

“Hi, teammates!” I would say cheerfully.

“Hi, Daisuke!” Nichiren and Hisako would also say.

“Hi, Sensei!” I would say to Kakashi-sensei.

“Hi Daisuke,” He would reply.

“I know you guys think I’m a freak…want to learn some jutsu? I promise it’ll help!” I would offer.

“Sure!” They would say.

End-scene.

I hate being socially inept. I feel like I’m tackling a mountain without arms with this. Because there are infinite directions a conversation can go and without the ability to understand my teammates emotional patterns and thoughts, I have no possible means of creating a reasonable path…so what are my teammates issues?

Okay, so clearly Hisako doesn’t like how powerful I am. I just don’t understand why. I mean, sure, she’s jealous. I can get that. I’d be pretty jealous too if I met someone like me and I didn’t operate under the rules of an RPG. But…why on earth would I want to become Hokage? That’s Naruto’s shtick, not mine. All that responsibility and pressure. I’m already being set up to lead a clan, I don’t need to make my situation worse. Ruling the world can screw right off.

I have the powers of an RPG character. Not the work ethic.

There’s also the two Sensei’s thing, which I stepped on last time I talked to her. Offended Kakashi-sensei, too, I think. But…why? If I got the opportunity to learn an awesome Jutsu, I’d take the opportunity immediately. I mean, Kakashi’s great, but he’s spending most of his time with Nichiren and Hisako. I’m not getting the Jutsu I thought I’d be getting! Wouldn’t Kakashi be thrilled at not needing to shoulder all of the load?



Back on topic. This is about Hisako, not Kakashi. He’s got his own issues.

So…okay, maybe a flowchart just isn’t working for me. Stupid RPG mechanics. Uh…okay. So maybe instead of planning it out to absurd degree, since I need some level of emotional intuitiveness for that, maybe I can outline where I simply shouldn’t go instead. Create a few danger zones that I don’t enter?

Well...wait, what was it that Hisako said, on the day we became a team? “I don’t like being told someone’s unbeatable”? Probably why she’s got so many issues with me. Geeze. Okay, so. Danger zones. She most emphatically doesn’t want to be taught by me.

I blinked and held in the sigh of irritation. That doesn’t make any sense! It’s stupid. Childish! Well, she is twelve, so…small wonder. No offering to teach her that awesome poison kunai-coating jutsu idea that I had and was going to try at some point in the mission.

Sure. Fine.

…so dumb.

Any others? Well…probably shouldn’t come up with Jutsu on the mission. Maybe? Does that even matter that much? I don’t think it does. It shouldn’t. But…it’s better to be safe than sorry. Makes no real sense, though.

You know, I could be doing all the wrong things and I’d have no idea until after the fact. That agitates me. I could fix that with an amulet or piece of jewelry or some other article of clothing that increases my charisma. Not to level 8, but enough that I’m not losing my head over this.

But is increasing my charisma a good idea?

I don’t think so. Not until Almost Perfect, but only because I won’t have a choice – all the perks in my build after that need higher special stats than what I’ve got.

The thought of Hisako crushing on me freaks me out. Partially because she’s twelve but mostly because I like the idea of her crushing on me. Which is freaky and makes me feel terrible for obvious reasons.

Another danger zone, anything including my ridiculous aptitude. Okay, simple enough.

Now…what do I do? I know what I don’t need to do. But…I don’t know, emphasize what she can do that I can’t? Apologize for…actually, apologizing doesn’t seem to work. What do I do, find something I can’t do that they can and…keep letting them do it? I mean, I’m terrible at stealth and Nichiren’s got that covered.

What if they’re out of commission? What if they’re out and the only person that can act is me?

…one of these days I need to start trusting them. They are kids, but they’re also training to be soldiers, sickening as that might be.

So, rules for dealing with Hisako. Number 1, don’t offer to teach her, try to shy away from what I can do and…find something she can do already? Maybe that’ll work? I mean, she already knows she can do it, so what purpose would reminding her of that serve?

“I mean; you have way better throwing than I do!”

“Yeah, I know, Daisuke. That doesn’t help.”

Well…okay, maybe I’m overthinking this…oh…what did helping Nichiren teach me? I word best when I don’t have to say much. Maybe that logic will work when I’m dealing with Hisako.

Maybe.

I probably wouldn’t have stepped on her ‘I don’t like two sensei’s’ point if I was listening a little bit closer.

“Everyone brought water, right?” Kakashi called to the group.

Everyone gave their assent. Even I brought water…I might need a few hitpoints sometime down the road if I stub my toe on a rock.

We walked…and we walked…Hisako and Nichiren exchanged light banter through the trip. I kept quiet, never tiring. Nichiren and Hisako, by the time the sun set behind the horizon, were exhausted, even I could tell.

Off in the distance, I could make out the silhouette of a small town. This must our first stop.

The entrance had an arch built over it, with kanji written along the top spelling ‘Takato Town’. We walked through it and into town square, and I noticed that the town was sparsely populated; only a few people had to move out of the way of the wagon as it passed through the town square. It made a right and we walked to a warehouse.

“Alright,” Mr. Arai called to us, jumping down from the wagon. He looked at Kakashi-sensei “So, we got security from here. We’ll see you tomorrow morning, Kakashi-san.”

“We’ll meet you here at six,” Kakashi nodded with an impassive look in his eye. “Have a good evening.”

“You as well,” Mr. Arai bowed.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Guard the Wagon on its way to the first stop.

Speak with Kakashi-sensei.


We all bowed back and headed off.

“So what now, Sensei?” Nichiren asked.

“Now we go get something to eat,” Kakashi said, leading us to a ramen-stand. “Then we go check into a motel and wait.”

“Wait for what?” I asked with a frown.

“Things,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “We wait for things.”

Oh. Right. We’ll be investigating them later. At least I think that’s what he’s getting at. That’s the only possible thing he’s going to be getting at, so…yeah.

I shrugged in response.

We all paid for our own bowls. The miso-ramen was good, but not as good as Ichiraku’s. That may have been my bias talking.

“So, how’s everyone’s first trip out of Konoha?” Kakashi asked. “Everything you hoped it would be?”

“I don’t know yet,” Nichiren replied, staring intently at the noodles in the chopsticks. “We haven’t found anything interesting.”

“Can’t really say until we’ve found some interesting stuff,” Hisako replied, folding her arms and resting her chin on them. “That’s the deciding factor, right?”

“The trips been boring so far,” I chimed in. “Too much walking, not enough Shunshin.”

Sensei eye-smiled. “Sometimes it’s really best to slow down and take in the sights.”

“I saw trees,” I replied to that. “I saw the dirt road, I saw rocks, hills…bunch of boring stuff.”

Kakashi-sensei sighed and hung his head. “Daisuke…I would’ve thought you’d enjoy the peaceful scenery more.”

“I probably would,” I replied with a frown. “But I’m waiting for something to explode.”

“What’s going to explode?” Hisako asked with a tinge of panic.

“Nothing,” I sighed. “It’s an expression.”

“Let’s,” Kakashi raised a finger to interject. “Go get a room and then we can talk, alright?”

I stood up and slid my hands into my pockets.

“Alright,” Nichiren said, slurping down the broth and setting the bowl down.

Hisako slurped down the rest of her noodles. “Fine by me.”

Kakashi lead us to a motel and checked out a small room for each of us. Then he lead us to his room, first room on the right. The inside was your typical motel room, bed, closet, shower. The only thing it was missing was the TV, but that was understandable.

Kakashi looked out the window briefly to ensure we weren’t being spied on. “Shut the door behind you.”

We did so. Hisako took a seat on the bed, Nichiren started leaning against the wall and I remained standing straight.

“Here’s the plan,” Kakashi got straight to business. “We’ll rest here for a couple of hours. At eleven o’clock, we’ll head to the warehouse and look through their shipping manifests. If we can’t find anything, we might find ourselves looking through the crates themselves.”

“How long would that take?” Nichiren asked, taking off his glasses and cleaning them with his shirt.

“If we’re lucky, getting the manifests should only take about half an hour,” Kakashi replied easily. “We can decide how we proceed from there.”

I’m very lucky.

Intelligence Check Success: 10/7.

Perception Check Success: 8/6.


We could all sneak our way in through the windows. This is a small town, mostly populated by civilians, so if we’re quiet we can avoid getting spotted really easily. The only problem will be if they have rogue shinobi involved. Speaking of which…

I raised my hand.

“Yes, Daisuke?” Kakashi asked, pointing at me.

“What do we do about rogue Shinobi?” I asked.

“You will come get me if possible,” Kakashi replied immediately. “Then you are to let me handle them. Is that clear?”

“Yes Sensei,” We chorused.

“Good,” Kakashi nodded. “We’ll be going across the roof-tops. Try to be quiet.”

I only have 22 sneak. “What do we do if we’re terrible at sneaking?”

“We’ll have to improvise,” Kakashi replied. “I’m sure you can invent a jutsu to help you out, in any case.”

Probably.

Charisma Check Success: 4/4.

You know, that violated my rule in regards to Hisako; don’t bring up what I can do. And…yeah, that was a flash of irritation. At me, or Kakashi? Maybe a little of both.

I think I’m getting the hang of this!

Actually, come to think of it, there might be a jutsu I can make...one that muffles my footsteps, in any case. Probably should wait until I’m out of eye-sight of Hisako and Nichiren, though. Anyway.

“Any other questions?” Kakashi asked.

“Where would we find the shipping manifest?” Hisako asked.

“There’s probably an office in the warehouse,” Kakashi replied. “They’ll keep all their transactions there.”

“Even their illegal transactions?” I asked. That’s a little odd, why on Earth would anyone make a record of their illegal dealings…well actually…in my previous life, I barely remember talking with a retired military detective who was involved in a case where they tracked stolen bombs. How they found them? Apparently, when someone does something wrong, that person needs to tell someone else. One of their feelers heard something and arrests were made.

Interesting and even if they haven’t told anyone, they still might have left some evidence around.

“You’d be surprised what people are dumb enough to leave lying around,” Kakashi replied. “But just to be clear; look for evidence in the warehouse tonight, be as sneaky as possible and don’t engage rogue ninja. Understood?”

We all gave our assent.

“Good,” Kakashi nodded. “Now go get some rest…we’ve got a late night tonight.”

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Speak with Kakashi-sensei.

Go with your team to investigate the warehouse at 11pm.

---

Ninjutsu Check Success: 57/25.

+150 EXP.


2930 more experience until level 11. At that point, I planned bring Ninjutsu up to 60 and then work on Genjutsu to bring them up in time for One-Handed Jutsu at level 16. Also work on Melee Weapons so I can get Ninja at 20.

The jutsu I just invented silences my footsteps by coating my feet with a thin layer of chakra that absorbs a lot of the kinetic energy, thus resulting in quieter footsteps. And protection from fall damage if I'm right, like I’m wearing Cave Johnson’s foot-based suit of armor.

…I haven’t thought about Portal in so long…

You know, with everything Chakra’s capable of, I wonder if I can make something like Portals. I know that the Fourth, known as the Yellow Flash, made teleportation possible through specially prepared Kunai, but actually opening a door for others to travel through? That might be fun to experiment with, simply so I can start thinking with Portals.

Maybe once I get Almost Perfect, I can start talking like Cave Johnson, make Portal tech and basically be a comedic Orochimaru. I mean, I’d have to assassinate my moral compass and anything resembling common sense, but it might be doable.

…not that I’m going to, but it’s funny to think about.

Hi, Shimoda Daisuke here, and we’re going to talk about our latest invention; The Happiness Beam! This laser harnesses the latent power of the users own joy to project a beam that’s trillions of degrees Fahrenheit! With the Happiness Beam, your enemies will be powerless to give you a bad time and we guarantee that the smoking ashes of your opponents will give you more joy, thus giving the Happiness Beam more to work with. It’s the gift that just keeps on giving.

I just made myself laugh.

Anyway, it was almost 11 o’clock and I want thinking about more jutsu I could invent. Since I had Lightning Release available, I had this crazy idea. Since the brain and nervous system run off of electrical signals, maybe I can use chakra to boost their effectiveness and react faster? I might even be able to strengthen the chemical bonds of my cells, since that’s all electricity. At least I think.

Medicine Check Failure: 30/70.

Right, okay so maybe not strengthen cellular bonds, but the rest should be perfectly within the boundaries of Chakra’s capabilities. But I’ll work on that later, when I’m at a training field incase lightning goes everywhere and starts damaging things.

At 11 o’clock I left my apartment and looked to my left and saw that Nichiren and Hisako were also awake.

“You guys have a nice nap?” I asked.

Nichiren yawned. “Wasn’t long enough.”

Hisako turned her head from side to side, popping her neck with each rotation. “You said it. But whatever, we got a job to do.”

“Is everyone ready?” Kakashi emerged from his room.

“Hai Sensei,” I replied.

“I think so,” Nichiren frowned, pushing his glasses up. You know, someone needs to adjust the ear-pieces so they fit better on his head. I wonder if I can do that, actually. Or, no. I could get him some nose-pads and put them on.

…maybe I should ask him before I mess with his glasses, though.

“Born ready,” Hisako nodded with a serious look on her face.

“Then let’s go,” Kakashi said, beckoning us to enter his room. We did, and shut the door behind us. Kakashi-sensei opened the window and one by one, each of us jumped out into the cool night air, landing on the roof of the building across the street.

Huh. I wasn’t sure Hisako and Nichiren could make the jump. Well, there we go. They’re coming along nicely.

We ran across the rooftops, jumping and tumbling as needed. We reached the warehouse in only a few minutes.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Go with your team to investigate the warehouse at 11pm.

Search for clues.

Optional: Avoid being caught.


“Security appears to be light,” Kakashi-sensei said, looking in at the windows.

Down below, I could see several guards holding lanterns and making rounds. The office, from what I could see, was behind a door that said ‘Management’ and had several glass windows letting people in the warehouse know where their boss was. Naturally, that would be where we need to start looking.

“We could probably just get there by walking on the ceiling,” I offered. “Those guys don’t look like they’d be looking up.”

“Good call,” Kakashi nodded.

Then he carefully pried the window open and we slid in, sticking to the ceiling on our hands and feet.

Sneak Check Failure: 22/25.

SON OF A-

Perception Check Success: 8/3.

“Daisuke!” Kakashi whispered sharply. “Stay out of the light!”

I had crawled right into a beam of moonlight.

“Sorry,” I whispered apologetically, crawling back into the shadows and staying there.

We maneuvered over to the office, neatly avoiding the entirety of the guards. We were stuck to the wall like a gaggle of oversized spiders, hanging over the door and watching for guards.

“Nichiren get us inside,” Kakashi ordered quietly. “We’ll watch for guards.”

“Yes Sensei,” Nichiren said, dropping quietly to the floor and taking out a pair of lock picks.

We watched the guards while Nichiren worked. There were four in total. Two of them stopped their rounds to talk quietly on the other side of the wall. Another was mostly just looking at the boxes, moving at a snail’s pace, looking bored. The last one was leaning back in his chair, snoozing with his lantern to the side.

“I don’t think there’s anything here,” Hisako whispered, sounding unhappy.

“Why is that?” I asked.

“The guards are so lazy,” Hisako replied with a frown. “They don’t look like guys that are guarding a high-priority secret.”

She had a good point. If they knew something that could get everyone in serious trouble was here, they’d be tense and more active.

“We’re in,” Nichiren said.

“Good work Nichiren,” Kakashi said, holding the door closed as we each dropped to the floor. “Wait just a second.”

Kakashi made several hand seals and he…squirted the door hinges with water from his finger. Wait, no. Not water. Oil. That’s genius! Don’t want a squeaky door giving us away!

“Let’s go,” Kakashi said, slowly opening the door and ushering us inside.

The office was just a desk long enough to fit completely underneath the window, with several chairs lounging around the floor on wheels. There were filing cabinets, each with two drawers, underneath the desk and against the opposite wall. Each of the drawers required a key to open.

Because things couldn’t be too easy, could they. Well, maybe one was left unlocked.

I pulled on one of the drawers and was very surprised when it opened with no resistance whatsoever.

I guess they forgot to lock this one.

Luck 10 to the rescue!

I checked the files. This one was shipping and financial reports from three years ago to the start of last year. Nothing I really noticed as interesting. “The stuff in this one is old…at least one year. I’m not seeing anything here.”

“Don’t take too much time,” Kakashi replied. “Hisako, check that cabinet. Nichiren, see if you can’t open the safe over there.”

“It’s locked,” Hisako whispered back.

“Can you pick it?” Kakashi asked in response.

“Yes Sensei,” Hisako replied, taking out a pair of lock-picks herself.

I had some on me. But my skill with picks wasn’t…great. So, I kept at this folder. From what I could see, all of these were on the up and up. Nothing involving organs or other black-market items like excessive or specialized weapons. Everything had been notarized by Shinobi from Konoha…this company had been hiring Shinobi for a long time.

There was only one key lock on the cabinet, so the second and final drawer was obviously unlocked. With due diligence, I checked that one as well. This one went even farther back, with dealings that were verging on hitting their disposal dates. Nothing illegal of interest. No busts, no horrible track records, no employees fired. Nothing.

I shut the drawer with a huff. “This one’s clean. Nothing interesting.”

“Thank you Daisuke,” Kakashi replied, not even looking up from the reports he was inspecting. “Get to work on one of the others.”

There were two other cabinets and I picked one. This one was locked. I got to work with my picks and tried to carefully move the tumblers inside and-snap.

I broke my pick. With a growing sense of irritation, I carefully pulled the broken pick out and saw that a part of it had been left in the lock. I pulled that out as well and grabbed my spare pick.

Snap.

Snap.

Snap.


I growled softly, removing the pick and broken part out for the fourth time. Hisako trying to hold back a soft laugh and Kakashi looked at me oddly.

“You need some help, Daisuke?” Kakashi asked with an odd inflection in his voice.

“No I think I have it, Sensei,” I replied, digging out another pick. Stupid 23 Pick Lock. I managed to knock all the tumblers into their correct place and finally opened the lock. I snarled out, “Finally.”

The drawer actually contained records from this year. Well, the beginning of this year. Shipments actually went up as the Chunin exams were held this year and dropped off to normal again.

Interesting.

I wonder if Kakashi’s going to ask us to take the Chunin exams when they come around…

Nothing interesting.

“I don’t think there’s anything here,” Hisako said, closing the second drawer.

“Same,” I replied, closing the first and opening the second.

“Most likely anything illegal is locked in the safe or some hidden compartment,” Kakashi sighed, closing his bottom drawer. “Nichiren, how’s the safe?”

“One more second,” Nichiren said, tongue stuck out the side of his mouth as he fiddled with the picks. “It’s open.”

He’s good at that. I’m surprised that the safe doesn’t use a dial lock, but…eh. I guess we’re lucky.

Inside, there was a lot of Ryo. Kakashi-sensei grabbed it and set it aside. No one grabbed it, as this shipping company was a fairly loyal customer to Konoha, and even I knew better than to aggravate our customers unnecessarily. Inside were some precious metals, some keys that hung from the inside of the door, but no documents of any kind.

Kakashi cupped his chin. “Can anyone tell me what’s wrong with this picture?”

Perception Check Success: 8/4.

“The safe has a false bottom,” Hisako replied, pointing to the safe.

She was right. The bottom panel didn’t even hug the walls of the safe correctly. It wasn’t a problem when it was full of Ryo and everyone inside focused on that, but now it was painfully obvious.

“That’s right Hisako,” Kakashi eye-smiled, removing the false bottom, revealing a small stack of documents. “Very good.”

After a few moments of reading the contents, Kakashi actually revealed his Sharingan-eye. Photo-graphic memory would be pretty useful in this case, so it makes sense. Mundane Utility, thy name is Hatake Kakashi. “Ah, it appears the manager of this warehouse feels he’s underpaid. He’s collected several items of potential black-mail on his employers.”

“Like what?” I asked with interest.

“Here, take a look,” Kakashi passed the first sheet to me. “Be sure to share.”

They can spend all this money moving bits of sharp metal but can’t even pay their loyal employees? There was an angry-looking note written in the margins. The actual contents of the sheet detailed a series of swords and specialized kunai that were clearly illegal to ship, heading toward Earth country for some unspeakable reason. They’ll regret this unforgivable offense.

Man, this guy felt really strongly about being cut out. I passed the sheet to Hisako, who was closest to me.

“Here we go,” Kakashi said grimly. “Apparently a special-order box was moved through this warehouse yesterday. It just showed up on a wagon then left on a wagon with no markings. It was sent to…Takayama. That’s the other stop we need to make before we transfer the wagon to Kusa.”

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Search for Clues.

Meet Arai at the Warehouse at 6am.


“So we just need to get over there and find the package?” Hisako frowned.

“That’s what it’s sounding like,” Kakashi nodded, carefully putting everything back where he found it.

“So…Daisuke,” Nichiren started. “Are you getting anything?”

“Nichiren,” Hisako growled.

“I think we’re done here,” I groused, folding my arms. “But it’s not like I get every detail of a mission, okay?”

“Right, sorry,” Nichiren said. “I…just don’t want anyone to almost die again.”

“…yeah that makes sense,” I sighed. “Can we talk about this back at the apartment?”

“That would be best,” Kakashi said, looking carefully up at the window from his crouch. “Okay…go. Back the way we came, the door's clear.”

We moved fast, leaving the office and heading back the way we came. I made sure to avoid any rogue beams of light and we made it back to our apartment.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed (Optional): Don't get caught.


I was the last one inside, so I shut the window. “It’s not like I get a vision that tells me all of the important bits. At most I just get a sentence whenever I start a mission or more rarely, when I need to do something important.”

“A sentence,” Nichiren repeated with a blink. “You get a sentence.”

“Yup,” I nodded.

“What kind of sentence?” He asked.

“Well, when I started this mission, I got the sentence ‘The Organ Trail’ and a sentence that told me to meet you guys at 6am,” I replied with a shrug. “Not that helpful.”

“The Organ Trail,” Hisako repeated with a raised eyebrow. “What’s that, a name?”

“…yeah kinda,” I replied quietly.

“Are all our missions named like that?” Nichiren asked.

“Not really,” I said. They looked at me expectantly and I continued. “Most of our missions are called D-Rank: Pulling Weeds or something similar.”

“So when they have a unique name,” Kakashi began, his lone eye puzzling out what I just told him. “That’s when you know something’s going to go wrong?”

“Basically,” I nodded. “I know it’s bizarre.”

“What was the house incidents name?” Hisako asked with a tilted head.

“Upon a Midnight Darkly,” I answered.

“That’s ominous,” Kakashi said.

“It was in the middle of the day,” Nichiren argued, scrunching his eyes together. “What, was your bloodline trying to scare you off?”

“Maybe,” Was my response. “I don’t know. We handled it, though.”

You handled it,” Hisako groused.

“It was mostly Sensei,” I shot back, feeling just a little defensive.

“Let’s not do this now,” Kakashi interrupted. “We handled it, we got paid, it’s in the past. Got it?”

“Yes Sensei,” We said at the same time.

“But Daisuke, if I may ask,” Kakashi began. “About something the Hokage said…”

After a few seconds, I realized he was waiting on me. Odd. “Go ahead.”

“The Hokage said they figured that you get better in bursts as opposed to gradually,” Kakashi continued. “Do these named missions have anything to do with that?”

“All my missions do,” I said with a shrug. “It’s like they feed into this bubble of experience and when it’s full, I get all of the benefits at that time in a spike. It fills up from missions of all kinds as well as important events.”

“Important events,” Hisako repeated. “Like graduating from the academy?”

“Yup,” I nodded.

“Oh,” She blinked. She looked down and smacked her lips together. “Well. That makes sense, then.”

“How much does training help fill this bubble?” Kakashi asked.

“It doesn’t,” I replied.

“Training doesn’t help,” Kakashi repeated, his eye doing that boggling thing again.

“Not even a little bit,” I said with a frown. “I wasted so much time in the academy.”

“But completing missions does,” Kakashi said.

“Yup,” I nodded.

“Do these power spikes give you power depending on what you were doing?” Kakashi asked.

“No, I actually get to choose what gets better,” I shrugged. “I could invent ten Ninjutsu, but it’s my survival skills that get better, for example.”

The room was quiet, each of them looking at me with various expressions of confusion and befuddlement on their faces.

“I said it was weird,” I said defensively.

“You did,” Nichiren nodded. “And you were right.”

“Is that why you have perfect chakra control?” Kakashi asked.

“I rose it to perfect before I left the academy,” I replied. Then I frowned as I realized something. “I wasn’t lying about getting the tree-walking jutsu on my first day of the academy, in case you were wondering. My control was already good enough.”

“No, I believed you,” Kakashi replied. “Is your Taijutsu ‘perfect’ as well?”

I shook my head. “No, but I could make it that way in one more power spike. I just have plans that need me to raise my other skills, first.”

“Perfect Taijutsu in one more power spike,” Kakashi said, pulling out his book. “That’s…something.”

I wonder if he noticed my eye twitching at the sight of that book.

“Do you keep track of this at all?” Nichiren asked.

“Yeah in my black book,” I answered, pulling out said book. “I still don’t feel comfortable sharing all of its contents with you guys though. Sorry.”

“That’s okay,” Hisako said, sounding a little…like tearing up. “I…”

“So Daisuke…I think everyone wants to know,” Kakashi interrupted.

“My social skills?” I asked with resignation.

“It’s not that big of a deal,” Nichiren rushed.

“Seriously, we’re kind of used to it,” Hisako sniffed.

“I just wanted to know if they’ll get better,” Kakashi shrugged. “You said training doesn’t help you, does that include your social skills?”

“Afraid so,” I nodded. “My skills and abilities are completely static except for the power spikes. But I do have a plan for my social skills. It’s just going to take a while.”

“You don’t really need to do that,” Hisako frowned.

Yes I do,” I emphatically disagreed with her. “I absolutely need to do that.”

“I’m assuming that we’ll know,” Kakashi nodded.

“If you miss it, I’ll wonder if your brains leaked out of your ears,” I nodded.

Kakashi blinked. “Alright. Get some rest everyone, we’ve got six and a half hours to sleep before we need to meet our Client…by the way, do you know if Arai is involved in any of this?”

“I’ve got no idea,” I shrugged. “Sorry.”

“Alright then,” Kakashi nodded. “Good night, everyone.”

I went to my room and…well, I didn’t need to go to sleep. I stayed up. Thinking.

Was telling them all of that the wisest decision? It might have been. I mean, the Hokage’s more or less cracked my bloodline and I haven’t been dragged off to T&I like so many fanfics said would happen. He even called me a good person which I don’t know how true that is.

…wait, that entire convo was like driving a lawn mower over my rule with dealing with Hisako.

Stupid ME.

What was I thinking? Was I even thinking? I guess not! I can’t afford to do that no thinking thing! It could get people killed! It could get me killed!

Great, now I’ve pissed her off again.

Wait…were Kakashi and Hisako were talking in the room next to mine.

I leaned my ear against the wall and…

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

“…how do I even keep up with that?” Hisako asked, sounding distressed. “How do I keep up with someone who could have perfect Taijutsu in less than a week from now?”

“Well…” Kakashi started, seeming unsure of something. “You can’t. I’m sorry, I know it hurts, but it’s the simple truth.”

“Thanks Sensei,” Hisako groused.

“I’m afraid that’s just what it is,” Kakashi replied. “It would’ve been the same if you were in a team with a Hyuuga or an Uchiha.”

“Did you see what he did to the rookie of the year? Who was a Hyuuga?” Hisako asked desperately. “It wouldn’t be like that.”

“It might be less than it is,” Kakashi allowed. “But you still would be on a team with a member who more or less gets to cheat at a certain area of skill.”

Ain’t that the truth, Sharingan Kakashi.

“Then what do I do?” Hisako asked. “I feel utterly useless besides him.”

“You’re not useless,” Kakashi admonished. “You and Nichiren displayed great aptitude at picking those locks and didn’t break a single pick. Daisuke broke four. Plus how poorly he handled sneaking through the warehouse. He clearly had to specialize to get to where he is.”

“…that’s true,” Hisako sniffed.

“You’ve got a more consistent skill base over Daisuke’s bizarre gaps…which are making more and more sense the more I think about it,” Kakashi replied. “You also were the only one who saw through the Genjutsu back at the bell test.”

“But he’s the only one who broke free of the house,” Hisako argued.

“Okay bad example,” Kakashi replied. “But Hisako-chan, the only thing I can really say is that you should pursue your strengths. You’re already pretty good at Taijutsu, you can identify Genjutsu and you’ve got excellent chakra control. You managed to get water-walking in a day. That’s impressive.”

“But Daisuke-“

“Stop worrying about Daisuke,” Kakashi interrupted. “You can’t do a thing about how powerful Daisuke is, so don’t worry about it. Worry about how you are going to become stronger. Alright, Hisako-chan?”

“Yes Kakashi-sensei,” Hisako replied. After a few seconds, she continued. “…do you…do you think I’d have talent in Genjutsu?”

“Actually yes,” Kakashi sounded surprised. “I think we can explore that after the mission.”

“Thank you Sensei,” Hisako-sniffed.

“Also, I think maybe I’d better train you more in bukijutsu,” Kakashi said. “You seem to train a lot more with a pair of kunai in your hand than regular Taijutsu.”

“It’s my specialty,” Hisako admitted. “It feels better than normal Taijutsu for me.”

Kakashi hummed. “Alright, I’ll keep that in mind. Goodnight, Hisako-chan.”

“Goodnight Kakashi-sensei,” Hisako said.

I heard the door close and Kakashi walk out.

I jumped on my bed with a huff.

A Bukijutsu/Genjutsu hybrid, huh? That’s an interesting idea. Then you add the poisons she wants to coat her weapons in and…we’ve got a very interesting shinobi on our hands. Then we have Nichiren, who wants to be a medic-nin and…we have her poison people and he works on healing them.

But who would be crazy enough to volunteer? Someone who injuries don’t mean much to, is sturdy enough to shrug off things like poisons or at very least doesn’t care if he loses a limb to keep it from spreading and is possibly smart enough to help them both understand what they’re doing.

Oh no.

---
 
The Organ Trail: Lost and Found
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Meet Arai at the Warehouse at 6am.

Guard the wagon on its way to the second stop.


The sun hadn’t quite risen over the horizon yet, which provided a cool atmosphere for us to be on our way. Apparently, Takayama was another day’s travel, and we should make it there after sundown. After that, it’ll be two more days until we reached the border and Kusa will get their shipment.

The trick would be to find the package they sent off to Takayama and crack it open to see what they’re smuggling. My bets on a refrigerator with preserved organs, using water-chakra in a seal network to keep everything cold.

But who’d buy organs in a Ninja world?

Maybe they’re organs connected to a Kekkei Genkai? Maybe there’s a bloodline out there that makes a liver super-powerful that allows total immunity to poisons? Or at very least alcohol. Super-powerful lungs that never run out of air? Lets you have super breath. Oooh, an iron belly that lets you digest metal!

…wait, that was an actual thing in my old world. Huh.

I’m just trying to think of something that doesn’t involve eyes because everything in Naruto is about eyes. There’s the Sharingan, the Byakugan, the Rinnegan, the Portalgan… you know what I mean. Maybe there’s bat ears! Lets you have super-hearing to contrast the Byakugan.

But most likely, if I were honest with myself, it had something to do with the Byakugan because since the Sharingan is mostly out of reach of the other villages, everyone’s got their sights set on stealing the all-seeing eyes from Konoha.

Assuming that word of what I can do hasn’t spread to everyone else, that is. I know that sounds horrifically arrogant, but I’ve hit the super-power lottery. What with being able recover completely with a goodnights sleep, I’d become a walking organ factory while they figured out how to exploit the various perks and jutsu I’ve collected.

Oh, now I’m paranoid. That’d be worse than helping Hisako and Nichiren with their poison-healing loop. I already had one dangerous quest where I was the target, do all of these horrific quests have to have me as a target?

I really hope not. That would be horribly stressful and terrible quest-writing besides. This is a whole world, it can’t all be obsessed about me!

“Whoa, whoa,” Arai said, pulling the horses to a stop.

“Is something wrong?” Kakashi asked.

“Nature’s calling,” Arai said, standing up and hopping off of the wagon. “Mind the horses for me?”

“Might be a good time to stop for lunch, actually,” Kakashi replied. “I’ll tie them up for you.”

“Thank you, Shinobi-san,” Arai said with a bow before he charged into the forest.

“So, do any of you have food left?” Kakashi asked us.

“I’m set,” Nichiren nodded.

“I’ve got enough,” Hisako replied with a frown.

“Food's optional,” I answered.

Kakashi was quiet for a second, looking at me with exasperation. “But do you have any on you?”

“Of course,” I replied. “I might want a snack later.”

“There we go,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “You mind eating something when Arai gets back so you at least look somewhat normal?”

“Has he said something while I wasn’t paying attention?” I asked with a frown.

“No,” Kakashi answered. “Just it’s better to act normal until circumstances prod us otherwise. Don’t want someone who goes to other nations regularly to have strange stories to tell, huh?”

That…made sense. Arai having strange stories to tell about me would clue in the other nations, which would be fairly hazardous to my health. So I sat my rear end down and grabbed out some rations from my storage scrolls.

I remember from my past life that it was usually good to finish your meal about the same time everyone else does. So I slowed it down to keep up appearances. I think it’s to form commonality? It’s easier to do something if everyone around you is doing it? That sounded right.

Charisma Check Success: 4/4.

Yay!

I managed to hold off on my eating, finished just after Hisako.

But Mr. Arai had yet to come back.

I didn’t like it.

“Kakashi-sensei?” I began. “What are the odds of bandits operating within Konoha’s borders?”

“…better than I’d like,” Kakashi answered slowly. “But not all that high. Why, are you getting something?”

“No…” I replied. “But I don’t think it takes that long for someone to go to the bathroom.”

“Maybe he had to go number 2?” Nichiren piped up.

“It’s possible,” Kakashi stated. “I’ll go see if I can find him. You three stay here and guard the wagon.”

Translation: Stay here and don’t endanger yourselves. That’s fine for Nichiren and Hisako but I need EXP. Like…now. I’m getting restless. The last mission, I had earned almost a thousand EXP within the first hour. This one, almost a day and a half with no EXP to be found.

Kakashi shunshin’d off and that left us alone.

Asking about a person's loved ones might be good.

“So…Nichiren,” I started. “How’s your parents?”

“They’re okay,” Nichiren shrugged. “Store's got some more employees, so they don’t need me to work anymore.”

“Cool,” I nodded. “Cool.”

Everything was quiet for a few minutes.

“So Daisuke,” Hisako asked. “If you don’t train, what do you do in your spare time?”

“I read books,” I shrugged. “I like to think about…things.”

“What kind of books do you like?” Hisako asked, sitting by the wagon and leaning against it.

“Fiction. Lots of fiction,” I nodded. “I still need to read ‘The Tale of the Utterly Gutsy Shinobi’, that’s been sitting by my bed for weeks now.”

“Wasn’t that written by Jiraiya-sensei?” Hisako asked with a frown. “The same guy who writes sensei’s pervy-books?”

“Yeah,” I replied with a shrug. “I don’t have any interest in erotica, though.”

“Really,” Hisako said. “Good on you, I guess.”

“Thanks?” I said.

Perception Check Success: 8/5.

“Hit the deck!” I shouted, ducking under the trio of shuriken that embedded themselves into the wagon around me. The horses tied bucked and whinnied in fright.

“Oh, man!” The voice was unfamiliar. “Look at the three little Genin!”

I turned and looked, seeing a trio of bandits. Each of them wore blank headbands, which identified them as homeless nin. They were dressed in scraps of armor; the trappings of poverty, which meant they weren’t very good at their job by Village standards and had to scrape to get by.

In other words: Bandits.

I stood up and took a stance. Hisako drew her kunai. Nichiren grabbed a smoke pellet from his belt.

The first one, a skinny and short individual with a large grin on his face. His hair was only a small fuzz on the top of his head, clearly young. I’d put about late-teens or early twenties.

“That’s adorable,” The second one, a big man with a straw-hat and wraps on his hands like gloves, said. He had that thick jaw that lent itself to the image of an idiot. “They think they have a chance.”

“Just don’t damage the wagon,” The third, who was in the middle in both height and weight, wearing a blindfold with twin-blood stains. Did he lose those recently? “And be fast.”

“Where’s our sensei?” Hisako snarled, bringing her kunai up in a defensive position.

“I don’t know,” The small one said, his smile getting larger. “Don’t care. Not your problem right now.”

“I’ll give you guys one chance,” I said with a raised eyebrow. “You guys tell us where you hid the driver and you can leave. You stay alive, we get to finish our mission, everyone wins.”

The large one held his gut in condescending laughter.

“Pfffft!” The small one ended up laughing too. “Whatever. How about we just kill you and take your stuff! That way we win and you lose.”

…alright.

The small one was obviously the speedster of the group and going to be the most troublesome. I sent chakra-threads that wrapped around his throat before he even knew what was happening, and brought his face to my waiting fist.

His brains covered the dirt path in front of us. In my previous life, I might’ve been repulsed that I didn’t do more to de-escalate the situation, but these guys were willing to kill twelve-year-old’s and thus they need to die.

Even if those twelve-year-olds were Genin and included a minor eldritch abomination.

+50 EXP.

3030 more to go.

“So, where’s the driver?” I asked with a blink.

“KILL YOU!” The big guy roared, charging right at me, arms extended.

I was just going to wait for him to come to me, duck and take out both of his legs. I didn’t think a blind man would be able to direct us to where Mr. Arai was being held, so, I wanted to keep the big guy alive. I wouldn’t have minded letting the blind man live regardless, since he seemed to be the brains of this caper and we’d need info.

Complications arose when a shuriken found itself buried in the large one’s throat, right in the esophagus. It didn’t look like it went in all the way-

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

Medicine Check Success: 30/30.


-and it looked like the shuriken missed both arteries. So, I guess he’s going to survive that injury.

Hisako leaped forward and Nichiren dropped a smoke bomb. I slid through the smoke in a panic, desperately wanting to avoid either of my teammates getting hurt. I found the large one and hit him with several punches, leaving me relatively sure that I hit him in the kidney as he fell to the ground…I hope Hisako didn’t actually kill him, but I couldn’t see through the smoke.

Where’s the blind one?

The smoke actually started to clear, and the blind one was going through a series of seals nopenopenopenope.

More chakra-strings came from my fingers and I separated his hands, even as I rushed toward him. I tackled the blind man to the ground, I’ll feel horrible about it later, and put him in a grapple-hold designed to keep his him down and his hands pinned against his back.

The smoke cleared, and there was Hisako, leaning against the still corpse of the big man, trembling and with a mix of triumphant smile and panicked expression on her face. Nichiren…where was Nichiren?

With a great shout, Nichiren burst from under the ground, holding shuriken and ready to assist in the battle.

That answers my question.

The blind man beneath me was struggling, buckling and trying to get free.

Fuinjutsu Success: 52/45.

+150 EXP.


2880 more to go.

But I applied a seal to his head, blocking his consciousness from the rest of his body, ensuring that I gave it an ‘off switch’ so I could release it when I needed to. I got off of him and used chakra strings to drag him to the rest of the team.

I looked at Hisako. “Good work, but how are we supposed to find the driver with a blind man?”

Hisako’s eyes went wide. Her right eye started to twitch. “I…don’t know! He was going to kill us, I had to do something!”

“You mean try to kill us,” I replied. “Whatever. We’ll just have to figure something out.”

She growled and huffed, sliding her kunai into their holsters and folded her arms.

“Not that I’m not impressed,” I continued, taking my captive and sealing him against the wagon for extra security. “Because I am. Where’d you learn how to do that?”

“I trained to do it,” She frowned and glared at me. “Like a normal person.”

“No, I meant why you didn’t freeze up in a panic,” I replied with a frown. “That usually happens the first time someone’s thrown into a combat situation, right?”

“Thanks Daisuke,” Hisako’s eye was twitching faster. “Your confidence in us is staggering.”

“He’s got a point,” Nichiren said. “I kind of panicked while I was tunneling.”

“Shut up Nichiren,” Hisako growled. “You’re not helping.”

“Why are you so hostile?” Nichiren frowned.

“Why are we fighting when there’s probably more enemies around?” I asked them both. “If there’s more where these idiots came from, we need to start fortifying until sensei gets back.”

“I actually am back,” Kakashi-sensei appeared from the trees with a shaking and terrified Arai on his back. He looked at the carnage and was careful not to step in the exposed gray-matter. I couldn’t tell if Arai was scared because he got kidnapped during his bathroom break or because he was shunshin’d by Kakashi back to the wagon. “So, it appears our kidnappers circumvented me and attempted to sack the wagon. Are you all right?”

“I’m fine Sensei,” Hisako replied curtly.

“No one got hurt,” Nichiren replied.

I nodded in agreement with Nichiren. “I managed to catch one. He’s blind, so I assumed he’s the brains of the operation, or they wouldn’t have brought him along.”

Kakashi let Arai down who was still trembling and hyperventilating. “Are you alright, Arai-san?”

“Yes, yes,” Arai took a deep breath. “Thank you Hatake-san. I thought I was going to die.”

“Mah, mah,” Kakashi eye-smiled, waving it off. “It was really nothing. We’re just doing our job.”

“Thank you for doing your job so well,” Mr. Arai bowed low. “You have my eternal gratitude.”

“…well, in that case,” Kakashi said. “You wouldn’t by chance know if there’s any illegal contraband you would be picking up at our next stop, would you?”

“No, Hatake-san,” Mr. Arai replied. “Truth be told, inspecting the cargo isn’t my job. We have loaders who are responsible for making sure everything is ready for transport at their designated time. I carry documents signed by them in case anything goes wrong.”

“I see,” Kakashi replied impassively. “We will need to take some time to interrogate our prisoner before we continue on.”

“Take all the time you need,” Arai nodded. “I’ll be on the wagon when we’re ready to go.”

“Thank you,” Kakashi nodded.

Arai got back on the wagon and put little cotton-balls in his ears, presumably because he didn’t want to hear what was going to happen next. How much experience did he have with dealing with Shinobi?

Kakashi turned to me and looked at the prisoner. “…Daisuke…where did you learn the seal you bound him with?”

“Oh,” I blinked. “I came up with it…about thirty seconds before you got back.”

“…you can invent seals on the fly,” I had never heard Kakashi-sensei sound so exhausted as he did right there.

“Yup,” I nodded. “I’m hoping to figure out the seals the fourth used one day… the Flying Thunder-God? Then I want to improve them so I don’t need kunai. Pretty sure it’s possible, I just need…uh…”

Kakashi looked at me, being very still as he processed what I just told him.

“I’m done!” Hisako shouted, throwing her hands up in the air and walking further down the path. “I don’t care what happens next, because I am done.

“Hisako,” Nichiren said, extending his hand out with a worried expression on his face.

“Hisako?” Kakashi called out.

She whirled on her heels to face our Sensei. “Yes, Sensei?”

“Don’t go too far,” Kakashi ordered with a sigh. “And be ready to get in formation when we’re done.”

“Yes sensei,” Hisako replied concisely before she started walking forward along the path.

“Daisuke…just how is your bloodline able to let you do all of this?” Kakashi asked.

“Mostly?” I started with a frown. Because Hisako was upset again. “I’m just really, really smart.”

“That’s it?” Kakashi said, with a somewhat desperate laugh. “You’re really smart.”

“Well yeah,” I answered. “Because I have perfect chakra control, so I know exactly how it behaves. I have an exact understanding of how each hand-seal modifies chakra as I channel it through my body and how hand signs instruct the chakra how to the function when deployed into a jutsu. Seals are very similar; in that I know what pathways chakra takes to make certain effects. I’m smart enough to understand all this data, what it means, and how to apply it.”

Kakashi’s lone eye blinked several times before speaking. “I hope your research team is having more luck than I am of understanding what you can do.”

“Sorry sensei,” I replied with a what I hope was a sympathetic look. “You want me to wake him up?”

Kakashi took a breath. “Yes. We need to find out what he knows.”

I pressed my hand to our captive’s forehead and released the seal. His slow breathing immediately turned into a gasp and frantic breathing, trying to release himself in a panic.

“Don’t struggle,” Kakashi-sensei said, his voice taking on an odd emotionless lilt to it. “You’re currently bound by an unbreakable seal and you have no chance of getting out unless you cooperate.”

It’s hardly unbreakable. In fact, I made it breakable on purpose so we could get the guy off our wagon later. I didn’t say that because I don’t think Kakashi wants me to interrupt.

“Okay,” He sounded desperate. “Okay, alright. I’ll cooperate. I just don’t want to die…please…”

As a guy who has died before, I understood. Dying sucked. But he has undoubtedly committed murder before, given how ready he was to kill us. Homeless nin and all that. So…probably would be best if we ended him afterwards. But I don’t know that.

Thankfully, the decision was technically out of my hands. Kakashi was the one in charge here.

“What were you hoping to gain by attacking this wagon?” Kakashi asked.

“…we…me and the others heard about this valuable piece of cargo,” He said with a gulp. “Heard from our fence that it was so big that both Earth and Lightning were going to have a bidding war for it at a black-market auction in Kusa. We’ve been casing caravans for weeks…this is the first one guarded by Shinobi, so we thought it was here.”

Well, shoot. That is big. Probably lots of people there, too. Lots of EXP.

“Do you know what this cargo is?” Kakashi asked.

“No,” Our captive shook his head. “We had no idea, just that it was in a box and was really valuable.”

“Were you working alone or are there more of you?” Kakashi asked.

“We’re part of a gang,” He replied. “We were supposed to watch caravans going from Takato to Takayama. We caught sight of the driver, he told us there was shinobi guarding his wagon to intimidate us so we kidnapped him, waited for a half an hour and took a round-about way to the wagon.”

He took a deep breath. “Then the Genin happened.”

“They tend to do that,” Kakashi-replied. “Where’s the rest of your gang?”

“They set up a base between Takayama and Kusa,” He replied, his voice starting to shake.

“Is that all?” Kakashi asked.

“Yes,” He said in a small voice.

I almost pitied him.

“Daisuke, you mind putting your seal back on him,” Kakashi asked.

“Sure,” I shrugged and did as asked, the seal writing itself on his forehead.

Kakashi briefly shook his head at himself.

“So, are we sending him to T&I?” I asked. “Or are we executing him?”

“He did attempt to attack one of Konoha’s clients and barely threaten the cell guarding said client,” Kakashi replied. “We have every right to execute him now.”

I blinked. Time to be devil’s advocate! “Sensei, if I may.”

“Proceed,” Kakashi replied, turning to me.

“He was also extremely cooperative and as a bandit he most likely knows the locations of others bandit gangs, their methods and list of crimes,” I argued. “I could see the Daimyo being very happy at having the problem reduced to a fraction in the land of Fire. For a time, at least.”

Kakashi weighed the options in his head. At least I think he was. “How would we transport him to Konoha?”

Flying Thunder God Seal Mk. II?

Fuinjutsu Check Failed: 52/100.

Right, that’s clearly out.

“Can we get a hold of a messenger hawk and signal Konoha for pickup?” I asked with a frown.

“I didn’t bring one,” Kakashi shrugged. “And I don’t think your teammates did, either?”

Hmmm…actually, I can seal. All I would need is to create something hawk-like…like Origami. I know we have a lot of paper in the Wagon, though I’m not sure using it would be a good idea. Then I would write a seal on the wings for direction and to compensate for the air like a real bird does and have it maneuver properly to give out the right messages. “Did you bring any paper?”

“No,” Kakashi said, looking at me oddly. “Why?”

“I didn’t either,” I frowned. I looked up the path and saw Nichiren and Hisako talking. My hands formed a megaphone and I called, “Hey, Nichiren!”

He looked up at me. “Yeah?”

“Did you bring any paper?” I asked.

“Yeah!” Nichiren said. “You need some?”

“Yeah!” I replied.

“Okay,” Nichiren took a moment to spare a couple more words with Hisako, who stood up and followed back. Nichiren had a storage scroll open and withdrew a thick stack of paper and he handed it to me. “Here you go. Why did you need it?”

“I had an idea,” I responded, taking all of the sheets. I used strings to lay them out on the ground in a nine-by-nine square.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 55/50.

+150 EXP.


Each of the sheets melded together, the edged fusing and it became one large sheet of paper. I sent chakra-strings from each of my fingers and started to fold. The geometry in my head of each fold was clear in my head-

-Intelligence Check Success: 10/9-

-
which was most certainly awesome. At the end, I only had to make a few tucks and adjustments by hand, but I had a slightly larger-than-average messenger hawk.

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 52/45.

+150 EXP.


2580 more to go.

A seal stretched its way over the hawk, darkening it enough to make it visible to Konoha, as well as adjusting airflow around it and giving it a route. It wasn’t sapient by any means; it was more like a glider with automated fins. I attached a small rolled up piece of paper from the left-overs Nichiren gave me and wrote coordinates for our prisoner and telling the hawk to head to Konoha’s mail-room.

I released it and it took to the sky, making a bee-line for the village.

“He is going to T&I, right?” I asked.

“…Yes he is,” Kakashi said, looking up at the hawk. “That was…rather ingenious.”

“Thank you,” I said with a smile.

“Stick our captive by the road, he’ll be picked up within the day,” Kakashi ordered, and I complied, making sure he was at least comfortably leaning up against the tree.

“Within the day?” Hisako frowned. “We’ve been traveling for two.”

“We’ve also been traveling at a civilian’s pace,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “That’s big part of it.”

“Alright,” Hisako said with a sigh. She looked at me, then she looked away.

“Are we ready to go?” Kakashi asked.

We all gave our affirmatives. Kakashi tapped Arai on the shoulder, and he removed the cotton from his ears and snapped the reigns to drive the wagon forward.

---

Takayama was a fair bit bigger than Takato, in that it seemed like a proper city. We guarded the wagon through the gates, the way to the warehouse was longer. And interestingly, I spotted five casinos on the way in. My mouth started to water.

I remember in my old life, my religion had a thing against gambling.

But in my mind right now, it’s not gambling. It’s investing. Completely different things.

I’m going to have so much money.

Of course, that depended on A: Whether or not Shinobi were allowed entrance, most likely because Tsunade was allowed entrance. The question is whether they let her in because she’s was a Sannin and they couldn’t stop her, or if she was allowed in because she was a customer. Or B: If they’ll allow twelve year olds in to ‘gamble’. My gut says yes. My head says no.

But I think I’m crazy, so what do I know?

We got to the warehouse and Arai hopped down from the wagon as it was led away inside.

“Thank you again Hatake-san,” Arai bowed. “I cannot express my gratitude enough.”

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail:

Completed: Guard the wagon on its way to the second stop.

Investigate the Second Warehouse for the Mysterious Package.


“Just doing my job,” Kakashi replied. “Now, my team and I need to review what happened on the mission, if you’ll excuse us.”

“Of course, of course!” Arai beamed, walking away.

“Follow me,” Kakashi beckoned us and we did.

He led us to another motel and went up to our rooms. This motel was higher-class than the previous one, built with superior materials and more decorative bedding. I imagine that there’s a lot of traffic through Kusa, since it’s a nation of diplomats by trade. Hence, Casinos.

That I will rob.

Without doing anything illegal.

they see me rollin’, they hatin’…

“Same orders as last time,” Kakashi said, calling my attention to the here and now. “Try to stay out of random beams of light this time, alright?”

Oh ha, ha. “Yes Sensei.”

“Good. You all have lock-picks?” Kakashi asked.

“Yes,” Hisako nodded.

“Uh-huh,” Nichiren answered.

“Picks for days,” I replied.

“We’ll back in the room at the same time,” Kakashi checked the clock on the wall. “So in about two hours.”

We went to our rooms. Nichiren and Hisako to sleep, freaking champs, only going two hours after a day-long hike and an attack and then on a stealth mission.

So what’s the plan? After we figure out this Organ Trail non-sense, I ask and find a way to convince Kakashi-sensei to let me gamble in the casinos. Hopefully, I’ve gathered enough trust/respect in order for him to say yes.

Probably should throw in some safeguards. Pledging not to use all my money in the casinos is a good start. I’ll stick with the house minimum, since I brought a few thousand with me regardless. That’s just common sense. Then set a time which I’ll leave the Casino and ask for Kakashi to come with.

…hopefully that’ll be enough to convince him to say yes.

Eleven rolled around, and thankfully it was overcast, bringing all possible moonlight to a null factor. We arrived at this second warehouse much like we did the first, except with less jumps and more wall-crawling since the buildings were taller.

The warehouse was built exactly like the first one, but with more guards who were actually doing their jobs and patrolling the warehouse. We each ducked out of the way as one of the guards raised his lantern to the window.

After a few seconds, the lantern was lowered and Kakashi pried the window open. We quickly slid into the building, single file and following Kakashi like a line of spiders.

This warehouse was filled to the brim with boxes of all shapes and sizes. If what we were looking for was here, we’d have a very tough time finding it.

Sneak Check Success: 22/20.

Thankfully, there was no light for me to accidentally crawl into and I was quiet enough, if a little slow. Eventually, we made it around to the office. Kakashi signaled for us to hold as multiple guards had routes which had them face the office. When there was a gap, Kakashi dropped down, picked the lock almost instantly and disappeared inside the office just in time for a beam of light from a guard’s lantern to pass over it.

We waited.

And we waited.

Nichiren and Hisako were starting to breathe loudly as the stress of hiding and the possibility of getting caught at any time started to take their toll. Once there was a gap, Kakashi opened the door and hurriedly waved us forward. We were in and the door was shut before we could get spotted.

Inside was a similarly built office, if not a little cleaner than the previous one.

“Nichiren, get started on the safe,” Kakashi whispered. “Hisako, Daisuke? Search their files for anything. I’ll keep watch.”

Right. I dug out my set of lock-picks and got to work.

Snap.

Snap.


“Picks for days,” I grumbled, putting in another pick. “Picks for days.”

Finally, the tumblers clicked open and I was able to slide the drawer open.

You know, I wish Bethesda kept the lock picking mini-game from Oblivion for their future games, if only because that’s how you actually pick a lock. None of that ‘find the sweet spot’ crap.

Ugh…let’s see…this is all old material, the youngest by two years. I searched and like last time, I found nothing.

I slid the drawer closed and opened the bottom drawer.

“The safe’s open,” Nichiren whispered, pulling it open.

“See if there’s a false bottom,” Kakashi said, still keeping an eye on the significantly more vigilant set of guards.

I looked over from my cabinet, which only had things as far away as a year ago, to look at the safe. Like the last one, it had a lot of Ryo in it, as well as keys hung up on the inside of the safe door. Predictably, it had a false bottom and also predictably, this one had stuff in it.

Not nearly as much as the last one, but it had stuff in it. Specifically, a single, plain looking envelope tied together with a string. Nichiren undid the string and read. “Huh. The package is here.”

“Does it say that?” Kakashi asked.

“It’s orders from a Morita Seiho, telling them not to ship the package until after the wagon guarded by Shinobi has gone past,” Nichiren reported. He looked up. “I think they were going to use us for a bait-and-switch.”

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Investigate the Second Warehouse for the Mysterious Package.

Find the Mysterious Package.


“The wagon getting guarded by Shinobi gets attacked for the cargo,” Kakashi mused. “The Shinobi may or may not drive them off, but if the attackers win, they leave disappointed since there was nothing particularly of value on the wagon. While the attackers are replenishing their numbers, they send the illicit cargo through to Kusa unmolested.”

“Do we know who Morita Seiho is?” I asked with a frown.

“The man who hired us,” Kakashi sighed. “He’s been the company’s liaison to Konoha for many years now. If something caused him to turn on Konoha, it must be very large indeed.”

“He might’ve always been corrupt,” I offered. “Just didn’t make such a big play until now.”

“Maybe,” Kakashi replied. “But now we need to find the package.”

“Yup,” I nodded. “Should we take out the guards first or make this an all-stealth run?”

Kakashi looked at me oddly. “…can you do it without killing them?”

That made sense. They, most likely, were just people doing their jobs and didn’t deserve to have their brains splattered all over the floor. “With my seal, yes…though actually… does anyone here have knock-out gas or poison?”

“Can you make a jutsu for that?” Kakashi asked with a risen eyebrow.

“Uh…” I thought in my head. Probably…need the ram sign, maybe combine it with dragon and horse, throw in a couple of snakes… Although the knock-out gas might be a little challenging. “The jutsu wouldn’t be a problem. The gas itself will be, though. I don’t know how to make a sedative like that.”

Seriously. I mean, I was familiar with poisons, but beyond the lethal ones and how to treat them, I was almost at a lost.

Medicine Check Failure: 30/45.

Thanks, game.

Hisako made an uncomfortable sounding grunt. “I…uh…I brought a sedative to dip my senbon in. Would that work?”

“Perfect,” I nodded. “I might use it all, though. Is that okay?”

Hisako looked at me and eventually sighed. “Yeah, go ahead.”

“Thank you,” I beamed. “Really, I appreciate-“

“Just…hurry up and use it,” Hisako was fighting a smile across her face as she dug out a vial and handed it to me. “Before I decide we need a new plan.”

I took the vial and made my way to the door.

“Wait for my signal,” Kakashi ordered.

I waited, crouching on my knees, prepared to bust through the door.

“Go, quietly,” Kakashi whisper-snapped.

I quickly opened the door and shunshin’d to the top of the roof. I looked down at the web of guards as I focused my chakra into the vial of sedative. Horse, snake, dragon, ram, snake, dragon, ram.

Ninjutsu Check Success: 55/45.

Medicine Check Success: 30/30.

+150 EXP.

2430 until I level up.

The jutsu sucked only some of the sedative out of the vial, spraying it in a fine mist that deliberately targeted each of the guards. I watched in fascination as each guard was brought down, knocked out by the powerful sedative. A total of nine, brought to the floor, their lanterns clattering to the surface.

I dropped to the top of a shelf of boxes and hopped over to the office door. “Okay, we’re good.”

They each walked out of the office and I handed Hisako her bottle. “Turns out I didn’t need it all. Thank you.”

“Don’t mention it,” Hisako said, taking the bottle back with a small smile.

“Find the box,” Kakashi looked around the warehouse. “It should be labeled 'don’t ship until July 16th' since that’s when they expected us to be gone.”

“Hai Sensei,” I replied.

We looked and…wait, I had Iruka’s sensor jutsu. Let’s see if I can get anything from it.

I made the seals, the wave of chakra went out, causing all of my teammates, sensei-included, to look at me and from the jutsu I…got…a flare of chakra back. One that straight up confused me.

“It worked this time,” I smiled, though I’m sure my confusion was in my voice. “I think our box is this way.”

“What worked this time?” Nichiren asked.

“Back at the house, I tried to use an echolocation jutsu,” I explained as I lead my team down an aisle, careful to step around the guards. “It would send a pulse of chakra out and bounce back whenever it hit something. Back then, I couldn’t get it to bounce back…now it did.”

“You sound confused,” Hisako stated.

“I am confused,” I replied. I got to the point where I felt the chakra flare. The box was two feet tall and wide, marked for the correct date. “This is it.”

I grabbed the box and started to slide out from under the shelf.

“Open it,” Kakashi said.

I obliged, ripping the top and sides off, revealing several large scrolls of fabric, held together by a plastic top. I took the top off so the fabrics fell away revealing…oh boy.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Search for the Mysterious Package.

Talk with your team.


Everyone looked at the contents with wide eyes. Nichiren’s jaw was slowly opening to a gape.

“This is certainly bigger than I thought it was,” Kakashi said finally.

Inside was a glass case with seals inscribed on it. The glass case contained a man, curled up in a fetal position with several binds placed on his ankles and wrists, each of these sealed. He had black hair which went down to the small of his back, which looked greasy, as if he had been like this for a while.

Perception Check Success: 8/3.

On his forehead was a green seal, with a freaking swastika right in the center. This was a member of the Hyuuga’s branch family. How did he get here? Where was he going? …Suddenly Organ Trail made a lot of sense.

He was breathing slowly, so he was alive, if only barely.

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 52/50.

It appears the seals on his bindings were in place to slow his metabolism down, put him in a state of suspended animation. The seals on his glass case were there to reinforce it, and make it more resistant to breaking. He was alive because the seal on his forehead would destroy his eyes, which were the most valuable part of this little captive. Earth and Lightning would definitely be interested in a package like this.

I wonder how they were able to keep this quiet from Konoha.

Could I disengage these seals?

Fuinjutsu Check failure: 52/65.

Yeah, these were a little bit beyond me. I mean, I can see where the chakra and stuff links together pretty well in some areas, but the form seems a little confusing in others.

“Kakashi-sensei,” Hisako started, looking thoroughly creeped out. “Do you know who this is?”

“I do not,” Kakashi replied. “He’s a member of the Hyuuga, kept alive for his Byakugan. Most definitely going to be sold to either Earth or Lightening, assuming they didn’t try to steal him first.”

“So what do we do?” Nichiren asked.

“The first thing we need to do is get this box back to our rooms and alert Konoha,” Kakashi responded swiftly. “Preferably the Hokage, he can decide who can be trusted with this.”

“Do you need me to make another messenger hawk?” I asked with a frown.

“The post office should have its own hawks,” Kakashi replied. “Especially ones trained to go straight to the Hokage. Unless it would help you reach a power-spike, I think we can just use one of them.”

“It wouldn’t,” I replied with a shrug. “I only get closer by creating jutsu, not using old ones.”

“Alright,” Kakashi said. “Can you put the box back together?”

I nodded. “Yes, Sensei.”

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Talk with your team.

Get the box back to Sensei's motel room.


I used strings to assemble the scrolls of cloth back together and hold them together as I put the crate back together. Since I only ripped it off the nails, it was surprisingly easy. Then I wrapped it with a set of chakra-threads to keep it together. Then I lifted a box up and whoo it was heavy.

You are now over-encumbered.

Shut up, game. I know.

“Daisuke, I can carry that,” Kakashi said, taking the box off my hands almost effortlessly. “No need to break your back for it.”

“Right,” I said, breathing heavily. “Thanks, Sensei.”

---
 
The Organ Trail: Explosions
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


“...that’s why we can’t use storage scrolls for this,” I finished explaining as we slid the box up the wall of the motel with a seal that allowed it to stick to the surface and move, courtesy of me, that left me with only 2130 EXP until I level. “Don’t want to reduce the Hyuuga to a fine paste.”

“So you can use storage scrolls as a weapon?” Hisako asked with a raised eyebrow.

“Yup,” I nodded. “I’m mainly wondering why it wasn’t done sooner.”

“Huh,” Hisako blew her dark bangs out of her eyes. “Is that something you’re going to work on when we get back?”

“Maybe,” I shrugged. “The concept is interesting enough, I guess. I don’t really see the point since I can reduce someone to bloody giblets with a punch, though.”

Hisako hummed, and went back to looking at the ground. The Wall.

She was acting oddly civil. I wonder what she and Nichiren talked about while we were interrogating the blind guy. Speaking of which, I wonder if ANBU had found him already?

Kakashi opened the window ahead of us and we tilted the box inside. It fell to the floor with a clatter and thankfully it was intact as we entered.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Get the box back to Sensei’s Motel room.

Talk with your team.

(Optional): Meet Arai at the Warehouse for the final journey.


“Huh,” I said, tilting my head.

“What’s the matter?” Kakashi asked.

“Apparently, I’ll get closer to a power-spike if we complete the contract as intended as well as solve this mess,” I answered, gesturing to the box.

“Oh,” Kakashi blinked. “Huh. Okay…let’s see what the Hokage says once we’ve sent a message to him.”

“Are we really going to finish the mission?” Nichiren asked, pushing his glasses back up his nose.

“We do have a job to do,” Kakashi shrugged. “But this is a huge breach in Konoha security, so…I don’t think so.”

“I’d like too if at all possible,” I input.

“I’ll make a note of that,” Kakashi nodded. “Now, let’s get a message off to the Hokage. At best, we’ll meet our client at the warehouse and start making serious inquiries.”

“Of the lethal kind?” I asked.

“Depends,” Kakashi shrugged. Then he looked seriously at each of us. “We can’t leave our friend unguarded while we get a message off.”

“I volunteer for guard duty,” I raised my hand. “I don’t need to sleep and if something does happen, the three of you will still be able to get some rest without undue stress further impacting your energy levels.”

Speech Check Success: 39/30.

“Are you volunteering because you know something is going to happen?” Kakashi looked at me critically, his visible eye narrowing.

“I haven’t received any kind of premonition,” I replied with a raised eyebrow. “But I have a gut feeling that something will happen regardless of how we divide ourselves up.”

Kakashi sighed. “Alright. Daisuke, stand guard and don’t let anything happen. Hisako and Nichiren, you’ll come with me to send a message off.”

“Yes Sensei,” Nichiren said. Then he turned to me. “Be careful.”

“Stay safe,” Hisako frowned.

“I will,” I waved at them. “See you later.”

They leapt through the window. I turned off the light and sat on top of the box, cross-legged and waited. Well, I didn’t use the wait command, but I waited the old fashion way.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Talk with your team.

Guard the Branch Member.

(Optional): Meet Arai at the Warehouse for the final journey.


This was big.

Absolutely massive.

Naturally, I had a million and one questions. Who was the Hyuuga? How did he get captured? Who captured him? Who did they get to draw the seal network? Is our client the middle man or the merchant? Did he draw the seals? If not, then who did he get? Or is he shipping the contents on the behalf of someone?

So many questions.

Another thing.

I straight up killed a guy on the way here. Well, I mean…I’ve killed people before. I mean, at the house I saw myself murdering members of the Brotherhood of Steel. Blood and guts everywhere. But that was just a Genjutsu…it was real enough. Completely real at the time.

I’m no stranger to murder…which is somewhat disturbing in implication.

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

There were footsteps outside of my door. Slow, methodical and heavy. I noted the shadow that stretched from the light shining beneath the door.

I cracked my knuckles.

Suddenly, the door exploded off of its hinges flying directly at me. I stopped it with my palm, using my chakra to cushion it so it didn’t explode all over the room. Then I let it go, causing it to fall onto the floor then it fell forward.

Standing in the doorway was a man. He had a pot belly and wore a grey battle-kimono with bandages wrapped around his fingers and I guessed they went all the way up his arms. He had a goatee wich reached out to a point, it being silver. He was entirely bald and his eyes were red.

I pointed to my seat. “Is this your box?”

He nodded. “It is.”

“Oh,” I blinked. “So, can I ask who you are?”

“’Fraid I’m on a tight schedule,” He replied, moving the bandages on his hand to bite his knuckle hard enough to bleed. “So I’ll just be taking that box.”

“That’s a shame,” I replied, standing up. Then I sent out a bunch of strings, trying to repeat my performance earlier that day. What I didn’t expect was for my strings to fizzle out when he raised up his arm to block them, causing the bandages to glow.

Huh.

He’s put seals on his bandages. Okay then.

As far as boss battles go, I’m predicting a fairly difficult match.

Crap.

He charged forward and I brought my hands together for rapid-fire hand signs.

Force Lightning.

Lightning chakra poured from my fingertips, causing my opponent to raise his arms again in defense, but that’s what I wanted. The best part about my copy of the famous technique was that it was fairly easy to maintain while I was moving. So I ran up to the guy with lightning firing at him, my chakra levels depleting rapidly and I kicked him in the stomach.

Or I tried, he was significantly faster than I was and stepped backward, the bandages on his hands rapidly unfurling and constricting themselves around my hands and throat, draining the chakra out of my hands and strangling…the life…out of me.

An oxygen counter appeared in my vision, slowly ticking down.

“Sorry kid,” The enemy said. “But I can’t let you get in the way of this.”

I’m not a child.

I slammed my bound hands around the thread leading to my neck and-

Agility Check Success: 7/7.

Managed to untie it swiftly enough that he couldn’t do anything about it. Gasping for breath, I broke into a full tackle, slamming into him with my shoulder and knocking him down.

“You little punk,” He snarled, grabbing a kunai out of his jacket and sending it at a direct coarse with my head.

I barely dodged out of the way, giving him a kick in the stomach for his trouble. No chakra meant no Tsunade Special. Which means he’s going to beat me unless I untie myself and fast.

Agility Check Success: 7/7.

My hands were unwrapped now, thankfull-OW SON OF A-

-28 HP.

He hit me with another kunai to my side. Ouch.

My chakra was starting to come back, faster than usual since his chakra-drain dispelled my Henge. Great. Fantastic.

We were in the hall now. He was running away, briefly facing backward to send his bandages after me. I jumped over the bandages as they tried to curl around me, sticking to the wall and surging forward after him, bouncing from floor to wall to dodge the doors that were spread throughout.

His bandage defense made using Jutsu on him problematic. If I had to bet, his seals use the excess chakra to power themselves and keep the strain off my opponent here.

The enemy recalled his bandages and they formed a screen of seals right in front of me, crap, crap, crap…

Agility Check Success: 7/7.


I was thankfully able to stop and backtrack, jumping and sliding to get around the serpentine seals as they came after me once again. I breathed out a scattering of small fireballs but they were swiftly intercepted.

Crap.

I ducked back into my room and out the window. I ran on the wall and thankfully found an open window at the end of the hall, which I used to dive in and get back into the hall, emerging on the other side. His back was turned to me and with a fist full of chakra, I jumped right for him.

Sneak Check Failure: 22/25.

He turned to face me almost immediately and with a look of panic in his aged eyes, brought his bandages around my hands just before they collided with his face.

Dang it.

The punch was to his eye and sent him recoiling, allowing me to untie my hands once again. He threw a kunai, then another in rapid succession as he leapt down the hallway. I dodged both, but they threw off my momentum. With a snarl on his face, my opponent threw out his bandages again.

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

Wait.

He drew seals on both sides of the bandages. The first set drained chakra. This set…

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 52/40.

Oh crap.

I jumped for him and his snarl turned to a panicked expression as the bandages homed in on my chakra signature. I cocked my fist back and tried to hit him in the face once again before-

-210 HP.

Head Crippled.

Torso Crippled.

Left Arm Crippled.

Right Arm Crippled.

Left Leg Crippled.

Right Leg Crippled.


The sound was deafening. I could feel the floor give out beneath me as the bomb his bandages set off ripped a shockwave through the air and through me, fire scorching my skin. I collapsed to the floor beneath. Dust and ash clung to the air.

I coughed dust and air. My vision blurred and my ears couldn’t hear anything past the ringing sound. The pain was unbearable, every move making it worse. But I had to move; if I could survive that, so could he, and he might be in a position to start with the killing.

Endurance Check Success: 6/6.

Endurance Check Failure: 6/8.


With a cry of pain that I couldn’t suppress, I managed to stand up. We were in the lobby, my blurring vision and pounding headache notwithstanding. Since it was late at night, no one was in the lobby, but assuredly there was people awake now.

I limped over to the wall, taking cover while I looked for the boss.

Perception Check Success: 8/5.

There he was, hiding on the other side of the desk. The curious glow of green chakra gave him away.

…he was healing himself.

NopenopenopeOW!

Endurance Check Failure: 6/7.


Unfortunately, I couldn’t keep standing. I fell to the floor with a painful thump but I couldn’t stop. So I started sliding forward with my chakra, going around the desk like a snake. I used chakra-strings to pull shuriken from the pouch on my belt.

I came around to him and he looked awful. His left eye had popped, his whole torso was charred black and I think I could see his ribs poking out. His legs were both broken, the right one was a severe compound fracture.

My strings were used to restrain his hands and he fought. The shuriken were used to sever the bandages… should’ve done that sooner. He grabbed another kunai and I attempted to stop him from stabbing me right there.

-21 HP.

Have you ever been in so much pain that it stopped bothering you? That was me, as the kunai that had been stabbed into my forearm caused significantly less distress than I thought it should as I wrenched the kunai from his hand using my bone as leverage.

“…what are you?” My unfortunate opponent asked with terror in his eyes.

Charisma Check Failed: 1/4.

Seriously? What kind of question was that? “Durable.”

+500 EXP.

His grey matter now decorated the front-lobby just like the upstairs hall.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Guard the Branch Member.

Talk with your team.

(Optional): Meet Arai at the Warehouse for the final journey.


I started to slide, my blurry vision causing me to steer wrong and right into a wall. Ow.

-5 HP.

…maybe I should just sit tight and wait for my team to show up. And hope the boss here was by himself, because I’m going to die if I find anyone else.

I wonder if he was in the bingo book? Will I get a massive bounty for killing this guy? I hope so.

26 hit points out of 290. How extensive are my injuries?

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

…missing depth perception, so I’ve lost another eye. Odd breeze across my teeth so I’ve got a hole in my face, possibly missing the cheek entirely. My nose seems oddly spacious. I brought a hand up to check on it and…I don’t have a nose. Great.

Ribs and organs are exposed, as well as the right femur and shin. Possibly the left as well. Third degree burns all over as well as lacerations. I think my left arm's been dislocated…though it’s more likely it’s been nearly amputated. There’s also a hole in my throat, which will make speaking difficult.

“Daisuke!” I saw someone come into my field of vision.

Was that Hisako? I think that was Hisako.

“He’s still alive!” That…was that Nichiren. I think. Lot of ringing in my ears.

I hope that’s my team and not enemies I’m mishearing. I’ll just use wait for an hour and see what happens. Skip an hour of pain.

---

…when I came to, I was on an operating table with surgeons leaning over me with scalpels-time to sleep!

---


I came to again in a hospital room, the windows closed. The sun hadn’t risen yet. I checked my condition and I had fully healed. Hastily tore off all the bandages and casts and stood up. Where’s my gear? With a grumble, I pulled out my black notebook from wherever I pull it from and…yeah, my gear is still in my inventory. It doesn’t list it as damaged or anything, so I wonder...I used my inventory to equip my broken equipment.

There was a mirror in the hospital room, and so I was able to see that my equipment was completely undamaged, which made no sense in regards to what happened earlier. Clearly, this was game mechanics at work. I wonder if I can fix any piece of armor that I wear just by sleeping in it? Well, most likely by putting it in my inventory…I’ll have to work out the details later. Right now, I need to let my teammates know I’m alright. A few hand signs to apply my Henge and I was ready to go.

So, I left my room and saw…oh, Kakashi-sensei. He was standing guard outside my hospital room and looking at me like I had risen from the grave.

“Hi Sensei,” I said with a wave. “Slept it off.”

“I can see that,” Kakashi nodded.

“I woke up on the surgeon's table…that was fun,” I nodded. “Well, from my meditation. Not an actual ‘sleep’. If you know what I mean.”

“Sure,” Kakashi blinked, sounding completely at a loss of what to do.

“Where’s Hisako and Nichiren?” I asked, looking around for them.

“Hisako had to use the bathroom and Nichiren went to get a snack,” Kakashi replied.

“That’s odd, I thought they’d be back at the Motel,” I frowned. “They still need to sleep. Did you guys run into trouble?”

“Not as much trouble as you did,” Kakashi said. “Daisuke…did you know?”

“Know what?” I asked.

“Know the amount of trouble that was coming your way?” Kakashi asked with a narrowing eye.

“I guessed,” I replied. I mean, a choice like that usually involves either a mob attacking the group or a one-on-one duel. I was right, but that’s genre savviness hitting reality which doesn’t always work.

“You guessed,” Kakashi repeated with a disgusted tone in his voice.

“Like I said, I guessed that trouble was going to find us no matter which way we went,” I replied with a shrug. “So I picked my battlefield. Sounds like I was right.”

“I suppose you were,” Kakashi shrugged, his eye still narrow. “We got attacked by a gang of five, trying to take us out before they moved on the box at the motel. After we dispatched them, we heard an explosion coming from the motel. There, we find the corpse of an A-rank missing-nin and you.”

“So he was in the bingo book!” I said with a smile. “I get his bounty, right?”

Kakashi sighed and ran a hand through his silver hair. “Are you serious right now?”

“Yeah,” I replied.

This isn’t a game, Daisuke!” Kakashi shouted. “Y-“

I lost it.

I started laughing. I laughed hard and long. I laughed until my lungs burned and my breath was gone. My laughter was changed to coughs and still I couldn’t hold it in, coughing and wheezing as my body tried to force more laughter, even as I was forced to my hands and knees. Finally, I was able to stop the coughs…even as a giggle remained on my lips.

Kakashi was quiet.

“Not a game,” I repeated, slowly standing up. “You have no idea how well I know that fact, Kakashi-sensei.”

“Then why act like it is?” Kakashi asked, angry but distressed. “Why put yourself in a position, deliberately, where you know someone is going to try to kill you?”

“I get closer to a power spike if I kill something,” I shrugged. Might as well get it out of the way…they already know everything else.

“You get closer to a power spike if you kill something,” Kakashi’s eye was widening.

“Yup,” I nodded with a frown. “I found that out when I cleared out the rats on soldier pills, way back when…got a premonition they needed killing, so I did. Got my first power spike by the end of my first day at the academy.”

“Rats on soldier pills,” Kakashi repeated, sounding stunned.

“A pair of orphans in the same orphanage as me thought they’d make good training partners,” I shrugged. “Way too good for them, nearly killed me. But I slept that off too.”

“You’ve made it a habit of sleeping off near-death experiences,” Kakashi sounded tired and angry now.

“Why not sleep it off?” I asked, raising my eyebrow. “I don’t want to live with being maimed.”

“That’s not what I meant,” Kakashi slapped his forehead. “I mean that you have no sense of self-preservation.”

“I have plenty of sense of self-preservation,” I replied. “That’s why I kill threats before they can attack me…or kill Nichiren and Hisako.”

“Daisuke, protecting your teammates isn’t your sole responsibility,” Kakashi blinked. “You need to protect yourself.”

“I did protect myself,” I replied. “Besides, I got Hisako and Nichiren out of the missing-nin’s way and mostly out of danger with you to guard them. It worked out.”

“Daisuke,” Kakashi said levelly. “I can’t afford to bring a suicidal Genin on missions.”

I blinked. Once, twice. “I’m not suicidal. We handled it. I don’t see the problem.”

“Daisuke, what happens when you get into a fight that you can’t win?” Kakashi asked, distress and anger getting more severe. “Like what nearly happened a couple hours ago? You can’t tell me that wasn’t a close call.”

“Eventually, there won’t be any fight I can’t win,” I shrugged. “Besides, I was told to guard the box. That’s what I did.”

“You did,” Kakashi’s eye narrowed. Then he sighed. “I just want you to be careful, Daisuke. Your team cares for you, even if you have trouble seeing it.”

“I have trouble seeing it sometimes,” I admitted under my breath.

“And if you die,” Kakashi continued. “You cannot serve Konoha.”

“Well, I might make a jutsu to reanimate my corpse,” I suggested. “It might not even be hard just…”

“Daisuke,” Kakashi was giving me the death glare to end all death glares.

“Sorry,” I replied meekly. “I’ll be more careful in the future, Sensei. Promise.”

Hisako chose that moment to walk up. She grabbed my shoulders and twisted me to face her. She had a large bandage wrapped around her right arm. She looked me up and down, examining me for…something. I felt self-conscious. She pointed at me and looked as if she was going to start speaking, only for her finger to drop and for her shoulders to fall.

Uhh…uh oh. She doesn’t like being reminded of what I can do. “I’m sorry.”

With tears in her eyes, she immediately seized me in a hug, her pony-tail lightly smacking me in the face. “You’re okay…you’re okay...”

I awkwardly returned it, slowly wrapping my arms around her. “Yes, I am.”

Is it just me, or has she gotten really weepy the past couple of days? Must be pretty traumatic or something. Maybe I should get her a present or something? To help her out? That might be good. Probably not sweets…that might be misconstrued if my old life is any indication.

Ooh, maybe I can build some training weights, like what Lee uses! That’d be good.

“Uh…” Nichiren arrived, arms filled with candy bars. He had a gauze taped to his forehead and his hair had been messed up. “So, you’re okay, Daisuke?”

Hisako let me go with a sniffle. I noticed that Nichiren’s glasses were starting to fall down again.

“Yeah, I’m fine,” I replied with a shrug. “Bloodline makes injuries meaningless, really. Can I see your glasses?”

“My glasses?” Nichiren asked in confusion. “Sure?”

“Thank you,” I said, seizing them with chakra-strings and used a couple of hand-signs to adjust the temples on the side to hug Nichiren’s face better.

+75 EXP.

Yeah, yeah. Shut up.

I gently slid Nichiren’s glasses back on his face. “There. Sorry, seeing those fall off for the hundredth time was bugging me.”

“Thanks,” Nichiren blinked with a growing smile. “Really, thank you!”

“Don’t mention it,” I replied with a nod.

So…quick calculation…1555 until my next level up. Great.

“So, what’s next?” I asked Kakashi. “I can tell you that nothing else is going to threaten the box.”

“Are you sure?” Kakashi raised an eyebrow.

“Positive,” I nodded. “Premonition.”

“Awesome,” Nichiren said, handing me a candy-bar.

“We need to get you three checked out,” Kakashi said, still tired. “Then we are going to move the box to a different motel until reinforcements from Konoha arrive. Then you three are going to sleep and stand guard while I inform our client to stall, should it come to that. Understood?”

“Hai Sensei,” Hisako replied.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail

Completed: Talk with your team.

Move the Branch Member.

Wait for reinforcements.

(Optional): Meet Arai at the Warehouse for the final journey.

---


Thankfully, the box was completely and absolutely undamaged. Only the corner of the room had any sign of damage from my fight. As we moved the box to another motel and gave the owner a writ to pay for damages, I was able to learn about my little boss fight.

Mori Kazu was an A-rank homeless Nin, son of a missing-nin from Rock. He was a genius of sealing, that I could infer from what he could do. He obtained a bounty on his head for killing three Chunin on a delivery mission to Suna and taking all of their scrolls, all storage and explosive. Apparently, he learned quite a bit from those scrolls.

So what have I learned?

One, that I need to work Fuinjutsu into my fighting style to counter people like him. Two, don’t assume I can take every quest and challenge that comes my way, as the only reason I’m alive right now is because I’m very, very lucky. And three, I need to work out some tactics to use in case I’m ever out of chakra because that fight was much harder than it should’ve been because he deprived me of chakra.

Should be simple now that I know I need to do it.

I was currently sitting in my room; the box having been deposited in Kakashi’s room. I, of course, wasn’t tired. Not in the slightest.

…Maybe I should check on Hisako and Nichiren. They were injured and I’d like to know the story behind it.

So I stood up off of my bed and walked down the hall. I saw that Hisako’s light was still on. So I walked over and got ready to knock.

“I used to think Daisuke was almost invincible,” Nichiren’s voice came from the other side of the door.

“So did I,” Hisako sounded less than happy. “At least now we know he’s just un-killable.”

“…are you okay?” Nichiren asked, concern evident in his voice.

I shouldn’t eavesdrop. I have a strict no eavesdropping policy. But…I need to hear this.

“Nichiren, do you know how long I’ve known Daisuke?” Hisako asked quietly.

Nichiren was quiet for a moment. “Not exactly.”

“Since our first day at the academy,” Hisako clarified. She sighed. “I met him at our first Taijutsu class. He was extremely good at it, even then. He kicked me in the stomach hard enough to leave a boot print.”

“That,” Nichiren paused. “Had to hurt.”

“It did,” Hisako said. Then she sounded…wistful? Odd. “I was so mad when I got home. I told my Mom about it, and she told me that he’d make a great training partner because he was so good.”

“She had a point, I guess,” Nichiren replied.

“She did,” Hisako said. “So…I sucked it up. I made sure to spar with him as often as I could. I got beaten almost every time. But…he never lorded his victory over me. The couple times I won, he actually congratulated me over them.”

“Really?” Nichiren asked.

“I mean, it was mostly just an acknowledgment over his shoulder as we went to our next class,” Hisako replied. “But still. I was surprised. It wasn’t like he was good at making friends. Sometimes he’d try to reach out to the other kids but…they didn’t like him.”

“He was creepy,” Nichiren said.

“I know he was,” Hisako sighed. “It was just really sad you know? So I…started trying to help him. He actually got better somewhat; during our first year.”

I got up to level five during my first year. Since my stats scale with level, I would, of course, have gotten better.

“Then we got on the same team and…he starts pulling Jutsu from nowhere,” Hisako sighed. “I thought we were…relatively close in ability before that. I keep trying to help him. I didn’t think it was…that bad at first. I just thought it was a little unfair.”

“Then the house happened,” Hisako’s voice turned dark.

“Yeah,” Nichiren’s voice was equally dark.

“You know what it was like,” Hisako said quietly. “Unable to save the ones you cared about as the impossible closed in around you.”

I do know what it was like.

“Then Kakashi broke us out…and Daisuke had gotten out himself,” Hisako gave a hollow laugh. “I bet it only took him a couple seconds to get out.”

Not true. It felt more like ten minutes or so.

“That’s when it hit me,” Hisako kept going. “Just how impossibly unfair it was. How ridiculous Daisuke’s power is.”

“I know,” Nichiren replied.

“I mean, think about it,” Hisako continued. “When he grows up, he’s not going to need us…not going to need me.

There was silence. Yeah, she was crushing. I knew that for a fact. I’m not okay with this, she’s twelve.

“You like him?” Nichiren sounded somewhat incredulous.

“Yeah.”

Him?” Nichiren still sounded incredulous.

Yes,” Hisako said.

“You like him,” It was a statement this time.

Nichiren,” Hisako growled in irritation.

“Sorry,” Nichiren replied defensively. “It just…seems a little odd.”

“I know,” Hisako sounded depressed. “…then he walks out when we were talking about the House. I needed him there. We needed him there. But he left.”

Well yes, I didn’t want you to know that I saw Konoha get nuked and invaded by what has become an expy of the Space Marines from Warhammer30K.

…I think it was 30K. Might be 50K. Doubt it was 40K.

“Apparently, he didn’t see much of anything horrifying,” Nichiren mused darkly.

No, I just don’t trust you guys with the knowledge that I’m a reincarnate with video-game powers.

“I’d been trying to help him for years,” Hisako sniffed. “Trying to help him be…social.”

She was? Wow, I was depressed during my academy years. Barely paid attention to much during that time.

“Then, that night we had dinner with your parents,” Hisako continued, sounding happy. “I saw it. I saw the person Daisuke could be if he knew how to be social. A person who could listen, who didn’t sound like he wanted to bite your head off at random, who didn’t stick his foot in his mouth constantly. I saw it.”

“Yeah,” Nichiren replied. “It was…kind of strange.”

“But it was wonderful,” Hisako said dreamily before returning to her depressed mood. “Then he went back to normal. My socially incompetent, outrageously powerful sparring partner.”

There was a quiet.

“Then he offered to teach me jutsu,” Hisako sounded sad again. “Which was…actually really sweet of him in a weird way. But I don’t want him to see me as a student. I want him to see me as a partner.”

“You want him to see you as his girlfriend,” Nichiren asked quietly.

“…yeah,” Hisako replied morosely.

That probably won’t ever happen. At least not until she’s an adult and even then it’s doubtful.

“At least we know we’re not useless,” Nichiren tried to sound cheerful. “I mean, both of us are amazing at stealth in comparison.”

“Yeah,” Hisako said. “And after we figure that out, he kills an A-rank target in the bingo-book.”

“…He did nearly die,” Nichiren backpedaled. “I mean, that’s not good but…still.”

Hisako gave a hollow chuckle. “But you know what the worst part about all this is?”

“What?” Nichiren asked.

“He gets better at everything in bursts and training doesn’t help,” Hisako sounded even more depressed. “That means all the effort I put into helping him be better at socializing was pointless.”

…yikes.

“And I feel like a sack of dirt,” Hisako was crying again. “Because I liked him better when he was brainwashed.

Wow.

I…screw it.

I’m going to bed.

I can’t deal with this. Nope. This is beyond me. I can’t process this. My head hurts.

Nope!

---
 
The Organ Trail: Resolution
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


I woke up without a sound. I stood up, yawned and heard a sharp knock at my bedroom door.

The best part about being a living video game character was the equip function my note-book had, so I was ready in seconds. “Just a second!”

After applying my Henge, I slid over to the door and yanked it open, seeing Kakashi-sensei, flanked by ANBU. Down by the door to Sensei’s room, there were a…pair of Hyuuga shinobi. Huh.

Quest Updated: The Organ Trail:

Completed: Wait for reinforcements.

Talk with the Hokage and Hyuuga Hiashi.


Holeee-

“Our reinforcements are here?” I asked with a blink, rubbing the sand out of my eyes.

“They are,” Kakashi nodded. “The Hokage has asked us to report on the mission.”

“I wasn’t sure this was important enough to grab the Hokage’s attention,” I replied, closing my door behind me. “And I thought perhaps Hyuuga-sama would be informed after we brought him back.”

“A Dojutsu was nearly stolen right from under Konoha’s nose,” Kakashi replied with a serious look in his eye. “We only stopped it because of you. The Hokage is very interested in what happened today and its standard practice to inform the clan heads when something very bad has happened to the clan.”

“So he just up and decided to come along?” I asked. That’s…not entirely something I would’ve thought Hiashi would do. Then again, he probably wasn’t as bad as fanon made him out to be. But the curse seal on our captive’s forehead says otherwise.

“He’s the clan leader,” Kakashi said as he led me to Nichiren’s door. “This is the sort of thing he gets involved in.”

He knocked sharply and the sound of someone falling out of bed on the other side was heard. Nichiren came to the door, only opening enough for us to see his face.

“Get dressed,” Kakashi ordered. “The Hokage is here and he wants a briefing.”

“Hai Sensei,” Nichiren said, closing the door. A minute later, he came out, fully clothed and Kakashi moved to knock on Hisako’s door.

Nichiren cleared his throat and started to speak softly. “You need to talk to Hisako.”

I slumped where I stood. “I know. I just don’t know how.”

Nichiren stopped and blinked. Then he frowned deeply. “Were you eaves-“

“It looks like we’re all ready,” Kakashi said, Hisako coming out of her room with a large yawn. “The Hokage and the Hyuuga Clan Leader are with our guest and the Hyuuga has requested the chance to thank us personally.”

Well, that's awfully polite of him.

“And Daisuke?” Kakashi added, bringing us to a stop at the door. “Let me do the talking, alright? Nichiren, Hisako? Try to remain awake.”

Oh, yeah. They did look like they just got up. Rings under their eyes and all that. Hisako’s eyes were red, which made sense. What time is it, anyway?

Kakashi knocked on the door.

I suppose I can check later.

“Enter,” The Hokage sounded unusually business-like from the other side of the door.

Kakashi opened the door. The Hokage was standing in front of the box, fully robed and puffing from his pipe. To his right stood whom I presumed was Hyuuga Hiashi; robed in a kimono with the creepy Byakugan eyes boring a hole in my soul.

“Hokage-sama, Hyuuga-sama,” Kakashi gave a polite bow, we followed suit.

“Kakashi-san,” The Hokage greeted.

“Hatake-san,” Hiashi gave a short bow in turn. “I understand Cell 13 was responsible for thwarting this travesty. I wanted to extend both the gratitude of the Hyuuga clan and my personal gratitude to the four of you.”

“It was our pleasure to serve Konoha in this manner,” Kakashi replied. “We could not allow the Byakugan to fall into the hands of either Cloud or Stone.”

“You each have done the village a great service,” Hiruzen stated. “Our shinobi has been prepared for rescue. The seal-work is unfortunately too complex to work on here; we’ll have to break the network within our walls.”

“It’s deeply unfortunate this happened at all,” Hiashi frowned, looking at the Hokage. “By your leave, Hokage-sama. I want to get Hyobe back to Konoha as soon as possible.”

“Yes, that would be best,” The Hokage replied. “Make all possible haste.”

Hiashi bowed, first to the Hokage, then to us one more time, saying how grateful he was that we stopped this, then he stepped out. After a few moments, the Hyuuga I saw outside the door popped in and started pushing the box, it moving effortlessly with my seal on the bottom.

I won’t lie; I’m proud of myself right now.

…Hyobe’s the captives name? Huh. Well, if he’s been missing, I’m not surprised the head of the Hyuuga clan knew his name. I wonder how much trouble he’s in. Hopefully none, I seriously doubt this was actually his fault.

“Now, Kakashi-san,” Hiruzen said. “Give me a report on the mission. The blow by blow.”

“Daisuke’s premonitions proved invaluable as you suspected, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi began, giving me the most uncomfortable feeling. “At our first stop we investigated the company warehouse and found that the manager had been keeping files for blackmail, and found that the mysterious package had been moved to the warehouse here. We arrived, found the package and discovered the contents. It was being smuggled by Morita Seiho.”

“Oh, that is a headache coming my way,” Hiruzen rubbed his temple with a groan as he took the letter Kakashi had stolen from the safe. “Your team has dealt with multiple hostile encounters on this mission, correct?”

“One on the way to Takayama,” Kakashi replied. “A team of bandits kidnapped the driver and ambushed the wagon while I was away. They were dealt with, no losses on our side.”

“Yes, our captive has been quite willing to divulge information on his former gang,” Hiruzen nodded with a smile. “Ibiki hasn’t even had to try. The other?”

“We left Daisuke here to guard the box while I took Nichiren and Hisako with me to send a message to you,” Kakashi continued. “On the way back, we were accosted by five homeless nin, undoubtedly from the same gang. There were no survivors. Nichiren and Hisako both held their own, I’m happy to say.”

“I see,” The Hokage said, taking a puff from his pipe. “Was Diasuke’s turn as guard quiet?”

“While we were sending a message, Daisuke was attacked by Mori Kazu, an A-rank homeless-nin in the bingo book,” Kakashi reported.

Hokage coughed on his smoke in surprise. “An A-rank? A Fuinjutsu specialist as well…that’s quite remarkable, Daisuke-kun.”

“Thank you, Hokage-sama,” I replied.

“Here is the medical report of Daisuke’s injuries,” Kakashi held out the medical form.

Hiruzen took it and began reading, his eyes going wider and wider as he re-read certain parts. “You survived all of that, Daisuke-kun?”

“So did he, oddly enough,” I replied, folding my arms. “I had to pop his head before he mystical-palmed himself back to working order.”

…why did the room just go quiet?

“You kept fighting?” Hisako asked incredulously. “After that?”

“Yeah,” I replied. “Wasn’t hard, he couldn’t walk either.”

“Then how did you get to him?” Hiruzen asked, holding his pipe in his hand. “I would understand the explosion would have knocked you apart.”

“Chakra-slide,” I replied. At the confused look, I slid from side to side to demonstrate. “It’s my variant on the tree-climbing technique.”

“That’s…a very clever technique, Daisuke,” The Hokage puffed on his pipe. “After that, your teammates found you, you were taken to the hospital. Is that the end?”

“That is the end, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi answered.

The Hokage took a moment to think. “Clearly, this mission is over. I will oversee inquiries into the Warehouse and into the company at large. The three of you are free to go.”

“Hokage-sama?” I raised my hand.

“Yes, Daisuke-kun?” Hiruzen asked.

“I would like the chance to fulfill the mission as intended before inquiries are made if at all possible,” I requested. “As you’ve…noted, I improve in bursts and doing do will get me closer to one such burst.”

“Will it?” Hiruzen looked at me oddly. “Is it absolutely necessary for you to do this in order to get closer to that spike?”

“…well no,” I admitted. “It’s entirely optional.”

“Then I will indeed have to say no,” Hiruzen said with an apologetic smile. “You may be able to go on endlessly, but…look at the rest of your team.”

I did and…oh, man.

Perception Check Success: 8/3.

They had bags under their eyes, they looked utterly exhausted and basically entirely unable to do anything involving a mission and I should feel bad for assuming they’d be okay with keeping up my insane pace. Even Kakashi looked tired.

So I do feel bad.

I inhaled. “I understand, Hokage-sama. Sorry, everyone. I…briefly forgot that you need to sleep.”

“It’s okay,” Hisako said with a deep yawn.

“Thank you, Hokage-sama,” Nichiren said, rubbing his eyes behind his glasses.

“Don’t mention it,” The Hokage gave a small chuckle. “But I’m afraid this mission is over. Please, get some rest and return to Konoha the day after tomorrow. That’s an order.”

“Yes, Hokage-sama,” I replied with a bow. The others did the same.

“Kakashi-san, if you’d stay for a moment longer,” The Hokage said.

“Yes, Hokage-sama,” Kakashi replied, closing the door behind us.

Quest Completed: The Organ Trail.

Completed: Talk with the Hokage and Hyuuga Hiashi.

Failed: (Optional): Meet Arai at the Warehouse for the final journey.

+2400
EXP.

Holy cow.

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!

Level Up!


Level 11. Oh, man. What was the plan, here?

Okay, I put 5 points into Ninjutsu, bringing it up to 60. Then I put 15 into Genjutsu, bringing it up to 36 in preparation for One-Handed-Jutsu at 16. I place the final 3 points into Melee Weapons, bringing it up to 38.

And that’s it. It’s an odd level, so I don’t get a perk. 3405 EXP until level 12, at which point, I’ll get Toughness to make me even more durable.

“Dismissed,” Hokage said, and we filed out. Kakashi stayed behind, presumably to explain stuff in more detail. I don’t particularly care all that much.

“So, Daisuke,” Nichiren said. “If you don’t mind me asking…how long until you get a power spike?”

“I just had one,” I replied. “Right as the Hokage finished shooting me down.”

“You were that close and you wanted to keep going to get more,” Nichiren’s eyes boggled.

“No,” I shrugged. “It was just worth a lot.”

I opened the door to my room. “Sleep well, guys.”

With that, the door was shut, and I was left to my thoughts.

So, first things first. I need to intercept Kakashi on his way to bed for gambling privileges. If I went without his approval, I’d get in a lot of trouble. This was, technically, the military. Going AWOL was bad on thousands of different levels, even if you only went five blocks away at maximum.

Second…Hisako.

What to do about Hisako.

I need to shut her down. No matter how much I might not want to. I…no. I can’t go into a relationship with a twelve-year-old, even if I’ve been, physically and perhaps mentally, a child for the past twelve years myself. It…she needs someone mentally her age. I’m undoubtedly a mess of psychological issues and problems that I don’t really want to share.

But how do I do it without also causing her a lot of grief?

I don’t think I can. Charisma 1…4…it’s one of those.

I rest my head on the wall with a groan as I tried to ignore the approaching headache.

What I don’t understand is how her crush even started. I thought it was just the suit from the dinner party doing its thing but from what she said, it’s been going on for a lot longer. How do you crush on a statue? One that’s wearing a disguise so he can pretend he’s somewhat normal? Why do you crush on a statue? Platonic friendship is what I’d expect not full on physical attraction.

Why am I also feeling like I kind of like it?

I know the answer to that one, at least.

I’ve only had one girlfriend in both of my lives. The state of my romantic life was pathetic in my previous life and hasn’t even been resuscitated in this one. I’ve…lost a lot when I came here. My name…my family, friends.... culture, history, civilization. The world. Okay, I lost everything. Then, I make a decision that leaves me almost friendless for most of my life.

Then this girl comes around and she likes me in spite of that.

In spite of her envy. In spite of every social challenge I completely fail at, she likes me.

I don’t understand why.

What does she like about me? She turned me down when I offered to help. She openly despises my skills. I…don’t get it. Granted, I don’t understand why she’s one of my friends in the same manner. Is she my friend, or just my teammate? Is Nichiren?

Obviously. She’s tried to help me with social understanding several times since we became teammates and according to her, in the Academy.

Nichiren was kind enough to invite me into his home, but maybe he was just being nice? Since I am his teammate?

Focus.

I don’t know what to do. What do I tell her? I can’t function in a relationship. At all. A couple in a romantic relationship have to be able to put each other’s needs ahead of their own. They have to be able to anticipate those needs and help the other understand what their own needs are. They have to be able to balance, live together in harmony and trust each other. After all, love is fleeting. Infatuation fades quickly. Trust, carefully cultivated, can last forever. What was the old saying? ‘True love is friendship caught on fire?’

How much of that can I do? How many of her needs can I anticipate and adapt to? None! I can’t do that. It’s physically impossible for me to do that. I have the emotional intelligence of a brick!



Oh.

I guess I know what to say to her, now.

…am I crying?

I used a finger to carefully pass under my eye. I stared at the tear that I had gathered on my fingertip with a frown.

Huh. I am crying.

Alright then.

…should I talk about the house?

I don’t want to. But clearly, it’s bothering them. What do I say? Konoha got attacked by a highly advanced army with a giant robot. The initial attack was a bomb that completely disintegrated the house, dropped metric tons of radiation in the air…I watched as my first and one of my only friends melted in my arms…and promptly went ballistic on the enemy and popped them like water balloons.

I’m crying again.

Dang it.

So, what should I…keep out of that? Mentioning Liberty Prime won’t do. Maybe just mentioning the attack would be all. How to avoid mentioning radiation? I can’t justify Naruto dying the way he did if I don’t mention something. He died of radiation poisoning. So maybe…just saying ‘the air was poisoned’ will suffice.

But when do I bring it up?

I have no idea.

Do I bring it up? Should I wait for one of the others to ask me again?

…I don’t get anything done by waiting for someone else.

I jumped into bed and decided to sleep for three hours.

---

About three and a half hours later, we were sitting in a restaurant. It was pretty standard stuff, a hot grill in front of us where our slices of meat would cook to whatever version of done we’d prefer. I’d discovered a fondness for medium rare steak, myself. Kakashi was seated to my left, Hisako right across from me and Nichiren on her side.

Kakashi had handed us each our pay-vouchers, to be handed in at whatever financial institution we deemed fit. I preferred the front desk of the academy, it was simpler. The amount was just over 2 million, and I received an extra voucher for 750 thousand for dealing with the homeless nin.

We had an S-rank mission on our belts. That’s going to look odd when we go in for the Chunin exams. People will freak out, calling us plants to make Konoha look good. I really can’t wait for it. I mean, I probably won’t be able to kill any of the enemy nin, but that shouldn’t be too much of a problem; I didn’t have to solve all of my problems with violence. Just most of them.

“Kakashi-sensei?” I asked. “Do you know when the Chunin-exams are?”

“The next ones start at the end of November,” Kakashi replied. “This year they’ll be handled in Suna, one of our allies.”

I blinked. Oh boy. I might catch a glimpse of Gaara early. Or I might not. I can’t imagine word of Gaara would not have spread in the previous timeline for Naruto and gang to hear about, so they knew how dangerous he was.

Stuff just got complicated.

…I need to stop being a coward.

“Are we going to be entered this year?” Nichiren asked before taking a large bite of his slab of pork.

“It’s certainly a possibility,” Kakashi replied. “I might’ve entered you in the ones that happened a week ago but you… were all on vacation.”

Oh…right. You know, I didn’t hear about it. Probably not something they’d tell new Genin about if it’s not being held locally and they weren’t going.

“We needed that vacation,” Nichiren nodded with a frown.

“No kidding,” Hisako grumbled.

They brought up the house. If ever there was a time to talk about the house, it would be now. Right? Maybe it would be better until we’re all alone. Maybe…I need to stop being a coward.

“Can we…talk about that, actually?” I asked hesitantly. “The house, I mean?”

“Sure,” Kakashi said after a moment. “Just try to keep it quiet, alright.”

“Thanks,” I muttered. I grabbed the glass of water to my side and took a gulp. “So…we all saw things in the house. I saw things in the house.”

“You did?” Hisako asked with a disconcerted expression.

“Yeah,” I shrugged. “I... just have had problems figuring out what to say about it. All of you have noted I’m terrible at society.”

“So what did you see?” Nichiren asked with a deepening frown. “What could possibly scare you?”

“…a lot,” I replied quietly.

“Like what?” Hisako asked, disconcerted and a little incredulous. Or perhaps alarmed?

I couldn’t answer that question right away. Inhale, exhale. Take a sip, let the cool liquid calm me down, alright.

Stop stalling. Inhale. Exhale. “Down in the basement, I got trapped in a Genjutsu, same as you. From what I saw- uh, well…”

Just don’t mention Liberty Prime, the Brotherhood of Steel or anything involving Nuclear Bombs. Just don’t mention any of that and we’ll be golden. I mean, I’m not entirely sure how to do that, but…one step at a time? Improvising’s worked out pretty well.

…no, my tactics are horrible.

“The ground shook like a severe earthquake or perhaps an earth-release. Blinding light poured in from the windows,” I began. I cupped my lips with my hand as I tried hard not to simply ‘nope’ out of this at top speed. My toes were bunching and flexing due to the anxiety. “I had to move. The stairs had collapsed in on themselves, blocking the way out. When I busted my way out, I saw that…there…wasn’t a house above me anymore. You guys were dead.”

“Wait,” Nichiren’s eyes narrowed as he thought about something. Then they widened. “Losing us was a part of your nightmare?”

“Yeah. Why wouldn’t it be?” I shrugged with a frown. I held up four fingers. “I can count the number of friends I have on one hand.”

Hisako was taking a drink of water, only to start choking on it. She slammed the cup down and started to cough.

Medicine Check Success: 30/5.

She’ll be fine. Whew, okay. I was worried for a second.

“Breathe, Hisako. Breathe,” Kakashi said.

Nichiren thumped her on the back a couple times and she came back up for air breathing heavily. “I’m okay. Sorry.”

“It’s fine,” I replied. Inhale, exhale. I was gripping my chopsticks hard enough that they snapped. I laid them to the side. “Outside the house was…well. A…how do I say this? A pillar of fire reached from the ground into the clouds, smoke coming from the top. The sky had turned to ash. Nearly every house around us had been completely leveled. The wall was melting.”

Just breathe. I need to breathe. Calm down. “With three of my…precious people dead, I had to find the last one. My first and best friend was out there somewhere.”

I had Nichiren and Hisako’s undivided attention. Kakashi-sensei’s lone eye was trained on me, his arms folded in front of him. It was almost unnerving, seeing their eyes locked onto me, like they expected me to unveil some great, unexpected truth. If I wasn’t careful, I might just do that on accident.

“I…found him,” Inhale. Exhale. “The attack had…poisoned the air. As a result, he couldn’t really move.”

Don’t cry. Don’t cry. Don’t…dang it. “I held him in my arms as his flesh melted off of his bones. He…died. Effectively…I lost everyone. Everyone I truly cared about. I lost the one person that didn’t turn his back on me once he didn’t have to deal with me anymore.”

Hisako put her hand on mine. I fought with myself to remove it. I didn’t want her to think we could really be a couple. But I lost that fight and I didn’t move.

Breathe. Don’t forget to breathe. My breath was starting to shake. “The…people responsible for the attack came from the sky and attacked. We tried to fight them off but…they had superior combat capabilities. Eventually, I realized that I was in a Genjutsu.”

I let my head hang down. “You know the rest. I was targeted for capture because of my bloodline, obviously because the basement monster grabbed me and ran for it. Then Kakashi-sensei pulled me out and you two killed it…saving my life in the process. I…just realized I never thanked you properly for that. Thank you.”

“I really appreciate all the effort you all are putting into being on a team with me,” I looked up at them. “Even if I don’t show it or I don’t get things for a while. I... you guys are some of the best friends I’ve ever had.”

“The only friends you’ve ever had apparently,” Hisako was frowning deeply. She gave my hand a squeeze…I squeezed back on reflex.

“Daisuke-kun,” Nichiren sounded hesitant. “I, uh, wanted to apologize.”

I blinked at him. “For what?”

“For being a bad friend,” Nichiren attempted to clarify. “I’m…not going to lie here. I was scared of you when we first got assigned together. You were skilled and you…didn’t act normal. I wasn’t sure I was…um…”

“Safe?” I supplied. It made sense, I looked like a statue and-

“No…okay yes,” Nichiren shrugged defensively. “I wasn’t sure how sane you were. Now…I see that you’re sane, if not without communication issues.”

Hisako was glaring at him. Very harshly. Considering her crush and what Ayame said about Naruto insulting Sasuke…oh, that makes sense. Well, sort of.

“It makes sense,” I shrugged. “Being on the same team as a statue can be off-putting.”

“I guess,” Nichiren replied. “But I’m going to try harder from now on. Try to remember you have…difficulties and not be freaked out.”

“Thanks,” I said, not entirely sure if I could really say anything else. “I appreciate it. Really.”

“Daisuke-kun,” Hisako piped up. “Could you…not think of yourself as a statue? You’re not one. Really.”

“I look like one,” I frowned.

“But you’re not one,” Hisako insisted. “You have precious people. You care about people. You are not a statue. Don’t think of yourself like one. Okay?”

“Okay,” I nodded. I guess I can avoid remembering the haunting visage of the Bunshin staring at me back in the academy.

“Good,” Hisako nodded as if she had settled some matter.

This wasn’t what I expected. I didn’t know what I had expected, exactly, but general acceptance? That wasn’t it. Just…I keep getting surprised. It’s…really heartwarming. “Thanks, guys.”

“Don’t worry about it,” Hisako said, still holding my hand.

Now I was able to move my hand. “So, Kakashi-sensei, can I ask a favor?”

Hisako groaned in annoyance, clasping her hands together with a glare at me now. It went away surprisingly quick, though.

“Sure,” Kakashi said, perking up. “But it depends.”

“I noticed there were a bunch of casino’s in the city-“

“No.”

“But Sensei-“

“No,” Sensei was firmer this time. “Using jutsu to win at the games is cheating and would reflect very poorly on Konoha, who regularly supplies security for them.”

“I wasn’t going to cheat,” I replied, raising an eyebrow. “I was just going to play it normally.”

“I’d rather you not develop the habit in the first place,” Kakashi explained, sitting up straight. “Gambling is a great way to lose all your money, in spite of how much you have previously earned.”

“But I-“

“End of discussion,” Kakashi raised his eyebrow.

“Alright,” I sighed in defeat. He had a point. If I didn’t know for a fact that I had the auto-win in Casino’s, I’d say he had a point. Well, they’ll still be here later, when I make Chunin and am not necessarily under his watchful eye all the time.

---

So, we were going to stay one more night here in town. We hung out as a group for the rest of the day, talking about...stuff. We went shopping, I found a book store. Civilian. We went inside and I stopped myself from simply making a beeline to the fiction section. Instead, I went to the non-fiction, instructional section of books and…

+3 Survival.

+2 Medicine.

+2 Speech.


Thankfully, reading the books didn’t destroy them like in the games. However, multiple copies of the same book didn’t increase my skill multiple times. If I wanted further increase to my skills, I’d need to find new material. So…32 Medicine, 35 Speech and 20 Survival.

Yay!

I mean, they won’t matter in the long run. I’d had enough points to max out everything before 45. But in the short run, it helps out quite a bit. Anyway. I checked out the fiction section after that, only took me about an hour, and I didn’t find anything that really interested me.

So we went back to the motel later that night and…it was time.

I needed to shut down Hisako.

Why am I so conflicted about this? Just get in there and tell her you’re not interested in a relationship. With anyone! Even if she would be the only relationship I’ve had for twelve years and likes me…for who I am.

But she doesn’t even know who I am! She has no clue I’m a reincarnate from another universe. So it’s more like she likes me for my personality. I guess.

Whatever.

Inhale. Exhale.

I gently knocked on her door. After a few seconds, Hisako opened the door so only her head was visible, looking surprised. “Hi.”

“Hi,” I said back. “Can we…talk for a minute?”

“Sure,” She replied. “Give me just a second.”

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

Sounded like she was getting dressed in there. I appreciated that she wasn’t forward enough to remain undressed for this little talk, that would’ve made this…awkward. After she was finished, she opened the door all the way. “Come in.”

“Thanks,” I said, walking inside. “So…I have a confession to make.”

“Okay,” Hisako replied, sounding a little unsure about the direction of this conversation. She sat on her bed. “You can sit down if you want.”

“Thanks,” I quickly claimed a chair as my own. I tapped my feet on the floor as I worked up the nerve to continue talking. “I heard you and Nichiren talking last night.”

Hisako nearly jumped out of her skin, then froze on the spot, looking frankly terrified. “How much did you hear?”

“I heard from ‘I thought Daisuke was invincible’ to ‘I liked him better when he was brainwashed’,” I replied with a nod. “I’m sorry for eavesdropping like that.”

Hisako groaned in exasperation, hiding her face in her hands. “You must think I’m a horrible person.”

“No, I don’t blame you,” I said with a frown. “Really.”

“Don’t-“ Hisako stopped and blinked. “You-you really mean that, don’t you?”

“Yeah.”

“Exactly as you said it,” Hisako frowned.

“Yeah. Why wouldn’t I?” I blinked.

Hisako started to giggle and laugh. For some reason. Her face turned red and she was holding her stomach.

“I don’t get it,” I said.

“That’s-hehehe-okay,” She said with a smile. “I just figured you a little, I suppose.”

“Okay,” I replied. “But…I wanted to talk about what you said. About liking me in general?”

Her smile disappeared, being replaced with a look of, what is it, dread? Dread. In her eyes. “Yeah. I like you. A lot.”

Why?” The word was out of my mouth before I could stop it. “I’m the most socially inept person in Konoha. A fact my…premonitions…remind me of every time I screw up.”

“You get reminded of how bad you are?” Hisako blinked and frowned.

I nodded.

“That…must be horrible,” Hisako said.

“It is what it is,” I shrugged. “But…seriously. Why?”

Hisako sighed, rubbing her temple in exasperation. “Well…it mostly has to do with you not being an arrogant jerk.”

“Why would I be an arrogant jerk?” I frowned.

“You remember the Hyuuga on Gai’s team, right?” Hisako asked. “Neji?”

“Yeah,” I shrugged. “What about him?”

“He was an arrogant jerk,” Hisako explained. “I know you don’t really pay attention to people from other clans, but they tend to be…very proud of their clan. The Hyuuga…and if you remember the Uchiha at all, in particular, tend to look down on the rest of us non-clan Shinobi.”

“Right,” I replied.

“So…I almost thought you’d be the same,” Hisako said. “Especially back in the Academy, when you rolled over every opponent you had, succeeded at every test and barely paid any attention to conversations around you.”

She took a breath and looked at me. When I didn’t say anything, she continued.

“But you weren’t. The first victory I had against you, you congratulated me. Congratulated! I almost couldn’t believe my ears, I thought you’d stalk off with an angry word or two but no.”

“Well yeah,” I replied, remembering it. “You beat me with a kick to the stomach. It was a remarkable display of skill and karma. I was impressed. Why wouldn’t I congratulate you?”

“I don’t know, pride?” Hisako shrugged. “But you did, and I…started to realize that you weren’t arrogant. Just…bad at talking with people. And listening. And understanding what people mean.”

“I-I get it, Hisako,” I held up a hand. “Trust me, I do.”

“Sorry,” Her face was red. “So I tried to help you. Just hang out during Taijutsu class, talk with you. Try to help you get better. Tried harder when we got put on a team together. I…got jealous when your bloodline let you break the rules of jutsu and hard work but you never lorded it over us. You just…did your thing while I seethed on the side.”

“I didn’t mean to make you envious,” I said with a shrug. “I just wanted to help…especially after the house.”

“Yeah,” Hisako replied. “Listen…I’m really, really sorry for just assuming you didn’t see anything back there.”

“It’s okay,” I replied with a shrug. “I’m sorry for not…talking about it sooner. I didn’t realize how much it bothered you that I didn’t say anything and I just…didn’t know how to talk about it.”

It was quiet for a few seconds.

“But…yeah. I like you. A lot,” Hisako said, spreading her arms out. “Because you still care about us non-clans and don’t consider yourself better than us. You care a lot. Enough to call us, me, one of your precious people.”

A small part of me pointed out we didn’t need to shut her down and we could probably go into a relationship without it getting too heated. The larger part of me, who actually understood my limitations, threw him in the closet where he belongs.

“Hisako…” I started. “I-I can’t do it.”

“Why?” She looked close to tears. Again. “Why can’t you like me back?”

Inhale. Exhale.

“It’s not that,” I said. “It’s not about whether or not I can like you, it’s about my ability to function in a relationship. It doesn’t exist.”

“Look, don’t worry about your lack of social skills,” Hisako has an earnest look on her face. “I can learn. I learned something about you just now, which helps me a lot.”

Speech Check Success: 35/30.

“Okay, but there’s the fact that I can barely understand you,” I shrugged. “A relationship…needs both people to understand each other. I. Can’t. Do that. There’s a physical disconnect in my brain that stops me from understanding people. I have the emotional intelligence of a brick. It would be completely unfair to you, more than being on this team is, if we were to get in a relationship.”

“But we could work it out!” Hisako pleaded. “You said you get better with power spikes, so you wouldn’t be too bad for long, right? And you said you were planning on a spike that would help your social skills in a while, so it’s not like you’d be a cripple forever, right?”

Inhale.

Exhale.

She had a point. I didn’t like it, but she had a point. The me in the closet was chuckling in anticipation. Plus, she was more overt about liking me while I had the bonus clothes on, so…I…

Charisma Check Success: 4/4.

“Maybe,” I shrugged. “But that doesn’t change that I can’t do it now. Plus, there’s the fact that I don’t really understand you so I don’t know if I do like you like that. A relationship where only one person knows they like the other just isn’t healthy. I’m sorry, Hisako.”

“But…but…” She was crying. Again. I’m a jerk. A giant, massive jerk. “Can we try when you think you can understand me?”

Charisma Check Failed: 4/6.

“I don’t know,” I shrugged with a frown. “Maybe? I don't want to make any promises."

She was looking at the floor. “I…I think I need to be alone for a while.”

“Sure,” I said, standing up and making my way for the door. “...Good night, Hisako.”

I closed the door behind me and…oh, there was Sensei. Looking down at me with a gentle eye.

“You did the right thing, Daisuke-kun,” Kakashi patted me on the shoulder.

“I don’t feel like I did,” My shoulders slumped. “I didn’t want to hurt her feelings.”

“I’ll talk to her,” Kakashi-sensei replied. “A relationship like that, as young as you are, is the last thing either of you need.”

“Thank you Sensei,” I replied somewhat robotically.

“And Daisuke-kun,” Kakashi knelt to my level, both hands on my shoulders. “I promise you that you don’t need to worry about your teammates getting hurt. Or me. I’m a Jounin and your Sensei and as such, I’ll do everything in my power to protect them from harm.”

“Thanks Sensei,” I replied. “That means a lot.”

“But you must also allow me to protect you,” Kakashi continued. “You’re my student too. If anything were to happen to you, I’d never be able to forgive myself. Okay?”

“Yes Sensei,” I replied with a sniffle. “I’ll…try to remember.”

“Good,” Kakashi said with an eye-smile.

Intelligence Check Success: 10/4.

“Something you could help me with,” I started. “I’ve noticed that my grasp on tactics is…horrible.”

“You did well in the written exams,” Kakashi blinked with a raised eyebrow.

I nodded. “I did. But I’ve been terrible at implementing what I learned into my fights. I almost died because I couldn’t really think of anything more sophisticated than ‘Attack!’ and it’s…bothering me.”

“So,” Kakashi started. “You need to train battle-field tactics.”

“Yeah,” I blinked. “Yeah, I guess I do.”

“We can certainly take care of that when we get back to the village tomorrow,” Kakashi nodded with an eye-smile, standing up. “Now why don’t you head off to bed. Or do whatever it was you were going to do for the night.”

“Probably bed,” I nodded with a frown. “I wasn’t going to do anything else, really."

After all, I needed to sleep off the sudden onset of heartache that’s clawed its way into my chest.

---
 
Interlude: Points of View
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


Kakashi rubbed the back of his neck in dread. He took a breath and tried, not for the first time, to think of what his own Sensei would have done in this situation.

His student, who was quickly becoming known as The Second Professor had gone to bed. A quick check had revealed that he was actually asleep. Like a rock, actually. Which was good, as Daisuke’s ability to eavesdrop was surprising, given his lack of ability in infiltration.

This isn’t my old team, Kakashi thought tiredly. I don’t know what to do.

He was frustrated with them. Their dynamic, from Nichiren’s exasperation with both of his teammates, to Hisako’s duel feelings of affection and bitterness toward Daisuke…to Daisuke. Just everything that was Daisuke.

But he was also proud of them. When they got ambushed, Hisako and Nichiren wasted no time in acting. Nichiren dropped a smoke bomb and went into the ground. Hisako moved under cover of smoke to kill not one, but two of the enemy nin. Nichiren’s skill with Ninja-wire was growing, and he managed to tie the remaining three down for Kakashi to deal with. Then he learned that Daisuke had killed an A-rank Target in the Bingo Book while they were gone.

He was sure that Daisuke knew an A-rank was coming and set the battle up himself. Daisuke said that he didn’t and Kakashi at least knew that Daisuke was a terrible liar. Given what they learned earlier that day; of what he saw in the house, he wouldn’t have been shocked if he had manipulated circumstances to fight him, simply to protect his team.

Kakashi rubbed his visible eye and he could feel the weight of his responsibility on his shoulders. Was this how his sensei felt whenever he an Obito fought or when Rin was being extra obnoxious about her crush?

Hisako’s duality concerning Daisuke had come to a head. Daisuke, in a…thoroughly remarkable show of maturity, shut down Hisako’s crush. Not because he didn’t like her back, but because of his own inability to function in any kind of relationship.

That didn’t change the fact that Hisako needed to be talked to. Especially since he could hear her sobs from the other side of the door.

Kakashi sighed. This mission had not been kind to her. He brought a hand up and hesitantly rapped his knuckles on the door.

A gasp in surprise, the sound of moving sheets and the door slowly opened. Hisako looked tired. Very tired and her eyes were very red. Though she stood up straight, trying to look as if nothing was wrong. “Oh. Sensei.”

“Hisako-chan,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “I think we need to talk.”

“O-Okay,” Hisako said, slowly opening the door.

Kakashi walked inside. The sheets on the bed were a mess, and there were twin damp-spots on the pillow. “So…I overheard you and Daisuke talking.”

Hisako’s frame deflated almost instantly. “I guessed.”

“It’s going to be okay,” Kakashi stated.

“No,” Hisako’s tears threatened to start pouring again. “No it’s not.”

“Yes, it is,” Kakashi insisted. “He didn’t say he wasn’t interested in you. He just said he wanted to wait until his social problems were…taken care of.”

The existence of an end to Daisuke’s constant social mishandlings was of great relief to both himself and the Hokage. He only mentioned it briefly, but it was easily one of the most important parts of that particular conversation.

“But he didn’t say he was interested in me either,” Hisako grouched. “With power like his, he’ll get clan heiresses throwing themselves at him and he’ll forget all about me.”

And so the duality is further explained…she’s jealous in both senses of the word, Kakashi thought with a tired frown beneath his mask. “Well, Hisako? I hate to break it to you, but…you’re both twelve.”

“Yeah? So what?” Hisako folded her arms and glared at the floor. “Why does that matter, Sensei?”

“Daisuke shut you down because he’s incapable of functioning in a relationship,” Kakashi explained. “The thing is, he’s right. Even if he didn’t have social problems, he wouldn’t be able to function. And neither would you.”

Hisako blinked, dropped her arms. “What do you mean?”

“You’re both twelve,” Kakashi replied. “You’re both still growing. Still learning and developing. Neither of you would really understand a relationship if you got into one. That, and if things went south in that relationship, it would ruin any teamwork we have and break the team apart. I think Daisuke, as oblivious as he is, understands that part at least.”

“Well…what if things don’t go south?” Hisako asked with a frown.

“It’s a relationship. Things always go south,” Kakashi shrugged. “It’s mostly a question of whether it can survive the plummet.”

Hisako sat on the bed with a sigh. Tears were streaking down her face again. “Thanks, Sensei.”

Come on, Kakashi! At least try to make your cute little Genin feel better! Kakashi thought to himself in Minato’s voice. “Well, a relationship is about putting others needs in front of your own.”

“Daisuke said that too,” Hisako said flatly.

“He’s right,” I think. “So the fact that he’s trying to spare you from additional heartache and drama means he does care about you. A lot, actually.”

“Really?” Hisako asked with a hopeful look that swiftly morphed into pessimism. “Not like I care about him, though.”

“He doesn’t know if he does,” Kakashi replied. “He said so himself. He might like you. I don’t see why he wouldn’t.”

Hisako started to sniff but a smile was growing on her face. “You really mean that?”

“I do,” Kakashi nodded. “You were one of the first friends he ever had, have known him for years, have tried to help him conquer his biggest weakness and stuck by him the whole way.”

“But when he fixes his social problems,” Hisako frowned. “How do I know he won’t just pick another girl?”

“Because,” Kakashi started. “You stuck with him. You heard him today, how we are the only people that haven’t turned our backs on him once we didn’t need to be around him. Even when he’s swimming in fans, he’ll know who his real friends are.”

That he brought it up that little fact in the context of the house was a little disturbing, Kakashi thought. Was he expecting us to abandon him to his fate because he was bad at socializing?

“You really think so?” Hisako asked.

“Yes. I truly do,” Kakashi nodded. “Just be sure that when he does fix his problems, make sure you’ve graduated to Chunin first? That way you’re being put on different teams and things won’t crash and burn.”

“Thanks, Sensei,” Hisako smiled, wiping her eyes clear. “I feel better.”

“Good,” Kakashi nodded, standing up. “Get some rest, we’ve got quite a trip ahead of us tomorrow.”

“Yes Sensei,” Hisako said. “Good night.”

“Good night,” Kakashi said, slowly closing the door. I think that went well. But then, I’m not very good at talking to people myself.

---


The Hyuuga were, all in all, having an exciting day. On the one hand, one of their own had been kidnapped and nearly been sold to another village. On the other, this had been stopped and their missing branch member had been recovered.

The method was extraordinary, and the results were spectacular.

Hiashi, in particular, was watching patiently for the seals to be removed, first from the box, then the captive. He stood in the doorway, his shadow being cast by the setting sun across the Hyuuga and Konoha Fuinjutsu experts. They were no Jiraiya of the Sannin, but their level of experience was acceptable enough.

Since their return the previous afternoon, they had been hard at work. Hyobe, the poor fool inside, was still sleeping, looking fairly malnourished and there were scars along his abdomen where shuriken had dug themselves in, but had been removed.

Hyobe had in fact been missing for nearly a month prior to yesterday. He had gone on a C-rank with a couple of his fellow Chunin to the border of Sand, only for him and his friends to end up disappeared. Since Hyobe was in this state, it was fairly safe to assume the other two were dead.

Hiashi seriously doubted that the branch member had fallen into this as a result of incompetence. They were able to capture him, treat any wounds he had, had a Fuinjutsu expert prepare a complicated prison, most likely in advance, and then ship him to Kusa for an auction which both Earth and Lightning needed to be made aware of. In advance.

This was planned. This had been planned for quite a while.

Hiashi turned to the guards stationed at the door. “The clan elders are meeting in five minutes. If they succeed in getting him out, ensure he’s kept safe and that he’s given proper medical care. We’ve barely snatched him from the jaws of our enemies, we don’t want to lose him now.”

“Yes Hiashi-sama,” The guards, Anbu who were also Hyuuga, bowed and Hiashi turned and left them.

The moment they had learned that a Hyuuga had been discovered, captured and bound for an auction, there had almost been an uproar. The Hokage insisted that Hiashi come to Takayama, to Hiashi’s immediate approval. Now that they had returned, a meeting was almost overdue.

Hiashi moved through the compound, quieter than a ghost. Branch and Main house members bowed as he passed on the way to the meeting hall. He approached the door and didn’t even need to stop before it slid open. The clan elders were already inside and they all went quiet at Hiashi’s entrance. He took his seat at the head. “Let us begin.”

Hiashi took a breath. “Hyobe has been successfully recovered. He was captured and was going to be auctioned to either Earth or Lightning before his rescue. Efforts to release him from his prison are ongoing but he will be released. The Hokage is currently leading an inquiry into the warehouse and will provide us with the opportunity to execute Morita Seiho, the mastermind of this plot.”

Everyone was quiet, but Hiashi could tell that each of them approved. It was in their faces, the way their noses and mouths twitched. Their eyes, typical of Hyuuga, were very still.

“Hiashi-sama,” Yasutoki, an elder whose hair had long since greyed. “Do we know how the branch member was captured?”

“Not at this time,” Hiashi answered. “Yasutoki-san, I’m afraid we will have to wait until Hyobe has been released and properly treated. However, due to the circumstances of his captivity, I am convinced that this has been planned for a long time. Longer than he was in captivity, at least.”

“This Morita Seiho was a corporate liaison to Konoha?” Toin was another elder. Younger than most, his face was still wrinkled, contrasting with his pitch-black hair. “The Village appears to have failed in its analysis of those we do business with.”

“I have ensured that the Hokage knows the displeasure of the Clan in no uncertain terms during our journey to Takayama,” Hiashi replied. “Nonetheless, the branch member has been recovered and we can lodge an official complaint when he returns following his investigation. He has promised to deliver Morita to us for punishment and after that, I move that we consider the matter satisfactorily dealt with.”

There were nods of assent. There was nothing else to debate; should the Hokage fail to deliver his promise of retribution to those who wronged the Hyuuga, then the matter would be reopened. As it stood, there was very little to actually talk about. Well, except for one little thing.

“Hiashi-sama,” Yasutoki began. “How did the Hokage find the branch member?”

Hiashi resisted the urge to sigh. “I’m assuming everyone is aware of Shimoda Daisuke?”

“The Genin who defeated one of our more skilled branch members with nothing but Taijutsu,” Toin replied with a sniff of disdain. “Apparently can invent jutsu from whole cloth, has perfect chakra control and can heal from any injury with sleep. Does he have a connection?”

“This doesn’t leave the room,” Hiashi ordered. When he received their unanimous assent, he continued. “I was informed that Shimoda’s bloodline extends to some form of premonition. He knew there was something to find and found it…and killed A-Rank homeless nin Mori Kazu to defend it.”

The room was silent.

Then there was the uproar.

Hiashi had a headache. He didn’t reach up and massage his temples as they debated the news that a Genin had done what almost none had done before, no matter how much he might have wanted to do so. As it stood, he did wish that his wife was still alive to vent his misery to later.

Eventually, he had enough and spiked the room with just enough killing intent to get everyone’s attention. And make the younger members break out in a sliver of cold sweat, though there wasn’t much Hiashi could do about that.

“Naturally, we must do what we can to both repay his valor and make him an ally of the Hyuuga clan,” Hiashi stated, eyes narrowing. “Before you start, the Hokage implicitly reminded all of us that he’s only twelve. From what I’ve heard tale of, he is the most socially incompetent human being to grace Konoha. So traditional methods of wooing and gifting will most likely be lost on him.”

“Then how do we ally him?” Kichi, another elder, her eyes shut and her white hair done up in twin buns. “If the significance of social gestures is lost on him and gifting will not work, what do we do? What does he value?”

“That I do not know,” Hiashi replied, the same question having been irking him in the back of his mind. “But in order to ally him, we must find what that is and give it to him.”

There was a silence as the Elder's all attempted to figure out a solution to the problem.

“Money won’t work, he undoubtedly still has some from the ‘House’ fiasco,” Yasutoki frowned. “Have we learned anything else about that debacle?”

“No and I will not tolerate baseless rumors,” Hiashi glared at the Elder. “As was previously stated, we will be cautious and examine Konoha more closely for possible danger and root out other infiltration efforts. But we will avoid baseless speculation until more concrete details are available.”

The house had scared everyone old enough to know about it. The investigation, which had full support from each clan had been extraordinarily extensive – and turned up almost nothing. The house, the monster that apparently resided in its basement, it’s owner’s shinobi training, had apparently appeared out of nowhere.

Each clan had started circling the wagons a little bit. It was only through the Hokage’s leadership and actual transparency during the investigation that prevented paranoia from engulfing the village and splitting it into a million pieces. It helped that the Shinobi had apparently used techniques no other clan possessed, leaving no obvious targets to lay the blame.

The transparency, checked by the Hyuuga agents throughout Konoha’s bureaucracy and assuredly checked by the other clans, was rare in this world. That it was appreciated was putting it lightly.

“I am sorry, Hiashi-sama,” Yasutoki bowed in his seat. “I did not mean to solicit false rumors.”

“You are forgiven, Yasutoki-san,” Hiashi gave him a curt nod. “Now, we need to find what Daisuke values and reward him with it. We will instruct Neji, since he has met him before, to find out what this is and try to make it possible for him to find out. We will have the ear of the Hokage more than usual due to Hyobe’s kidnapping for the near future, I do not want to waste it.”

The elder’s agreed with this plan of action, nodding with various degrees of deference. After that, the docket was cleared and then was Hiashi’s favorite part of any meeting.

“Dismissed,” Hiashi said, standing up and striding through the door first, as was his right as clan leader.

He walked through the clan holding, like a ghost and…there was his daughter, Hinata. Her head was down, looking at the floor, looking more depressed than usual with each passing day. He wished, beyond all else, that she would grow some form of backbone. As it stood, it was aggravating to see his eldest daughter afraid of her own shadow, not to mention utterly depressing.

A thought, just a little crazy but plausible enough to be explored, crossed his mind just a second after he called her name. “Hinata.”

She nearly jumped out of her skin at the address. She gulped and turned to face Hiashi with a low bow. “Yes, Father?”

“Have you met Shimoda Daisuke before?” Hiashi asked.

Hinata looked perturbed. “Yes. Once.”

Hiashi barely withheld his smile that the hunch he had proved correct. “I see. What do you know about him?”

She started to stammer and push her fingers together.

“I told you not to do that,” Hiashi raised his eyebrow.

“I’m sorry, Father,” Her hands became glued to her sides. “I…I know that he’s friends with Uzumaki Naruto.”

Hiashi nearly blinked. “Friends with…Uzumaki.”

“Y-yes Father,” She confirmed with a nod.

“I see,” Hiashi replied with a frown. “That’s interesting. Do you know why?”

“I think they both were raised in the same orphanage?” Hinata frowned, her hands twitching to come forward to do the finger-pointing-thing.

Hiashi could tell this bundle of nerves was going to melt as soon as he walked out of eye-sight, and it saddened him. But the information was quite valuable. “I see. Thank you, Hinata.”

That stopped her short. “Y-your welcome, Father?”

But he had already walked past her, her gratitude registering peripherally in his mind because the rest of it was busy.

In the mind of Hyuuga Hiashi, a plan was starting to form.

---

Sarutobi Hiruzen settled into his chair, both creaking and groaning as he relaxed. The investigation of the warehouse itself had been…fruitful. There were several boxes of weapons which were illegal to ship by order of the Daimyo, each sent by Seiho. The manager of the warehouse was a complete suck-up, wanting to go further in the company and proved to be a valuable accomplice.

Someone so spineless was easy to scare and they got all the information he could provide. Apparently Seiho, the dirty wretch, had been smuggling weapons and things to the enemies of Konoha for years. Seiho’s superiors will be quick to distance themselves from him simply because it would hurt their own prospects, undoubtedly. All that remained was to send the appropriate messages to the Daimyo and to Seiho’s immediate superior and wait for the response.

Hiruzen quickly loaded his pipe with the strongest tobacco he could and carefully lit it, taking several puffs and enjoying the flavor in his mouth. Now the other thing that was on his mind.

Daisuke.

His...valor and tenacity was starting to scare his sensei and his team. At the rate he tackled impossible problems, it would not be long before he ran at someone that made Itachi look like an absolute ameture with the attitude 'I can take him' for the sole purpose of getting stronger.

The idea of giving him missions to invent jutsu for the village had crossed his mind and, from what Kakashi told him about the accuracy of power spikes and how he gets closer to them, it was getting really, really tempting to do so. Keep him out of danger and away from things that he would run out and accidentally suicide on.

Especially since it would get him closer to solving his social problems, if Daisuke's reported belief of a spike that would fix his social...problems was accurate. Given his premonitions, it probably was. And if the improvement made his social skills mirror his taijutsu skills, he'd be an incredible leader.

Which meant that he might just have a worthy successor after all, if he was willing.

Now he just needed to do everything in his power to keep Danzo as far away from him as possible.

He had suspected Danzo had something to do with the house. That it was connected to Root’s old tunnel network set off alarm bells in Hiruzen’s head and they were loud. So he had the tunnel network scoured. But no one found anything. A few hidden passages that had been emptied out, looking as if nothing had been there for years. Danzo himself has never mysteriously disappeared where ANBU couldn’t track him. The perfect picture of innocence.

This did absolutely nothing to dispel the ill feeling in his gut whenever he thought about it. In fact, it was starting to get worse, though that might have been the paranoia shinobi were famous for.

Hiruzen sighed and got to work at those letters. He called in his secretary and she took them to send by messenger hawk. With that done, he stood.

There was nothing to be done without evidence – Konoha, as much as he hated it sometimes, ran on everyone trusting each other. Arresting someone without evidence ran in contrary to this philosophy and this particular person had a lot of things he could tell the other clans in a ‘mutually assured destruction’ manner.

That Hiruzen had let Danzo off for the massacre with only the loss of his position would not go over well with the clans.

With a grunt, he stood up. He needed something to take his mind off of his troubles, he had thought about them enough over the past few weeks. He checked the time.

…Young Naruto should be out of class, Hiruzen thought to himself, heading into his private chambers. I wonder if he’s getting ramen from Ichiraku’s…

In his private chambers was a single table with a crystal ball. Only Hiruzen himself knew how to work it and he could spy on anyone within the village walls with it. He taught his previous successor how to work it but…he ended up with the hat again after the 10th of October.

He channeled his chakra into the ball and…yes, Naruto was getting ramen from the stand.

Naruto was another young one who made him happy. The Fourth’s Legacy, Hokage in the making…Hiruzen was sure he’d see great things from him one day. Possibly greater than his friend, who was already making tidal waves in the community.

Hiruzen made it quick to Ichiraku Ramen, moving almost too fast for any to see him until he arrived at the stand’s entrance. He moved under the flaps and…there was Naruto. Sitting at his usual spot.

“Hey, Old man!” Naruto greeted him with a wave.

“Naruto-kun,” Hiruzen smiled. “I see that you’re doing well.”

“Oh yeah,” Naruto nodded. “I was just making plans for an awesome prank! I mean uh…um, well uh…”

Hiruzen was fighting a smile that was going over his face. And failing. “Naruto, what have I said about pranks?”

Naruto slumped. “Don’t do them?”

“That’s right,” Hiruzen nodded. “So that plan you’ve cooked up will be going where?”

“Saving it for enemy shinobi when I become Hokage?” Naruto asked hopefully.

Hiruzen laughed, hard, clutching his stomach. “Oh, I needed that. Sure, Naruto. You can pull pranks on the enemy when you become Hokage.”

“Awesome!” Naruto gave a thumbs up.

“Hokage-sama,” Ichiraku Teuchi gave a polite bow, which Ayame mirrored when she saw the village leader. “I apologize; I didn’t hear you come in.”

“That’s quite alright,” Hiruzen replied good naturedly. “I’ll take the miso-ebi combination with extra noodles, but less broth.”

“Coming right up Hokage-sama,” Teuchi bowed again and both he and his daughter hurriedly busied themselves filling this important order.

Hiruzen took a seat next to his surrogate grandson. “So, how has the Academy been?”

“It’s been getting a little better,” Naruto shrugged. “Iruka-sensei’s been tutoring me on and off. I’m…trying to get someone else to help tutor me more regularly, but it’s a little soon to ask.”

“Who might this be?” Hiruzen asked.

Naruto’s face went just the lightest shade of pink. “Uh…j-just a someone whose really smart.”

“I see,” Hiruzen adopted a grin that wouldn’t be out of place on a fox. “Is this someone whose really smart a girl?”

“Old man Hokage!” Naruto shouted with his hands on his head. “Not you too!”

“What? I’m just curious,” Hiruzen chuckled. Then he mock sniffled. “My little Naruto-kun…oh, they grow up so fast!”

“Old Maaaaaan,” Naruto whined.

Hiruzen laughed as Ayame placed a bowl of ramen in front of him. “Here’s your ramen, Hokage-sama. Please enjoy!”

“Thank you, Ayame,” Hiruzen nodded, grabbing the complementary chopsticks. “You and your father make the best ramen.”

Ayame bowed. “Thank you, Hokage-sama.”

“But my real question is, Naruto,” Hokage stirred the bowl in front of him. “Why don’t you ask Daisuke? I understand you two are close.”

Naruto blinked and looked back at his ramen. “Well…uh…I don’t know. Isn’t he like this superstar shinobi, now?”

“He’s been making a few waves, yes,” Hiruzen nodded, amused with himself at the understatement. “But that doesn’t mean you can’t ask him for help.”

“Well yeah,” Naruto grumbled. “But I don’t want to. He didn’t need any help to get where he is, how am I going to be Hokage if I can’t do the same?”

Hiruzen blinked. “Daisuke also has a bloodline that helps him at basically everything Ninja-related. Comparing yourself to him isn’t doing you any favors.”

“…yeah, I guess,” Naruto stirred his ramen and slurped up a clump of noodles.

“Naruto, what’s wrong?” Hiruzen frowned.

“Old man, be honest with me,” Naruto looked up at him. “Do I really have a chance at becoming Hokage?”

“Of course you do,” Hiruzen quickly replied. “I know you’ll become Hokage someday.”

Someday,” Naruto repeated, sounding depressed “Like ‘after Daisuke kicks the bucket’, someday?”

Hiruzen blinked and frowned.

“I mean, the Hokage has to be the strongest ninja in the village right?” Naruto asked, frowning. “Who do I got to be stronger than in order to become Hokage?”

“...most likely Daisuke,” Hiruzen answered, not liking where this was going. “That’s not impossible, Naruto.”

“I know it’s not impossible,” Naruto replied, loudly proclaiming his optimism. “I’ll train super hard, become stronger than him and become Hokage!”

“Glad to hear it,” Hiruzen smiled, glad to know that this was still the same old Naruto.

“But that doesn’t mean I need his help to do it,” Naruto grumbled, slurping up some more noodles. “No matter how many haunted houses he clears out.”

“…what?” Hiruzen blinked.

“Yeah, people are saying that he single handedly cleared out a haunted house and killed a giant monster,” Naruto replied. “The stories get more ridiculous every time I hear it.”

“Naruto, he didn’t kill a giant monster,” Hiruzen replied. It was technically true; his teammates were the ones who killed monster. “And he had an elite Jounin Sensei with him, so I wouldn’t credit everything to him simply because he has a bloodline.”

“An elite Sensei, huh?” Naruto said, looking thoughtful.

“One of our best,” Hiruzen nodded. “You might meet him some day.”

“That would…explain a lot,” Naruto shrugged. Then he sighed in resignation. “Alright, fine. I'll ask him for help."

"Good. I'm glad to hear it," Hiruzen smiled down at the orange-clad blonde. "The Will of Fire means that we are all family. Even as you turn to Daisuke for help, you will eventually be able to help him."

"You really mean that?" Naruto asked, looking unsure.

"Of course," Hiruzen replied with a nod. "No one can go without help forever. Not even me."

---

Nichiren watched as the Hokage stepped outside of a ramen stand, talking with an animate Uzumaki, who bounced around with an orange jumpsuit on. Nichiren raised his eyebrow at that; his parents never wanted him to be around the kid, even if he couldn’t understand why. Well, until Naruto spray-painted graffiti all over their store's front door. Made it look like a giant mouth that would eat anyone that entered. At that point, the blonde in the orange jumpsuit was simply a little irritating.

But, the Hokage dined at that ramen stand so it had to be good, right? He was a little hungry. So he entered the stand. Inside was a bar, numerous types of ramen were cooking on the other side. He took a seat in front of the bar, it was just a stool.

A girl, several years older than him with long brown hair and pretty black eyes came out of the back and smiled. “Welcome to Ichiraku Ramen, can I take your order?”

“Yeah, uh…can I just have a bowl of Miso?” Nichiren asked, hand moving unconsciously to push glasses that fit snugly back onto his face.

“Sure,” She smiled. “That’ll be 50 ryo.”

Completing an S-rank had its advantages. He handed her the correct sum. “Thanks. I’m Nakamura Nichiren. What’s your name?”

“I’m Ichiraku Ayame,” Ayame replied. “My dad owns the stand. I’ll be right back with your order, okay?”

“Alright, thanks,” Nichiren nodded. His stomach grumbled and…okay, he was more than a little hungry and the smells of ramen wafting in the air made his mouth water.

Several minutes later, Ayame came back with the bowl. “Here you go, enjoy.”

“Thanks,” Nichiren grabbed a pair of sticks. “Itadakimasu.”

Yes, the ramen was good. Really good. In fact, it may have been the best ramen he ever had. His taste buds and stomach were thanking him profusely.

In less than five minutes, he sighed in satisfaction and closed his eyes, leaning on his fist with his elbow propped up on the bar.

I can’t believe we had another dangerous mission like that, He thought with a frown. You’d think I’d have until Chunin to get thrown into the wringer like that.

“Something wrong?” Ayame asked, breaking him from his thoughts.

“Hmm? Oh, no. The ramen was delicious,” Nichiren replied with a smile. “Thank you, Ayame-san.”

“I’m glad to hear it,” Ayame returned the smile. “But if you don’t mind me asking…is something bothering you?”

Nichiren blinked. “Not…really. I just got back from a mission is all. It was a little harder than I’d like.”

“Ah,” She nodded. “I won’t ask questions about it, then. Classified, right?”

“I don’t think so?” Nichiren replied. “But it’s better to be safe, I guess.”

Ayame shrugged and started stirring a pot behind the counter, a thoughtful look on her face. “Wait…what cell are you on?”

“Cell 13,” Nichiren shrugged. “Why?”

“Taught by Hatake Kakashi?” Ayame frowned.

“Yeah,” Nichiren frowned. “Why do you ask?”

“Because Shimoda Daisuke eats here some times,” Ayame replied. “I wasn’t sure I’d get the chance to meet one of his teammates.”

Nichiren groaned.

“Sorry,” She frowned. “I didn’t know it was such a sore point.”

“It’s okay,” Nichiren frowned. “And it’s not. Not really. I…he’s just the source of a couple headaches.”

“How so?” She asked. The reached over to turn a burner down and stir a couple pots with both hands.

“Uh…” Nichiren blinked.

“I’m listening, don’t worry,” Ayame replied, looking at him to reinforce the point.

“Well…I haven’t been the best friend to him,” Nichiren replied with a frown. “He’s...not very good at talking to people?”

“I’ve figured that out,” Ayame nodded. “He shared a story how he messed up someone trying to apologize to him with a friend.”

Nichiren’s head tilted. “Who’s this friend?”

“Uzumaki Naruto,” Ayame replied. “They’re really good friends. Came from the same orphanage.”

Nichiren gave her a wide-eyed stare. “Uzumaki Naruto is friends with Daisuke?”

“Yeah,” Ayame shrugged. “Is that really so shocking?”

“I…I guess not, if they came from the same orphanage,” Nichiren replied, still a little stunned. “I just wasn’t expecting it. Daisuke’s brilliant and weird and Naruto’s…loud and a little bit of a trouble maker.”

Nichiren missed the way Ayame’s eye twitched in irritation. “He’s a good person if you get to know him. Both of them are.”

“Well, I know Daisuke’s a good guy,” Nichiren replied with a shrug. “Maybe I should give Naruto a chance at some point.”

“You should,” Ayame smiled, hiding her exasperation. “But you were saying something about him not being good at talking to people?”

“Well…I don’t know,” Nichiren shrugged. “I just have a really hard time understanding him, is all.”

Ayame hummed, and moved to another pot, turning up the burner on the stove. A light taste, and she added some powder that Nichiren didn’t see the name of. “Well, what do you know about him?”

“Well, now I know he’s friends with Naruto,” Nichiren recounted. “I know he can recover from any injury with sleep, invent brand new jutsu on the fly-“

“No, no, not what he can do,” Ayame clarified. “What do you know about him? As a person?”

“I know he feels emotions, even if he’s can’t really show it,” Nichiren shrugged. “So he’s human, at least. He can count the number of friends he has on one hand…hmmm…”

“Why don’t you keep thinking about it,” Ayame said with a raised eyebrow. “I need to go to the back for some more noodles, be right back.”

Is she trying to be some sort of councilor? Nichiren thought with a frown. She does have a point, though. What do I know about Daisuke? Beyond that he thinks of me as one of his only friends, and is fairly protective of us, not much.

Ayame came back with a batch of freshly pressed noodles. Nichiren figured that her father, who owned the stand, was making them in the back. She slid them into one of the pots and put the lid on it.

“…I know that Daisuke considers his team…and Naruto, apparently, as his greatest friends,” Nichiren offered after a few minutes. “And that he’s willing to go to impossible lengths to protect us.”

“That’s a start,” Ayame nodded. “Anything else?”

Nichiren thought for a moment. “I know that he loves to read fiction. He avoids perverted books, though.”

“Good on him,” Ayame nodded with a smile. “So you know he cares about you, a lot, and that he loves to read.”

“And that he’s an orphan…and will randomly do things to try and make things easier for people,” Nichiren continued, remembering the super-henge he wore. “So I know that he’s not a jerk, but that’s still not a lot.”

“You’ll just need to spend more time around him,” Ayame replied, turning the burner up on a stove. “I also know that he’s very generous, if that helps at all.”

“He’s generous,” Nichiren repeated. “That’s true, he did offer to teach us jutsu…I think this is painting a picture of a good person who's…kind of desperate for friends.”

“There you go,” Ayame smiled wide. “On the surface, you got a guy who doesn’t show much in the way of emotion. Underneath that is someone who's starved for friendship and cares very deeply for the ones he has.”

Nichiren blinked. “How do you know so much?”

“Oh, we’ve been getting a lot of people since the Hokage started dining here on occasion,” Ayame answered, sniffing one of the pots she was stirring. “Our elders are always talking about some drama going on in their lives. I’ve been listening to stories and gossip for years…especially when a Yamanaka gets involved – they usually tend to solve drama pretty quickly when they do.”

“Really,” Nichiren blinked. “So, you just listen to people’s problems and how they solve them?”

“Pretty much,” Ayame replied with a grin. “I also ask them questions when I can. I can learn a lot if someone is in a talkative enough mood.”

“Huh,” Nichiren frowned. “I guess you can go pretty far if you listen well enough, huh?”

“Yup,” Ayame, placing both hands on the counter. “So back to your problem.”

“What about it?” Nichiren asked. “I think we’ve figured out I just need to spend more time with him, right?”

“Sure, sure. But it’s always nice to have a goal,” Ayame nodded with a thoughtful frown. “And what’s that phrase I hear from Shinobi from time to time? ‘Look beneath the underneath’?”

“That’s it, yeah,” Nichiren replied. “What does that have to do with Daisuke?”

“Well, first you have a guy who isn’t good at communicating, then underneath that is someone who is a pretty good person but is starved for friends,” Ayame started, listing off her fingers. Then she pointed out her third finger. “So what’s underneath that?”

Nichiren frowned, thinking to himself. He sat up straight, took off his glasses and checked if they were clear before sliding them back on. Looking her straight in the eyes, he said, “That is an excellent question.”

---
 
Storm before the...calm?
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.
---

+19,200 EXP.


The past couple of months have more or less proven that I should never assume that people are dumb simply because they don’t understand all the same concepts that I do.

After my latest S-Rank disaster, we were given a week’s furlough. At the end of that, the Hokage came to me and asked if I would be interested in D-ranks that had me invent Jutsu for general village use. Naturally I accepted and wound up creating a long, long line of jutsu for general use. Something to pad out Konoha’s Shinobi library and give wider training tools to everyone.

The Hokage rightly figured out that since inventing jutsu and completing missions got me closer and closer to my beloved level ups (or ‘power spikes’), I might as well use this incredible talent I have to benefit both Konoha and it's Shinobi.

So, I’ve been figuring out Jutsu’s and how to make ‘alternate-element equivalents’ for those with opposing elements. Alongside the normal D-ranks, I was getting stronger really, really fast. Well, at least compared to normal, where it kind of just putters along.

Basically…

Bum-bum-bum-Bum!

Level up!

Level 15.

92 Total skill points, spread between a truly spacious set of skills. 24 points into Genjutsu, bringing it up to 60 just in time for One-Handed-Jutsu next level. 33 points into Sneak, bringing it up to a palpable 50 in preparation for Ninja at level 20. Fuinjutsu got 19 points sunk into it, bringing it up to 72 because why not? Melee Weapons, another preparation for the Ninja perk, was brought up 13 points, bringing it up to 51. Finally, there’s speech, which I raised by 3 points, bringing it up to 38.

For feats, I picked Toughness, which reduced all damage I took by another 10%, making 40% overall when you included my gear. Then I picked Tattooed Armory, which increased the effects of seals buffing equipment by 15%.

You know, at first I was confused by that perks name, I thought it would have to do with tattooing myself to give myself weapons, but it has to do with giving my gear tattoos in the form of seals to make them more effective, so it balanced out.

What was I going to do with all the money that was being showered over me?

Well, I had thought to answer that question by going shopping. I stopped by a normal civilian store for trinkets and odds and ends just to browse, when I caught sight of something that stopped me dead in my tracks.

+1 Charisma.

150 Ryo.


It was an amulet. A wood carved spiral, hanging from a string. Trivial to buy. Tempting in all its promises. Social competence, the ability to see and navigate the various social problems that encompass me from day to day.

I pulled the trinket closer with my fingers, feeling the string pass over my fingers, looking at the wood, obviously high quality, gleam in the light. The notice of the charisma bonus floating in my eyes.

But there was a reason I didn’t buy it and I knew it, plain as day.

The simple question: Can I say no?

My excuse for keeping out of a relationship with a twelve-year-old girl hinged on me not being able to function in a relationship. But that problem could be reasonably well handled by purchasing this freaking amulet right here.

At which point, what’s stopping me from entering into this relationship with a twelve-year-old? For all intents and purposes, I was twelve. I mean, no I wasn’t, I was over thirty-five, but no one actually knew that.

I was also approaching puberty. So was she. That meant things. Physical changes as my body grew into something that wanted a mate and so would Hisako’s in this hypothetical relationship. I was lonely in my previous life, an issue that’s compounded itself heavily since I came here. There was a pretty good chance that I was mentally unstable and that wouldn’t go away with a bonus.

Could I resist the opportunity to get intimate with a minor, in my circumstances? Someone who was twenty-five years my mental junior?

Probably not.

But I’ve shut the door on the relationship, so what’s stopping me, really?

Well first, the fact that this was Konoha, home to Haruno Sakura, Yamanaka Ino and the rest of Sasuke’s fangirls. Girls who threw themselves at him, hoping and trying to become his girlfriend at all costs. The low charisma might not have stopped Hisako’s crush on me developing for some reason, but given how few females interact with me by choice, I’d say it’s working like a charm for the rest of them.

I mean, it sounds like heaven, getting women coming up to me and flirting with me and knowing what to say to…properly reciprocate. To initiate, even. I wonder how many times a girls flirted with me but I was completely oblivious to it? I don’t have a clue.

But that’s why I can’t get a charisma bonus.

I’m physically twelve, so if I go after a woman my intellectual age, they’d look like a hebephiliac. If I go after a girl my age, I’d be a hebephiliac; it doesn’t feel like my physical age matters in that sense, really. Plus, the things that I’d inevitably want to do in that relationship…I doubt I could wait like that…no. Unacceptable odds.

I’ll have to wait for the perk.

I let the trinket fall back on its hook and left the store.

The clouds above us were dark, raining thick and heavy drops across the entire village, spending spaches and sprinkles all across the road. Personally, I always loved the rain. Never the bout of sickness that came after playing in the rain, but I just enjoyed the feeling of raindrops against my skin. It was enough to remind me of some of the simpler pleasures I enjoyed before my life became a video game. Rain, snow in the winter, drinking hot cocoa when I got too cold to remain outside, stir fry ramen with eggs and tangerine slices...

But I digress.

I was definitely feeling some ramen, though. Not because I was hungry, I was just craving the taste of a bowl of ramen. Which meant that it was time to pay a visit to Ichiraku Ramen, and I was there in almost no time at all.

Ah, cool! Their special included chicken! Which meant I was grabbing that as fast as I could.

Well, assuming anyone here was at the stand. Eh, they were probably in the back. I could wait.

I parked on one of the stools and took out my little black book. Since I personally didn’t like Genjutsu, my choice of late level perk ‘Genjutsu Enthusiast’ struck me as sort of weird. I’m not satisfied with it. No point in making a person believing they were being burned alive by having a sun thrown in their face when I could just throw a sun in their face.

So what could I do that would actually be high level? Aquaboy would be fun, I guess. Kind of pointless since I can probably be assured that a water-breathing jutsu would be in my future. Ghoulish? It was always my head cannon that Ghoulish merely paved the way for full on Ghoul-hood later on in life, unless you continued to pump new life into your cells. My method of choice was always Solar Powered.

…but seriously, what’s Ghoulish even doing here as a thing? Radiation was never a thing in Naruto, as I recall. Is this just so we can have something more explicitly from Fallout? Like besides the Genjutsu from the house? Yeah, no thank you.

‘Sides, in spite of my prudish nature, I do want to have a family someday and Ghouls are sterile.

Anyway. Nuclear Anomaly is right out – I work for Konoha; I might end up killing my teammates by almost dying. Even if it was solo, depending on the circumstances, I might accidentally kill a bunch of innocent civilians. Even ignoring the moral no-no’s of such a thing, it’s bad for business by killing a bunch of potential clients.

I’ll have to come back to it. There’s something I’ve been meaning to do but I’ve been putting off.

I flipped over to the back, in the notes section of my notebook. Written there were a few notes and paragraphs in English, detailing a couple of important details – specifically what little I could recall about Danzo and Kabuto; important stuff. At least stuff I considered relevant to me. There was also a brief note about Gaara of the Desert, who I remembered as prime target for Naruto’s therapy-no-jutsu. The note said ‘in case of Chunin exams – plan for him’. I had an idea for an ever-expanding seal network that would expunge Shukaku’s chakra from the sand around us, stopping Gaara from using it.

But other than that, there wasn’t much to write down. Canon was dead. Utterly and absolutely. Most of any of my future knowledge was completely useless, and this was coming from a person who never watched Shippuden. Perhaps I should have, but how was I supposed to know an anime that stopped being interesting would prove pivotal to my survival?

Then there was the other stuff. The ‘not Naruto’ stuff. I’d been putting off writing that stuff down. But thinking too hard about my other life just made me depressed. All the things I’d never see again – well, except for Fallout. That was basically my life right now.

But that just made it worse, in a way. I could never really sink into the idea that my previous life never…happened. Every skill notification, pass or fail, was a nice, solid reminder that I used to be something else before a Shinobi for Konohagakure.

Sometimes I wish I could just forget. It’d be a lot easier if I could forget.

So I closed my notebook with a sigh, failing once again to write anything down.

“Oh, Daisuke!” I looked up and saw Ayame, having come out of the back with a large pot of ramen grasped in both hands. “I’m sorry, how long have you been sitting there?”

“It’s alright,” I shrugged. “Just been here a few minutes.”

“Well then,” Ayame slid the pot into place with a grunt. “Can I take your order?”

“Can I get the special?” I asked with a smile.

You know, I’ve always wondered if my smile looked more like H.P Lovecraft’s ‘attempt’ at a smile. Might be good to investigate, actually.

“Sure,” Ayame replied with a decidedly genuine smile. “That’ll be 55 ryo.”

I handed over exact change and she simply dished me up a bowl out of the pot she just carried to the front.

The wafts of chicken greeted my nose and made my mouth water. I wasted no time at all separating my chopsticks and digging right in.

“So,” Ayame said, stirring the pots. “How are things?”

“Okay I guess,” I shrugged.

“Anything wrong?” Ayame asked with a sympathetic smile.

I placed my hand on my notebook and started tapping it. “Just…some painful memories is all.”

“Anything you want to talk about?” Ayame asked, stopping her work to look at me.

“Not right now,” I shrugged.

“Alright,” Ayame shrugged, and went back to work.

As far as I know, my notebooks never been stolen. Or whatever cosmic power that bound the book to my stats also prevented it from being stolen for whatever reason. Or maybe it was and it just comes back to me whenever I reach for it, which was decidedly often.

I hadn’t been hauled off to T&I, so it’s not like writing in a foreign language is going to get me in trouble. I just…it hurts to remember. Even if I want to keep all the important bits. Like my religion, various works of original fiction and an accurately detailed summary of Superman: The Movie. But…

“So, I met one of your teammates,” Ayame said, catching my attention. “Nakamura Nichiren, right?”

“Yeah, he’s one of my teammates,” I nodded. “You met him?”

“He’s come in for ramen a couple of times,” Ayame replied. “Great conversationalist.”

“Oh. Cool,” I said. Alright, so he’s come in for ramen a couple of times. That’s cool. My world’s getting interconnected. Actually, that’s not cool. I like keeping things nice and separated. Compartmentalized. Like not letting your food touch while you’re eating. It bothers me when stuff like this happens! Uh…am I supposed to say something here? “What do you talk about?”

She shrugged. “Mostly just helping him deal with some anxiety he has.”

“How much of that is my fault?” I asked flatly.

“What do you mean?” She asked with a smile.

“I know he’s scared of me,” I replied. “Even if he seems to be getting better about hiding it, I freak him out.”

“Oh. Well, it is learning how to socialize with you,” She admitted, turning a burner down. “He really wants to be a better friend to you, so I’ve been trying to help him.”

I blinked. I…guess I could get behind that. “Thanks?”

Ayame blinked and frowned. “Something wrong?”

“I’m just confused why…you help people,” I replied. Then my eyes went wide. “Not that that’s a bad thing! I just…yeah. Sorry.”

“It’s okay,” Ayame shrugged. “As for why I help people, well…when you look at the average shinobi, what do you see?”

“I see a screwed up bundle of nerves, quirks, eccentricities and insanity wrapped up in a weapon of mass destruction,” I replied with a raised eyebrow. “Myself included.”

“Weapon of mass destruction,” Ayame repeated with a musing smile. “I like that term. Anyway, yeah. So if left alone, what usually happens to them?”

“They break,” I said, tilting my head as I thought about the issue.

“Exactly,” Ayame nodded, stirring a pot of noodles. “I started to see this happen after the Hokage started coming to the stand to chat with Naruto. Shinobi would come in, they’d talk and I’d listen. I’d learned to see the warning signs. Some of the time, it got resolved with a happy ending. Other times…it ended in tragedy. Most of the time, though? Nothing happens until they die in the line of fire…not that that’ll happen to you, Daisuke.”

I shrugged. “I could see that. Our line of work makes opening up…difficult. But our loyalty keeps us from snapping completely.”

“That’s remarkably perceptive of you,” Ayame blinked.

“I’m not completely socially blind. Just mostly,” I replied. My crappy charisma is scaling, after all. Besides, I was mostly talking about myself. I don’t know what I would’ve done without Naruto in my early years.

“Huh. Good to know,” Ayame nodded. “But yeah. If I can help someone work through their issues without going insane…I consider that my duty to the village.”

“So that includes helping my teammate associate with his socially challenged teammate?” I asked with a frown.

“Yup!” Ayame smiled.

“Ayame!” Teuchi’s voice came from the back. “I’ve got more noodles prepared!”

“Coming!” She called back. Then she turned to me. “I’ll be right back!”

I shrugged. “I’ll be here.”

She went into the back and quickly came back with an armful of noodles, sliding them into an empty pot and beginning to add ingredients and spices with calculated precision. “So…how can I help you, Daisuke?”

“You can’t,” I said flatly.

Ayame shrugged with a frown. “Suit yourself. Do you want another bowl?”

“Maybe in a minute,” I said with a frown of my own.

I went back to tapping on my notebook with a frown.

Teuchi came out from the back with a final armful of noodles, sliding them into a large pot. “You’ve been served, Daisuke?”

“I have, thank you, Teuchi-san,” I nodded with a smile, raising the bowl I ate out of. “Trying to decide if I want another bowl.”

“Ah, well,” He smiled wide. “Can I recommend our special today?”

“I had it, actually,” I nodded. “It was delicious. Thank you.”

“Good to hear,” Teuchi nodded. “Be sure to holler if want anything.”

“I will,” I replied.

He and Ayame started talking on the far side of the bar away from me. I didn’t pay attention to what they said, I was lost in thought.

Ayame was trying to be Konoha’s therapist. She…if her advice for Naruto was any consideration, was good at what she did. She helped people and was good at it. She listened to people. That meant she knew things about the shinobi in the village.

If you wanted to destroy a shinobi, you kidnap his therapist.

So, that meant that I was going to need to…ensure that Ayame was safe, happy and healthy at all times. Or else we lose someone who was rapidly turning out to be quite important to the social infrastructure of the village. Shouldn’t be too hard, just need to make sure she’s protected when the canon Chunin exams roll around.

But I was getting curious.

Ayame wasn’t a therapist in the canon series. At least not that I could see. How did this come about?

How do I ask? She’s talking with her father and I’d rather not have him as an eavesdropper. Hmmm…

I waited for a half an hour. Eventually, Teuchi went into the back, I’m assuming to get more ingredients. “Hey, Ayame?”

She came back. “Yes, Daisuke? You want another bowl?”

“I…you know what, yes. The special again, please,” I replied, handing her 55 ryo. “But I also wanted to know…”

“Hmmm?” She tilted her head toward me as she refilled my bowl.

“What made you decide to…help people like you do?” I asked.

“Oh,” Ayame said. “Well, I think it was because of Naruto.”

That made sense. Naruto made a lot of things happen. But I want details. “How so?”

“Well, he’s been coming to the stand for years,” Ayame said. “One day, he came in and was really upset because a friend of his ended up in the hospital. I listened to him, calmed him down and told him things will be okay. He left looking a little better.”

She shrugged. “I felt pretty good about what I did and…started doing it more often.”

Oh. Well, alright then…wait.

That was me!

But…right, I guess I’m the source of a majority of the butterflies. Still, though! That’s…wow. I didn’t think I was creating that many butterflies. Except for the monster house. And I guess the Organ Trail. And Hisako and Nichiren being Kakashi’s first students.

…I’m more influential than I thought. 10 Luck is awesome.

I finished my bowl. “Thank you, it was delicious.”

“No problem,” Ayame smiled again. “Are you taking off?”

“Yeah, I got some stuff to do,” I replied with a frown. “…keep doing what you’re doing. You’re helping.”

“I will,” She replied with a smile. “And if you ever need to talk…I’ll be here.”

“Thanks,” I said before bolting out into the rain with a Shunshin.

That was…encouraging. At least a sign of things getting better. Naruto was master of therapy-no-jutsu by force, Ayame was more methodical about it. This can only be a good thing. Right?

Right!

Nichiren’s seeing Ayame is a good thing. Probably why he’s been more…amiable in recent weeks. Kind of nice, and Hisako’s…well, she’s been surprisingly civil as well. I kind of expected her to be kind of cold, but surprisingly, no. Part of me wonders what happened when Kakashi-sensei spoke with her, another part of me just plain doesn’t care as long as we’re still friends.

---

The next day, I was waiting for my team at the gates of the academy.The clouds above us were dissipating. This was good, it had finally stopped raining. No flooding, thank goodness. Enough shinobi knew water-jutsu to prevent that problem. But you could still smell the rain in the air. Personally, I loved the smell. Always brought to mind a lake with a gazebo lit by moonlight for some reason.

It was time for another D-rank and…I actually was getting a little sick of them.

On one hand, they were a safe and relatively constant supply of EXP thus assuring me a steady source of power. On the other hand, they were boring. Like extraordinarily. I mean, sure the Organ Trail and Upon a Midnight Darkly almost killed me, but I slept both of those off and they were actually pretty fun.

But it’s been months. Months! Since we had anything really adrenaline-pumping. Anything really dangerous.

But, now that I’m complaining about it, things are probably going to kick into high gear because I’ve both gained a load of levels, it’s been months, and fate has a reaction to being complained about in the manner I have, even if it’s only in my own head.

Crap.

Now I’m going to be on the lookout.

Perception Check Success: 8/2.

Nothing out of the ordinary here.

You know what I’ve always found odd?

That we haven’t cracked flying yet.

I mean, we have chakra and hand-seals. Chakra rips apart the laws of physics on a regular basis, flying should be kind of a simple nut to crack. I wonder if I can walk on air like I can walk on water? I mean, air’s a substance with mass just like everything else. Probably just take greater control and maybe more chakra. But I’ve got the control…maybe something to check on when I’ve got some free time?

Certainly not in plain view of the village. Flying under your own power wasn’t seen in the elemental countries. At least not in the Leaf.

If not an ‘Air-walk’ jutsu, perhaps a regular jutsu. Wind jutsu, contrary to my opinions on how it should act, primarily shoved objects away from the user without actually affecting the user at all. At high volumes, wind chakra actually acted like a storm of razor blades – it wasn’t physically consistent, it was a quirk of wind chakra. It was also annoying.

Lightning chakra, if I could harness it correctly in a way I don’t know how to do yet, might offer a solution. Or at very least an incredible power-up.

You know, it’s kind of funny. The only chakra that actually out and out involves moving things was Earth-chakra, which was what you used when you wanted to throw rocks and stones at things until they died.

…wait.

I wonder if you could apply that same power to people? You know, I might be able too. At least, I don’t know of any reason why I wouldn’t be able to. Sweet! I’ll put that on the project docket. You know, for later.

When I’m done with the mission and stuff.

Oh, and need some other Jutsu too. Like, I want to be able to make a storm-cloud like a moveable area of affect attack. Might need water-chakra for that as well, now that I think about it, but it should be doable. And also a-what’s that smell?

The barest hints of something…rotten had wormed their way into my nostrils. Like the most disease ridden beast had finally had the good graces to die but didn’t have enough strength to do it in a non-residential area.

It smelled absolutely disgusting and I would hate to have to go see what it was. Just…no.

Quest Added: What’s in the water?

Go investigate that foul stench.

I HATE YOU GAME!

I…JUST…fine. Fine.

The things I do for a little bit of EXP.

I entered the gate and went into the academy, following the scent with great reluctance. It stayed on the ground floor, which meant that I didn’t have to go far. It lead me to an open classroom and…yikes.

The classroom’s floor had been completely opened, descending into a mess of pipes that had been wrenched open, all over a larger pipe that had similarly opened. I marveled at how I failed to hear this action, but remembered that each classroom was actually somewhat sound-proofed to prevent the sounds of exploding clones and messed up Henges from disrupting lessons in other classes. That and…you know, Jutsu.

Inside were academy students, none of whom I recognized, cowering under their desks or in the corners of the room with wide, frightened eyes. And pinned to the wall with a large spear, made of what appeared to be a discarded pipe and stones was…Iruka.

Oh no.

Don’t tell me…

I sped over to him, kneeling to assess his condition.

Medicine Check Failure: 32/50.

It was beyond me. His chest had been savaged open by claws. He was sweating profusely and blood was leaking out of his stomach and the gashes that decorated his torso. I can almost guarantee that some kind of infection was going to set in but I didn’t know if it had started yet. I thought about removing the spear, but that might make him bleed to death.

“Iruka,” I said. “It’s me, Daisuke. Naruto’s friend? What happened?”

Charisma Check Success: 4/4.

Thank you, scaling.

Even so, he barely even registered my presence. “…Naruto? Naruto’s gone…they’re all gone.”

No…

“Couldn’t protect them,” He was mumbling sounded crazed and desperate, like he was experiencing a nightmare that he just couldn’t wake from. “…couldn’t…sorry…”

Welp.

Naruto appears to have been kidnapped on this latest quest of mine. Him and who knows who else. Since I didn’t recognize any of the other students in the room, the list of kidnapped probably included the entire rookie Nine.

Which meant that I needed to act as fast as possible.

Perception Check Success: 8/5.

Apparently a lot of different people noticed the stench. The room was getting rushed, they’d be able to help Iruka a lot better than I could. That freed me up to start the search for Naruto and his friends.

Quest Updated: What’s in the water?

Completed: Investigate that Foul Stench.

Save Naruto.

(Optional): Save the Rookie Nine.


This wasn’t quite how I intended introductions to go. I’d have preferred something simple. Like be introduced as Naruto’s friend, or even as a proctor for the Chunin exams. But hey, rescuing them from certain death and dismemberment worked too.

I pulled my goggles over my eyes, thankful once again that I had bought them and jumped into the larger pipe. Inside was just a small trickle of water, running down straight ahead and down a steep incline.

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

A small, thin stain of blood on the wall, most likely from a cut open hand or arm, pointed the way down the pipe the way I was facing.

I remembered the first time I ever met Naruto. After I had already set my Charisma to 1, he asked if he could play with me. I had no friends at the time, so…it meant everything in the world to me at the time. Still does.

He’s my brother in all but blood.

I’m coming, buddy.

With that silent declaration, I dove down the pipe. Something, or a lot of somethings, were going to die.

---
 
What's in the Water?: Sewer Monsters
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


Down, down into the depths I went. The trickle of sewer water continued to run down the pipe beneath my feet which were thankfully kept dry by my wonderful boots. Cleaning the crap out of my boot-treads was going to be a pain later, but it was better than it being in my socks and toes. The only thing stopping me from simply travelling on the roof of the pipe was that sewer levels tended to become labyrinths and I didn’t want to risk getting disoriented.

The stench had only gotten worse as I traversed down the pipe. Like a dying corpse had a pile of corpses even further decomposed dumped on top of it. But hey, it was a sewer so it’s not like I was expecting else aside from the sudden hope that I would stop needing to breathe.

One could dream.

Soon, however, I found a section of pipe that had clearly been torn open, bits of scrap sticking out from the sides with casual abandon. It was too dark to see, but a swift application of my flashlight jutsu made quick work of that. The opening let out into a large atrium, the walls made of stone. The sewage leaked from the pipe and off the small overlook the entrance lead right off too, which was about a twenty-foot drop to the ground. A small river of sewage ran through a rut in the ground and down the two tunnel entrances on either side.

My trail was obvious enough, a single-file line of moisture that had yet to even think of evaporating. Its consistency suggested they were travelling single file, and had something or somethings dragging behind them, almost like they used a large paint-brush to mark the trail behind them. Doubt it was Naruto or the rookie nine being dragged behind them, they wouldn’t have been this wet from how empty the pipe was – plus there were no blood stains on the ground, which would’ve happened if they were being dragged with reckless abandon, thank goodness.

The attackers swam through the sewage and didn’t even attempt to disguise the smell after leaving behind at most a couple dozen witnesses. It’s almost like they wanted to get followed.

…The best part about having a trap set for you? Springing it.

I followed the trail down the left tunnel, where the river of sewage was heading, while keeping a sharp eye out. I doubt they could’ve gone far and I didn’t want to miss them or any important details…hello, what’s this?

The trail had broken into a large ‘splat’ of similar trails, thick enough to be barely distinguished. Some sort of struggle had taken place here and...

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

I noticed a small, silver canister with dark seal-work scrawled on it, severely damaged and discarded in the corner of a shadow besides one of the support arches that held the tunnel up.

Fuinjutsu Check Success 72/70.

The kanji and symbols were immaculately well prepared, layering over themselves in an organized fashion – each symbol would tell you what it was meant to do and the seals underneath that, I presume, would be how the device actually worked. The function was incredible, broadcasting an aura that sealed away all sound within an area, preventing it from leaving a small dome while also hiding the occupant’s chakra signatures. The only thing that would have made it better would be a network to hide you from visible sight, but no such functionality was present. It certainly explained how the kidnappers were able to rip right into the academy with no-one the wiser.

It went right into my storage scroll, it’s functionality completely nonexistent and thus safe to transport like this. Ogling it will come later.

The trail continued down the tunnel until we came to an end. There was a wall, with the sewage going straight through a grate that had been ripped open. It had been that way for a while, from the looks of it. On right side, across the river was a door that I desperately wished the trail had even the slightest hint of being where the trail lead.

But no. The trail, naturally, led into the river of disgusting muck.

I cringed, and had a great deal of sympathy for Naruto and the Rookie Nine, who most assuredly didn’t have what I was about to do to see them through this disgusting journey.

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 72/55.

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 72/50.

+600


Keeping things out while only allowing certain things in was well within the boundaries of sealing, thankfully. The first seal went over my exposed face, filtering oxygen and air from the water I was about to go diving in. The second one just straight kept the water out of my clothes and away from me!

You know – priorities. I’ll share it with them when I find them. Or will I? It does take chakra to maintain, after all – more than my henge. Accidentally killing them with chakra exhaustion would be very bad.

I dropped into the river and was immediately carried away by the current. It was barely visible through the muck and boy was I grateful for my goggles and for Fuinjutsu in general. If it wasn’t for them, I’d be stuck with armor I’d have to replace or forever stink of urine and excrement.

The river let out into another atrium, very similar to the first. With a jump from the river-bed, I stuck to the ceiling and cast my light down into the atrium, looking for a trail. I didn’t find anything and re-submerged myself not a second later.

Afterwards, the tunnel took several turns in differing directions, arching downward and picking up speed. Soon, however, the tunnel opened up and I arrived at a smaller way-station, with a stair-case leading out of the water. Clearly the trail went up it. There was a stone doorframe with its metal hinges bent and warped; it’s door had been ripped out and I imagined it was somewhere further down the pipe.

I was fast to get out of the water and watch the trail go through what looked to be a maintenance station for the pipes, checking the pressures and making sure that nothing ended up broken. The trail let out further, into a room with another large pipe. This one was intact, and the trail moved around it and through a doorframe.

…ooh, okay then. Right into Konoha’s secret tunnel network. I’m getting increasingly worried – whoever I’m chasing seems to have an intimate knowledge of Konoha’s bowels. It could be Root, but I seriously doubt it since this is, strategically, the most idiotic thing they could have ever done. Have we had enemy shinobi infiltrating the village for a while now? Where was Root, sweeping these guys under the rug since this was their job if I understand it correctly?

The door itself had been violently torn from its hinges and thrown to the side – I guess stealth was now being sacrificed in the name of expediency – and outside, directly across from me was a wall. To the left was a dead end and to the right was a large corridor going forward and back with no discernable exit. I was concerned because the trail went right across from me and into the dead end.

I groaned in frustration. Secret passage. Fantastic.

All right, let’s take a look.

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

Bam. I found a brick which the mortar around it appeared to have partially crumbled away, but it remained in place by whatever mechanism it was attached to. I pressed it and the entire section of brick fell in and slid out of the way. Nice.

The wall had given itself away to a small room. Shelves and counters lined the walls, shelves clearly empty and cupboards bearing the signs of having been looted a long time ago. From what I could tell, there were numerous scalpels, forceps and other surgical equipment had been scattered across the floor. A medical bed, the type I had graced during my stays in the hospital, was laying on its side, presenting clearly it’s bloodstained mattress. Mounted above the counter was a small tube with a capsule to be slid inside.

This was one of Orochimaru’s old labs. I did not like where this was going.

There was also a hole in the wall, giving way for another torn open sewer-pipe. From the journey thus far, it didn’t feel like the trail was leading out of the sewers, but deeper into the maze of pipes and passages that I didn’t realize went this far down.

Small clinic – meant entirely for autopsies and hurried examinations of test subjects. Collected samples to be moved to other labs for deeper study via the tube which I assume works by vacuum, like the bank tubes of my old world. Interesting.

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

I went up to the pipe, and noticed a streak of blood on the inside, slowly dripping down to the ground, going right once again. I jumped in and started sliding into the pipe.

Thankfully, I brought a med-kit. Someone’s been swimming in sewage with an open wound and it was going to need cleaning and they were going to need hospitalization as fast as possible. Badly.

I slid down the pipe, going down and turning several times before the pipe let out in a river of sludge, similar to the first one that I just came from. A trail, this one much fresher than the one above, let out of the river and broke off into forks. Oddly, the one on the right, the one that broke off, simply stopped before sharply joining the main trail.

Perception Check Success: 8/6.

The river had a small bridge connecting either side together. Stuck on the corner, just peeking above the water was a small…dog nose.

I crouched down and reached into the water, pulling what turned out to be a small white puppy out of the water, it’s coat stained and smeared by the contents of the river. This was Akamaru, Kiba’s little puppy. I laid him on the stone and made several hand-signs.

+75 EXP.

5,470 more until level 16.

Akamaru’s fur was instantly dried off and cleaned, his fur now warm to the touch. His breathing was slow and starting to level out.

Perception Check Success: 8/4.

Medicine Check Success: 32/25.


Two red pricks on his rear revealed he had been injected with something, most likely some sort of paralytic and thrown into the river. Hypothermia hadn’t yet set in, but he was unconscious.

Interesting. I wonder why they didn’t just kill Akamaru instead of paralyzing him and throwing him into a river of excrement? To aggravate Kiba?

Regardless, obviously the dose wasn’t powerful enough since he was able to swim into that little nook and keep his nose above ground, assuming he wasn’t just insanely lucky. Well, about as lucky as me at any rate.

The puppy was going to be fine. Now I just need to find his master.

I took off down the tunnel, which ramped down and turned. Twice. I had to be getting close, the trail had started to break off into several branches, moving in the same direction like a mob. It had to mean something at least.

Down the ramp and a final left turn, I found them.

…well, son of a gun.

So, the rookie nine were there, struggling against ropes that had them tied up like sushi rolls. Standing over them were…. fish-men. They had thick scales covering their bodies. Their hands were webbed and long, with sharp claws at the end. Their heads were some sick combination of humanity and angler-fish with sharp and crooked teeth and bulbs growing out of their heads. Dragging on the ground behind them were tails that strongly reminded me of tadpoles. Some were holding tridents and spears made from rusted pipes glued together with what I assume to be an organic adhesive.

But...if this turns out to be something that only happened to give me EXP, I am going to kill something. Well, I’m going to kill a bunch of somethings anyway but you know what I mean! I mean, seriously.

One of them was holding a canister similar to the one that I picked up earlier, which meant it definitely explained how they snuck into the academy. Money’s on Orochimaru’s experiments if this wasn’t just my luck stat messing with reality. They held their captives like duffle bags. I could see that Naruto was shouting something that them that I couldn’t hear, and Kiba was thrashing like a madman…mad-dog, I should say, to get at them and…heh, Shino had been covered in mosquito netting.

Stealth Check Success: 54/45.

They basically didn’t hear me coming. Well, that just won’t do. If I don’t miss my mark from what I saw of the trail, if something comes by they would swarm it with greater numbers. Since I didn’t physically look all that different from their captives, they might try using the same tactics and rush me, leaving their captives behind.

I mock coughed loud enough for them to hear and turn around.

Naruto’s face lit up in recognition as he turned to face me, looking equal parts relieved and concerned. Then the fish-men each dropped their captives like I expected and started charging me. I blocked a trident with one of my palms and threw a kick back into one of the beast’s throat, laying a couple punches on the freak of nature around me.

Perception Check Success: 8/8.

Well, they were all around me now, and away from the nine. Time to actually get serious and reduce them to bloody stains on the wall.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.

+50 EXP.


I chuckled as the last of the red, bloody giblets hit the floor. “Hilarious. They pop like balloons.”

First things first, I zoomed over to Naruto, smashing the canister on my way and untied him – didn’t know how to turn it off and I needed the Hyuuga to find us as fast as possible – the canister hid chakra signatures, after all.

“Daisuke,” Naruto seemed a little shocked as I stood him up.

He was unhurt, which freed me up to wrap my arms around him in a bear hug. “I’m so glad you’re unharmed.”

“That was incredible!” Naruto shouted for joy. “They surrounded you then-then they just exploded!

“I have that effect on things that piss me off,” I replied good-naturedly before I let him go and handed him a kunai. “Let’s get your friends untied so we can go back up the way we came.”

“Got it!” Naruto replied, taking the kunai and got to work untying Sakura.

“Not that I’m complaining about the rescue,” Shikamaru started from his position on the ground, looking bored and irritated. The hair slick with sewage completed the image of someone who simply never cared once in his life. “But it’d be nice to know who our rescuer is.”

“Oh!” Naruto said with a smile. “This is Shimoda Daisuke, my best friend!”

“Hi,” I gave a small wave as I got to work untying my rescues.

Everyone, including Sakura and Sasuke got wide eyes at the introduction. My reputation precedes me, I guess.

Shino was actually first here and I cut through the mosquito-wrap quickly. I was surprised that it was made of the same mesh-wire that made up most Shinobi under-armor, but it made sense.

“I am most grateful,” Shino said, slowly sitting up and breathing heavily. “Why? Because I didn’t want to get eaten by those things.”

“Don’t mention it,” I replied.

“Thank you so much!” Sakura sobbed, slowly sitting up with tears in her eyes as Naruto made his way to Kiba. “I thought we were dead.”

“My pleasure,” I replied, cutting Sasuke loose.

Sasuke stood up without a word, a frown on his face as he surveyed his surroundings. Okay, that works I guess.

“Did you see Akamaru?” Kiba asked, sounding desperate and distraught. “Is he alive? He’s got white fur with brown spots. He’s just a puppy and they-!”

“Yeah, he’s still alive,” I interrupted. “Luckiest puppy I ever saw, survived by getting wedged by the bridge against the current and holding his nose above the water. I pulled him out a few minutes before I came around to you. I think he’ll be fine, just needs to catch his breath.”

“Thankyouthankyouthankyou!” His face lit up in joy as he hurriedly tried to stand up before his limbs failed him. I imagine they’d be sore, with all the struggling against his binds.

“Don’t worry about it,” I frowned. “Seriously, you guys can thank me we we’re back on the surface. Also, who’s been going around with an open wound?”

“Oh! Ino got hurt when they grabbed us,” Sakura said, gesturing to her friend who Naruto was just cutting free. Yeah, the blonde had a nasty gash on her arm and I did not want to think about the stuff that was getting in there.

“Alright well,” I replied, grabbing my first aid kit. “She’s been swimming in sewage with an open wound. It’s going to need cleaning and a bandage before we leave and then possible hospitalization to treat infection and disease.”

Medicine Check Success: 32/15.

Naruto cut Ino free, who was able to sit up.

“J-just be fast, okay?” She offered her arm with the gash and I kneeled down, popping the first-aid kit open and splashed some disinfectant on a cotton ball. She hissed in pain and tried to hold back a startled cry, but the wound was clean in seconds and I broke out a bandage and tied it around her arm.

“Hold this for me?” I asked, keeping the bandage tight with my fingers.

“Yeah,” She held it herself while I went through several hand seals.

+75 EXP.

4,795 more to go.

The seal went across the bandage. “You can let go. That’ll keep the gash dry and more importantly, away from the sewage.”

“Thank you,” Ino said with a small nod, finding the strength to stand up. “Let’s get out of here.”

“Quick question,” I interjected. “How many of you know the tree-walking technique?”

Hinata, Ino, Kiba and Chouji raised their hands.

“Tree-walking technique?” Naruto asked with a confused look on his face.

“Tree-walking,” I walked backwards up the wall to demonstrate. “Don’t worry if you don’t know it, it just means we’ll need to find an alternate way out.”

“Woah that’s awesome!” Naruto looked agape as I came back down.

“It’s the tip of the iceberg,” I replied with a shrug. “But it’ll take all day to learn and we don’t have time. I doubt these creatures were alone down here, so we need to move now.”

“How’re we going to get back the way we came if we can’t tree-walk?” Sakura asked with a worried frown.

“We’ll figure it out,” I replied. “At worst we’ll just have to find another way there. Let’s go, come on.”

I ushered them forward. They were slowly able to start moving close to something like normal, which was good – being tied up like that is going to have an effect on their muscles and I’m particularly worried about Ino; that cut on her arm could cause her to get seriously ill and possibly render her immobile.

Thankfully, I was allowed to think as I watched the 9 walk up past the ramp. I spared one last look at the hallway, it turning down once more, before I followed them, keeping my eye on them.

The walls and floor shook violently, causing the nine in front of me to flinch and look around in terror.

“It’s fine everyone,” I tried to be reassuring. “Don’t worry…that’s probably ANBU using earth jutsu.”

Charisma Check Failure: 4/5.

“You sure about that?” Chouji asked, his voice cracking with fear.

“Guys, don’t worry. You saw how fast those things got reduced to paste!” Naruto piped in. “Seriously, we’re going to be fine.”

With that, everyone seemed to calm down just a bit. He sounded really convincing, actually.

Thank you, Naruto.

Now for my first question: what are these things? Where did they come from and why were they kidnapping such high-profile targets? Money’s on Orochimaru experiments, though if that’s true, I’ve got nothing for why on the kidnapping; kidnapping these particular targets brings the entire military might of Konohagakure onto one place: their heads. They do not want this since they would have been living down here for years if they were an experiment.

Unless they’re an experiment from outside Konoha? Then how would they have such an incredible knowledge of the sewer systems? Every opening they made was calculated for maximum expediency – they knew exactly where they were going.

…I don’t think this is ROOT’s MO at all, though Raven-head from the house might suggest butterflies. Though that would be odd. Root, I thought, was a black ops group that primarily recruited orphans – their strength was in their anonymity. So…this wasn’t them.

Granted, I’m assuming there’s sanity at the top and this being Konoha and in the bigger picture, Naruto, that might be a naïve assumption indeed.

We turned up the ramp twice and at the ramp, I shouldn’t have been surprised, but there was my team, looking wet, miserable and ready to kill something. I was so proud of them. My happiness was only slightly jarred by the sound of a puppy barking and running up to an overjoyed Kiba.

Hisako shook the slimy bangs that framed her face away and looked at me. “There you are! I see you found them.”

“Darn straight I did,” I replied. I took a breath and delivered the bad news. “Guess what? This time it’s fish people.”

“You’re kidding,” Hisako frowned, folding her arms, holding her kunai tightly in each hand.

“Nope,” I nodded. “They got nabbed by about twelve of them. They’re smears on the wall now, but I was surprised. By the way, how’d you find me?”

“A slug trail and a couple blood spatters,” Kakashi-sensei interjected. “Speaking of which, whose injured?”

“Yamanaka Ino,” I replied. “The wounds been cleaned and bandaged and she’s mobile, but she’ll need immediate hospitalization after this.”

“Good work, Daisuke-kun,” Kakashi nodded, then he motioned to address the group at large. “Alright listen up. The Hokage is about the flood the entire sewer system with ANBU and every available Jounin to search the place. Our job right now to return to the surface and allow ANBU to do its mission. Daisuke said there were fish people?”

There were nods.

“Big giant fangs!” Naruto exclaimed.

“Long sharp claws,” Ino whimpered, wiping her brow with her arm warmer.

…she good?

Medicine Check Success: 32/25.

She good for now, though her condition was starting to deteriorate. Which was not good.

“Well, ANBU’s coming to exterminate them,” Kakashi said, trying to sound rousing, but not quite entirely able to separate himself from the casual aloofness he usually portrayed. “So our job is to get each of you up to the surface as fast as possible and out of the crossfire. Am I understood?“

There was a chorus of ‘yes Jounin-Sensei!’ from the academy students.

“Good. Nichiren-kun will lead the way, please follow him to the best of your ability. Those who know tree-climbing will be helping those that don’t,” Kakashi ordered. “Move out.”

“You heard Kakashi-sensei, everyone,” Nichiren gestured for everyone to follow him. “Follow me. If anyone starts feeling sick, let us know immediately.”

Kakashi was by my side in an instant. “So, the Hokage might chew you out later, Daisuke-kun?”

“Was he that mad, sensei?” I asked with a frown.

“Oh, when he heard you had already gone after them he nearly had conniptions,” Kakashi eye-smiled. “On the record, I read you the riot act. You understand?”

“Yes, sensei,” I nodded.

Off the record, though?” Kakashi patted me on the head. “Good job. Very good job. I’m so proud of you.”

“Thank you, Sensei,” I smiled, grateful for the praise.

Hisako came up to me as we all started walking. “So…Uzumaki’s your other friend, huh?”

“Yup,” I nodded.

“Huh,” Hisako said. “I wouldn’t have guessed. Not that that’s a bad thing, or anything. Promise.”

“Thanks, I guess?” I said, unsure of what to feel.

Quest Updated: What’s in the Water?

Evacuate the Sewers.


...so we’re not out of the woods yet. Joy of joys. Well, at least I’ve got my whole team with me this time – it’ll be a lot easier to protect them all with so much extra man power. Nichiren with his wire and smoke, Hisako with her Genjutsu and kunai, Kakashi with his…Kakashi. We were alright.

There was a door built into the wall on my left that opened with a loud squawk. I tensed up, expecting another fight when…out came Rock Lee?

What?

Lee looked about as confused as I felt, which got was mirrored by Neji and Tenten as they stepped out from behind him. Then Maito Gai, looking the most confused out of all of them.

“…Gai?” Kakashi blinked. “What…are you doing here?”

Gai blinked, his eyes getting more worried as he surveyed and dirty and battered academy students. “My team and I were doing a D-rank mission where we were cleaning sewer pipes when one of the hallways collapsed and lead us here. Neji said he saw his cousin down in the sewers and so we came to investigate. What…what’s going on, Kakashi-san?”

“There was an attempted kidnapping of nearly every clan heir in Konoha,” Kakashi sounded tired again. “It’s been thwarted, but the Hokage is going to send every available Jounin into the sewers to clear out all hostile forces and we need to get the heirs back to the surface.”

I blinked.

Everyone was here.

The Konoha 12+ were all here. For Cell 9, this was a mission gone horribly wrong. For the Rookie 9, this was the worst day of their lives. For Cell 13…

“You know, I thought we were due for one of these,” I thought out loud.

“One of what, Daisuke?” Naruto asked with a frown.

“An obscenely dangerous mission,” I replied with a frown. “I mean, it’s been months since our C-rank, so…I’ve actually been getting kind of antsy.”

“Yeah, me too,” Nichiren admitted.

“Same,” Hisako nodded. “What’s that weird feeling between boredom and nervousness? That’s what I felt.”

“Can we not have this conversation now?” Kakashi asked with a half-lidded eye. “Seriously, in front of the academy students?”

“Sorry Sensei,” We all apologized at once.

“Yosh!” Lee shouted, coming up to us and striking a triumphant pose. “No matter how difficult this mission has become, we will complete it with the power of our youth!”

…Actually, I’ve… I’ve just discovered a commonality between me and my teammates. This is something to be celebrated! I’m buying everyone cake when we get out of this! I’ll throw a party. Just the team or should I try to invite Naruto too, since neither of my team seems to have a problem with him? That’d be awesome.

Though the fact that we were all here meant that bad things were about to go down. Like…bad.

My fears started to come true when the ground shook beneath my feet, like a severe earthquake. The far wall, where we were going so as to retrace our steps, had boulders fall in front of it, filling from the floor to the ceiling above. Thank goodness I had explosions for fists, because if not, I think we’d be trapped – any earth jutsu would take a lot of chakra and would wipe out Sensei in a very hostile environment.

“Oh come on!” Kiba shouted.

“This is a serious problem,” Neji remarked, his gaze getting colder by the second.

“You think?” Naruto shouted.

“You have another plan, right?” Sakura was starting to sound panicked. “Right?”

“Troublesome,” Shikamaru muttered. “Whatever. This is a network of pipes and stations, right? There’s undoubtedly another way around.”

“That’s a good point,” Hisako nodded. “See? No need to panic.”

“If we see any more of those fish-monsters, I want first crack at them,” Sasuke snarled.

“You’re joking, right?” Nichiren asked with a small smile that quickly faded. “You’re not joking.”

“The answer is no,” Kakashi stated. “When you graduate the academy and get put on a team, then you’ll have all the enemies you can throw a kunai at, but until then, you aren’t picking any fights. Am I understood?”

Sasuke glared at him, but turned his head away with a frustrated pout.

“Good,” Kakashi said with an exasperated sigh. “Gai, how’s the tunnel that collapsed on your end? Can we use it?”

“Nope,” Gai replied. “The ceiling sealed itself behind us and I couldn’t budge it. But fear not! We will find another way!”

We’re getting railroaded. It’s the only way I can explain it…. I didn’t think Murphy could read minds, but I guess he can. I guess my 10 Luck’s ‘Get out of Murphy Free’ card was one-use only. Great, now I feel bad. Well, worse.

Perception Check Failed: Success not possible.

-180 hp.

Torso Crippled.

You are now paralyzed.


My head fell down and saw three pronged hooks having stabbed themselves though my chest and the barbs dug in painfully as the trident yanked me back into the river of muck.

“Daisuke!” I heard Hisako scream at the top of her lungs before my ears were clogged with sewer water.

I was pulled with a current, my legs and arms trailing behind me like streamers. I saw two masses of air-bubbles plunge into the water and saw Kakashi and Gai both swimming toward me at top speed, but unable to catch up to something perfectly suited for underwater travel.

After a brief decline, the pipe opened up and that’s when the two Jounin sensei’s got swarmed, the fish men coming in like piranha to fight and attack, but I quickly lost sight of them as the water got dimmer and darker the further away from light I was.

The sharp tug of the trident was my only company as I was dragged into the abyss.
 
What's in the Water?: Long Division
Location
USA
The Following is a fan based work of fiction: Naruto and Naruto: Shippuden are owned by Shueisha, Viz Entertainment and Masashi Kishimoto. Please support the official release.

---


“We’re surrounded!”

At Neji’s declaration, the fish monsters Daisuke had reported started to emerge from the shadows on the wall, their lures providing illumination of their snarling faces in the darkened room before they rushed for the group.

When Daisuke had gotten pulled under, their main source of light, his ‘flash-light jutsu’ had gone with him. The lights above barely provided any illumination, just enough to make your way around and see the hand in front of your face, but leave the shadows as the dominant force.

“Guard the students,” Hisako barked, given her sensei’s absence. “Form a perimeter. Nichiren, no smoke bombs.”

“Got it!” Nichiren nodded as he hurriedly lined the perimeter with chakra infused wire.

Neji, per his duty, placed himself in front of Hinata. Two monsters rushed him with spears. He deftly pushed one to the side and ducked under the other, hitting one in the chest and the other in the throat, causing both to drop to the ground with gurgling death rattles.

Several more ended up tripping on Nichiren’s wire. Tenten, being the observant Kunoichi she was, pelted each target with kunai right through each of their throats with unerring accuracy.

Lee was keeping them away with bone crushing kicks, snapping their spears and closing their windpipes. They would snap and bite at the Genin, who would avoid these attacks by the skin of his teeth. With his knuckle extended, he plunged his fist into the eye of one of his attackers, popping its eye and making it scream in pain.

Hisako brought a kunai down through the head of one of her attackers, but got jumped by two others, their jaws closing on her neck, torso and legs and her body went completely limp. Then her body disappeared and her two attackers found their throats had been sliced open by Hisako, who was standing above them with a snarl.

Sakura watched that display with wide eyes, her skin as pale as a sheet.

Tenten, kunai at the ready, only hesitated for a moment when one of her attackers stood up entirely straight with its fingers in a rat seal before throwing a kunai into its throat and it collapsed. Shikamaru inhaled and stretched out his shadow once again to repeat the process.

Kanton: Gōkakyū no Jutsu!” Sasuke called, inhaling and releasing a large fire-ball straight from his mouth which rapidly flew over to a clump of the attacking fish-men.

The fish-men, seeing the fireball clearly in the darkened atrium, quickly and neatly sidestepped the flaming projectile on their rush toward the group.

All fighting stopped at the sound of a scream. A feral sound, born of rage and anger coming from a swirling pillar of orange chakra from the center of the group that filled the room with a feeling of dread. Naruto, his eyes having become slit, his hands having grown claws at the end and his teeth growing into fangs, surged forward on all fours.

The aquatic attackers, at the sight of this orange chakra, turned tail and ran for their points of entry, small tunnels of water, created with jutsu. Naruto succeeded in running down one of the attackers and promptly began to claw open it’s intestines.

“Uh…” Hisako blinked, able to keep the feeling of dread in check.

“That’s unexpected,” Nichiren nodded, similarly deadened to scary things. “Not really a bad thing, he made the fish-men run off.”

“We still need to calm him down,” Hisako replied. “We can’t look for Daisuke while one of the students has gone berserk.”

Naruto, upon seeing that the fish-man was dead, made to jump into the river of sludge, only to get dive-tackled by both Kakashi and Gai, who both struggled to hold the crazed blonde down as he struggled to get free.

“Uzumaki,” Kakashi said levelly. “You need to calm down.”

“I’ll kill them! They killed Daisuke I’ll KILL THEM!” Naruto roared, the orange chakra getting thicker.

“They didn’t…eh…,” Kakashi strained over the bucking and thrashing blonde. “They didn’t kill him. He’s a lot more durable than any Genin I’ve ever met.”

“No kidding,” Hisako called out. “Seriously, getting stabbed like that isn’t the worst thing that’s happened to him.”

“This one time,” Nichiren added loudly. “He fought an A-rank and got blown to bits. He was fine a couple hours later. Seriously, getting stabbed like that doesn’t even come close to what’s he’s already been through.”

“That’s a lie,” Sasuke seethed, his eyes a very curious shade of red.

“You didn’t see Daisuke after he got through that fight,” Hisako rounded on him. “Seriously, we thought he was dead at first.”

“Like I’m going to buy that?” Sasuke was getting louder. “People don’t just recover from getting stabbed through the chest! They die from getting stabbed through the chest.”

“Normal people don’t recover,” Nichiren shrugged. “We’re talking about Shimoda Daisuke. He’s about as far from normal as you can possibly get.”

“You’re not listening to me!” Sasuke full on shouted. “As much as we’d like to believe that the guy who saved all of us is still alive, that doesn’t change the fact that he got stabbed through the chest after rescuing all of us from a kidnapping that should never have happened in the first place! Believe me, I would know!”

“And you’ve never met Daisuke in the first place,” Nichiren frowned, glaring at the Uchiha. “We’re his teammates. Trust us, he’s still alive.”

“He is, actually,” Neji replied, the veins near his eyes pulsing. He cocked his head. “I can see him. He’s clearly alive, just paralyzed…how…is his heart is still working with a spike through it?”

“Oh good,” Hisako breathed a sigh of relief. “Where are they taking him?”

“Unbelievable!” Sasuke growled to himself, before catching his dim reflection in a small puddle of water on the ground. His eyes widened as he saw the red irises with a single tomoe and he was quiet as he admired the reflection.

“They’re just taking him down into the water…what? How?” Neji was startled.

“What happened?” Naruto demanded, having calmed down enough to be released by the two jounin. “Is he still alive? Tell me!”

“I can’t see him,” Neji frowned. “Both him and the fish-man dragging him vanished.”

“They most likely have a way of dodging the Byakugan,” Kakashi said with a raised eyebrow. “It would explain how they were able to move through the sewer systems without the Hyuuga raising the alarm. The question is how.”

“Perhaps some form of seal network?” Gai suggested.

“Perhaps, if it sealed their chakra signature inside a certain area, it might have allowed them to hide,” Kakashi nodded. “Though that’s a discussion for later. Right now, we need to get out of here.”

“Agreed,” Gai nodded in turn. “And I’m very impressed by the youthful defense everyone put up!”

“Honestly it was getting pretty hairy until Uzumaki did…whatever he did,” Hisako nodded, gesturing toward Naruto with a frown. “Seriously, what was that?”

“Uh…” Naruto blinked, rubbing the back of his head. “I…don’t really know.”

His classmates were all staring at him with mixed expressions, scared and confused both. Naruto’s expression became more and more uncomfortable as he stood, until he just turned away from them all.

“You don’t know?” Nichiren blinked owlishly.

“We can talk about that later,” Gai interjected quickly. “As impressive and youthful as your defense was, we need to get out of here as fast as possible before we get attacked once again.”

“With respect, Gai-sensei,” Hisako folded her arms. “We are not abandoning Daisuke-kun.”

“Not happening,” Naruto growled.

“Of course not,” Kakashi replied. “We do need to find him. But Daisuke just has to worry about himself, we have nine non-combatants that cannot, under any circumstances, be allowed to come to harm. Do you understand?”

Hisako sighed. “Yes, Sensei. Sorry, Gai-sensei.”

“Don’t worry about it,” Gai gave her a winning smile. “I can have my turtle summons scour the river and septic tank beyond. If the fish-men still have Daisuke, they’ll find him.”

“Thank you Gai,” Kakashi nodded.

“You have turtle summons?” Hisako asked with an intrigued look. “Gai-sensei?”

Gai immediately bit his thumb and struck several hand signs. “Kuchiyose no Jutsu!”

In a burst of smoke, 7 turtles, each taller and larger than the Rookie 9 appeared. “Listen up! We’ve got rabid, monstrous fish-men in the sewer and they’ve just abducted one of our Genin. Your mission is to head down the stream and rescue him with the power of our Youth!

One of the turtles yawned, bringing his front flipper to cover his mouth. “Right away, Gai-san.”

They slowly shuffled into the stream of filth where they propelled off at high-speeds, causing a large wave to splash all over everyone as they made like torpedoes through the pipe.

“Gross!” Tenten shouted in revulsion at her clothes being drenched in sewage.

“We know,” Ino replied, holding her arm.

“Jounin-sensei’s,” Shino piped up. “If I may.”

“Proceed, Aburame,” Kakashi replied.

“I’ve taken the liberty of marking everyone here with one of my kikaichū bugs,” Shino explained. “Why? So that if we were separated, we would be better able to find each other. I also took the liberty to plant a bug on Shimoda-senpai.”

“What difference does that make?” Kiba asked with a frown, holding Akamaru close to his chest.

“Using my bugs, we would be better able to find Shimoda-senpai through the insect’s communication with one another,” Shino replied.

“Do you think we could use your bugs to find another way out of here, Aburame-kun?” Gai asked with a thoughtful look on his face.

“Most certainly, Jounin-sensei,” Shino nodded.

“Then make it happen,” Gai nodded.

A cloud of bugs released themselves from the young Aburame, dispersing with the sound of bugs flying through the sewers and into the walls. “My bugs should also be able to alert us if more fish-men are nearby. My clan should also be able to find us with a similar method.”

“The Byakugan will provide a similar buffer,” Neji spoke up. “If anything comes close, we should be able to avoid them.”

“Good,” Kakashi said. “Let’s move everyone. We need to find an exit and we’re wasting time just standing here.”

---

The Hokage was staring at the break in the academy class room, armored in his black jumpsuit, the bracers fitting tightly around his hand and forearm. His helmet had replaced his normal hat but he was still smoking from his favorite pipe.

The room was filled with ANBU, each patiently waiting in formation for the order. Waiting outside for orders were jounin which had already been set into squads. They were also expecting personnel from each clan, as this was the sort of catastrophe to draw in everyone.

The Hokage was waiting and he knew he wouldn’t have to wait long. This…nightmare would get everyone’s undivided attention. He would need it. Both to smooth out the appearance of weakness that arose from this and, more importantly, to save nine academy students that were just kidnapped by clearly hostile forces.

Nara Shikaku and Hyuuga Hiashi burst through the door, followed quickly by Yamanaka Inoichi, Inuzuka Tsume and her dog Kuromaru. Then Akimichi Chōza and finally Aburame Shibi came in the door.

“Ah good, you’ve arrived,” The Hokage said. “I’m about to flood the sewers with everyone I can spare in search of your children. I assume you’ve brought everyone you can?”

“Of course we did!” Tsume snapped, Kuromaru barking and growling in agreement. “Now are we going to stand around talking all day or are we going to move?”

“We’re going to move,” Hiruzen gravely replied. “I want every jounin in a six-man squad, with clan members spread as evenly as possible. They are to search every entrance to the sewers until your heirs are found. The Anbu will take the south pipe and look for stragglers. We’ll follow the trail north. Any questions?”

“No, Hokage-sama,” The clan heads called in unison.

“Then give the order to your clan-mates,” Hiruzen barked. “And act quickly, because we're moving as soon as you’re done.”

Each ran out as fast as they could and Hiruzen took a breath. He was glad he could still command some semblance of respect after not one, but two inexplicable infiltrations of Konoha’s security. The diplomatic fallout from this was going to be grave. But if their children are rescued, there was a possibility that the ties that bound the village together would be stronger through adversity.

There were few things that tied parents together more than the risk of losing their children.

But they would need to move fast. From the blood on the wall, someone was injured and assuming it wasn’t one of the enemy, one of their clan heirs was going through the sewers with an open wound, which was incalculably bad for them.

If there was any silver lining, Umino Iruka was going to be fine. He was suffering from infection of his wounds but they caught it very early. He might even be walking before the month is over, thanks to the miracle of medical Ninjutsu.

After a minute of waiting, the clan heads were back. Wordlessly, the Anbu, Hokage and clan heads each dove into the open sewer pipe with a single minded determination to save their children and kill anything that happened to stand in their way.

---


You are no longer paralyzed.

YES!

Ninjutsu Check Success: 60/60.

+300 EXP.


A few hand signs later, and I had a chakra-razor on two of my fingers. It took some effort, but I was able to sever the prongs and the trident came out my back. With that, I immediately swam up as fast as I could – I needed out of the water and away from the fish-men as fast as possible. Chakra-slide as applied to swimming was interesting and a miracle. Now, just gotta make sure I’m not being-WHOA NO!

+50 EXP.

That things teeth were right in my face! Geeze! Only reason I caught it was because I looked at it at the right time. The sheer stealth ability of these things in the water is staggering. I continued to look around and saw that, yeah, it had friends.

I needed a way out.

Perception Check Success: 8/7.

There was a pipe, shorn open for easy navigation by the fish’s, piping downward so there’s likely something dry up it. Unless the water’s being pumped up through it, but at least it’ll give me a shield from these anglers.

I rushed for the opening, growing conscious of the anglers starting to close in on me. I went up the pipe and quickly found that thankfully, the water ended and I slid up the pipe until I found another section that had been torn out of a wall. I flew out of it and rapidly stood up, in spite of my chest heaving to the contrary, because I needed to seal the pipe. Now.

Rat, Dog, Horse…

Fuinjutsu Check Success: 72/70.

+600 EXP.

Glowing kanji wrote itself across the pipe and hung in the air over the opening. The seal itself finished right as one of the anglers got up to it and started snarling against the seal. After a moment of being held by the Fuinjutsu, he slinked off to parts unknown.

He’ll find another hole in the wall. I need to move.

I was stopped when a sharp pain arced through my chest, forcing me into a coughing fit. Clumps of blood left my mouth and fell to the floor and my chest felt like it was being stabbed with each cough.

…oh, having a crippled torso was going to suck.

The pipe let out into what looked to be a custodial closet. There was a mop and bucket, with a shelf with half-empty bottles of cleaning supplies. From my black book, I accessed my inventory and downed three blood pills, regenerating fifty hitpoints each. Then I downed two ration bars, the flavorless mulch restoring fifteen points each.

I had full health, but my torso was still crippled. Joy of joys.

Outside the closet was a corridor that branched three different ways, forward and to the left or right. I carefully slid forward so as to not make a sound and looked to the left. There, I saw two anglers jumping out of the wall. One gestured down the hall in my direction and they both started running.

As soon as they got close, I jumped out at them, my fist turning the head of the first one into a fine pulp. I slid to the left to avoid getting impaled by another trident and planted my explosive fist in the things gut. It’s head and arm, still connected, fell to the floor and twitched for two seconds before finally becoming still.

+50 exp.

+50 exp.


3,745 more to go.

You know, this is literally everything I wanted out of a quest – lots of things to kill and a chance to explore the dark and dangerous underbelly of Konoha. Shame it came at the cost of putting Naruto in danger and a…crippled…torso…

Another coughing fit, just as painful as the first.

I need to get this fixed. Unfortunately, I don’t have or know how to make anything that can restore limb conditions. At least…I don’t think…maybe some…uh….

Medicine Check Failure: 32/70.

Holy-really? Really? Well crap, I’m going to need to invest in Medicine quick. I mean, that was the plan anyway but still!

Down the hall where they came from struck me as a poor place to go. Straight ahead was a dead end with a door on the right and I slid forward and opened the door. It was…another janitorial closet. With a mop and broom but no cleaning supplies.

Intelligence Check Success: 10/4.

Yes, I know this one is a fake, game. Thank you. Now where’s the hidden door?

I looked around the shelf, noting its emptiness more than once. I tried to find a switch or something to open a hidden door but found none. It was important, somehow but I couldn’t find out how.

Perception Check Success: 8/8.


Actually, it was a red herring. There was a brick to my left at knee level that was loose. I pushed it in and the wall slid open revealing another room.

It was another one of Orochimaru’s labs. Interesting that he had so many, I guess keeping everything to a single location would be dangerous in a hidden village.

Inside was a series of operating tables, each dusty from disuse. Bloody, discarded table coverings were stuffed into the waste baskets strewn around the room. On the walls were shelves of jars that once contained samples, but were now empty or broken. To the left were a series of counters and cabinets, with a sink installed into the wall.

Suddenly, two pipes, one to my right and another at the corner and to my left burst out of the walls, and an angler each came out of them. Well, crap.

I moved fast and caught the first one unprepared, splattering him all over the wall.

+50 EXP.

Turning around, I saw the other one run alongside the operating tables. Not particularly in the mood to let him get close, I started to make hand seals when…I ended up having another coughing fit.

Crap. Crap. Crap!

The stabbing pain in my chest was horrible.

-36 HP.

The claws that ripped through my arm were even worse! Ow! I rapidly turned around and planted my foot in its mouth, obliterating its skull and sending its limp corpse to the ground. I was immediately sent into another coughing fit due to the exertion. My chest was on fire, aching and stabbing with each heave.

+50 EXP.

I need a nap. Or at least something to fix my chest.

Once I stopped, I looked around. This was a laboratory, there had to be medical supplies somewhere. There was one box marked ‘medical’ in kanji, but inside was a depressing lack of anything useable. Tubes and broken syringes. The only thing was a blood pill, which I used to heal the damage I had just taken.

With that avenue lost, I turned to the cabinets. There were more raw ingredients, but nothing substantial as I tore into them in search of something to heal my torso, but I didn’t have the Medicine Skill to know how to make anything.

Come on…come on…

I searched under the operating tables, on the hospital trays, in the sink. Nothing. There were more counters at the end of the lab on the right, as well as a door. I moved over there and started searching. A bottle of blood pills, though there were only five or so left inside. Still, I added those to my inventory. Then I checked the cabinets above, still finding more raw ingredients and…a syringe, placed on a small stand with purple liquid inside.

A small, green window appeared to show the benefit.

Permanent +1 Strength.

My eyes went wide and my jaw started to slacken as I looked at it. What I had here was an equivalent to a Bobblehead from Fallout’s three through four. I gingerly grabbed it from its stand and held it in my hand with my head racing.

There were probably more.

There had to be more. One for each stat, hopefully. This…this was a precious find. If there was anything I would have wanted from a jaunt into the sewers, it would be this. The whole set, preferably. Including…one for Charisma. I didn’t have to use it right now, either. I could hold onto it until I got Almost Perfect, basically going to Just Perfect.

My mouth started to twitch into a manic grin as the implications of what just hit me started to sink in.

I only had one real problem, and that would be that Kakashi and Gai…and anyone with half a brain would never let me take anything from Orochimaru’s secret labs with the purpose of using it on myself. For good reason, too. After all, Orochimaru was a traitor to the village and more importantly, a disgusting human being who experimented on people for selfish goals.

But this was too good to pass up. So how do I sneak it past them?

Well…I mean, they have Kakashi and Gai with them, plus my team and team 9. It’s not like they need me there, right? They’re basically fine. They also probably know that I’m fine so they’ve got no real reason to stick around and look for me, right? Right! Especially since they’ve got nine non-combatants they need to protect and they will, so…I can put off rendezvousing with them until I’ve found all the syringes. At least the ones that matter. Then I can rendezvous with them and they won’t be any the wiser!

It’s a perfect plan.

Quest Added: Scavenger Hunt

Find the SPECIAL Syringes (1/6).


Six? Oh, LuckI guess Orochimaru wouldn’t be able to make something to increase how the universe feels about you, huh?

Well, that settles it!

I’m off to find what makes me…Special.

---
 
Top